initial commit of ebook 27177HEADmain

16 files changed, 20462 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/27177-0.txt b/27177-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae06961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6557 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882, by Joseph Wild
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882
+
+
+Author: Joseph Wild
+
+
+
+Release Date: November 6, 2008  [eBook #27177]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1880 Robert Banks edition by David Price, email
+ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+                            LONDON: PRINTED BY
+             ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
+
+                          [Picture: Book cover]
+
+
+
+
+
+                                   THE
+                             LOST TEN TRIBES,
+                                   AND
+                                  1882.
+
+
+                                    BY
+                         REV. JOSEPH WILD, D.D.,
+                  PASTOR OF UNION CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH,
+                              BROOKLYN, N.Y.
+
+                                 LONDON:
+             ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET.  E.C.
+                                  1880.
+
+                [Picture: Great seal of the United States]
+
+This device of the great Seal was adopted by act of the Continental
+Congress, on June 20th, 1782, and re-adopted by the New Congress,
+September 15th, 1789.  The act provided for an _obverse_ and a _reverse_,
+as set forth in this plate; the _reverse_ is not used.  This is a plate
+of the first and original Seal, which, by use, has been worn out.  The
+one now in use is the second; it differs from the first that, by an
+accident, seven arrows were left out of the eagle’s talon.
+
+                          _BY THE SAME AUTHOR_.
+
+                      Price 2s., post free 2s. 3d.,
+                           THE FUTURE OF ISRAEL
+                                AND JUDAH.
+                       WITH A PORTRAIT OF DR. WILD.
+
+   PHILO-ISRAEL says:—“We recommend most strongly that all our friends
+ should obtain the book.  Once in their hands, we know they will read it
+                               to the end.”
+
+            LONDON: ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The following Discourses are presented to the public in book form,
+agreeable to the request of numerous friends.  I have selected twenty
+from one hundred and thirty which I have given to my own congregation
+during the past three years.  I have tried to have them lean one against
+another, to the end that the argument might be continuous and somewhat
+complete.  The reader will remember, however, that the vast subject of
+which they treat, cannot be fairly and completely presented in such a
+volume as this.  Also, it should be borne in mind that the language,
+style, and structure, are sermonic.  Pulpit literature, in these things,
+is peculiar and distinctively characteristic.
+
+When I first entered the ministry, I made up my mind that I would try and
+thoroughly understand the Scriptures.  I soon found that a large portion
+was of a prophetic nature.  I set to work according to the usual method,
+but to my sorrow I soon discovered that the method and rules in general
+use for Scripture exegesis, among what they called orthodox authors, were
+very defective and unsatisfactory.  The fact was forced upon me that the
+true method, or key of interpretation, was not in use.  I was always
+persuaded that the Bible was a unit, and that the principles contained in
+such a unit were beautifully related; and because of such a faith, I
+wondered more and more as I grew older why we had not a better key of
+interpretation.  Men spiritualised at random, without any kind of rule,
+except their own fancy.  In this manner they expounded the material
+history of the Old Testament.  The whole arrangement was a Babel.
+
+I had faintly discerned that the Scriptures made a distinction between
+the House of Israel and the House of Judah, and that the prophecies
+belonging to one could not, in fairness, be applied to the other; and
+that some prophecies applied to both.  It always seemed strange to me,
+that the people which God said He had chosen for Himself, should not be
+known.  The Jews were always known, but where was “Israel, His
+inheritance?”  Again, I could see no point in the Lord swearing so
+positively about David’s seed and throne lasting to the end of time.
+Taking them in a typical sense, they were about the poorest types that
+could have been selected, because of the shortness of their existence,
+according to the general mode of interpretation.  Just at this point of
+my experience I came across a book, entitled “Our Israelitish Origin,” by
+the late John Wilson, the reading of which confirmed me in my
+convictions, and aided me to a better knowledge of the good Book of
+Providence.
+
+After some twenty years of experience, I began to teach the principles of
+interpretation embodied in these discourses.  Some three years ago I
+began to give a series of sermons on the Ten Lost Tribes.  I soon found
+my own congregation, as well as the public, were interested and profited
+with the same, as was manifest from the large and constant attendance
+thereon.  By personal interviews and letters, I have been gratified to
+learn that many have been savingly and truly converted to God through
+these Discourses.  Especially has this been the case with those who were
+infidel in faith and action towards God and His Word.  I have received
+hundreds of letters thanking me that the key of interpretation presented
+had made the Bible an interesting and easily understood book.  The
+interest created gave rise to numerous requests for copies of my sermons.
+The notice by the public press now and again intensified the interest and
+increased the demand.  To meet this desire I made arrangements with the
+editor and proprietor of a weekly paper called the _Champion_ to publish
+my evening Discourses.  At once the arrangement was found to be
+profitable to him, agreeable to me and admirably suited to the public.
+So for more than a year the _Champion_ has been my faithful messenger on
+this line, and will continue to be.  It is a weekly paper, published at
+132, Nassau Street, New York; price one dollar per year.  I am not
+personally interested more than this.  With its politics and other matter
+I have nothing to do; but for the sermonic matter I hold myself
+responsible.  I feel free to express my pleasure in the wonderful
+increase of its circulation.  I am glad it goes all over the States, the
+Dominion of Canada, and is in goodly demand in Great Britain.
+
+After I had been preaching on this subject for some time, I made,
+fortunately, the acquaintance of a name-sake of mine, Mr. Joseph Wild, of
+Bay Ridge, near Brooklyn.  On this subject I found him remarkably well
+posted.  He had lots of books, pamphlets, papers, and maps on the matter,
+any or all of which he gave me liberty to use.  Through him my attention
+was called to the valuable writings of our English brethren on this
+point, Edward Hine, Rev. Mr. Glover, M.A., Rev. Mr. Grimaldi, M.A.,
+Philo-Israel, and a host of others, whose writings have helped me very
+much.  Our English friends have now a vast store of this kind of
+literature; while, so far as I know, we have no home production.  This is
+one reason I feel satisfied in sending forth this volume.
+
+For years I have been greatly interested in Pyramidology, in the
+teachings of the Great Pyramid at Gizeh in Egypt.  Twenty years ago I had
+confidence to lecture frequently on the subject, and a few years since it
+was in my mind to publish a small work on it.  The necessity of such work
+was wisely and competently taken out of my hands, however, by the
+appearance of a book entitled, “The Stone Miracle,” by Rev. Dr. Seiss, of
+Philadelphia.  This is a book admirably suited to beginners on this line
+of study.  And if one wants to go further and be specially informed on
+Pyramidology, why let them get “Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid,” a
+work by Professor Piazzi Smyth, Astronomer-Royal of Scotland.  To this
+man God has given a fine mind and a large heart for a special place and
+work.  But what pleases me above all, is that this Pyramid, being the
+_Lord’s Pillar_, and _His Witness_, should so finely tally with the
+Scriptures and Providence; that the teachings of this monument are in
+harmony with the principles of interpretation, as applied to the
+prophecies in these Discourses.
+
+By several small engravings I have sought to aid the mind of the reader
+through the eye.  In the Royal Arms of England there is considerable of
+history; the position of the lions, unicorn, crown, and indeed all
+connected with it is significantly expressive.  In these things, the
+accidental grouping, so far as man was concerned, were as much under
+Divine supervision as the blundering of the Jews in the crucifying of
+Jesus.  So, Divinely considered, they Divinely reveal.  We know not the
+mind of our fathers in the matter of selecting and composing the items
+that make up the great seal, but we know the mind of Providence.
+
+The plate of the ragged old stone, called Jacob’s pillow, is not very
+distinct, but it is the best we could do.  As it is, it will aid the
+reader in forming a better idea.  The stone in shape is an oblong square,
+about 32 inches long, 13 broad, and 11 inches deep.  At each end is an
+iron ring, much worn and rusted.  It is a bluish steel-like colour, mixed
+with some veins of red.  It has been in its present resting place 583
+years.
+
+The main idea I wish to convey in this book, is that God is conducting
+His Providence through His ancient chosen people, Israel, whom I believe
+are found in the Saxon race.  And His throne on earth, through which flow
+the purposes of Providence, is David’s throne, which I believe to be at
+present the English throne.  Queen Victoria (and God bless her) I believe
+to be of David’s seed.  The United States fulfils the _rôle_ of the Tribe
+of Manasseh.  Therefore, to understand the prophecies, Providence, and
+the present movement of nations, as well as the future lot and destiny of
+each, we must read the Scriptures in this light.  God has made the
+children of Israel and throne of David His executive, in time, on earth.
+They are His executive for civilisation, evangelisation, order, and
+conquest.  Through them God will conquer the world to an universal peace.
+As Moses was to God, so is Israel.  Moses being a Divine executor, was to
+the people a god—so is Israel to all mankind.  Spiritual Israel will come
+through literal Israel.
+
+I have expressed myself freely, and shall cheerfully grant reviewers,
+critics, and readers, the same privilege.  I send forth this book with a
+pure desire that it may do good.  Amen, so mote it be.
+
+                                                              JOSEPH WILD.
+
+Brooklyn, May 1st, 1879.
+
+
+
+
+KEY DISTINCTIONS.
+DISCOURSE I.
+
+
+    “We have a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye
+    take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the
+    day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts.  Knowing this first,
+    that no prophecy of the Scripture is of any private
+    interpretation.”—2 Peter i. 19, 20.
+
+I am about to give you a few Discourses on Prophecy, and in doing so I
+desire, in the first place, to point out to you a few very important
+distinctions included in the prophecies.  Suppose the Bible to be a great
+palace, with its royalty, royal children, servants, and subjects.  You
+desire to go through it and view it intelligently, and to understand all
+about its inhabitants and laws of government; now to do so, you must have
+keys, and you must learn who is who, their place, authority, and work.
+If not so qualified, you could not pass from room to room, and you might
+confound the King with some servant, and visitors might be mistaken for
+the children of the household.  Thus your ideas would be considerably
+mixed; you would be guilty of talking about the King, when you really
+meant some servant, and of prophesying for the royal children in the name
+of the visitors.  The years would come and go, but events would not
+happen as you had prophesied.  Each generation would take your report and
+follow in your footsteps, thus confusion and disappointment would keep
+pace with the passing generations.
+
+What is here made a matter of supposition, has been a solemn fact on the
+line of human experience.  Men have studied the Bible and Providence in
+this ignorant and confused way.  Theologians have thrown aside all
+restraints, and well-defined limitations and distinctions of the Bible in
+their assumed liberty of expounding and spiritualising the same.  No
+matter to them that there is a God-revealed distinction between Judah and
+Israel, Manasseh and Ephraim, Samaritans and Gentiles, and the throne of
+David and the throne of the heathen.  Writers and speakers are guilty of
+using the words Judah and Israel in a synonymous sense, though the words
+stand for different people, history, and prophecies, soon after the
+descendants of Jacob settled in Palestine.  To aid you in seeing this
+historical confusion and folly, let me call your attention to them
+separately.
+
+
+
+JUDAH.
+
+
+What does this word stand for in the Bible?  In the _first_ place it is
+the name of the fourth son of Jacob.  In the _second_ place it was the
+name of his direct descendants or Tribe.  In the _third_ place it became
+the name of the portion of the country occupied by this Tribe in the
+Promised Land.  In the _fourth_ place it became the name of a kingdom and
+government; this fourth name included the Tribe of Benjamin and their
+territory.  In the _fifth_ place it became the name of the whole country
+of Palestine, and is now often so used.  To-day this word stands for
+those we call Jews, who, as they allow among themselves, represent and
+only include Judah and Levi.
+
+On the death of Solomon the country and Tribes finally separated into two
+Houses, kingdoms, and governments.  Nine Tribes went with Jeroboam, and
+three with Rehoboam—namely, Judah, Levi, and Benjamin.  The nine-tribed
+House was called Israel, the three-tribed House Judah.  This separation
+was about 975 B.C. (1 Kings xii.).  From that day to this these two
+Houses have never been united; but they are to be, as scores of
+statements to that effect are in the good Book (Hosea i. 11).  About 580
+B.C. the House of Judah was taken captive into Babylon, remaining 70
+years, then they returned to their own land and remained till the year of
+our Lord 70, when Jerusalem was destroyed and they were scattered.
+
+Prophecies referring to the Jews are numerous and in striking contrast to
+those that refer to Israel.  1. The Jews were to be a scattered people.
+2. A specially persecuted people.  3. To be without a nationality.  4. To
+be without government.  5. Not to be owners of landed property, though
+they will have money, until toward the latter days.  6. They were to be a
+proverb.  7. They were to be few in number.  8. They are to retain a
+special type of features.  9. They were to be repeatedly robbed.  10.
+They were to reject Christ.  11. To retain the Mosaic service till
+returned to their own land.  12. They are to keep their name, and many
+such distinctions, none of which should be applied to Israel.  All these
+things have been and are fulfilled, or fulfilling, and though men are
+wonderfully given to spiritualising, few, if any, venture to spiritualise
+Judah’s curses.  Men and ministers calling themselves Gentiles, are rude
+enough to spiritualise the blessings of Judah, and stealing them, apply
+them to themselves.
+
+
+
+ISRAEL.
+
+
+1. A name given to Jacob after wrestling with the Angel.  2. A term
+applied sometimes to all the descendants of Jacob.  3. In a spiritual
+sense, those who believe in Christ.  4. A name that covered and included
+the nine Tribes which went with Jeroboam and formed the kingdom of
+Israel.  They remained a distinct kingdom, and till now a nationality.
+From 975 to 725 B.C. they had some 19 kings.  They were finally carried
+captive into Assyria by Shalmanezer (2 Kings xvii.).  From that captivity
+they have never returned; as a body they never can, only representatives,
+as stated in Jer. iii. 14, “One of a city, and two of a family.”
+
+Now prophecy points out that it was Israel that was to be lost for a
+while, and come to light in the latter day.  They are known in the
+Scriptures in contradistinction from others by such terms as the
+following: “_All Israel_,” “_All the House of Israel wholly_,” “_The
+House of Israel_,” “_Men of Israel_,” and God calls them His “_Servants_,
+_Witnesses_, _Chosen People_, _Inheritance_, and _Seed_.”  The lot,
+course, and providential portion of this people are very marked from any
+other, especially from the Jew, with whom they are so often confounded.
+The history of the two peoples have been wide apart and as different as
+they well could be.
+
+1.  They were to be _lost_.  2.  They were to be _divorced_ from the
+Mosaic law.  3. They were to lose their _name_.  4. They were to lose
+their _language_.  5. They were to _possess_ the isles of the sea, coasts
+of the earth, waste and desolate places, to inherit the portion of the
+Gentiles, their seed, land, and cities. 6.  They are to be great and
+successful _colonisers_.  7. Before them other people are to _die out_.
+8. They are to be a _head_ nation.  9. To be a _company_ of nations.  10.
+To be _great_ in war on land or sea.  11. To be _lenders_ of money.  12.
+To have a _monarchy_.  13. To be _keepers_ of the Sabbath.  14. To have
+David’s _throne_ and seed ruling over them.  15. They are to _possess_
+Palestine, and invite their brethren of Judah to return.  And thus I
+might repeat some sixty positive marks and distinctions setting forth
+Israel; and yet men wilfully persist in confounding them with the Jews,
+or looking for this great and favoured people of the Lord among the
+lowest of human kind, Indians, Africans, and so on.
+
+
+
+SAMARITANS.
+
+
+The Samaritans were not Jews or Israelites, strictly speaking.  They of
+course became Jewish in their customs and worship.  Originally they were
+Assyrians.  When the nine Tribes were carried captive, they were brought
+and put in their place.  “And the King of Assyria brought men from
+Babylon and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and from
+Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria, instead of the
+children of Israel” (2 Kings xvii. 24).  The Jews and the Samaritans
+never wholly mixed; one was always distasteful to the other.  They never
+were taken captive, and to this day they live in and about Mount Scychar,
+numbering between three and four hundreds.
+
+
+
+BENJAMIN.
+
+
+The Tribe of Benjamin has a singular and special place in the history of
+Israel and Judah.  Neither the Old or New Testament can be well
+understood unless one understands the place of this Tribe in Providence.
+They were always counted one of the Ten Tribes, and reckoned with them in
+the prophetic visions.  They were only loaned to Judah about 800 years.
+Read 1 Kings xi.  They were to be a light for David in Jerusalem.  God,
+foreseeing that the Jews would reject Christ, kept back this one Tribe to
+be in readiness to receive Him, and so they did.  At the destruction of
+Jerusalem they escaped, and after centuries of wanderings turn up as the
+proud and haughty Normans.  Finally they unite with the other Tribes
+under William the Conqueror.  A proper insight into the work and mission
+of Benjamin will greatly aid one in interpreting the New Testament.  He
+was set apart as a missionary Tribe, and at once set to work to spread
+the Gospel of Jesus.  Most of the disciples were Benjaminites.  Then,
+after 800 years of fellowship with Judah, they were cut loose and sent
+after their brethren of the House of Israel.  It was needful that the
+Lion and the Unicorn should unite.
+
+
+
+MANASSEH AND EPHRAIM.
+
+
+The history of these two representative characters is worth your careful
+study.  The whole of the circumstances of Jacob blessing them must be
+accepted as Divinely directed.  Manasseh was to be a great people, and so
+I believe he is.  In the United States I find this promise literally
+fulfilled.  This is the Key to the settlement of this land; to the
+agitations of the Pilgrims and Puritans in England.  The mission, work,
+and place of the United States may be found in the prophecies relating to
+this Tribe.  Let anyone examine the great seal of the United States, and
+study its design, and surprise will fill the mind that facts, Providence,
+and prophecies do so wonderfully agree.  Take the obverse side.  Here you
+have an eagle with outstretched wings; the bird is perfect, not double
+headed and deformed, as in other cases where the eagle has been or is the
+national bird.  The striped escutcheon on its breast, in its beak a
+scroll, inscribed with a motto, “_E pluribus Unum_”—one out of many, as
+Manasseh was, and as the country is building up a grand nationality and
+oneness out of all nations nearly.  Over the head of the eagle there is a
+_glory_—the parting of clouds by light; in the opening appear 13 stars,
+forming a constellation argent, on an azure field.  In the dexter or
+right talon is an olive branch, a symbol of peace; in the sinister or
+left talon is a bundle of 13 arrows.  But it is on the reverse side of
+the great seal that we have a wonder.  Here we have an unfinished
+Pyramid; a portion of the top is gone, exactly the same as the Great
+Pyramid in Egypt is at this day—anticipating this very day (Isa. xix.
+19): “In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord.  And it shall be
+for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of
+Egypt.”  Now it is somewhat singular that the Congress of 1782 should
+have adopted so remarkable a sign, one that would witness to God and tell
+of their origin.  The reverse side is the under side, and shows from
+whence the nation came, and on what it is built.  In the zenith—that is,
+above the top of the Pyramid—is a triangle surrounded by a glory; and in
+the centre is an all-seeing eye.  Over the eye we have _Annuit Cœptis_,
+which means, “_He prospers our beginning_.”  On the base of the Pyramid
+we have in letters, 1776, and underneath the following motto—“_Novus ordo
+seclorum_,” meaning a “New era in the ages.”  The suggestion of the items
+upon the great seal was from Sir John Prestwich, Bart., an Englishman.
+He gave the suggestions to the American Minister, John Adams, and thus
+the same were conveyed to Congress and adopted.
+
+We have in the facts of the great seal a series of coincidents that
+connect this country with the Tribe of Manasseh.  When the Tribes
+marched, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh went together on the West side
+of the ark, for their homes were Westward.  On their battalion banner was
+the figure of a youth, denoting activity, with the motto, “The cloud of
+Jehovah rest on them, even when they go forth out of the camp.”  Here we
+have the origin of the cloud on the seal.  And when we remember that
+Manasseh was brought up at the foot of the Pyramid, and could see it from
+his palace home at Memphis, then we get a cue to the figure of the
+Pyramid on the seal. {23}
+
+
+
+PYRAMID.
+
+
+The Pyramid is a wonderful witness for God and His people.  This building
+in Egypt has stood for 4,000 years; finished and complete, it stood for
+about 3,000 before anybody ventured to find a way into it.  Then, at a
+great cost of men, money, and time, a way was forced in by an Arab chief.
+There surely is something remarkable that the only thing found in it
+should be a stone trough, and more singular to my mind, that the Ark of
+the Covenant and this stone trough should be of equal capacity; and the
+laver in which the priest washed his feet in the temple was exactly of
+the same size.  And Solomon’s molten sea contained just as much water as
+would fill the King’s Chamber in which this trough was found.  Can any
+man know these things and believe them to be accidental?  Verily not.
+They do most assuredly pledge a God and Providence.
+
+
+
+EPHRAIM.
+
+
+This word is not only the name of Joseph’s son and the Tribe, but it is
+used quite frequently in a generic sense, and stands for the Ten Tribes
+and Manasseh.  To Reuben by birthright was the lead politically, but it
+was taken from him and given to Joseph, and so to Ephraim.  From Judah
+came the Chief Ruler—that is, Christ; but the birthright was Joseph’s (1
+Chron. v. 1).
+
+
+
+THRONE OF DAVID.
+
+
+To this throne God pledged under oath a perpetuity.  Also He pledged that
+some one of David’s seed should always be on it.  The throne and seed are
+pledged an unconditional existence.  This being so, it follows that they
+must be now in existence, and that finally all thrones will be swallowed
+up by this one.  Queen Victoria is of David, and the English throne is
+David’s.  Hence all the promises and prophecies referring to David’s
+throne may be found on this line.  For prophecy not being of private
+interpretation such facts may be proven.
+
+
+
+GENTILES.
+
+
+The word Gentile generally embraces all those nations and people outside
+of the Twelve Tribes.  Keeping these few distinctions in mind, you will
+be enabled to read the Bible interestingly and with the proper
+understanding.  Prophetic evidence is a strong kind of proof.  Study the
+Word on this line and you will find Providence and history lending
+glorious confirmation to the same.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND THE GATES.
+DISCOURSE II.
+
+
+ISRAEL—HOW THE GATES OF HIS ENEMIES ARE TO BE GIVEN HIM—BY THIS SIGN LOST
+ISRAEL MAY BE KNOWN—THE GIVING WILL CORRESPOND TO THE MULTIPLYING—THE
+PROMISE, IN THIS DAY, IS RAPIDLY FULFILLING—ENGLAND, DISRAELI AND
+“TANCRED,” AND RUSSIA.
+
+    “That in blessing I will bless thee; and in multiplying, I will
+    multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is
+    upon the sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his
+    enemies.”—Gen. xxii. 17.
+
+Under a Divine oath was this prophetic promise made to Abraham.  At the
+time it was given Abraham had, by command, offered his only son Isaac,
+which offering, to all human appearance, would leave the old patriarch
+again childless; but his faith staggered not, for human incompetence does
+not circumscribe the bounds of Divine sufficience.  The God who commanded
+Abraham to offer, recalled the command at a certain stage of the
+fulfilment, counting the faith of Abraham for righteousness.  In
+Abraham’s faith Isaac was really sacrificed; hence the Divine approval:
+“By Myself have I sworn, saith the Lord; for because thou hast done this
+thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I
+will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars
+of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed
+shall possess the gate of his enemies.”  An oath with men in this day
+does not mean much in the way of confirmation, but not so with God’s
+oath.  An oath ought to be sacred, and should be the end of doubt and
+strife.  God made a promise to Abraham, and because He could swear by no
+greater, He sware by Himself.  And Abraham lived to see the promise begin
+to fulfil, and to-day the heirs of Abraham may look and see the same
+promise fulfilling, for, as Paul says in Heb. vi. 17: “Wherein God,
+willing more abundantly to show unto the heirs of promise the
+immutability of His counsel, confirmed it by an oath.”
+
+Who are the heirs of promise?  For to them belong many and precious
+promises, both spiritual and temporal.  Spiritually, they are to lead and
+be responsible for the evangelisation of the world.  Temporally, they are
+to be a numerous seed, a powerful people.  They are to occupy the ends of
+the earth, the uttermost parts of the earth, the coasts of the earth, the
+waste and the desolate places of the earth, the isles of the sea, the
+heathen, as an inheritance.  They are to inherit the Gentiles, and make
+the desolate cities to be inhabited; they are to be the chief of nations;
+they are to be a company of nations; they are to be a great people; they
+are to possess the gates of their enemies.  Surely such a people should
+be found, for all these things make it impossible for them to be hid in a
+corner.  One cannot help saying with the Psalmist: “Blessed is the nation
+whose God is the Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen for His own
+inheritance.”
+
+In the English Court of Chancery are vast sums of money, large fortunes
+waiting for heirs.  The court frequently advertises for them, and many in
+every land respond and are eager to prove their claims; they are anxious
+to be known and accepted as the descendants and lawful heirs of certain
+testators.  It is oftentimes difficult to establish their claims and
+prove satisfactorily their identity.  The court demands that the
+evidences of heirship be very definite.  In this they are right.  But we
+venture to say that even the English Court of Chancery would not turn
+away a claimant who had all the distinct marks and abounding evidence of
+identity that mark and characterise the children of Abraham, especially
+so in the latter day, for then these characteristics are to be clearer
+and fuller.
+
+The Jews are known; they have been known all down the centuries; they
+have not been able to hide themselves.  In keeping with the Word of God
+they have fulfilled up to the present time the prophecies attaching to
+them.  In all the world they are estimated to number some nine millions.
+The Jews include the children of Judah and Levi; these Two Tribes only.
+The Jews themselves consent to this statement, and allow that the
+descendants of Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher,
+Naphtali, Joseph, and Benjamin, are lost, but not extinct.  They are in
+the world, for God has not cast away His people for ever.  If the Two
+Tribes give us nine millions, how many should we expect the Ten Tribes to
+furnish?  Most certainly not less than forty-five millions.  To the Ten
+Tribes the special promises of fruitfulness were given.  To the Ten
+Tribes belong a greater portion of prophecy; and in the history of the
+world more is allotted to Israel than to Judah.  Indeed, the world’s
+history pivots on the Ten Lost Tribes.
+
+I believe you know the God-revealed distinction between the words Israel
+and Judah.  You know that they have a distinct history.  Their place and
+work, promises and blessings, chastisements and rebukes, are as distinct
+and different as silver and gold.
+
+The spiritual heirs of Abraham are all who are embraced in the saving and
+atoning covenant of grace in Christ.  I do not say all who believe, for
+there will be more in heaven without faith than those with—namely, all
+those who have died before the years of responsibility, with many of the
+Pagan world who, never having heard of a Saviour, have therefore never
+denied Him.  In a spiritual sense, they are children.  I believe in this
+matter with Paul, who says, when writing to the Romans, chap. ii.: “There
+is no respect of persons with God; for as many as have sinned without law
+shall also perish without law, and as many as have sinned in the law
+shall be judged by the law.  For when the Gentiles, which have not the
+law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the
+law, are a law unto themselves; which show the work of the law written in
+their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts
+the meanwhile accusing, or else excusing one another.”  Thus, under the
+law which governs the Pagan, I presume many will be saved and many lost,
+just as under the law of the Gospel.  In Abraham all nations were to be
+blessed, spiritually.  In this sense Abraham’s seed embraces persons of
+every age, clime, and race.
+
+But who are the seed of Abraham according to the flesh?  We answer, the
+descendants of the Twelve Tribes.  Now to the natural seed the Bible
+assigns a distinct work and place.  This natural seed is divided in the
+Bible, the word Israel standing generally for the Ten Tribes, and Judah
+for Two Tribes.  These divisions have separate paths appointed them to
+walk in through the centuries.  “All the House of Israel wholly,” “the
+whole House of Israel,” “all the House of Israel,” have a special work.
+The Ten Tribes are especially called in the Scriptures the seed of
+Abraham.  Sometimes “My chosen,” again “Mine inheritance,” and “My
+servant.”  God, in referring to them in their scattered state, and of His
+gathering them together, says (Isa. xli. 8): “But thou, Israel, art My
+servant, Jacob, whom I have chosen; the seed of Abraham My friend—thou
+whom I have taken from the ends of the earth, and called thee from the
+chief men thereof, and said unto thee, Thou art My servant; I have chosen
+thee and not cast thee away.”  The Ten Tribes are sometimes designated by
+the word Jacob.  If we once get a clear idea who the seed are, then we
+can search among the people of the earth to find them, because in the
+latter day they were to be so different from other people, and distinctly
+marked, we will have no great difficulty in finding them.  Of the special
+marks, one was they were to possess the gates of their enemies.  The
+multitudinous seed and other characteristics we will pass by for the
+present.
+
+This seed were to possess the gates of their enemies; of this we are
+assured by the oath of God.  The word gate here, you will admit, is used
+in a generic sense.  It means a place of prominence, a position of
+strength, a strategetic point, as the entrance into a city.  Remembering
+that in olden times the cities were walled around, the gate was an
+important point of defence; or, as the narrow entrance into a bay, like
+the entrance into New York Bay or port, the Narrows we call them.  Here
+the cities of New York and Brooklyn could best and first be defended.
+Again, a gate in the general vernacular means any stronghold: a tower, an
+island, a mountain pass.  Now, of this seed it is plainly stated that
+they shall possess the gates of their enemies.
+
+The text would be very finely illustrated if we supposed that Mexico held
+Governor’s Island, in the middle of our bay, and defiantly dictated to us
+doctrines of trade, politics, and religion.  As arrogant and as impudent
+as this would seem, yet such is the case with this seed of Abraham and
+other nations.  Believing that the Saxon race are the Ten Lost Tribes, it
+then follows that the English nation is the chief representative of these
+Tribes, and that they should be in possession of the gates of their
+enemies.  Are they?  We answer, yes.  And every year confirms and makes
+more clear the answer.  This you say is a theory.  Grant it.  You know
+that in science a theory is formed and then applied.  If you form a
+theory about the tides or formation of the planets, or this world, your
+theory with others is applied to known facts to see if it will fit them,
+to see if it will account for them, and to see if it is in harmony with
+the same.  Now science accepts that theory which applies best, that which
+accounts for facts the most reasonably, and harmonises the most
+naturally.  Such theory is then the science of the day, and will be so
+accepted and so taught until it is supplanted by a better.  Try, then,
+the theory I have advanced by these rules.
+
+Take the Islands of Jersey and Guernsey in the English Channel, between
+England and France, nearer to the French shore than England; the
+inhabitants, being a majority of them French, speaking French.  Yet when
+France was England’s greatest and most dangerous enemy, England held
+then, as now, the gates of her enemies.  Properly speaking, and adjudged
+by any human rule, they belong to France—as naturally as the island of
+Heligoland, at the month of the Elbe, belongs to Germany.  Gibraltar,
+Malta, Cyprus, Suez Canal, Island of Perim in the Straits of Babelmandeb
+in the Red Sea, and Socotra, in the same sea; also Aden in the Red Sea,
+covering Arabia; Peshawur, the very entrance of or from India into
+Afghanistan.  In and around the vast empire of India you have Bombay,
+Calcutta, Madras, with many similar strongholds; Rangoon, on the Irawady
+river, commanding and even menacing Burmah.  The vast empire of China is
+carefully guarded and held in check by such gates as Singapore, Malacca,
+Penang, Hong Kong and Cowloon.  Sarawak in Borneo, and Labuan off the
+coasts, are such gates.  Africa is being gradually gobbled up; her
+strongholds and vast areas of country are falling into the hands of
+England; the coasts are fast coming under British rule.  Recently England
+has come into possession of three gates—namely, the island of Socotra,
+near the Red Sea, the island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean, and the
+Sublime Porte, the lofty gateway, Constantinople.  And it is now rumoured
+that England is negotiating with Portugal for Delogoa Bay in
+South-eastern Africa; price, three million dollars.  But this people are
+not satisfied with all these gates.  They want—and they will get what
+they want in a very short time, thank Heaven; not what they deserve!—they
+want the famous Khyber Pass.  This pass is a narrow road between mountain
+rocks that rise over two thousand feet at the lowest point.  It is some
+twenty-eight miles long, while for twenty-two miles the average width is
+only 150 feet.  The Eastern end the English already hold, called the
+Peshawur Pass.
+
+Afghanistan is a country in Asia.  It is about the size of England, 460
+miles from North to South, and 430 from East to West.  On the North it is
+bounded by Turkestan, East by India, South by Beloochistan, and West by
+Persia.  The population numbers about 7,000,000.  They are as wild as the
+country is broken and irregular.  They are chiefly agriculturists.  The
+country is rich in minerals and timber.  In time past they have seldom
+been at peace, being very generally at war among themselves.  Afghan is a
+Persian word, and means that which is wrapped around—no doubt having
+reference to the mountain chain that hems in the whole land.  The people
+themselves, however, name their country Vilayet, which means the land of
+our ancestors.  They claim that in their country lived Adam and his
+children, also Noah and his.  They say they had in their possession once
+the ark of the covenant, but they have lost it.  While it was with them,
+if they took it into battle, victory was sure to be theirs.  At the
+present time they have Noah’s ark.  It is embedded in the ground, with a
+portion protruding out, which pilgrims to the top of Dera Ismael
+Khan—that is, the sacred mountain of Israel—are permitted to see and
+touch.  Many have supposed the Afghans to be the Ten Lost Tribes.  It has
+been the folly of many of the learned, in time past, to hunt for, and
+actually expect to find, the chosen of God in some out-of-the-way place;
+to find them few, poor, and deluded—the poorer, the fewer, and the more
+wretched, the better.  Hence, the wild Indians of the continent, the
+bushmen of Africa, the aborigines of Australia, the Laplanders of the
+North, and many such have been chosen of men—though not of God.
+
+The Afghan country, no doubt, once had intercourse with Palestine.
+During Solomon’s reign many Jews left the land as merchants.  Solomon
+built store cities in Hamath, Tadmor in the wilderness, and many others.
+These store cities were on the great highway which he made through the
+desert, so as to bring the trade of Dedan and Sheba to Jerusalem.  That
+Hebrew names are given to the mountains, places, rivers, and persons, no
+one can deny; but such does not prove them to be the Lost Tribes—it shows
+away back Jewish influence and intercourse.  They do not speak the
+Hebrew, but two languages called the Pukhtu and Pushtu.  In either
+language there are few, if any, traces of the Hebrew.  No doubt the Lost
+Tribes, after being scattered into Central Asia, when taken captive about
+725 B.C., wandered, some of them into Afghan, and probably for a time
+settled there, and gave names to the country.  The Afghans themselves
+went into the country from India, and as the Tribes moved Westward they
+left the Afghans in possession.
+
+The Afghan country comes now into great importance because it is on the
+highway of the march of Israelitish civilisation and progress.  England
+wants it; and I predict she shall get it.  Russia wants it, and at
+present seems to have the upper hand; but Russia or England, or the
+world, can avail nothing against the purposes of Jehovah.  The gates are
+promised to Israel, therefore she will get them.  The English have
+already an army of 35,000 men in the Peshawur Valley.  Russia is
+gathering a force, and ere long the two countries will be brought face to
+face.  The end of the whole muddle will be that England will take charge
+of Afghan.  Thirty-three years ago Disraeli wrote his novel called
+“Tancred.”  In this novel he makes the Queen of England the Empress of
+India, and one of her favourite officers is made Earl Beaconsfield; so
+far fancy has become fact.  But in that same novel the future of the
+present strife has been set forth.  It has been very finely put by the
+London _Spectator_:—
+
+“There is a story going about, founded, we believe, on good authority,
+that when some one quoted ‘Tancred,’ two or three months ago, in Lord
+Beaconsfield’s presence, the Prime Minister remarked: ‘Ah!  I perceive
+you have been reading “Tancred.”  That is a work to which I refer more
+and more every year—not for amusement, but for instruction.’  And if
+anyone will take the trouble just now to refresh his memory of ‘Tancred,’
+he will see how much Lord Beaconsfield has borrowed from it in relation
+to his policy.  Turn, for instance, to this passage: ‘If I were an Arab
+in race as well as in religion,’ said Tancred, ‘I would not pass my life
+in schemes to govern mere mountain tribes.’  ‘I’ll tell you,’ said the
+Emir, springing from his divan, and flinging the tube of his nargileh to
+the other end of the tent, ‘the game is in our own hands if we have
+energy.  There is a combination which would entirely change the whole
+face of the world and bring back empire to the East.  Though you are not
+the brother to the Queen of the English, you are, nevertheless, a great
+English prince, and the Queen will listen to what you say, especially if
+you talk to her as you talk to me, and say such fine things in such a
+beautiful voice.  Nobody ever opened my mind like you.  You will
+magnetise the Queen as you have magnetised me.  Go back to England and
+arrange this.  You see, gloss over it as they may, one thing is clear, it
+is finished with England . . . Let the Queen of the English collect a
+great fleet, let her stow away all her treasure, bullion, plate, and
+precious arms; be accompanied by all her court and chief people, and
+transfer the seat of her empire from London to Delhi.  There she will
+find an immense empire ready-made, a first-rate army, and a large
+revenue.  In the meantime I will arrange with Mehemet Ali.  He shall have
+Bagdad and Mesopotamia, and pour the Bedouin cavalry into Persia.  I will
+take care of Syria and Asia Minor.  The only way to manage the Afghans is
+by Persia and by the Arabs.  We will acknowledge the Empress of India as
+our suzerain, and secure for her the Levantine coast.  If she like, she
+shall have Alexandria, as she now has Malta.  It could be arranged.  Your
+Queen is young.  She has an _avenir_.  Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel will
+never give her this advice; their habits are formed.  They are too old,
+two _ruses_.  But you see! the greatest empire that ever existed; besides
+which she gets rid of the embarrassment of her chambers! and quite
+practicable!  For the only difficult part, the conquest of India, which
+baffled Alexander, is all done.’  Who can avoid seeing that Lord
+Beaconsfield has been quite recently referring to this passage—‘not,’ as
+he said, ‘for amusement, but for instruction?’  These are all the ideas
+of his recent policy in germ—especially the treatment of the British
+Empire as having its centre of gravity in the far East—the use of the
+Indian Army for conquest to be made in Western Asia—the acquisition of
+the Levantine coast for Great Britain—the active alliance between the
+British power and the Mohammedan power—and last, not least, the getting
+rid, to a great extent at least, by the help of Indian leverage, of ‘the
+embarrassment of the chambers.’  For the last eight months, at least,
+English policy has evidently been borrowed from ‘Tancred.’  The monarch,
+for anything we know, has been ‘magnetised.’  The Cabinet assuredly have.
+Lord Derby and Lord Carnarvon have been treated much as the Emir in
+‘Tancred’ would have treated ‘Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel’—thrown aside
+as two ‘ruses.’”
+
+England has indeed adopted an Oriental policy, and forward she must go to
+execute Jehovah’s purpose.  Russia is preparing on a gigantic scale.  In
+Prussia the most flourishing branch of trade among the Germans at present
+is the manufacturing of arms for Russia.  Though the late war be over,
+still Russia is buying ships, and fitting them out in this country.  She
+feels bitterly her defeat through English diplomacy: England taking
+Cyprus, assuming protection over Asiatic Turkey, and making Russia yield
+back to Turkey 30,700 geographical miles which was contained in the
+original Treaty of San Stefano.  The following from the Government organ
+of Russia will give you some idea of her chagrin.
+
+The St. Petersburg _Golos_ says that the Treaty of Berlin has produced an
+almost crushing impression on the Russian public.  “It is felt that
+Russia has not attained her object; that she has been deceived by her
+friends, and that she has foolishly helped her enemies with her victories
+. . .  What is the reason of our failure?  One-half per cent. of our
+population have perished in the war, hundreds of millions have been
+expended, and yet the Eastern Question is not solved and the Treaty of
+Berlin is merely a truce.  The last war has clearly shown all our
+national peculiarities as well as our moral and material strength . . .
+All the military requirements which depended on the inbred qualities of
+the Russian soldier were brilliantly carried out; but where knowledge and
+preparation were demanded we were not equal to the task.  It was probably
+for this reason that we felt so much hurt on reading of the boldness of
+Lord Beaconsfield, who doubtless reckoned on the superior culture of
+Englishmen to that of Russians.  All classes of Russian society are
+responsible for this.  We do not estimate culture and knowledge at their
+true value.  Most of us say that mental work does not bring money, and
+that culture is a means of corruption . . . In Western Europe, on the
+other hand, people have arrived by hard experience at the conviction that
+intelligence, capacity, culture, and energy, bring men to the front, and
+give them peace at home and power abroad.  It is the knowledge of how to
+make the best possible use of their energy and abilities that has enabled
+the English to derive success from our victories and sacrifices.  May
+this be a lesson to us.”
+
+But enough; one knows the end ere they begin, for the Word of God is
+true.  We do not argue that the English are so much smarter than other
+people; no, but we account for their success because they are the
+executive nation of Divine Providence.  It falls to the lot of those who
+do not believe this theory to account for their success without allowing
+them to be smarter.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND TERRITORY.
+DISCOURSE III.
+
+
+PROMISES TO ISRAEL—MATERIAL NATURE—LOCATION OF THE TRIBES IN CHRIST’S
+DAY—GOD’S PROVIDENCE—BRITISH AND AMERICAN RULE—LIFE FROM THE
+DEAD—TEACHING THE NATIONS PEACEFUL ARBITRATION—ENGLAND AND
+RUSSIA—AFGHANISTAN FALLS TO ANGLO-ISRAEL—GOD’S POLITICAL
+GEOGRAPHY—ANGLO-SAXON EVANGELISATION—RUSSIA OPPOSING IT—BRITISH AND
+RUSSIAN OUTPOSTS IN CONTACT—WAIL OF JUDAH—EARTH’S GIRDLE.
+
+    “Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the
+    curtains of thine habitations; spare not, lengthen thy cords, and
+    strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt break forth on the right hand
+    and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make
+    the desolate cities to be inhabited.”—Isa. liv. 2, 3.
+
+In the writings of the prophets the feminine gender is often used when
+speaking of the House of Israel, and the masculine when denoting the
+House of Judah.  Quite frequently Israel is spoken of as a divorced
+woman, as being cast off, and as being barren.  Judah remaining faithful
+to the throne of David and the temple service, and abiding in the land
+much longer than Israel, is presented as one married.  So you will
+understand Jeremiah iii. 8, when he says: “And I saw, when for all the
+causes whereby backsliding Israel committed adultery I had put her away,
+and given her a bill of divorce.”  Again, Isaiah l. 1: “Thus saith the
+Lord, Where is the bill of your mother’s divorcement whom I have put
+away?”  Yet, though Israel was divorced, forsaken, cast off, and
+desolate, she was to have more children than married Judah.  So the verse
+preceding the text says: “Sing, O barren, thou that didst not bear; break
+forth into singing, and cry aloud thou that didst not travail with child;
+for more are the children of the desolate than the children of the
+married wife, saith the Lord.”  Then come the words of the text bidding
+her enlarge the place of her tent, or dwelling-place, to stretch forth
+her curtains, so as to cover over the new-gotten habitations.  To spare
+not—that is, to be not tardy, or slow—in lengthening out her cords—that
+is, her influence—and strengthen her stakes—that is, her authority; but
+to break forth on every hand where there is an opening, and inherit the
+seed of the Gentiles, and make the languishing and poverty-stricken
+cities of the nations to be inhabited; in this conquest to go on and fear
+not.
+
+These exhortations are given, and promises are made to Israel after she
+had left Palestine.  No one can say truthfully that they have yet been
+fulfilled in no degree or sense, unless they find such fulfilment in the
+conquests of the Saxon race.  These predictions cannot apply to the Jews,
+for they are few, nationless, and without a government.  Touching the
+past history of both Judah and Israel in Palestine, we shall find it to
+be barren of victories, territory, acquisition, and number, in comparison
+to other nations.  They have never occupied the land given to Abraham in
+fulness.  In Solomon’s time they bare rule only over a part of it.  The
+Gentiles and heathens have occupied it more and longer than the sons of
+Abraham.  But what failed to be accomplished in the past, is held grandly
+in reserve for this day, the next few years.  God will remember His
+promise to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and David.  He will remember it to
+fulfil it, in spite of hell or earth.
+
+We have been blind and guilty in the past, unconscious of our origin, and
+as a natural consequence, ignorant of our place and special work.  In
+interpreting the Word of God we have been lavish in spiritualising, and
+greedy in materialising, overlooking the fact that nine-tenths of the Old
+Testament is a material history about one people, and that through them
+God’s special providence was to flow to all other nations; and the New
+Testament plants the life and prosperity of the Gentile world upon the
+course and progress of Israel.  God said to Abraham, “In thee shall all
+the families of the earth be blessed:” and more, “and in thy seed shall
+all the nations of the earth be blessed.”  Israel, being scattered and
+cast off, became a blessing to the world.  They gave to the surrounding
+nations the only true idea of God, for in their lowest condition and
+idolatry they preserved the name and knowledge of Jehovah, and Christ
+sent His disciples after them through one of their own Tribe—namely,
+Benjamin—telling them not to go into the way of the Gentiles, nor into
+the cities of the Samaritans, “but go rather to the lost sheep of the
+House of Israel.”  To these sheep Christ declares He was sent.  Where
+were these sheep?  They were scattered about in Central Asia—in
+Scriptural language in Cappadocia, Galatia, Pamphylia, Lydia, Bithynia,
+and round about Illyricum.  From these very regions came the Saxons: from
+here they spread abroad North and West, being the most Christian of any
+people on the face of the earth then, as well as now.  Their reception of
+the Gospel gave them power over the surrounding nations, to whom they
+were, as it had been foretold, witnesses for Jesus and providence in a
+very special manner.  What then, we say with Paul, will be the blessing
+of Israel—recognized and fully restored to God’s favour?  If so much good
+was carried and bestowed upon the Gentile nations because Israel was
+scattered, how much, and what are the blessings in store for those
+nations when Israel and Judah be restored?  Paul compares it to a
+resurrection—like as when the barrenness and desolation of a Winter is
+supplanted by the fruits and beauties of Summer.  “If the casting away of
+them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them
+be, but life from the dead?” (Rom. xi. 15).
+
+It is reasonable to suppose that this world is subject to the providence
+of God.  Such a supposition is grandly sustained by the laws and
+operations of nature without, and the experience and intuitions of the
+mind within; and I believe this providence to be all-comprehensive,
+bounding, and cognising all things, past, present, and future, both small
+and great; claiming the ages for its measure, the universe for the field
+of its operations, and the Infinite as the source of power.  “The Lord
+Jehovah reigns, let the earth rejoice.”  Let me persuade you to
+thoroughly believe in the precision, the intimacy, and the completeness
+of this providence.  This doctrine we need to fully learn and accept.
+“In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth,” and it is He
+“who hath measured the waters in the hollow of His hand, and meted out
+heaven with a span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure,
+and weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a balance.”  Aye,
+and more, yet closer still does this providence approach us in our
+affairs.  “By Him kings reign and princes decree judgment.  He bringeth
+the princes to nothing; He maketh the judges of the earth as vanity.”
+Even closer yet, for without His permission a sparrow cannot fall to the
+ground; and so intimate is He with us, that He knoweth the number of the
+hairs of the head.  Now all this kind of Bible instruction is intended to
+teach the nearness of God to us, and His interest and intimacy with
+nations and nature.  Let us not think for a moment that nations can rush
+to war and be outside this circle of providence.  Let us study to know
+God’s mind, His plans and purposes with the nations; for rest satisfied
+that His plan will finally be accepted by men and nations, and His
+purposes will prevail.  Kings may plan, diplomatists may diplomatise,
+scientists may analyse, theologians may teach and preach their isms, and
+politicians may make platforms and construct rings, yet none, nor all
+combined, can stay the hand of God.  “He doeth according to His will in
+the armies of heaven and among the inhabitants of the earth.”  He can
+initiate, permit, modify, and destroy.  Once we truly recognise the
+sovereignty of God over us, conceit will lie dead at the feet of
+humility.
+
+The Church at large has but a slender hold upon this great doctrine.
+They look upon the great movement of wars and strife, rising and falling
+of nations, as looks the country stranger upon a railway engine the first
+time, the whirling wheels, the steam and smoke and burnished boiler rivet
+his attention so completely, that he sees not the driver in his car.  So
+men are dazed with the show of pomp of courts and councils, with the
+harangues of legislators and march of regiments, that they discern not
+the master hand behind that directs all.  “Verily, Thou art a God that
+hidest Thyself.”  No, no, friends; English bravery, nor American
+ingenuity will not account for all that England has done on the line of
+victories, and the marvellous and rapid growth of these United States.
+As God said long ago through Moses, so He could say to-day—for heavenly
+counsel was given to the children of Israel on entering the Promised
+Land, with a design of suppressing their pride and enabling them to form
+a correct idea of their success in driving the strong and greater nations
+of Canaanites and Philistines—“Speak not thou in thine heart, after that
+the Lord thy God hath cast them out from before thee saying: For my
+righteousness the Lord hath brought me in to possess this land; but for
+the wickedness of these nations the Lord doth drive them out from before
+thee.  Not for thy righteousness, or the uprightness of thine heart, dost
+thou go to possess the land, but for the wickedness of those nations the
+Lord thy God doth drive them out from before thee, that He may perform
+the word which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and
+Jacob.  Understand, therefore, that the Lord thy God giveth thee not this
+good land to possess it for thy righteousness, for thou art a
+stiff-necked people” (Deut. ix. 4).
+
+By the same rule and for the very same reason that Israel conquered
+Palestine, does England go on from conquest to conquest.  And because God
+remembered to perform His promises made to the patriarchs upon their
+seed, America was opened for the Puritans, who are without doubt the
+descendants and representatives of Manasseh, of whom God said “he should
+be a people, a great people.”
+
+The rule of England and America over other people, is to be as life from
+the dead—that is, whatsoever country England conquers and rules, it is
+better for the people, and the country, and the world.  They give to the
+people a liberty that they would not have given to themselves; they
+develop the resources of the country as never before, and by trade and
+commerce bless the people and cause them to be a blessing unto others.
+And better still, they make known to the conquered ones, in due time, the
+riches of faith in Christ.  So we have no hesitation in saying, a thing
+patent to every unprejudiced observer, that the aborigines of the
+conquered colonies of Great Britain are treated better by their
+conquerors than they ever treated themselves.  The Africans, in the
+conquered colonies of Africa, are better off under British rule than
+those colonies or portions unconquered are.  The hosts of India enjoy
+more, fare better in every grace and virtue in all that goes to adorn and
+develop mankind, under the British government and protection than they
+ever did or would under self-government.  So the French, Germans,
+Italians, Russians, Spaniards, and the numerous progeny of emigrants to
+this country, fare better in every way with Manasseh, than they did in
+their own lands.  Of course, both in England’s rule and America’s, there
+are many defects; but taking all in all, the good will out-weigh the bad;
+and more so as the years roll on.
+
+True, an arbitrary purpose and an individualism is seen on the surface,
+yet under it all there is the hand of God.  The farmer is free as to what
+he sows, but the Divine, without interfering with his freedom, regulates
+the harvest to plenty or famine.  The Saxon people, England and America,
+stand in a new light to the world by the teachings of the Bible.  Being
+Israel or the Ten Lost Tribes, they become at once the chosen agents of
+God for the glorious purpose of evangelising the whole world, and
+finally, by reducing the whole earth to the plane of universal liberty
+and peace.
+
+It was necessary that these two nations should first be taught the art of
+mediation, for the ends of peace; that they should learn and show to the
+world that national disputes and grievances can be settled without an
+appeal to the sword.  Hence we have, and what is much better, the world
+has, Geneva and Alabama and the fish bounty treaty of Canada and the
+United States.  Not all the press did on either side, nor all the carping
+and blustering of individuals, could prevent the happy consummation of
+both these treaties.  To God be praise, for they are prophetic harbingers
+of a better day coming.
+
+No hand nor power, nor combination of powers, can stop the onward march
+of Israel to her God-ordained goal.  Her future is to spread on the right
+hand and on the left.  Island after island, colony after colony, will
+fall into her hands for mutual benefit.  Russia may contest this march,
+and will, for she is as much the appointed agent of contest from Heaven
+as England is to advance.  In a few years she will try to take the place
+of England among the nations, as she has just done in Afghan.  Russia
+promised, no doubt, that she would and could protect the Ameer against
+England, but the bargain was outside of the aims of Providence, hence it
+could not be sustained.  It is ordained of Heaven that Afghan fall into
+the hands of England, if England be Israel.
+
+Against this fate-like division of the world Russia is going to contend
+and fight whenever she gets a chance.  It would pay Russia and many other
+countries to read that “When the Most High divided to the nations their
+inheritance, when He separated the sons of Adam, He set the bounds of the
+people according to the children of Israel” (Deut. xxxii. 8).  These
+bounds God will maintain wherever they run; whatever country they cut in
+two, no matter, the earth must finally conform to this Divine geography.
+This purpose is strongly set forth by Isaiah xliv. 7: “And who, as I,
+shall call and shall declare it, and set it in order for Me, since I
+appointed the ancient people? and the things that are coming and shall
+come.”  This same sturdy fact is taught by Paul when speaking to the
+Athenians, telling them that God “hath made of one blood all nations of
+men to dwell on the face of the earth, _and hath determined the times
+before appointed_, _and the bounds of their habitations_.”  National
+destinies are not so much things of chance, or prizes for the sword, as
+many think.  God promised to David, when both Israel and Judah were
+prosperously settled in Palestine under David’s reign, that He would
+appoint a place for His people Israel, and plant them there, and they
+should not be moved, neither should the wicked afflict them, as aforetime
+(2 Sam. vii. 10.)  This promise God has kept.  He has given them the
+British Isles, where none can afflict them, as they were wont to do when
+Israel was scattered in Asia and Europe.  God has found Manasseh a home
+in this land of blessings and rich acres.
+
+England, by a necessity, was forced to find new countries to provide for
+her multiplying population.  Then she is forced to enter other nations as
+a missionary.  She, with Manasseh, is chiefly responsible for the
+evangelisation of the world, and of course they are at work all over the
+world, for England and the United States send out more missionaries than
+all the world beside.  Russia needs no land for colonisation, for now her
+inhabitants number only thirty-four to the square mile, while England
+numbers 889.  If we take in all the territory under Russia and England,
+even then England has more to the square mile than Russia.  Russia
+comprises about 8,000,000 square miles, and England, with her late
+additions, leaving out the United States, numbers about 9,000,000.
+Joining Ephraim and Manasseh together, they own one-fourth of the whole
+world—namely, about 13,000,000 square miles; the whole earth numbers
+51,340,800 square miles.  Besides, Russia is not a missionary country.
+She neither sends any, nor accepts any, being at present the only nation
+closed to missionary operation and toleration.  The past few years Russia
+has gained rapidly in territorial power.  With the conquest of Bokhara
+and portions of Turkestan, or Independent Tartary, she has added some
+800,000 square miles.
+
+At the beginning of the last century the Russian advance forts were 2,500
+miles distant from those of England.  At the close of the century the
+distance was 2,000.  Then in 1810 it was reduced to 1,000.  And since
+1855 it has been reduced to 400.  And now, of course, they want it
+reduced to nothing by getting control of Afghan.
+
+How wonderfully clear are the fulfilling events of the prophecy.  This
+king of the North is to become a strong king, who, when Israel and Judah
+are settled in Palestine, will have spirit and power to attack them.  So
+he is ripening, growing, and gathering power ready.  Russia now comprises
+nine crowns, eight of which are crowns of conquest.  Russia’s one grand
+desire is to possess Palestine, especially Jerusalem.  The Crimean war
+was waged for rights and extended privileges in this holy city.  To-day
+Russian pilgrims swarm thither by the thousands every year.  A few years
+ago she built outside the Jaffa gate what she called an hospice, which
+was designed to be nothing more nor less than a fort.  It is in a
+position commanding the whole city, and is a place of great strength.
+Often she has tried to possess the city and land.  By-and-bye she will be
+permitted by Providence to pour her troops into this “land of unwalled
+villages,” and when having nearly achieved the ambitious plan of ages,
+and nearly realised her one great national idea, she will perish, to rise
+no more, “on the mountains of Israel.”  Her history is set forth by
+Ezekiel xxxviii. and xxxix. chapters.
+
+Palestine and Jerusalem have borne undeniable evidence for prophecy and
+Providence.  The whole land and the Book have been wonderfully agreed
+during the past eighteen centuries.  How significant and telling the
+wailings and lamentations of the devout Jews, who crowd under the walls
+of the mosque of Omar, the site of the ancient temple.  Here, each
+returning Sabbath, groups of Jews may be heard dolefully crying: “_Ali
+bene_, _Ali bene_; _bene bethka_; _bekarob_, _bimheira_, _bimheira_;
+_beyamenue_, _bekarob_,” which, being interpreted, means, “Lord build,
+Lord build; build Thy house speedily, in haste, in haste; even in our day
+build Thy house speedily.”  Yes, mourning brethren of Judah, the time is
+coming when the house shall be built and the voice of wailing no more
+heard in the streets.
+
+Can any student or inquirer after the truth fail to see that in our day a
+prophecy is being fulfilled?  Can any one shut their eyes to the
+wonderful fact that Israel is breaking forth on the left and on the
+right?  God has long ago said that Israel were the people of His
+inheritance, and that Jacob was the lot of His inheritance, or His
+girdle, or cord, as the word lot means.  Then, if you turn your attention
+to Great Britain and her colonies, including Manasseh, you will see this
+girdle or measuring line around the earth.  Let me aid you by pointing
+the same out for you.  Look at the Eastern hemisphere circle, enclosing
+the Gentile nations.  Begin with Great Britain; pass on to the Channel
+Islands, Gibraltar, Malta, Cyprus, West Coast African Colonies, St.
+Helena, Cape Colonies, Mauritius, Seychelles, Perim, Aden, Ceylon, India,
+Burmah, Straits Settlements, Labuan, Australian Colonies, Hong Kong, and
+the Dominion of Canada.  In the Western hemisphere commence the circle
+with Canada and United States, Fiji Islands, New Zealand, Falkland
+Islands, British Guiana, British Honduras, West India Islands, and
+Newfoundland.  Do we not plainly see that Israel is possessing “the isles
+of the sea,” “coasts of the earth,” “waste and desolate places?”  These
+things are not hid in a corner; they proclaim the intentions of God, an
+over-ruling Providence; and who and where the Lost Tribes are.  A miracle
+and prophecy are fulfilling before our eyes.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND POPULATION.
+DISCOURSE IV.
+
+
+PROPHETIC LATTER DAYS—OUR BEARINGS IN THE AGES—UNWISE IMPATIENCE—ISRAEL
+TO BE ALWAYS A NATION—HER EMPIRE—HISTORIC CAREER OF AND FUTURE OF
+ENGLAND, AMERICA, AND JUDAH—RELATIVE INCREASE OF POPULATION—THE INFIDEL
+SAXON—JEWISH, BRITISH, AND AMERICAN INTERESTS ONE—A FULL END OF ALL
+NATIONS BUT ISRAEL—FAMINE HENCEFORTH ONLY FOR THE HEATHEN—ARBITRATION TO
+BE ENFORCED BY ISRAEL—AMERICAN ABSORBTION—STARTLING FIGURES OF FUTURE
+POPULATION—THE BALANCE OF POWER.
+
+    “Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the
+    sea, which cannot be measured or numbered; and it shall come to pass
+    that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people,
+    there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living
+    God.”—Hosea i. 10.
+
+A period of time is frequently referred to in the Scriptures as being the
+“latter days.”  It is, therefore, very important for the prophetic
+student, and the Church of Christ at large, that the time of days spoken
+of should be known.  For connected with these days are a number of
+prophecies waiting fulfilment, and they are of such a nature that their
+fulfilment may easily be discerned.  In breadth and scope they cover much
+territory and include many people.  They cannot be hid in a corner, for
+the parts are so numerous and the interests so great.  The fulfilment of
+these prophecies will make a radical and fundamental change in Church and
+State.
+
+I take it for granted we are now entering into the time of the latter
+days—a time that precedes by a natural consequence the millennium.  It
+is, therefore, unwise on the part of any person to claim that Christ may
+come any day, and that His millennial reign may be begun at any moment.
+It is but fair that we should carefully consider our bearings in the
+circle of Providence and our position in the ages.  The story and work of
+redemption are grand, full of interest and thrilling incidents; still we
+must take things in their order.  Some stories we read are very
+fascinating.  The plot culminates, the characters and incidents converge
+toward and centre in the hero.  At such a point we are often carried away
+with our sympathy for the hero; we become anxious for him, and desires to
+know the issues, and so are tempted to skip a few pages and get at the
+end unwisely and unlawfully.  Thus I think many are carried away by a
+loving desire for the millennium; they become anxious for the return of
+the Hero of redemption; they skip a few pages of Providence, and come to
+the end too soon.
+
+These days are preparative, and in such a preparative stage we are
+warranted to look for the fulfilment of certain prophecies; for
+prophecies, indeed, of such a nature and character that no Bible student
+need be mistaken as to the time, place, and conditions of fulfilment.  We
+have called your attention to one of these prophecies, and pointed out to
+you how the same was literally fulfilling before the eyes of all.  God,
+in olden times, made promises to Abraham, the patriarchs, and their seed.
+These promises were nothing more nor less than prophecies.  He attested
+the same by His own oath.  He called to witness the sun, moon, stars,
+sea, night, day, the seasons, seedtime and harvest.  These He called His
+ordinances.  These ordinances may depart from before Him, but the seed of
+Israel should not cease to be a nation.  They were not only to be a
+nation, but a company of nations.  To this end, in the latter days, they
+were to come in possession of the isles of the sea, the coasts of the
+earth, waste and desolate places; to inherit the seed of the Gentiles,
+and cause their desolate cities to be filled.  They were to possess and
+rule over the heathen.  In the latter days they were to possess Edom and
+Esau—that is, Turkey—and so come in possession of their own land,
+Palestine.  Now I call you to witness, and ask you if these things are
+so?  Before your eyes, before mine, before the eyes of all the world, God
+is fulfilling His promises made to the fathers.
+
+The very exceptions to the sweeping and comprehensive possessions of the
+seed of Jacob are pyramidal witnesses to the same.  The House of Judah
+was to become homeless, without a nation and without a government, after
+they left Palestine; but to be a people known by the race feature, and by
+their unwavering adherence, attachment, and fidelity to the Mosaic
+worship.  This exception all can see, and none can truthfully deny.  They
+have had money and men enough to buy and rule a nation, but as yet they
+have none.  Their talent, their ability, and their money, have been the
+chief factor in the rule, prosperity, and greatness of many nations in
+the past as well as now.  And the second conception is not less grand and
+conclusive.  Let any one inquire what was to be the portion of the Tribe
+of Manasseh, and they will find that Manasseh was to be a distinct
+people, a great people; for so said the dying patriarch Jacob.  Now such
+a people, a great people, we hold Manasseh to be at this day in the
+people of the United States.  Some sixty colonies England has overrun,
+established, or conquered, and she is busy at work yet conquering and
+gathering in.  But is it not remarkable that she has never lost one of
+the many save the United States?  Will any one give an earthly reason for
+this marvellous exception?  I presume no one can.  There is, however, a
+Divine reason.  Moses, when giving his prophetic benediction to the
+Tribes of Israel, gives us an insight into this question.  Speaking of
+Joseph and the wonderful blessing in store for his sons Ephraim and
+Manasseh, he says: “His glory is like the firstling of his bullock, and
+his horns are like the horns of unicorns; and with them he shall push the
+people together to the ends of the earth; _and they are the ten thousands
+of Ephraim_, _and they are the thousands of Manasseh_” (Deut, xxxiii.
+17).  And further light is thrown on this subject when we notice what
+Isaiah says in the forty-ninth chapter.  The children of Israel, when
+settled in some Isles, would lose a portion of themselves, and still the
+“children which thou shalt have _after thou hast lost the other_, shall
+say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me, give place to me
+that I may dwell.”  The simple and natural interpretation of such a
+passage is, that the Isles referred to were the British Isles.  The
+children lost refer to Manasseh, the Pilgrims, and Puritans who came from
+England.  And the cry for more room after they have left, shall lead
+England to look for lands in which to colonise her surplus population,
+all of which she has done and is doing.
+
+Surely in these things there is something more than chance.  Yes, there
+is a divine purpose fulfilled.  Seeing, then, that God will put the land
+into Israel’s hand, there will run another blessing parallel with
+this—namely, a peculiar increase of the seed, or children of Israel, so
+that they may occupy and control these lands.  These two prophecies are
+to be fulfilling on a parallel line at the same time.  Are they so
+fulfilling?  We answer, Yes; and the answer all the world may verify, for
+the facts are of such a nature that if they are not so fulfilling it can
+be very easily disproved.
+
+The prophet tells us in the text that the children of Israel are to be
+numerous—to be numerous in an extraordinary degree—so much so that it
+shall appear partly miraculous when such increase is compared to other
+people or judged by the common methods of reasoning.  Hosea had three
+children; the first a son.  He called him Jezreel.  This son was set for
+a witness that God would cause to cease the House of Israel in
+Palestine—that Israel should cease to be a nation for a time.  This idea
+Isaiah points out under the type of an abandoned wife.  God styles
+Himself the Husband of Israel, and that He had given the wife a bill of
+divorcement.  Thus the two prophets agree, and history ratifies both.
+
+Hosea’s second child he calls Lo-Ruhamah.  She was set for a witness that
+God would take away His mercy from the House of Israel for a time, and
+that God would utterly take them away out of the land.  So He did; for a
+few years after this we find the children of Israel were carried captive
+into Assyria by Shalmaneser, and the Assyrians were brought and put in
+their place.  And from these Assyrians, who were planted in the cities
+and country left by the children of Israel, we get the Samaritans, who
+were, as you see, not Jews nor Israelites by generation—they were
+manufactured Jews only.  “And the Lord removed Israel out of His sight,
+as He had said by all His servants the prophets.  So was Israel carried
+away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day” (2 Kings xvii. 23).
+During this captivity, which is even in force till now, barren Israel,
+the divorced one, was to have more children than the married one—namely,
+Judah.
+
+We find that the third child born to Hosea is called Lo-ammi, meaning,
+“Ye are not My people.”  This child pro-figured the casting out of the
+Jews; that they would refuse to accept God in Christ, and He therefore
+would reject them.  Thus the Jews became wanderers from their own land.
+And the land rests in desolation, enjoying her Sabbath of rest, while her
+sons and daughters are being chastised and trained for their return.
+
+The time will come when God will call Israel to Him, and have mercy upon
+her, when the divorced one shall be restored to her husband.  “And it
+shall be at that day, saith the Lord, that thou shalt call Me Ishi, and
+shalt call me no more Baali” (Hos. ii. 16).  Now Ishi means husband, and
+Baali stands for Lord.  Saxons have been looked upon as being infidels by
+the rest of the world.  The Mohammedans and Buddhists never reckoned the
+Saxons as being the sons of God; and Catholic Europe and Greek Russia
+have looked upon England as infidel and heretical.  And the Saxons
+themselves never went so far in their knowledge as to know who they were,
+their origin and work.  But the prophet says: “It shall come to pass that
+in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people, there it
+shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God.”  And the
+time will come when Lo-Ruhamah shall become Ru-hamah, which means to have
+obtained mercy.  And Lo-Ammi shall become Ammi, which means that this is
+My people.  And Jezreel, which was a sign of dispersion, shall be the
+sign of gathering.  “Then shall the children of Judah and the children of
+Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head, and they
+shall come up out of the land; _for great shall be the day of Jezreel_.”
+Then the Jews (Ammi) will call the Saxons their sister, long lost, but
+found at last.  The Saxons (Ru-hamah) will call the Jews their brother,
+those whom in the past they have hated and persecuted; and thought
+themselves far removed from Jewish blood.  Now they both will acknowledge
+a common generation, and Abraham their father.  And one with his eyes
+half open can see this part of the prophecy fulfilling.  The Jews,
+England, and United States, from this and henceforth, are one in
+interest, policy, and destiny.
+
+These being the latter days, let us look for the signs of the multiplying
+of the seed so that they be as the sea sands God promised to Abraham,
+saying: “That in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will
+multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven and as the sand which is upon
+the sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies” (Gen.
+xxii. 17).  Old Jacob foretold that Joseph would be a fruitful bough,
+whose branches would run over the wall—that is, colonise.  This increase
+is to be seen in two ways.  Let me direct your attention to one of these
+ways, in a special manner, because it is so singular and unique, so
+distinct and discernable.  In Jeremiah xxx. 10, 11, we find a remarkable
+statement: “Fear not, O Israel, for I am with thee, saith the Lord, to
+save thee.  Though I make a full end of all nations whither I have
+scattered thee, yet will I not make a full end of thee; but I will
+correct thee in measure, and will not leave thee altogether unpunished.”
+That Israel has been punished and corrected no one will deny who is
+acquainted with her history and sojourn from the time she was carried
+captive to this day.  But has the other part of the saying been
+fulfilled?  We answer, Yes—as the law of colonisation has progressed.
+The Ancient Britons are no more; Saxon Israel has entirely supplanted
+them, just as Manasseh in the United States is supplanting the aborigines
+or Indians.  They perish and disappear like snow before the rising sun.
+Not all we can do on the line of legislation, philanthropy, and religion,
+is sufficient to stay the ravages of this long-ago declared decree of
+Heaven.  Go to Canada, and you find they are perishing; in Newfoundland
+they are entirely gone, and in every other province they are fast
+disappearing, save such as are saved by incorporation, by marriage, and
+salt stayed by the power of Christianity; but both these remedies are
+only temporal—they perish in spite of all in the heated atmosphere of
+Israel’s civilisation.  Some few tribes may hold their own and seem to
+increase, but such does not invalidate the evidence of the decree.  For
+they have perished in such numbers, and so uniformly, when in contact
+with Israel, that history proclaims the decree fulfilled.
+
+The native inhabitants of Van Dieman, called Tasmanians, have entirely
+become extinct.  The Maories of New Zealand are rapidly diminishing.
+Fifty years ago they were 200,000 strong; now only about 50,000.  In a
+few more years they will be gone.  The same is true in all the other
+Australian provinces.  The same is true of many isles of the sea, also of
+the African colonies.  In these things, so exceptional, we can surely
+say, with the magicians of old who contended against Moses, “This is the
+finger of God.”  Thus we see Israel increasing, by the law of diminution
+going on among the Gentiles.  Israel in the latter day was to be blessed
+with plenty in the orchards, stall, and field: “For I will lay no more
+famine upon you, saith the Lord.”  The past year we learn that some
+10,000,000 of Chinese perished in famine.  India, in one part, has been
+greatly reduced in number by the same scourge.  This country will be
+partly protected from the operation of this law—for no doubt a large
+portion are from Abraham.  “But unto the sons of the concubines, which
+Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac his son,
+while he yet lived, Eastward, unto the East country” (Gen. xxv. 6).  This
+same scourge does not follow the colonising of other nations.  It did not
+follow Spain, nor the Dutch, nor France.
+
+If you turn to the prophets, you will soon learn how they are to increase
+in the latter days—not by a comparison on the line of diminution only,
+but in and from themselves.  “Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that
+I will sow the House of Israel and the House of Judah with the seed of
+man and beast” (Jer. xxxi. 27).  Have these days come?  We again say,
+Yes; and these kind of prophecies are being fulfilled in this day in so
+special a manner as to make certain the times we live in.  Through
+Israel, Judah, and Manasseh, the earth is to find the equilibrium of
+peace.  The Jews will furnish the money, for in the increasing
+ascendancy, and multiplying power, and authority of England and America,
+the Jews will draw closer to them and invest more and more their money
+with them, because of greater security and profit.  The balance of power
+and even compulsion will be in the hands of England and America, to force
+arbitration on disputing nations, and they will do so, having set the
+precedents themselves in the Alabama and fish treaties.  At present, many
+will refuse this idea, and point to the famous Monroe doctrine.  Now that
+doctrine has had its time, nearly; and it has served a good purpose for
+the country.  The mercantile growth, and general producing power of this
+country, will cause us to abandon our selfish protection policy; for of
+all other people on the face of the earth we will want free trade; for we
+will have the greatest surplus of mercantile and agricultural
+productions, and in a short time our very position and ability will push
+away all competitors.  Once our mercantile and agricultural interests are
+cast in other nations, we will then have an interest in their wars and
+peace, and will be led to interfere.
+
+The chief way in which the balance of power will fall into English and
+American hands is in the fulfilling of the blessings of the text: the
+multiplying of this people, first by natural increase, and second by
+incorporation and absorption.  Look at this law of absorption; how
+vigorous and sure!  If you turn into a field of grass fowls, pigs,
+horses, and cows, you get chicken-meat, pork, horseflesh, and beef.  The
+individualism in each creature absorbs and converts the same field of
+grass into themselves.  So into this country are coming people of every
+nation and race, but the individualism of Manasseh will in due time make
+them all Manassehites.  The children of the Russians, Poles, Spanish, and
+so on, become American in taste, manners, and sympathies.  They are being
+grafted into the tree of Manasseh.
+
+But look at the law of increase naturally.  Take the population of
+several countries as given in the last census, and carefully note the
+relative increase, and how long it takes each nation to double its
+number.  Russia, eighty-six millions, doubles every 100 years; Germany,
+forty-two millions, doubles every 100 years; Turkey, forty-seven
+millions, doubles every 550 years; Austria, thirty-seven millions,
+doubles every 100 years; France, thirty-six millions, doubles every 140
+years; Great Britain, thirty-three millions, doubles every 55 years;
+United States, forty millions, doubles every 25 years; Italy,
+twenty-seven millions, doubles every 125 years; Egypt, seventeen
+millions, doubles every 150 years; Spain, sixteen millions, doubles every
+112 years; English colonies, ten millions, doubles every 25 years.  Now
+make a calculation for 100 years, from 1878 to 1978, and see how these
+countries stand in population and their relative position.  Russia will
+have one hundred and seventy-two millions; Germany, eighty-four; Turkey,
+fifty-six; Austria, seventy-four; France, fifty-nine; Great Britain, one
+hundred and thirty-seven; Italy, forty-one; Egypt, twenty-nine; Spain,
+twenty-eight; United States, six hundred and forty; and the English
+colonies, one hundred and sixty—and that is not reckoning the natives in
+the colonies, only the descendants of the English.  Of course, in a
+country like India, the natives will be a considerable number, and they
+might properly be reckoned in with the colonial items, and so swell the
+number of Israel’s power.
+
+Now these figures show a wonderful conclusion.  In simple language, we
+find that in 1978, the English-speaking race, or Israelites, will number
+937 millions, while all of Russia, Germany, Turkey, Austria, France,
+Italy, Egypt, and Spain, will only number 543 millions.  Where then, we
+ask, will be the balance of power?  And why should this certain law come
+into operation at this time, if it be not the blessing foretold by the
+prophets?  And can we not see that these are the latter days, and that
+God is fulfilling His promises to Israel?
+
+The blood of Abraham and the faith of Abraham have been wonderfully
+preserved and projected down through the centuries with telling effect.
+And on this line the Darwinian theory of election is very true, for the
+survival of the fittest is the proclaimed law of Heaven.  There is power
+in land possession and there is power in number, and if these two factors
+maintain their force for one hundred years, then we infer of certainty
+that the sceptre of rule and destiny of the world will be in the hands of
+Israel, unless the laws of nature are reversed, and the promises of God
+fail.  The Word of God cannot fail or return unto Him void; it must
+accomplish that whereunto He sent it and prosper in things designed, or
+as Jeremiah xxiii. 20 says: “The anger of the Lord shall not return until
+He has executed and till He has performed the thoughts of His heart; in
+the latter days ye shall consider it perfectly.”
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND LANGUAGE.
+DISCOURSE V.
+
+
+LATTER DAY PROPHETIC PROMISES—TIME OF ISRAEL’S REVIVAL—PYRAMID
+TESTIMONY—BRITISH ISLAND POPULATION IN 1882—AFFINITY BETWEEN ENGLISH AND
+HEBREW—CELL OF THE HONEYBEE—ORIGIN OF LANGUAGE—LION OF LANGUAGES—FOREIGN
+TESTIMONY—ALL TONGUES INDIGENOUS BUT ENGLISH—THE PRE-MILLENNIAL TOKENS.
+
+    “For then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may
+    all call upon the name of the Lord, to serve Him with one
+    consent.”—Zephaniah iii. 9.
+
+In the last two discourses we called your attention to two prophecies
+that are now fulfilling; they are on parallel lines of time and
+territory.  The first had reference to the rapid accumulation of the
+lands of the earth by Israel.  Accepting the Anglo-Saxons as being the
+children and descendants of Jacob, it naturally follows that the
+prophetic blessings and promises made to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and their
+heirs, should find a fulfilment in these, the latter days, and that such
+fulfilment should be found in the English nation, among the Jews, and in
+the United States.  It is easy to see and believe that the curses
+prophetically pronounced on Judah and Israel have been fulfilled,
+especially on the House of Judah.  The promises to the House of Israel
+are now being grandly realised.  England is in possession of the isles of
+the sea, the coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places, the
+heathen is her inheritance, and she is inheriting the seed of the
+Gentiles, and causing their desolate cities to be inhabited.  From the
+taking of Jamaica, by General Penn, in 1655, to the peaceful cession of
+Cyprus, the course of this little island nation has been onward and
+upward.  And if her conquests and progress are not amenable to prophecy,
+for an interpretation, then the wonder is still greater.  The facts are
+with us, and must be accounted for some way.  The second had reference to
+the multitudinous seed of Israel in the latter days.  Till two hundred
+years ago the Anglo-Saxons were not in this respect distinct from other
+races; indeed, for centuries they were distinct rather for their weakness
+in multiplying power and number.  Many other races have exceeded them in
+this particular.  But no sooner do we come abreast of the latter day time
+than we find the laws of centuries changed.  In thermal science it is an
+axiom that heat expands all bodies, and of course that cold contracts
+them.  But to this general rule there is one beautiful and benevolent
+exception: it is in water; for if we start with water at thirty-two
+degrees, we find the remarkable phenomenon of cold expanding all below
+thirty-two, and heat expanding all above.  If we take water at 212
+degrees and withdraw it from the heat, it will continue to contract till
+we reach thirty-two; then the law is reversed, and the water expands.
+Now the reversion of this law, at this particular point, is wonderfully
+expressive of Divine forethought and benevolence.  By such a change ice
+is made to float in water, and so save our lakes, streams, and wells from
+being frozen solid.  As this exception is to thermal science, so is the
+law of reproduction to Israel in this day.  This people, who have been
+behind other races, now, at an appointed time, step to the front.  The
+law seems to be reversed, and that too for a benevolent purpose—for the
+very purpose that they might be able to fulfil the mission assigned them
+in these last days, to occupy the new lands and evangelise the world.
+One prophecy seems to call for the other, for what would be the use of
+the lands without the people, or the people without the lands?  It is an
+amazing fact that Queen Victoria should bear rule over one-third of the
+population of the whole earth, and that Israel, including Manasseh,
+should own one-fourth of the land.
+
+But this amazing fact is made reasonable when we accept the Queen as
+being of the seed of David, and an heir to the promises attaching to
+David’s throne, and when we accept the Anglo-Saxons as being the Ten Lost
+Tribes of Israel.  Then prophecy, Providence, and facts, are a
+trinity—they are one sublime whole.  God, speaking through Moses, said He
+would punish to reform Israel for seven times—and seven times
+prophetically understood, means 2,520 years.  If we allow that Israel
+were carried captive in the year 725 before Christ, then Israel would
+come into freedom, or be reformed, about 1795; because if we add 725 to
+1,795, we get 2,520.  Up to this point they were to be robbed of their
+children and to be few in number (see Lev. xxvi. 22).  In the year 1795
+Israel were to be relieved from these curses; and about this time this
+special law of reproduction came into operation; or, if we take the
+lamentations of Hosea vi. 1–3: “Come and let us return unto the Lord, for
+He hath torn, and He will heal us; He hath smitten, and He will bind us
+up; after two days will He revive us; in the third day He will raise us
+up, and we shall live in His sight.  Then shall we know if we follow on
+to know the Lord.  His going forth is prepared as the morning, and He
+shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the
+earth.”  By this passage, our day and the special providences of this
+period are mournfully and graphically referred to.  Here a day stands for
+a thousand years, “for a day with the Lord is as a thousand years;” so
+that when two thousand years should have passed by, Ephraim, who stands
+for Israel, was to be revived and blessed with fruitfulness sometime
+during the third day, or thousand years.  In ancient time a day was
+counted when it had a majority—that is, when it had passed the half.  The
+prophet here says we were to be revived, or raised up, on the third day.
+So, if you again take these three thousand-year days, you will find that
+two of them are to be completely passed, and during the third we were to
+be raised.  The number we have given, 2,520, exactly meets the
+interpretation—2,000 complete, and 520 make a majority for the third day
+by the twenty over the half.  These prophetic figures tally well with the
+existing state of things.  About the beginning of this century England
+assumed to lead the world.  It is a remarkable coincidence that, in the
+last century, the question of how to multiply the population was a
+subject of debate and legislation in the British Parliament.  But what
+legislation failed to do, God in His providence did at the appointed
+time.
+
+It is a curious fact, and well worth noticing, that the famous witness of
+the Lord of hosts in Egypt, the Great Pyramid, forecasts what the number
+of Israel and Judah would be in the year 1882.  As Israel is symbolised
+in the Grand Gallery, it is found that the cubic contents of the same, in
+inches, is about 36,000,000; thus by some this is interpreted to mean
+that inches stand for individuals, and if so, then England proper will
+have this number in 1880.  Whether this is a true interpretation or not,
+we all know that these figures will be about right.  The Queen’s Chamber
+of the Pyramid symbolises the number and condition of the Jews.
+
+From these two prophecies, so sublimely fulfilling, let me invite your
+attention to another that is now maturing.  It, too, is parallel with the
+other two.  We refer to the peculiar growth, power, and progress of the
+English language.  After Israel went into captivity, they were to lose
+their language and take or form another.  “For with stammering lips and
+another tongue will He speak to this people” (Isa. xxviii. 11).  We will
+all agree that the English language is not the Hebrew; and if we are
+Israelites, then indeed God is speaking to us in another tongue, for few
+of us read His Word in Hebrew.  It is read to the millions in the
+English; hence the millions hear God speak to them in another tongue than
+that of Hebrew.  Between the English and Hebrew languages there is an
+intimate relation, especially back a few years, before the English had
+grown so much.  The Hebrew was a very limited language; not numbering
+more than 7,000 words.  The English is now said to number about 80,000.
+The most lavish writer does not use over 10,000; the common average is
+about 3,000.  In the English we have not less than 1,000 Hebrew roots.
+This, comparing the languages a few years back, is a large percentage.
+In names of persons and places the Hebrew is very prominent in England.
+
+I take it for a fact that language is of Divine origin.  Men have written
+on the origin of language from every standpoint; the majority of them
+trying to account for its existence without allowing so noble a source.
+The first man, Adam, I believe, could talk as easily and naturally as he
+could see, and hear, and taste.  Speech was a part of his endowment.
+There is nothing more wonderful in a man talking than a bird singing,
+save that speech is a higher order of utterance.  Dumb nature performs
+marvels every day as mighty and wonderful as man’s talking.  The
+honey-bee builds its cells, ignorant of the fact that such construction
+is the solution of a problem which had troubled men for centuries to
+solve.  At what point shall certain lines meet so as to give the most
+room with the least material and have the greatest strength in the
+building?  This problem is said to have been worked out by a Mr.
+McLaughland, a noted Scotch mathematician, who arrived at his conclusion
+by laborious and careful fluxionary calculation.  To his surprise, and to
+the surprise of the world, such lines and such a building were found in
+the common bee cell.  Now I hold that the same Creator who gave to the
+bee the mathematical instinct could endow man with the instinct of
+speech.  Even to animal instinct we find a certain variation and
+permitted latitude in what is called adaptive instinct.  So in man we
+find this same instinct of adaptation in a higher sense.  The instinct
+comes into play when we suppose a number of persons separated from
+others, each living in different quarters of the globe.  In such a
+condition, though of the same language when first separated, they would
+not remain so long—that is, in the primitive state of society.  Thus,
+among the tribes of Africa, at this day, languages are widening and
+varying from a once common centre.  So Israel in captivity would lose the
+Hebrew gradually.  The language of the people among whom they settled was
+the Sanskrit, from which a score of languages have come—the German,
+French, and Italian, Saxon and others.  The Saxon of to-day, compared
+with the Saxon of 2,000 years ago, is very different; so much so that for
+us to learn and speak it would be equal to learning a new language.  Thus
+the English language is a thing of growth.  In the year 1362 the Saxon
+was made the court language of England.  From that time onward its growth
+has been wonderful.
+
+The prophetic outlines and Divine place of this language may be seen in
+the germal foundations, which give unto it such vigour, tenacity, and
+capabilities of expansion.  All the features of this language go to show
+that it is destined to be the medium of a world’s intercourse, and that
+it very suitably belongs to Israel, in whose hand will be the destiny of
+the world.  It is the lion of languages.  It will grow anywhere, and by
+reason of its tenacity when once it gets a foothold it abides.  It is
+peculiarly suited to the humanities of every race, clime, and condition;
+there is no limit to its expansive adaptability.  It is in a special
+manner voracious in the destruction of other languages; wherever it goes,
+it sounds the death-knell of all the rest.
+
+Soon as this language entered Britain, it began its work of destruction.
+Before it has disappeared the real British, the Cymric or Welsh, Erse or
+Irish, the Gaelic of Scotland, and the Manx of the Isle of Man.  The
+British Keltic is entirely gone; the rest are entirely local.  Beside
+these it ousted from the island the Norse, the Norman-French, and several
+other tongues that tried to transplant themselves on English soil.  It is
+at work in every part of the globe, planting itself and displacing
+others.  A few years ago French was the language best suited for a
+traveller on the Continent.  But this has changed.  Now the English is by
+far superior.  And why is it that the English is supplanting all others?
+To answer such a question in a scientific way, one cannot do better than
+quote from the great and learned German philologist, Prof. Grimm, of
+Berlin.  He says of it: “It has a thorough power of expression, such as
+no other language ever possessed.  It may truly be called a
+world-language, for no other can compare with it in richness,
+reasonableness, and solidity of texture.”  But perhaps the most definite
+and distinct testimony given by a foreigner touching the future ubiquity
+of the Anglo-Saxon race and language, is that put forward by Provost
+Paradol, a learned Frenchman.  He says “that neither Russia nor united
+Germany, supposing that they should attain the highest fortune, can
+pretend to impede that current of things, nor prevent that solution,
+relatively near at hand, of the long rivalry of European races for the
+ultimate colonisation and domination of the universe.  The world will not
+be Russian, nor German, nor French, alas! nor Spanish.”  He concludes
+that it will be Anglo-Saxon.
+
+A British poet has presented in poetry the special features of several of
+the European languages, which we give:—
+
+    “Greek’s a harp we love to hear;
+    Latin is a trumpet clear;
+    Spanish like an organ swells;
+    Italian rings its bridal bells;
+    France, with many a frolic mien,
+    Tunes her sprightly violin;
+    Loud the German rolls his drum
+    When Russia’s clashing cymbals come;
+    But British sons may well rejoice,
+    For English is the human voice.”
+
+There are eight languages in the bounds of Christian civilisation that
+may be accounted powerful, because they are the tongues of vigorous
+people; they are the English, Russian, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
+Portuguese, and Scandinavian.  But of these all are indigenous, except
+the English, so that they die if transplanted.  Look at this country and
+behold what a cemetery it is for languages.  Once the French had strong
+hold and promised to abide here; but it is now nearly gone, even from the
+state of Louisiana and Canada, the last places of retreat.
+
+If we take note of the population according to these several languages,
+we shall see the prophetic future of the English.  It is spoken by about
+ninety millions, Russian seventy-five, German fifty-six, French forty,
+Spanish thirty-eight, Italian twenty-nine, Portuguese fourteen, and
+Scandinavian nine.  Within the control of the governments of these
+languages we find England to have rule over 255,000,000 people, who do
+not as yet speak English, and we find that the other seven have only
+seventy-five millions outside of themselves.  Here is an important
+difference.  If we look at them by territorial limits, leaving out
+Russia, we find the English language to own 13,382,686 square miles,
+Germany 449,684, French 571,578, Spanish 4,694,811, Italian 114,466,
+Portuguese 4,028,311, and Scandinavian 1,308,830.  The aggregate number
+of square miles possessed by these six languages, is 11,167,620, which
+altogether, you see, own 2,215,066 miles square less than the English.
+The balance itself is more than Germany, France, and Spain put together.
+The English language is divided only into two governments, but the other
+six are divided into twenty-six, all of which governments are bitter one
+toward the other; each trying to supplant one another, while England and
+the United States are at peace, and will ever remain so.  In one hundred
+years from now the English language will be spoken by a thousand million
+people.  Thus we need no stretch of fancy to see that what the prophet
+speaks of in the text will be accomplished in due time.
+
+This language will soon be universal; by common consent it will become
+the language of the world.  All the changes going on among nations
+forecast its ubiquity.  China, by an imperial decree, has just added to
+her language 700 English words.  Her sons by the thousand are with us,
+and by the thousand they are learning our mother tongue.  The Japanese,
+till a few years ago, carried on their foreign correspondence through the
+Dutch, but now they have changed to the English.  Besides, in the 50,000
+schools in Japan English is being taught.  If science has an answer for
+this strange phenomenon, so have we.  Ours is, that it is the will of
+Heaven.  Confusion of tongues came at Babel as a punishment.  By this
+means Heaven scattered the unwilling descendants of Noah.  When Noah came
+forth from the Ark, God bade him multiply and replenish the earth—that
+is, fill it up.  Babel, however, was built as a monument of
+centralisation, for the builders gave as a reason for building it, “Lest
+we be scattered abroad upon the face of the earth.”  By a confusion of
+tongues they were scattered.  Since then we have had some 1,500 distinct
+languages, and some 3,500 colloquials, or say 5,000 different forms of
+speech.  At the present time 600 of the primary are dead, so that there
+are about 900 languages now spoken on all the earth, with about 2,500
+colloquials.
+
+When these means have answered their end—namely, to make us occupy all
+parts of the earth—then they will die out.  It then follows that as the
+world fills, languages must disappear.  So they do.  The English and
+German were the last languages to come into existence.  No new ones are
+now being made.  Alphabets are increasing, because missionaries are
+reducing spoken languages among the heathen into a written form.  The
+Bible is translated into two hundred different tongues.  This itself will
+only lead the millions back to English.  All ship papers are now made out
+in English excepting the French, and no doubt they will soon have to
+follow in the wake.
+
+The day of Pentecost foreshowed the universality of some language.
+Pentecost was a type, and the English is the antitype.  The strangers
+from Phrygia, Pamphylia, Libya, Pontus, and Cappadocia, mingled with the
+Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Cretes, and Arabians.  They all heard the
+Gospel in their own tongue.  The different tongues make a wall of
+division, making them strangers one with another; but the Holy Ghost took
+away this wall, and they were all face to face, able to understand one
+another.  The same power that here multiplied the gift of tongues—giving
+to some several—surely could give to Adam one.  Away with a faith that
+cannot give God credit with being the Author of language.
+
+No sooner do we see England in guardian possession of Syria than the idea
+enters into the scheme of reform of extending the English language.  The
+Board of Directors of the Syrian Protestant College at Beyrout have shown
+their appreciation of the new era of British influence by a recent vote,
+which is to the effect that on January 1, 1879, all instruction in the
+college shall be through the English language.  The Arabic will only be
+taught as any other dead language.  This remarkable action shows that
+British influence in Syria is hereafter to be more than simply
+diplomatic; it is to be an all-pervading and controlling power, affecting
+every interest of Society.  Truly another Pentecostal day is drawing
+nigh—a day when all the world shall hear the Gospel in the language of
+Israel.  In all these things we see the lively tokens and pre-millennial
+agencies hastening on the day of the Lord.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND GENTILE FULNESS.
+DISCOURSE VI.
+
+
+MEANING OF GENTILE FULNESS—BLESSINGS THROUGH JUDAH AND EPHRAIM—BEST
+RELIGION—JEWS OUTWITTED—WHY BENJAMIN WAS KEPT AT JERUSALEM—FRENCH
+PROTESTANTISM—GENTILE FULNESS CONTEMPORARY WITH TO-DAY—WHAT IT
+IS—EXCEPTIONAL TURKEY.
+
+    “Now, if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the
+    diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles, how much more their
+    fulness.”—Rom. ii. 12.
+
+Paul, the author of this epistle to the Romans, tells us that he was an
+Israelite of the seed of Abraham and of the Tribe of Benjamin.  The fact
+so conveyed it is necessary that we keep in mind, if we would interpret
+aright this epistle.  He introduces to our notice three parties: the
+Jews, who include at this time the Tribes of Judah and Levi; the
+Israelites, who embraced the Tribe of Benjamin and the other nine Tribes
+that had been in captivity for about eight hundred years—the whole
+together are generally known as the Ten Lost Tribes.  In the third party
+we have the Gentiles.  This word Gentile usually denotes and includes the
+non-Jewish nations and people.  The Hebrew word _goyim_, in early Bible
+history, was equivalent to our word nation.  It finally began to denote
+any people who were not of the sacred seed of Abraham.  The Greek word so
+rendered is _ethnos_, which means a multitude or nation.  In the New
+Testament another word is sometimes used in a more limited sense—namely,
+_hellenes_, which is translated Greeks.  Ignorance of these three
+parties, their place in Providence, and relation one to the other, has
+given rise to much needless controversy and division in the domain of
+theology.  Men have argued for an election and a reprobation, laying
+great stress on the 9th, 10th, and 11th chapters of Romans, that is in no
+wise taught.  The election Paul deals with is a literal one, having
+reference to a distinct people, whom God has elected for a special work
+in this world.  This people God calls “His people,” “His inheritance,”
+“His chosen,” “His witnesses,” “His servants.”  “This people have I
+formed for Myself; they shall shew forth My praise” (Isa. xliii. 21).
+Hence exclaims the Psalmist, “Blessed is the nation whose God is the
+Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen for His own inheritance.”
+
+It will be evident to any careful Bible reader that God called Abraham
+from Ur, in Chaldea, from his own kindred, for a special design.  Through
+Abraham’s seed Jehovah designed that blessings, temporal and spiritual,
+should flow to all nations.  He selected this seed for His own training,
+instruction, and culture, to the end that they might train, instruct, and
+evangelise the rest of mankind.  Through Judah was to come spiritual
+blessings, because from Him was the Messiah; and through Ephraim, as
+representative of the Ten Tribes, was to come temporal blessings.  And
+this in the past has been the order of providential procedure; it is the
+present order, and it is to be the future.  Look and verify this
+statement and order by an examination of the nations of the earth at this
+time, by asking yourselves the question: What form of religion among the
+many on earth is best suited to develop man, to conserve his truest
+interest, and crown him with the greatest measure of peace, plenty,
+liberty, and security?  Surely to this question there can be but one
+answer—it is the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ.  And it is evident
+that Christ came of the Tribe of Judah.  If we seek among the nations for
+the best form of civilisation and the best government, we shall find the
+same to be in the bounds of Israel and Manasseh—England and America.
+Here we shall find individualism the best developed, and liberty the
+fullest grown.  In this conclusion the intelligent of every other nation
+will concur.  We assume no risk in making this statement.  Thus, without
+doubt, the world at large is greatly indebted to the religion of Jesus,
+who was of Judah, and to the Anglo-Saxons, for the best and purest forms
+of political organisations or governments.  The Anglo-Saxons being the
+Ten Lost Tribes, it therefore follows that God has carried out the design
+included in Abraham’s call, and the promise made that in his seed should
+all the nations of the earth be blessed.  To us it seems to have been a
+roundabout way.  Had Israel been obedient to God in Palestine, and had
+Judah received Jesus as the true Messiah, the state of the nations most
+certainly would have been very different to what it is now.  Still,
+through all, and for all, the purpose of heaven has been carried forward.
+
+In studying Providence it is always well to remember that God is not
+dependent on the harmonious co-operation of His creatures for the
+accomplishment of His purpose.  He can gain His ends either through our
+hate or love, resistance or co-operation.  When the Jews had crucified
+Christ, they naturally thought they had cut short His career and cut off
+His influence; for so it would appear by all human reasoning.  Even the
+disciples did not see how He could be the Messiah and Deliverer of Israel
+when He allowed Himself to be crucified.  The hope of Israel was buried
+with the dead Christ.  They had hoped that it had been He who should have
+redeemed Israel; but this hope was then dead.  But by His resurrection
+they saw through the secret of Providence, and they saw that God was
+faithful in devising a way of escape, and able to bring to pass His own
+glorious purpose.  So Peter voices their experience when he says,
+“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which, according
+to His abundant mercy, hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the
+resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead.”  The Jews soon found out
+they had made a mistake in crucifying Jesus; for the risen Christ was
+mightier than the teaching Jesus.  They had crushed a seed to the earth
+which sprang forth in renewed beauty and grace; whose death was life and
+whose loss was gain.  In common parlance they had been outwitted.  They
+slew a man and He rose a God.  They in wrath offered a sacrifice once and
+for all, even for the very sin in which they were then indulging.  They
+unknowingly abolished death, and brought life and immortality to light.
+The critical and unbelieving Sadducees, who denied another life than
+this, gave aid in proving another and a better; for Christ risen
+condemned their unbelief.  The proud and ritualistic Pharisee, who loved
+the temple and its gorgeous ceremony, destroyed one and made the other of
+none avail, for in the planted death of Jesus they laid the foundation of
+another and grander temple—one composed of living stones—and made the
+temple service meaningless; for the anti-type had swallowed up the type;
+the real, the ideal.  In all this they had reasoned on a human plan,
+which is not high enough to wholly overlook and explore the kingdom of
+God.  Paul, in 1 Cor. ii. 7, makes this matter plain: “But we speak the
+wisdom of God in a mystery; even the hidden wisdom which God ordained
+before the world unto our glory, which none of the princes of this world
+knew; for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of
+glory.”  Jesus committed His life to the wave-tide of their rage, and was
+floated to death and victory.  On the man side there was purpose and
+hate, and for this they were responsible; and on the Divine side we have
+wisdom and love working out the salvation of a lost race.
+
+Jesus came to His own and they did not receive Him.  Who were His own?
+We answer, the Jews; for He was of Judah.  But if His own did not receive
+Him, we ask, who did?  The answer is, that Israel received Him.  The
+Israelites in the land at that time were the Tribe of Benjamin.  They had
+been providentially selected for this work nearly a thousand years
+before.  This one Tribe of Benjamin has a very peculiar history; and it
+you will study it over, it will greatly serve to confirm your faith in
+the Divine inspiration of the Bible and the unity and forethought of
+Providence.  The original theocracy of Israel consisted of Twelve Tribes.
+This theocracy was divided under Rehoboam, Solomon’s son and successor.
+Ten Tribes seceded, and formed a kingdom, which is ever after called the
+kingdom of Israel; their first king was Jeroboam.  But it is very
+singular to notice, that one of these Ten Tribes is lent to the kingdom
+of Judah, and this one Tribe is Benjamin.  In this was the Divine
+provision for the time of Christ.  We find in the first book of Kings,
+eleventh chapter, that Solomon displeased the Lord by his wicked ways,
+and the Lord said: “Forasmuch as this is done of thee, and thou hast not
+kept My covenant and My statutes which I have commanded thee, I will
+surely rend the kingdom from thee, and I will give it to thy servant
+(Jeroboam was Solomon’s servant at that time); notwithstanding in thy
+days I will not do it, for David thy father’s sake; but I will rend it
+out of the hands of thy son.  Howbeit I will not rend away all the
+kingdom, but will give one Tribe to thy son, for David My servant’s sake,
+and for Jerusalem’s sake, which I have chosen.”  All the kingdom
+evidently meant the Ten Tribes.  The same truth Ahijah, the Shilonite,
+taught when he rent his new garment into twelve pieces, and gave to
+Jeroboam ten.  “And he said to Jeroboam, Take thee ten pieces; for thus
+saith the Lord, the God of Israel: Behold, I will rend the kingdom out of
+the hands of Solomon and will give Ten Tribes to thee.”  Then comes in
+the reserve clause again: “But he shall have one Tribe for My servant
+David’s sake, and for Jerusalem’s sake, the city which I have chosen out
+of all the Tribes of Israel.”  And the reason for the reservation of this
+Tribe is clearly expressed in verse 36: “And unto his son will I give one
+Tribe, that David My servant may always have a light before Me in
+Jerusalem.”  Now it is plain why this Tribe was an exception.  The city
+of Jerusalem, God says, He has chosen out of all the cities of Israel,
+because to this city would the Messiah come.  And beautifully agreeing
+with the forethought is the fact that when the Tribes had their lots
+assigned them in Palestine, the city of Jerusalem fell in the portion of
+Benjamin.
+
+The Tribe then were owners of the city, and they received Christ.  The
+disciples and first followers and converts were chiefly from this Tribe
+of Benjamin.  After this Tribe received Christ, then their work was done
+in Jerusalem.  So they were to separate from the kingdom of Judah, and
+seek out their own brethren and unite with them.  The time of their
+separation had been foretold by the prophet, and pointed out by the
+Saviour.  The time of their departure would be coincident with the siege
+and destruction of their beloved city.  So cried Jeremiah down through
+the centuries, “Oh, ye children of Benjamin, gather yourselves to flee
+out of the midst of Jerusalem, and blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set up
+a sign of fire in Beth-haccerem, for evil appeareth out of the North and
+great destruction “(Jer. vi. 1).  If any of you are mindful to examine
+history, you will find that war came, that the destruction was terrible,
+and more, you will find that the Benjaminites escaped.  These points
+profane historians thoroughly confirm.  Having fulfilled their
+God-appointed mission with the kingdom of Judah and in Jerusalem, Heaven
+gave them to be light-bearers to the whole world; first to specially find
+their own brethren of the House of Israel, and carry them the Gospel, and
+they would carry it unto all the earth.  Thus the Saviour said, “Go not
+in the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye
+not.  But go rather to the lost sheep of the House of Israel.”  Peter in
+his epistle tells where these lost sheep were scattered.  Agreeable to
+the Saviour’s command they went forth, and preached as they went, and so
+carried the Gospel of Jesus with them.  As a Tribe they finally settled
+in Normandy, and gave to France her Protestantism, which, from that day
+to this, Catholicism has not been able entirely to uproot, though it has
+made several desperate attempts.  They finally, however, as a Tribe,
+under the Norman conquest, entered England and united with the other nine
+Tribes.  Their advent, and the way they came, is very graphically
+symbolised in the unicorn on the royal arms of England.  The unicorn is
+looking Westward, and is attached to the crown by a chain—showing that it
+came from the East.
+
+With these facts in one’s mind, read those difficult passages in Romans,
+and all will be plain.  Take, for instance, Romans xi. 17: “And if some
+of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert
+grafted in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of
+the olive tree.”  Here it is manifest that we have three parties
+mentioned.  The branches broken off mean Judah and Levi, the wild olive
+stands for the Gentiles, the people in among whom they were grafted, or
+root of whose fatness they were partakers, mean the Israelites.  The hope
+of Jewish restoration is nicely set forth in verse 24: “For if thou wert
+cut out of the olive tree, which is wild by nature, and wert grafted
+contrary to nature into a good olive tree, how much more shall these,
+which be the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree.”
+Again, the wild olive stands for the Gentiles, the good olive tree for
+Israel, the branches broken off, but which may be grafted in again, for
+the Jews.  Thus to this theory of interpretation the whole Bible responds
+easily and reasonably.  With this kind of interpretation one need not
+twist and distort the sacred Word in order to understand it.  I trust the
+day is near when men will expound the sacred Scriptures by the rules of
+common sense.
+
+The calamity that happened to the nine Tribes of Israel in been carried
+captive has been turned into good by our heavenly Father—into good for
+them and all the world.  “Therefore the Lord removed Israel out of His
+sight, as He had said by all His servants the prophets.  So was Israel
+carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day” (2 Kings
+xvii. 23).  Keeping back the Tribe of Benjamin is a marvel of goodness.
+And with Paul we may exclaim: “Now if the fall of them be the riches of
+the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles, how
+much more their fulness.”  If Israel had been able to contribute so much
+of Christianity to the world, and evolve in her imperfect state such an
+equitable form of government, what will her contribution be when
+gathered, restored, and once again put into a theocratic relation to God?
+“For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what
+shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?”  This people who
+have been scattered among the Gentiles God is collecting out from among
+them for His own glorious purpose and work.  Thus scattered they have
+been a mystery—a mystery among the Gentiles.  Paul to the Colossians
+says: “To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of
+this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you the hope of
+glory.”
+
+When will the fulness of the text take place?  We answer.  Before long.
+The fulness here stands over against the Gentile fulness.  In the three
+last discourses we called your attention to Israel’s maturing fulness in
+land, people, and language.  And now, if you will consider the state of
+the Gentile nations, it will be apparent to you that the time of Gentile
+fulness is now present.  These Gentile nations are now overflowing.  Take
+China with her teeming millions, and ask why she has not peopled the
+world? for surely she could have done so long ago.  But she barred her
+own doors by making it unlawful for any of her subjects to leave the
+flowery kingdom—forbidding heaven to such as should die outside.  Now,
+however, she must permit emigration or perish by famine.  Take the
+countries of Europe, and is it not strange that Israel’s fulness of land,
+people, and language is made the fuller by these nations contributing
+towards the same?  The fulness of the Gentiles is made to flow into the
+fulness of Israel.  These countries, outside of Israel-England, have no
+colonies to send their overflow to; hence, they are filling up the domain
+of Israel and so hastening on her fulness.  The French, Germans,
+Italians, and Spaniards forsake their land and language, thus adding to
+Israel’s fulness; for they chiefly settle down within the bounds of
+Israel.  To this Gentile fulness there was to be one strange
+exception—that was in the Turkish nation.  This nation is set forth by
+the prophet under the figure of the River Euphrates.  In their first
+appearance they were to be very numerous.  In the eleventh century they
+began to invade Europe.  The historian Gibbon, speaking of them, says:
+“Myriads of Turkish horsemen overspread the whole Greek empire, until at
+last Constantinople fell into their hands.”  From 1453 till now have they
+held this grand capital.  John, in Rev. ix., pictures this invasion, and
+speaks of the number of horsemen.  He speaks of them as having power in
+their mouths and tails.  This language is very expressive when we
+remember the Moslem’s war-cry, which was “The sword of Mahomet and of
+God.”  And in one of the first of their great battles they lost their
+standard; but, not long baffled, the commander-in-chief cut off the tail
+of his beautiful steed, and, putting it on the end of a pole, hoisted it
+as a standard.  This ensign they long used.  This kingdom, however, is to
+dry up—that is, to disappear gradually, as a river dries up.  All this is
+taking place.  Turkey sends emigrants nowhere.  They are literally dying
+out.  In number they are fewer each year.  Turkey will pass away for want
+of Turks.  Her territory will be taken away from her gradually.  How
+remarkable the dealings of Providence with men and nations!
+
+Up to the point of Gentile fulness, Israel was to be partly blind, for
+God’s plans, through Israel, were to remain a mystery for a time.  “For I
+would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye
+should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened
+to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.”  Our idea is
+that the Gentile fulness is now in, and if so, it is natural, then, that
+Israel should be found, and about this time have her eyes opened.  Up to
+this time of fulness, Jerusalem was to be trodden down.  “And they shall
+fall by the edge of the sword, and be led away captive into all nations;
+and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of
+the Gentiles be fulfilled” (Luke xxi. 23).  Now, the Jews did fall by the
+edge of the sword, as the Saviour foretold; they were carried captive
+into all nations; Jerusalem has been trodden under foot.  Thus, then, do
+we see three parts of His prophecy literally fulfilled; and so surely
+will the fourth part be, which is, that in connection with Gentile
+fulness this treading shall cease, and proud, imperial Salem shall lift
+her head once more free from tyrant hands and heathen tramping, to become
+the city of God and His chosen ones.
+
+When Moses was sent to deliver the children of Israel from Egypt, he was
+equipped with miraculous power that he might convince Pharaoh and the
+Egyptians what was the will of Jehovah; but not more so than are the
+prophetic students of this day; for the presence of the Divine gleams
+forth all around in the miracles of prophecy now so wonderfully
+fulfilling in this our day.
+
+
+
+
+DREAM IMAGE OF NEBUCHADNEZZAR.
+DISCOURSE VII.
+
+
+FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD—THE DESTRUCTION OF THE PAPACY
+COMMENCED—IRELAND TO BE FREE AND INDEPENDENT OF ENGLAND AND ROME—FUTURE
+GLORY OF BRITAIN AND THE UNITED STATES.
+
+    “Thou, O King, sawest and beheld a great image.  This great image
+    whose brightness was excellent, stood before thee; and the form
+    thereof was terrible.”—Dan. ii. 31.
+
+About 2,500 years ago the kingdom of Babylon was strong, great, and
+prosperous.  The king of this vast empire is known in history as
+Nebuchadnezzar.  His reign had been marked with great victories over the
+surrounding nations.  The mighty Empire of Assyria he had conquered;
+Egypt he had wasted and almost destroyed; Palestine he had reduced to
+strange and pitiable desolation, having carried the Jewish inhabitants
+captive into the region of Babylon.  Among these captives we find Daniel,
+the prophet of Judah.  In the second year of Nebuchadnezzar’s
+consolidated reign, as king over Babylon and Assyria, he dreamed a dream
+which gave him much anxiety of mind and troubled him very much.  This
+dream he could not remember nor explain, save that it had left a terrible
+impression on his mind.  The wise men were confounded, for they could
+neither declare the vision or its meaning.  The king, in his rage,
+decreed them all to death.  At this point appears Daniel, one of the
+captives of Judah.  Moved of God, he presents himself before the king and
+makes known to him the vision and interpretation.
+
+The king had seen a great metallic image, excellent in brightness and
+terrible in form.  It was a human figure of massive proportions, standing
+erect with outstretched arms, and of a mixed and strange composition.
+The head was of fine gold.  The breast and arms were of silver.  The
+belly and thighs of brass.  The legs of iron, the feet part of iron and
+part of clay.  While the king was gazing on this monstrous figure with
+intense interest, his attention was arrested by the appearance of a small
+stone—this stone was alone; there appeared no hands handling it or moving
+it.  It was cut out of the mountain without hands.  In this stone there
+appears to be a good deal of the supernatural.  At once this little stone
+assaults the image, beginning at the feet.  The battle is surely unequal;
+the battle continues, and during the struggle the stone actually grows;
+the image falls to pieces—the feet, thigh, breast, and head—and victory
+is with the stone.  By the time the image is wholly destroyed the stone
+has become a mountain; or, as Daniel said to Nebuchadnezzar, “Thou sawest
+till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon
+his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces.  Then was
+the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken to pieces
+together, and became like the chaff of the Summer threshing-floors; and
+the wind carried them away, that no place was found for them; and the
+stone that smote the image became a great mountain and filled the whole
+earth.”
+
+In this vision and interpretation we have a line of history laid bare so
+clearly that we need not err.  The beginning is the time and kingdom of
+Nebuchadnezzar.  The image stands for four great earthly monarchies,
+extending down through the centuries even to this time and day—and a
+little further; for these monarchies are not yet wholly destroyed, and
+the stone-kingdom does not yet fill the world.  Of this fifth, or stone
+kingdom, there is to be no end by conquest, or decay, or succession.
+Daniel says that this kingdom shall not be left to other people—that is,
+it shall never be succeeded.
+
+The peculiar features of the stone-kingdom make it interesting to
+ascertain what kingdom, monarchy, and people stand for it; for such
+kingdom, though small at the beginning, is to grow, prosper, and continue
+to the end of time.  Guided by the Scriptures and history, let us look
+for these four earthly monarchies; and the better to accomplish our task,
+let us stretch the giant figure on his back; then his head of gold will
+rest in Babylon, his silver breast and arms will take in Media and
+Persia, his belly and thighs will take in Greece, and his legs and feet
+will take in Rome.  Thus, then, the gold head stood for Babylon, and is
+now in this day represented and found in Russia—for Russia is a
+continuation of Babylon.  The _Czar_ is on the line of Nebuchadne_zzar_.
+This gold-headed kingdom will be the last destroyed—the destruction
+begins at the feet.  Russia, therefore, has yet a lease of life and
+prosperity; but, finally, she too will yield the contests and disappear
+before the stone-kingdom.  The gold stands for work and endurance, as the
+head is significant of supremacy; but the stone will finally destroy it.
+
+The silver, next in value and endurance, of which were the arms and
+breast, stands for Persia.  Centuries ago Persia was the great Power of
+the earth.  At one time it would seem as if she never would decay or ever
+have a rival; but her day came, and she has dwindled down to the little
+kingdom and monarchy—the Persia of to-day.  Her power is gone, she is
+consumptive, and will soon disappear as a separate kingdom.  The present
+visit of the King of Persia to the Czar at St. Petersburg is not without
+meaning.  The gold head of Russia will need the assistance of the arms of
+Persia by-and-bye.
+
+The brass parts stand well and appropriately for ancient Greece—an Empire
+once so gigantic and powerful, a people so polished and learned, but long
+ago their time, and work, and place were marked out.  And now the time is
+nearly gone and the work done, hence they will soon disappear.  The
+present little kingdom of Greece is all that is left.  Brass is in itself
+corrosive, so the Greek Empire has gradually eaten itself away.  What
+sublime lessons the prophets of old taught us!
+
+The iron and clay, of which were the legs and feet, stand for the great
+Roman Empire, which in its day was so solid and grand with its law and
+order, its soldiers and statesmen.  This Empire that tried the hopeless
+experiment of mixing clay and iron—that is, Church and State as
+inaugurated by Constantine.  This nation that tried to fuse together
+Paganism and Christianity.  This nation that tried to stand on two equal
+feet, and to encompass the whole of man, body and spirit.  Well might
+Daniel say of this brittle Empire that it should be partly strong and
+partly weak.  In conscience and the empire of the soul Christ alone is
+King.  No wonder that the Roman Empire has disappeared.  The iron part is
+now entirely gone.  The Pope and the Church of Rome foolishly arrogate to
+themselves to be this kingdom.  They still try and believe in mixing the
+iron and clay—they yet claim authority in the spirit realm.  Obedience to
+Christ and the Pope cannot be on the spiritual or clay side.  No man can
+supremely serve two masters.  On the iron side no man can be loyal to his
+country and the Pope at the same time.  No man can serve two masters at
+the same time, both of which claim and demand supremacy.  These things
+cannot be mixed.  “And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay,
+they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men, but they shall not
+cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay.”
+
+How true the prophetic utterances of the prophet!  The Catholics and
+Protestants do not mix easily, not socially, not politically, nor
+educationally.  How are we to mix freely with those who think we are
+heretics and damnable?  How can we socially mix with a people so lordly
+in their claims and deficient in character as many are—a people who, when
+true to their profession, must be our secret or open enemies—who sink
+their manhood and parental claims, so as to depend upon the priest for
+forgiveness and on him for instruction?  Thus, at the priest’s command,
+the coming generations are divided and embittered in the fact of separate
+schools for Catholics and Protestants.  These men of clay and lordly air,
+claim rights superior to the State, despising the State provision for
+education.  Daniel said, “The dream is certain, and the interpretation
+thereof sure.”  If so, as sure as the iron part has disappeared, so will
+the clay.
+
+Now a clearer view, a purer faith and greater liberty are dawning upon
+our Catholic friends, which is making many of them feel too manly and
+noble to be longer slaves to priest or Pope.  Bereft of temporal power,
+they henceforth will have to win and fight their way, as others, on the
+purity of their doctrines and practice.  In such a strife we can but wish
+them, and all who love the Lord Jesus Christ, great success.
+
+Thus in the short outline of these four kingdoms we see enough to show us
+that God has kept His word.  How marvellous are His ways! how complete
+His work!
+
+Let us now look at this stone kingdom.  This fifth kingdom is as much
+material and political as the other four, and stands for a king, country,
+and people.  It does not come into existence until the image is perfect.
+For it is while Nebuchadnezzar was looking at the image he saw the stone
+cut out of the mountain—its growth was gradual.  Its work was to destroy
+this image and fill the world.  As these kingdoms became weaker and
+smaller, it would become stronger and larger.
+
+What king, country, and people respond to this kingdom?  The answer is as
+easy as to find the other, if we keep our minds free from prejudice and
+open to truth.
+
+First, this kingdom was of Divine origin.  Second, it was small at first.
+Third, the more it fights the more it grows.  Fourth, it breaks in pieces
+this image, beginning at the feet.  It is in fact the sworn enemy of all
+the four kingdoms.  Fifth, it is to fill the world and thus become a
+universal kingdom and monarchy.  In this latter sense it will be a fit
+type of the kingdom of Christ.
+
+Just such a kingdom as this did God repeatedly promise to Abraham and his
+descendants.  David’s throne and seed royal are to be established before
+Him for ever.  He promised to David’s throne perpetuity, and that David’s
+seed should always be on the throne—not in a spiritual sense as some
+think—but naturally and actually in this world.
+
+God promised to Israel, as a people and a kingdom, such pre-eminence in
+origin, power, and growth.  The answer, then, is simple and
+plain—England, as representing the Lost Tribes of Israel, and Queen
+Victoria being a direct descendant from David.  For she came of James
+VI., of Scotland—he from Bruce and Duncan, and Malcolm, and Kenneth, and
+Kenneth through the kings of Argyleshire, Alpin, and Donald, and Fergus.
+Then through the long line of Irish Kings from Earca to Heremon, of Tara,
+and he married Tea Tephi, the daughter of Zedekiah, who, through Jeremiah
+the prophet, had been hid from the destroying vengeance of
+Nebuchadnezzar.  He killed all her brothers and kindred, and put out the
+eyes of Zedekiah and took him a captive to Babylon, where he died.
+
+Look also at the British nation, learned as they are, yet no historian
+can tell who the English were originally.  Sharon Turner, the best and
+most trustworthy on the origin of the Saxons, fails to solve the
+question.  He traces them into Central Asia, but there he stops.  They
+here form part of the Aryan race, speaking the Sanscrit language, from
+which came the Greek and Latin.  And from this place and people came
+forth the Goths and their language, and also the Saxons and their
+language came to view here.  The German and Saxon both seem to have come
+forth from the Aryan stock.
+
+The very place the Saxons came from is the very place where the Lost
+Tribes were carried captive to by the King of Assyria, about 725 years
+before Christ, as we read in the second book of Kings, seventeenth
+chapter.  Take the very word Saxon.  This word comes from the Sanscrit:
+Saka Suna.  Saka means era, epoch, or date, and Suna means void, without.
+Hence the word Saxon means a people whose origin is unknown—void of date.
+True, Nebuchadnezzar saw no hands cutting the little stone out from the
+mountain.  The origin of the English nation is hid because God cast away
+His people for a time—not for ever.  It is this view of the stone kingdom
+that corresponds to the prophets, to history, especially to the English
+history.
+
+The very island itself is insignificant, and no doubt was once joined to
+the continent of Europe.  The formation on both sides of the English
+Channel—that is, on the French and English coasts, are the same—namely,
+chalk.  The ocean in time past washed through a passage, and thus
+prepared a place for exiled Israel to rest in, and renew their strength.
+
+Why should this small island and a few and scattered people become so
+powerful, so as to sweep the sea, and dictate on land, constantly engaged
+in war, and though small, winning victory upon victory, and like the
+stone, growing stronger and stronger, after fighting the whole of Europe,
+giving liberties in religion that oftentimes imperilled her safety at
+home, opening her ports to all the world, and venturing to compete in
+trade with all nations?
+
+How came they to take India, a country of so vast an extent, so powerful,
+rich, and chivalrous a country, at that time composed of sixteen separate
+and powerful nations, speaking thirty-six different languages, and
+numbering in population some 200,000,000?
+
+With all her faults, still to her the world owes much.  She has stood for
+liberty in person and conscience.  The world has little to-day which
+ennobles men and nations but what she has produced or aided in producing.
+
+The right foot of the image stands for France, while the left signifies
+Spain.  On these two feet long stood Rome, as all know.  When these two
+feet were broken, then soon followed the downfall of Rome as an empire,
+and as they are conquered for Jesus, so will the empire of Rome, as a
+Church, fall.
+
+In the year 1346 took place the battle of Cressey, led by Edward III.
+Then the little stone fell on the right foot, and since then it has
+fallen on that same foot victoriously 218 times.  On the left foot,
+Spain, thirty-five times.  All this time this stone has been growing.  In
+1665 the English, under General Penn, took Jamaica, and every four years
+since they have added a colony.  Now that little stone bears rule over
+fifty-five colonies, one empire, namely, India, and one dominion, Canada.
+And yet, mighty as England was, she could not subdue the American
+provinces, feeble and scattered colonists as they were.  Then they sought
+to fight against Providence.  Old Jacob blessed the sons of Joseph,
+Ephraim, and Manasseh, and then predicted their destiny, saying of
+Manasseh, “He also shall become a people, and he also shall be great; but
+truly his younger brother shall be greater than he, and his seed shall
+become a multitude of nations.”  So they are; and so Manasseh is a great
+people in the American nation.
+
+This stone cut out of the mountain has much to do and destroy; it is
+still watching the head of gold.  Israel and Babylon are still face to
+face.  Greece will first disappear, although England is trying to revive
+it.  Next, Persia will go, then Babylon, or head of gold.  Russia will
+have grown to giant-like proportions, and will finally measure swords
+with England.  The stone will win.  England will then move her royal
+residence and throne to Jerusalem.  Every country and province may then
+be independent, like Canada, but federated to the central government.
+Ireland will then be free, yes, doubly free—free from Rome and free from
+England as a State, but still federated to the central government.  It is
+thus this stone will fill the earth.  America will federate, the central
+government will be destroyed.  State rights increase.  These are some of
+the things suggested and taught by this vision.
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE HORN AND TURKEY.
+DISCOURSE VIII.
+
+
+THE TURKS THE ISHMAELITES—ENGLAND AND RUSSIA TO PARTITION THE MAHOMMEDAN
+EMPIRE—WHY ENGLAND SYMPATHISES WITH TURKEY.
+
+    “And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed
+    exceeding great, toward the South, and toward the East, and toward
+    the pleasant land.”—Daniel viii. 9.
+
+Nebuchadnezzar had a dream, in which he saw a great metallic image of
+human form.  The head of gold stood for Babylon; the silver arms and
+breast for Persia; the brass belly and thighs for Greece; the iron legs
+and feet of iron and clay for Rome.  To all this we find history has
+faithfully and beautifully responded.
+
+A few years after this we find that Daniel has a dream, which is
+interpreted to him by an angel.  From it we learn that the ten toes
+symbolised ten kingdoms which were to arise out of the Roman Empire.
+
+In the chapter from which we take our text, we are introduced into the
+secrets of a vision which Daniel had.  The place of the vision is on the
+banks of the River Ulai, in the province of Elam, and in the gorgeous
+palace of Shushan—a place and palace made famous and familiar to us by
+the doings of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther.  In other words, the scene
+is changed from the palace of Babylon to the palace of Persia.
+
+In this vision, Pesia is typified by a ram, the two horns of which
+represented Persia and Media, for they formed one Empire at this time,
+under the powerful rule and reign of Cyrus, who, coming from the East,
+pushed his conquests “Westward, and Northward, and Southward.”  “The two
+horns were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher came
+up last.”  From history we know that Media conquered Persia, and we know,
+also, that finally Persia gained ascendancy, so that the higher came up
+last, and is even in existence to-day as the small kingdom of Persia; but
+Media has long since disappeared.
+
+While the seer Daniel was considering, behold an he-goat came from the
+West.  This goat had a notable horn between his eyes.  Horn generally
+symbolises power; here it symbolises a king of peculiar power, Daniel
+tells us.  Goat-like, it bounded over the earth rapidly, pushing and
+goring its adversaries.  Can any one at all acquainted with history fail
+to see how fitly and grandly this description of the goat forecasts the
+origin and progress of the Greek Empire?
+
+Substitute Alexander the Great for the notable horn, and you at once mate
+history and this vision.  Surely God has not left Himself without
+witnesses.  “Then the magicians said unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of
+God.”  So we may freely say unto the historians and students of history,
+Truly, in these things we see the finger of God.
+
+Could any historian describe more faithfully and accurately the
+invasions, conquests, and victories of Alexander the Great, especially
+his assault on the Persians?  How marvellous and simple the description
+by Daniel: “And he came to the ram that had two horns (Persia), which I
+had seen standing before the river, and ran unto him in the fury of his
+power; and I saw him come close unto the ram, and he was moved with
+choler against him, and smote the ram, and brake his two horns; and there
+was no power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the
+ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could deliver the
+ram out of his hand.”
+
+And with the same majestic simplicity we have the downfall of Alexander
+and the division of his Empire described.  Listen!  “Therefore the
+he-goat waxed very great; and when he was strong the great horn was
+broken; and for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of
+heaven.”
+
+To fully understand the sacred writer here, you must call to mind a
+little of history, more and better, for all knowledge only aids us the
+better and better to read the Bible.
+
+What beast save the goat could characterise Alexander and his reign?  He
+was the son of Philip of Macedon, born 356 B.C., and died in 323.  He
+began his reign at twenty years of age, and closed it in twelve years and
+eight months.  No man in the same time ever fought so many battles, won
+so many victories, and subdued so many people.  No man, before or since,
+ever ruled over so many people and such a kingdom.  Queen Victoria is in
+these things his only rival.  But with his sudden death the fruits of his
+victories are re-distributed.  His Empire was divided into four parts;
+the four Diadochi were his successors.  What lessons may men and nations
+learn by studying the prophecies!
+
+“For prophecy came not in old time by the will of man; but holy men of
+God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost;” and unto this sure word
+of prophecy we do well to take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a
+dark place.  “Knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is of
+any private interpretation” (2 Peter i. 20).  As naturally as nature
+responds to the seasons, so will providence to prophecy.  We can discern
+Spring-time, Summer, Autumn, and Winter.  The garden will reveal to us
+Winter as distinct from Summer, so in interpreting prophecy we must
+always look for an agreement between providence and the world.  As
+naturally as the goat symbolises Alexander, so will providence in natural
+history respond.  Winter, with its winds, storms, and frost; with its
+leafless trees and desolate gardens, proclaim, beyond a doubt, which
+season of the four is bearing rule.  Such a thing cannot be of private
+interpretation; and prophecy, when fulfilled, is as easy seen, and is not
+of private interpretation.  A man is as foolish in forging prophecy as
+one would be in trying to forge Winter by putting artificial leaves on
+trees, and flowers on bushes.  The thing is easily known if we exercise
+our reason.  In this line of thought we are sorry to note that men have
+more faith than reason; hence the blunderings of prophetic writers, and
+the leaders of Adventism and Millenarianism.  Prophecy unfulfilled
+commands and demands our faith—much more faith than reason, for it is
+impossible to see how some things can come to pass, but if they are
+subjects of prophecy they surely will, whether we understand them or not.
+A prophecy fulfilled, however, appeals more to reason than faith, for if
+fulfilled, it can readily be demonstrated.
+
+As naturally as the female and male birds know each other and mate
+together, so will events and prophecy.  This kind of argument Isaiah
+uses: “Seek ye out the Book of the Lord and read; no one of these shall
+fail, none shall want her mate, for My mouth it hath commanded, and His
+Spirit it hath gathered them” (Isa. xxxiv. 16).  I charge you to beware
+of prophetic dentists who put false teeth in the mouth of prophecy; who
+by their haste and impatience forestall prophecy and weaken men’s faith
+instead of strengthening it.  Prophetic evidence is very strong evidence,
+both for the Christian and the infidel.
+
+Some will fail to be convinced when prophecy is fulfilled.  Jew-like,
+they will blind their eyes and shut their ears to the evidences and voice
+of fulfilled prophecy.  The entire career of our Lord Jesus Christ was
+foretold and mapped out by the Old Testament writers.  Moses declared His
+family; Micah the place of His birth; Isaiah the virginity of His mother;
+Zechariah His triumphant entry into Jerusalem; David His life,
+resurrection, and ascension, with many other kinds of evidence of a
+detailed and general character; yet the Jews, who claimed to be well
+versed in the Old Testament, rejected Christ.  Keep these things in mind
+while we now consider the text more directly.
+
+You remember that out of the goat kingdom there came up four notable
+ones, and out of one them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding
+great toward the South, East, and pleasant land, or land of Palestine.
+Now this horn is not to be confounded with the little horn of the fourth
+kingdom spoken of in chapter vii., for that horn might justly be called
+the eleventh toe horn, as it comes into existence after the ten-toe
+kingdoms.  The little horn of the text is explained in verse 23 to be a
+king of fierce countenance.  He was to appear in the latter time.  It
+will be interesting for us to ascertain what king, people, and country
+this little horn stands for.  Daniel has given us a very vivid picture of
+the king.  He is to be of fierce countenance, to understand dark
+sentences, to stand up in power and might, not however in his own power;
+he will claim to be appointed and authorised of God, and will pretend to
+rule in God’s name; he will destroy wonderfully even the mighty of the
+world and the holy people; he will be very prosperous and practical,
+giving a great impetus to trade.  By means of his prosperity he will
+become proud and strong, and will destroy many.  He will actually stand
+up in place of Jesus—Prince of princes.  But finally he will be broken
+without a hand.  Thus, you see, Daniel gives us twelve special features
+of his person and reign.  Without doubt the mate of these descriptions
+will be found on the person of Mahommed, and his successors in religion
+Mahommedanism, and in people and country the Turks and Turkey.
+
+Mahommed had his religion and himself recognised about the year 622 at
+Mecca.  From that time and place he went forth to waste and to destroy.
+As his religion prevailed, so he subdued the country or territory.  He
+united in himself the rights and prerogatives of king, priest, and
+prophet, making it obligatory upon his followers to prepare a way and
+enforce his religion by the sword.  He was indeed a king of fierce
+countenance.  Thus sprang Mahommedanism and the Turkish nation into
+existence.  As a people, they are chiefly the descendants of Esau and
+Ishmael.  If one desires to know the history and final destiny of this
+people, let him study the prophetic utterances concerning Esau and
+Ishmael.  They are the descendants of Abraham, and so they very naturally
+fall into the prophetic line.
+
+The Hungarians came from this family through Lot.  The Poles and Magyars
+are from Moab and Ammon.  These things being so, it is no wonder the
+Hungarians and Turks should sympathise, nor that England should have a
+liking for Turks, England being the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel.  Alliance
+and sympathy between England and Turkey has a deeper root and meaning
+than some are willing to admit.  Turkey, however, as a distinct empire,
+is nearly at an end.  The recognition of the Ten Lost Tribes, and their
+restoration with the Jews to Palestine, is connected with the downfall of
+Turkey.  “Saviours are to come up on Mount Zion to judge the Mount of
+Esau, and the kingdom shall be the Lord’s” (Obad.).
+
+How clearly speaks Obadiah again when he says, “How are the things of
+Esau searched out! how are his hidden things sought up!  All the men of
+thy confederacy have brought thee even to the border; the men that were
+at peace with thee have deceived thee, and prevailed against thee; they
+that eat thy bread have laid a wound under thee; there is none
+understanding in him.  Shall I not in that day, saith the Lord, even
+destroy the wise men out of Edom, and understanding out of the Mount of
+Esau?”
+
+These are the latter times of the king of fierce countenance.  Hear
+Daniel inquiring of the angel in this vision, “How long shall be the
+vision concerning the daily sacrifice and the transgression of
+desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under
+foot?  And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days.”
+These days are generally allowed to stand for years.  If so, Jerusalem
+was destroyed 70 A.D.  The time Daniel saw this vision was about 490
+B.C.; take 70 from this leaves 420.  From 2,300 take 420, and we have
+1,880.  “Then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.”  What means this?  It
+means Jerusalem will recur back again into the hands of the Jews and
+Israel.  Christ said that the Jews “should fall by the edge of the sword,
+and be led away captive into all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden
+down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled” (Luke
+xxi. 24).
+
+Now we know the Jews did fall by the sword when the Romans took
+Jerusalem.  Second, we know they were scattered among the nations.
+Third, Jerusalem has been trodden under foot—so much so, that Christians
+have not been permitted to stand on Mount Zion, where now stands the
+Mosque of Omar.  And this is the city of the great King.  This is Mount
+Zion, from which is yet to go forth the law.  This is Jerusalem that God
+promises to yet again make the chief place of the earth.  “Arise, shine,
+for the light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.”
+When, we ask, will the fulness of the Gentiles come in?  We answer, Soon.
+Think of what God has taught us in His Word.  We, as the Lost Tribes,
+have indeed been ignorant of our origin and destiny.  “For I would not,
+brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be
+wise in your own conceits, that blindness in part is happened to Israel,
+until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in” (Rom. xi. 25).  This time
+is nicely pointed out by John in Rev. xi. 2: “But the court which is
+without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto
+the Gentiles, and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two
+months;” or, as explained in the following verse, a thousand two hundred
+and three-score days.  Accepting a day for a year again, and we have
+1,260 years.  Taking Mahommed power to date from 622, or about, then 622
+and 1,260 make 1,882.  Now just as sure as Jerusalem is now trodden under
+foot, as certainly will it be free.
+
+“Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful
+garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city; for henceforth there shall no more
+come into thee the uncircumcised and the unclean.  Shake thyself from the
+dust; arise and sit down, O Jerusalem; loose thyself from the bands of
+thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion” (Isa. lii. 1, 2).
+
+England is appointed of God to take possession of Palestine and restore
+Jerusalem.  God has told us through Isaiah that He will lay vengeance
+upon Edom by the hand of Israel.  The many days of the vision of Daniel
+are now gone; the time is nearly up.
+
+“For Zion’s sake will I not hold My peace, and for Jerusalem’s sake I
+will not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness,
+and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth; and the Gentiles shall
+see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory.”  It is the duty of the
+watchmen of Zion to discern the signs of the times and become obedient
+unto heavenly instruction.  “Ye that make mention of the Lord, keep not
+silence, and give Him no rest till He establish, and till He make
+Jerusalem a praise in the earth” (Isa. lxii. 1, 2, 6, 7).
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE HORN AND ANTI-CHRIST.
+DISCOURSE IX.
+
+
+PROPHETIC WONDERS—TWENTY MARKS OF THE MONSTER—THE BERLIN
+CONGRESS—ANTI-CHRISTS MANY—MISTAKES BY WRITERS.
+
+    “I considered the horns, and behold! there came up among them another
+    little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked
+    up by the roots; and behold! in this horn were eyes like the eyes of
+    man, and a mouth speaking great things.”—Daniel vii. 8.
+
+In the visions and dream recorded by Daniel in this chapter we have the
+same subject matter as that contained in the dream of Nebuchadnezzar of
+the metallic image.  In this the subject is carried further into the
+future, bringing to view some new items of interest, under different
+symbols and more of detail.  The four kingdoms of the metallic image are
+in this dream presented by the symbolism of four beasts.  Babylon by a
+lion which had eagle’s wings, setting forth the strength and swiftness of
+the same.  Persia by a bear raised up on one side.  Persia at this time
+was composed of Media as well, but the one-sided position of the bear
+denotes the dying out of Media and the continuance of Persia.  The same
+idea is conveyed in the eighth chapter and third verse: “The ram had two
+horns, and one was higher than the other, and the higher came up last.”
+Media was a kingdom before Persia, but Persia was to survive Media; all
+this history confirms.  After the Medo-Persian Empire declined, Persia
+surviving, held on to Babylon, Lydia, and Egypt—that is, when the bear
+was raised up on one side, it held in its mouth three ribs, and was
+strong for a time.
+
+The Macedonian Empire Daniel saw under the type of a leopard, which had
+on its back four wings of a fowl; the beast also had four heads.  Babylon
+was represented by two wings, but it is very fitting that Alexander and
+his empire should have four wings, for no conqueror ever flew so fast
+over the earth as this same monarch.  In the metallic image he is
+represented by brass, in this by a leopard, and in the one we noticed in
+Discourse VII., by the goat.  How wonderfully appropriate are these
+symbolisms.  The four heads of this leopard stand for the four kingdoms
+into which the Macedonian Empire was divided on the death of
+Alexander—namely, first, Egypt under Ptolemy; second, Syria under
+Antigonus; third, Asia Minor under Lysimachus; fourth, Greece under
+Cassandar.  These four kings were the four leading generals of Alexander.
+
+The fourth beast of this vision is a nondescript; for among all the
+animal creation there could not be found one that could suitably
+represent Rome.  But one was made for the purpose, combining in itself
+all that is fierce and terrible.  “And behold a fourth beast, dreadful
+and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it
+devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of
+it; and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it
+had ten horns.”  Its teeth were of iron and its claws of brass.  What a
+monster!  The other beasts faithfully represented their respective
+kingdoms, and so did this.  What a record!  What a counterpart we have in
+history of this beast!  “Tell it not in Gath, publish it not in the
+streets of Askelon,” lest the Pagan rejoice, and the heathen mock at us,
+and the infidel triumph over us.  Blot out from Time’s record the 24th of
+August, 1572.  Let not our children learn the name of St. Bartholomew,
+for fear they should despise Christianity.  Quench the flames of
+Smithfield, destroy the Inquisition, and divorce Christianity from such a
+kingdom, from such a beast.  Thank heaven! the beast is dying; its teeth
+are worn to the very gum by the gnawings of centuries; its claws are not
+now sharp, so it cannot now crush the innocent, as in days gone by, nor
+tear with its brass claw the weak.  Though the beast is growing old and
+weaker, yet let us remember that its death struggle is yet to come.  The
+beast has been wounded, but this shall only serve to intensify its rage.
+To be forewarned is to be forearmed, if we are wise.
+
+This beast, Daniel tells us, had ten horns, and these horns are ten
+kings—that is, kingdoms—that shall arise.  Just here we may reasonably
+ask whether these ten kingdoms are yet in existence, and the answer is,
+No.  Some of them may be; of course they are in existence, as was General
+Grant before the war, but not yet distinct or assigned their special work
+and place.  The time, however, for them all to appear is near at hand.
+Of this we may rest satisfied, when once they are all in existence we
+will have no difficulty in knowing them.  Prophecy unfulfilled is always
+more difficult to interpret than when it is fulfilling or fulfilled.  We
+have no doubt but some of these horns are in existence, and from what we
+can glean from prophecy and history, some are not yet in their proper
+place.
+
+The special province of prophecy is to prepare us for what is coming.
+Searching into prophecy enables us to forecast the future with tolerable
+certainty, just as the scientists can tolerably forecast the weather by
+studying the laws, forces, and inclinations of nature.  So the Christian
+student, by studying prophecy, Providence, and history, and comparing
+them, can know much of what is coining.  On the Divine side all prophecy
+is certain, but on the human it can only be approximated.  Prophecy
+furnishes the strongest kind of evidence in favour of the existence of
+God—inspiration of the Scriptures and Providence.  The Lord Himself calls
+our attention to this kind of evidence frequently in the Bible.  “Produce
+your cause, saith the Lord; bring forth your strong reasons, said the
+King of Jacob.  Let them bring them forth and show us what shall happen;
+let them show the former things what they be, that we may consider them,
+and know the latter end of them; or declare us things for to come” (Isa.
+xli. 21, 22).
+
+Prophecy does not interfere with the coming to pass of an event, or
+suppress man’s freedom no more than the man at Washington, who gives us
+the weather probabilities, makes the weather or regulates nature.  Even
+when men know the sequence of a thing they oftentimes persist in doing
+it.  The soldiers who wrangled at the cross about the dividing of the
+garments of the crucified One, thought little and cared less for
+prophecy; but when they came to the Saviour’s vest, they fell into the
+line of prophecy, for at once they cast lots for that, all of which had
+been fore-written for hundreds of years.  Run and tell that young man
+that the place he is entering is the way of death.  Tell him that the air
+is foul, that the furniture and painted humanity are all gotten up to
+deceive.  Tell him that in a few years he will repent ever having seen
+such a place.  And what is your reward?  It is that you are laughed at
+and esteemed as one that interferes, and told to mind your own business.
+The young man is free and self-confident.  Look in a few years for that
+same young man and you shall find him a terrible example of fulfilled
+prophecy.  Diseased, worn, weak, and weary, he cries in the anguish of
+soul for his folly.  “And thou mourn at the last, when thy flesh and thy
+body are consumed, and say, How have I hated instruction, and my heart
+despised reproof?” (Prov. v. 11, 12).
+
+The famous European Congress which met in Berlin, we foresaw would meet,
+near three years ago, and told you the conditions under which it would be
+called.  In the dark days of the past did we not repeat to you our faith,
+as fostered from prophecy, that England could not go to war?  Many of
+you, and persons in different parts of the country, advised me by letter
+when the telegraph despatches came crowding and threatening, that I had
+so said.  The intention was to break my faith, or at least to remind me
+that I had not spoken correctly.  What now? who is right?  This Congress
+completed a prophetic period.  After it was over new scenery appeared and
+a new act came upon the stage.  But more of this by-and-bye.
+
+Among the results of this Congress will be an enlargement of England’s
+power over Turkey and Egypt.  For England must possess Constantinople,
+because to Israel it is promised that he shall possess the gates of his
+enemies, and this is one of the finest gates in the world.  Palestine
+will come into the hands of England, and be opened up for the return of
+the Jews, who, when the time comes will go in multitudes, and the Lost
+Tribes representatively.  “I will take you one of a city, and two of a
+family, and I will bring you to Zion” (Jer. iii. 14).  In a few years men
+will understand why, in this country, as well as in England, people are
+hunting up their genealogy, and by tradition, history, and heraldry,
+trying to ascertain of what family they are.  The re-settlement of
+Palestine by God’s chosen people, the Lost Tribes, no one can deny who
+reads and believes the Bible.  Hanging upon the fulfilment of this great
+fact are many other prophecies and events, which are of great interest to
+the Church and the world.
+
+1st.  The ten-toed kingdom must be formed.  These kings are to form an
+alliance with the beast, or Church of Rome, as representative of this
+beast.  “And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have
+received no kingdom as yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the
+beast.  These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto
+the beast” (Rev. xvii. 12).  Thus strengthened, the beast will make war
+with the saints, or chosen, but it will be her final struggle, for in
+struggling she will die.  These ten kings will forsake her.
+
+2nd.  Anti-Christ has to appear after the settlement of Palestine.
+Anti-Christ is represented by the other little horn spoken of in the
+text.  This little horn is to come forth from one of the ten horns.  He,
+too, will ally with the beast.  The subject of Anti-Christ is a very
+interesting one; on it men have written and speculated much and wildly.
+In studying a subject of this kind, we should first ascertain the
+Scripture teachings on it, then look for the preparative signs in the
+Church and world, and finally, for the counterpart, which, once in
+existence, no one can fail to recognise.  The time, person, and work of
+Anti-Christ have been very clearly set forth in the Old and New
+Testaments, especially by Isaiah, in the fourteenth chapter and twelfth
+to sixteenth verses; by Daniel in the seventh and eleventh chapters,
+under the symbolism of this little horn; by Paul in second Thessalonians,
+second chapter and first to twelfth verses; also by John in Revelation,
+thirteenth chapter and nineteenth chapter and twentieth verse, besides
+many other references.
+
+Of Anti-Christ the early Christian fathers had different views.  1st.
+Some thought that he would be Satan assuming the appearance of a man.
+2nd. Some thought he would be a hybrid, the offspring of Satan by a
+harlot; of this opinion were Lactantius and Sulspitius.  3rd. Hilary,
+Jerome, and others thought he would be Satan incarnated.  4th.
+Chrysostom, Theopolact, and Theodoret thought he would be a real man
+under the influence of the devil.  This latter view we accept as being
+the nearest to the Scripture teaching.  In the Scriptures he goes by the
+names of Lucifer, man of sin, son of perdition, and that wicked one.  Now
+all these names are indicative of some special feature of his character.
+Man of sin points out the intensity of the person in wickedness.  As some
+time ago a man was called “the wickedest man in New York,” so Anti-Christ
+will be called the man of sin, having been the greatest sinner of human
+kind.
+
+From the Scriptures we find that he will be characterised by some twenty
+peculiarities.  These we will just enumerate: a cunning seducer, a vile
+imposter, a bold blasphemer, a great tyrant, a wonderful organiser and
+diplomatist; hence he will readily make alliances with other kings and
+strengthen himself; a pretentious and hypocritical Communist, dividing
+his lands, money, and treasure among the people; he will be very
+ambitious and aspiring, doing or being anything so he may gain his point;
+he will be very self-willed; he will be very boastful, speaking great
+words; he will be very cruel, not heeding the plea of woman; he will be
+very sacrilegious, sitting in the temple of God—that is, the new temple,
+built by the returned Jews—and actually claim to be God; he will be a
+scientific spiritualist, able to work miracles, even to bring fire down
+from the clouds; he will be very powerful by his alliance, apparent
+generosity, and scientific deception; he will be a great liar, making
+treaties and breaking them whenever it suits him; he will be very wicked,
+guilty of all manner of crime; his reign will be short as a king, only
+about three-and-a-half years.  Before this he will have been a man of
+power and position.  He will suddenly be destroyed in the time of a
+fearful uprising of the people; he will remain unburied in the streets of
+Jerusalem for a time, then, finally, his remains will be burnt up.  These
+and many other facts inspiration furnish us beforehand of this most
+wonderful character.
+
+Against this person our Saviour warned the Jews and all the Church, but
+especially the Jews, and He did so for special reasons, which will appear
+hereafter in this discourse.  Christ said, “I am come in My Father’s
+name, and ye receive Me not; if another shall come in his own name, him
+ye shall receive.”  At the time of Anti-Christ’s death there will be
+raging a fearful war, and coincident with this war there will be another
+Saint Bartholomew massacre in several of the ten-toed kingdoms.  The
+beast and Anti-Christ are to be destroyed about the same time.  It will
+be the last plot of the Jesuits, who are hounding to death poor Leo.
+XIII.  A glimpse of that time the Saviour showed to His disciples, when
+He said: “For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the
+beginning of the world, to this time, no, nor ever shall be; and except
+those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved; but for
+the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened.  Then, if any man shall
+say unto you, Lo! here is Christ, or there, believe it not; for there
+shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall show great signs
+and wonders, insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the
+very elect.  Behold!  I have told you before” (Matt. xxiv. 21–25).
+
+What a warning the Saviour gave the Jews, but how little have they and
+the Church heeded it!  In the second century appeared the famous Bar
+Cochebas, with his thousands of followers, who in his final struggle was
+slain with some sixty thousand of his adherents.  Also, think of
+Antiochus Epiphanes and his terrible delusions, the thousands and tens of
+thousands who flocked to his standard.  So marvellous was this delusion,
+that many have actually made him out to be Anti-Christ, but those who
+thus reason take the shadow for the substance, and do violence to all
+true Scripture exegesis.  Antiochus Epiphanes could not be Anti-Christ,
+for he was out of time, and meets but few of the special conditions of
+Anti-Christ.  History records the appearance of not less than twenty-five
+Anti-Christs, or persons who have claimed to be the Messiah of the Jews.
+How unbelief exposes a man or a people!
+
+Some have laboured to make it appear that Mahommed was Anti-Christ, but
+with all his badness, he is not bad enough to be Anti-Christ.  He reviled
+not God, he never sat in His temple, he did not die in Jerusalem.  He had
+an honourable burial.
+
+Some have tried to prove that Romanism and the Pope were Anti-Christ, but
+this cannot be, you will see at a glance.  The beast has its own
+character; that was long ago written out by the prophets, and up to the
+present time it has filled in the outlines with a marvellous minuteness.
+In these things many good and wise men have erred in making prophecies
+fit certain persons, and nations, and times, instead of waiting for these
+things to fit on to prophecy.  Let us not be prophetic forgers.  Let no
+one deceive you in these matters.  Adventism, Millerism, Shakerism,
+Spiritualism, are untimely excesses.  As systems they are, as yet, out of
+place.  This subject of Anti-Christ, as to who he will be, and when he
+will appear, I shall be obliged to leave for next Sunday evening, as my
+time is up.  May the good Lord guide us into the ways of truth and peace.
+
+
+
+
+ANTI-CHRIST AND LITTLE HORN.
+DISCOURSE X.
+
+
+SECOND DISCOURSE OF THE MONSTER—WHO HE WILL BE AND HIS NAME—HOW HE WILL
+OBTAIN POWER—TROUBLE FOR GERMANY, FRANCE, AND
+RUSSIA—COMMUNISM—ROMANISM—SHAKERS—MATTHIAS, WEST—CHESTER PROPHET.
+
+    “Let no man deceive you by any means; for that day shall not come,
+    except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be
+    revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth himself
+    above all that is called God, or that is worshipped, so that he, as
+    God, sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God.”—2
+    Thess. ii. 3, 4.
+
+We may reasonably ask why Paul gave the Thessalonians this caution, and
+the answer will appear at once if we read his first epistle to this
+people.  There you will find Paul writing to them about the second coming
+of Christ, which writing the Thessalonians had evidently misunderstood,
+and this misunderstanding was working mischief among them.  They had
+false hopes and expectations.  Their faith, instead of exciting them to
+holy activity in Church and State, had begun to paralyse all their
+efforts.  “For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that _we_
+which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent
+them which are asleep; for the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven
+with a shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the trump of God;
+and the dead in Christ shall rise first (that is, before Christ
+descends); then _we_ which are alive and remain shall be caught up
+together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air; and so
+shall _we_ ever be with the Lord” (1 Thess. iv. 15–17).  It was the
+frequent use of the pronoun “we” that had confused them—_we_ who remain,
+_we_ who are alive.  The Thessalonians had inferred from this that the
+second coming of Christ would take place in their day.  Hence, to correct
+this impression Paul thus writes in his second epistle.  The two verses
+preceding the text show us Paul’s intent.  “Now we beseech you, brethren,
+by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together
+unto Him, that ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by
+spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ
+is at hand.”  Then comes in the text, “Let no man deceive you,” &c.
+
+In reasoning on such important subjects as Anti-Christ, resurrection, and
+second coming of Christ, we should always be mindful of the Scriptural
+order.  When we sit down to take dinner, we follow the order that custom
+has prescribed, soup, fish, meats, and dessert.  Children, however, if
+let alone, would reverse this order by beginning with the dessert first.
+So with many Christians, they reverse the order of things as laid down in
+the Bible.  They make Christ to come before Anti-Christ, and Anti-Christ
+to come before the Jews and Ten Lost Tribes are gathered together again
+and settled after their first estate in Palestine.  The Millerites could
+neither have deceived themselves nor others had they taken knowledge of
+the relation of things.  The Jews and Lost Tribes had not been gathered
+together then, the temple had not been built in Jerusalem, as described
+in the last chapter of Ezekiel, neither had Anti-Christ appeared.  But
+such was the folly of men then, and not less now than then.  Four-fifths
+of the prophecies of the Bible refer to the history of Judah and Israel
+in their own land, their captivity and return in the latter day.  Still
+men take one-fifth and confuse themselves and everybody else.  They have
+brought the prophets and prophecy into bad repute by ignorantly or
+wilfully interpreting the same.
+
+We freely avow now that the prophecy fulfilling at present is the finding
+of the Lost Ten Tribes, then their union with the Jews, then their
+restoration to Palestine, then after being settled there for some time,
+the Jews, as Jews, having built their new temple, and having established
+the Mosaic temple service again, and the Lost Tribes as Christians, then
+and there we may look for Anti-Christ—not before.  Not for the sake of
+boasting, and yet without fear, we freely invite ministers or laymen
+anywhere to disprove these facts, and to such we will respond cheerfully
+if asked for farther proof.  The Lost Tribes, we believe, are come to
+light, and may be found in the Saxon race chiefly as represented in this
+country and Great Britain.  If this be so, then we may look for the
+preparatory signs in Providence and nations, and thank Heaven, these are
+at hand and in accord with the Divine Word.
+
+In Nebuchadnezzar’s metallic image we saw Rome symbolised by the legs,
+composed of iron and clay.  We saw, also, that the little stone cut out
+of the mountain began its destructive assault on the image, by striking
+the feet; these it would first break, so Rome politically has
+disappeared.  The ten toes, however, symbolised ten kings or kingdoms
+that were to arise in the latter day, or at the time of the end.  These
+ten kingdoms are also symbolised in Daniel’s dream by ten horns that came
+out of the head of the nondescript animal that stood for Rome.  It is out
+of one of these ten horns that another little horn grows, having eyes
+like a man and a mouth speaking great things—that is, Anti-Christ.  It is
+at once plain, then, that ere Anti-Christ can appear, these ten kingdoms
+must be formed.  How, when, and where will these ten kingdoms be formed?
+The clay part of Rome is still alive, and is designated by Daniel, and by
+John in Revelation, under the name of beast; and here you need to be
+careful, for the word beast is sometimes given to Anti-Christ, so as not
+to confound it with the word beast when it stands for the Romish Church.
+They will be formed out of Spain, Italy, France, and part of Austria.
+Edom, Moab, and the sons of Ammon in Austria, are to be free—that is, the
+Poles, Magyars, and Hungarians.  The setting up of these ten kingdoms
+will begin in France by a revolution.
+
+By the doctrine of infallibility, these countries are claimed by Rome,
+and wedded to her, and this doctrine of infallibility makes a divorce
+impossible.  Rome waits only her time to reclaim her supposed own.  And
+this doctrine of infallibility will make it a holy war, hence good and
+true Catholics everywhere will be obliged to sustain the same by their
+money, or presence, or prayers.  This, to many of our Catholic friends,
+will sound strange.  But this they know, if such an emergency ever does
+arise—they cannot well fight against the infallible Church—between
+commands and duties, they will readily prefer the Pope and Church to king
+and country.
+
+The Jesuits are now, and have long been, preparing for such an event:
+they expect it.  By their plottings and intrigues they will again, as
+many times before, involve the Church in war.  They are busy sowing the
+seeds of discord.  In past time both the Church itself and nations have
+banished these crafty fellows from their pale and country.  The United
+States alone, of the nations of the earth, is the only one that has not
+so done.  But even among us they are plotting and manœuvring to such an
+extent that it will not be long before America will be tested and tried
+on this same subject.
+
+Among the preparatory signs of the coming of Anti-Christ we have
+Communism, which is destined to spread.  In Europe it will unsettle every
+throne but one—that is, Israel, England.  We fear that neither the Church
+nor State comprehend the terrible power that is thus quietly organising
+in this and other lands.  It is this uprising of the Communists and
+intriguing of the Jesuits in our own land, that will call General Grant
+once more to the front, as we pointed out to you months ago.  The recent
+European Congress resulted in patching up a temporary peace between
+Russia, England, and Turkey.  A place will be provided for the Duke of
+Edinburgh, who, having married the Czar’s daughter, will enable the two
+Powers to agree.  He may not be the first prince, still he and his seed
+are to find a kingdom in that place.  Russia will be willing for England
+to have Constantinople, and exercise a provisional protectorate over
+Turkey, with a view of strengthening his daughter’s chances.  England
+will thus come peaceably in possession of Palestine.
+
+Germany, being tied to both the Russian and English thrones by blood and
+marriage, will also freely consent.  Besides, Germany is going to pass
+through a severe trial.  The old Emperor will soon die, and also
+Bismarck, then a new prince will advise the new king, new counsel, and
+new blood, near and on the throne.  Germany will become a prey to
+internal strife, fanned by the discontented Catholics of the Empire, that
+number some 15,000,000, and weakened by the Communistic elements.  Not
+much longer can Germany bear the strain of her immense army and enormous
+taxes in consequence.
+
+Russia also will have all she can do to stay the desire for reform, and
+the claims of the Nihilists or Communists.  Thus will Providence prepare
+His people’s way back to Palestine.
+
+If God promises once He does so fifty times, that He will restore Israel
+and Judah to their own land.  To this one thing all Providence is
+concentrating, and this is the key that unseals prophecy and Providence.
+“And I will cause the captivity of Judah and the captivity of Israel to
+return, and will build them as at the first” (Jer. xxxiii. 7).  They will
+form a free province, electing their own rulers and governors.  They will
+be quite democratic, doing away with all titles, being the children of
+the Lord.  “And the nobles shall be of themselves, and their governor
+shall proceed from the midst of them” (Jer. xxx. 21); or, as stated by
+Isaiah, chap, i, verse 26, “And I will restore thy judges as at the
+first, and thy counsellors as at the beginning; afterward thou shalt be
+called, The city of righteousness, the faithful city.”  Thus they will be
+a free province, managing their own affairs under the patronage and
+protection of England.  Now it is this freedom that will open the door
+and prepare the way for Anti-Christ.  He will be elected governor because
+of his supposed superiority in manners, science, and benevolence.  He
+will appear as a lamb at first, according to John, but once in power his
+true character will appear.  He will be a great scientist, and in the
+eyes and faith of the multitude He will be able to work miracles—to
+bring, scientifically, fire down from heaven.  So clever will he be that
+he will deceive some of the very elect.
+
+Before his election he will have been a man of great power and influence.
+Once in power he will contrive to centre all power and interests in
+himself.  He will pander to the Communists—to the Romish Church—to the
+scientific infidels of the day.  In this feature he will draw heavily
+upon the Germans, and create quite a sympathy in England and this
+country.  “For some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and
+to purge, and to make them white even to the time of the end” (Dan. xi.
+35).
+
+The Scriptures having pointed out the special features of his character,
+we see that many of these features are already in the world.  This is
+Anti-Christ.  This is the spirit of Anti-Christ.  And when God withdraws
+His restraining power, Anti-Christ will embody all these forces and
+characteristics in himself.  And all men having these features, will
+sympathise with him, and aid him.  God alone is now keeping back and down
+this spirit of Anti-Christ until His own chosen time.  “And now ye know
+what withholdeth, that he might be revealed in his time; for the mystery
+of iniquity doth already work, only he who now letteth will let until he
+be taken out of the way (that is, till God withdraws Himself), and then
+shall that wicked be revealed.”
+
+Anti-Christ means one opposed to Christ.  Also it means one opposed to
+Christ, and yet desires to be Christ—who wishes to be received as Christ.
+And when the time comes, he will be received by many.  The Jews will be
+looking for, and expecting the coming of, their Messiah, hence many of
+these will be deceived.  Many radical Adventists and Millenarians will
+accept him, because they are in haste in their expectations: many of
+these will follow him.  Indeed, the whole world seems ripe to furnish him
+a quota.  But who will he be?  Answer: He will be a French Jew, who will
+intermarry into the Bonaparte family.  His title will be Napoleon I. of
+Palestine.  This word Napoleon, resolved into Greek equivalents, is equal
+to Apollyon, and as a number stands for 666.  “Here is wisdom.  Let him
+that hath understanding count the number of the beast, for it is the
+number of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six” (Rev.
+viii. 18).
+
+Christ, when warning the Jews of Anti-Christ, said, “I am come in My
+Father’s name, and ye receive Me not; if another shall come in his own
+name, him ye will receive.”  Here, and in other discourses, we have to
+content ourselves at many points with mere statements, for to defend
+every point would take too long a time, and would not suit our purpose.
+It is our desire in all these discourses to incite you to study, to teach
+you to examine for yourselves; to prepare you against being unduly led
+away by Adventism, Communism, or Infidelity; to give you an interest in
+Providence and history.  Do you ask if any will be led away by such a
+false pretender?  We answer, Yes—unless humanity undergoes some radical
+change.  Take a few instances:—
+
+Our Shaker friends believed in Mother Ann Lee.  This woman in 1770, while
+living in Manchester, England, pretended to have a special revelation
+from Heaven, making known unto her that she was the female side of
+Christ—as Jesus was the revelation of the male side.  As Eve was taken
+out of Adam, the female principle separated from the male, so she was
+separated from Christ.  This, and much that is curious, do these sincere,
+honest, and industrious people believe.
+
+Take another example, nearer home, and of which some of you are
+cognizant, having known the pretender and many of his duped followers.
+We refer to Matthias, the prophet of Westchester County.  This pretended
+lord began his labours in Albany, N.Y., in 1830.  First he taught himself
+to be God’s high priest, then the Saviour, then he claimed to be God.  On
+being asked where he was from, he would answer: “I am a traveller, and my
+legal residence is Zion Hill, Westchester County, New York State.  I am a
+Jewish teacher and priest of the Most High God, saying and doing all that
+I do, under oath, by virtue of my having subscribed to all the covenants
+that God hath made with man from the beginning up to this time.  I am
+chief high priest of the Jews of the Order of Melchizedec, being the last
+chosen of the twelve apostles, and the first in the resurrection which is
+at the end of 2,300 years from the birth of Mahommed, which terminates in
+1830.  I am now denouncing judgment on the Gentiles, and that judgment is
+to be executed in this age.”
+
+He appeared in fine pontifical robes, with a rule six feet long in his
+right hand; with this he was to measure off God’s holy city.  In his left
+hand he had a two-edged sword.  Underneath his pontifical robe he had a
+rich olive broadcloth cloak, lined and faced with silk and velvet;
+besides, he wore a brown frock coat, with several stars on each breast,
+with a splendid gold star on the left.  His belt was of white cloth,
+fastened by a golden clasp, and surmounted with an eagle.  He wore a
+cocked hat of black beaver, trimmed with green, the rear angle being
+surmounted by the golden symbol of glory.
+
+He moved from Albany to New York, and here succeeded most wonderfully,
+winning over some of the finest families of Fifth Avenue, and the richest
+and best merchants of this city.  His followers furnished him with plenty
+of money, carriages, a mansion in the city, and one in the country.
+Finally he was accused and detected of the worst crimes, and at last was
+sent to Sing Sing.  While in jail he issued the following proclamation:
+“As I live, there shall be no more sowing in the earth until I, the
+twelfth and last of the apostles, am delivered out of the house of
+bondage.”  For fear of this proclamation many of the farmers refused to
+sow, and they set to work to deliver him, and succeeded.  He left the
+jail, and may be living yet to read what we now state to you.
+
+It is really wonderful how easily men are deceived in religious matters.
+Let us study the Word, ask God’s guidance in knowing and doing His will.
+Time is gone.  I have said but little, much more might be said.  In my
+next discourse I will introduce you to two old men who will visit
+Anti-Christ.
+
+
+
+
+THE TWO WITNESSES.
+DISCOURSE XI.
+
+
+TROUBLOUS TIMES—APPEARANCE OF THE WITNESSES—WHO ARE THEY?—HOW THEY CAN BE
+IDENTIFIED—THEIR MISSION, WORK, AND SUFFERING—THE TIME AND CIRCUMSTANCES
+OF CHRIST’S COMING.
+
+    “And I will give power unto My two witnesses, and they shall prophesy
+    a thousand two hundred and three-score days, clothed in
+    sackcloth.”—Rev. ii. 3.
+
+We will all agree that the person and work of Anti-Christ are yet in the
+future.  For while Anti-Christ is ruling in Jerusalem, and battling with
+the saints of the Most High, having conquered and plucked up by the roots
+three of the ten-horned kingdoms by his victories and cunning craft, and
+his alliance with the beast or the Church of Rome, he will become proud,
+blasphemous, and arrogant, and will at once try to force the people to
+worship the beast.  He will claim to be the promised Jewish Messiah.  He
+will enter the new Jewish Temple and actually sit enthroned as God
+incarnated, commanding the people to worship him.  He will be so received
+by the Jews, some of the Israelites and the Romish Church, by the
+Communists and scientific infidels, and by “such as do wickedly against
+the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries,” men of understanding shall
+fall; indeed, Christianity will seem to be about destroyed.
+
+Russia will aid by her influence his pretensions with a secret purpose to
+take the spoils and gain her long-desired object, Jerusalem and
+Palestine.  England will stand aloof for a time, waiting an opportunity
+to interfere.  Then will be a time to try men’s faith—to test the Church.
+England and America will stand alone as representing freedom and
+religious liberty.  “And then shall many be offended and shall betray one
+another, and shall hate one another.  And many false prophets shall arise
+and deceive many; and because iniquity shall abound, the love of many
+shall wax cold; but he that shall endure unto the end shall be saved.”
+This is the time when Communism, infidelity, and Romish Jesuitism will
+combine against God and liberty, and, thank heaven, this is the time
+appointed when they all will be destroyed.  Then the kingdoms of this
+world will be given to the saints of the Most High.  The struggle will be
+fierce, long, and terrible, but victory will be on the Lord’s side.
+
+In the very midst of these awful times there will appear two famous
+persons as witnesses for Jesus: one who will specially appear to the
+Jews, the other to Israel, and both testify for God and Jesus.  These two
+witnesses will turn the tide of battle, confront Anti-Christ and his
+host, and give to the world new views of God and Providence.
+
+These two old men, or witnesses, will be endowed with miraculous power to
+bring fire down from heaven, or turn the water streams into blood, and
+smite the earth with all manner of plagues, as often as they will.  Their
+presence and power will cast a gloom o’er the nations of the earth, and
+Anti-Christ and his allies.  They will finally be slain in the streets of
+Jerusalem.  At the time of their death a great feast will be held to
+commemorate the victories of Anti-Christ, and to inaugurate the setting
+up of an image of him in the temple.  So in the city there will be
+peoples, kindreds, and tongues of many nations.  And they will see the
+dead bodies of the two witnesses lying exposed and unburied in the
+streets for three days and a-half, for Anti-Christ will not suffer them
+to be buried.  On the wings of the wind, by the telegraph and by signals,
+the news of their death will spread rapidly abroad to all the nations of
+the earth.  Infidelity, and Communism, and the Jesuits will be
+emboldened.  Feasting and rejoicing will be the order of the day.  “And
+they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them and make merry,
+and shall send gifts one to another, because these two prophets tormented
+them that dwelt upon the earth.”  That will be the merry wake for you—a
+wake that will suddenly end, and that too, before the corpses are buried.
+The victories will be cut short and the rejoicing checked.
+
+The spirit of life from God shall enter into the two exposed and
+corrupting bodies, and they shall stand upon their feet to defy
+Anti-Christ and his host, and laugh at the pains of death.  Great fear
+will fall upon them who saw the dead so raised.  This time the telegraphs
+will be muffled, and the news is kept back from the nations as much as
+possible; but astonishment ends not here, for over the destroying and now
+idolatrous city of Jerusalem hangs a peculiar cloud, and voices peal as
+thunder through the air, to call the attention of the multitudes.  And
+when every eye is skyward, the cloud moves and opens, as a chariot of
+fire and glory, and rising in majesty and composure up above roofs,
+temples, and pinnacles, will be seen the two witnesses of Christ; they
+enter in and are borne heavenward.  “And they ascended up to heaven in a
+cloud, and their enemies beheld them.”  Then, while the multitude are
+wrapt in wonder and all amazement, the pinnacles sway to and fro, the
+houses rock, the earth trembles, the walls of the city fall, and Olivet
+cleaves in twain.  Then Anti-Christ is slain with many of his followers,
+and the remnant fear unto repentance.  “And the same hour there was a
+great earthquake, and a tenth part of the city fell, and in the
+earthquake were slain of men seven thousand, and the remnant were
+affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven.  And the seventh angel
+sounded, and there were great voices in heaven, saying, the kingdoms of
+this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He
+shall reign for ever and ever.”
+
+These are some of the wonders yet to come.  Then how say some that
+Anti-Christ has already been?  The witnesses have not yet appeared: they
+have not yet wrought their miracles.  The Lost Ten Tribes and the
+scattered Jews have not yet been gathered from all countries whither the
+Lord God hath scattered them, and placed in their own land, to go out no
+more, to be plucked up no more.  Jerusalem is yet being trodden under
+foot, the land is comparatively desolate, no temple yet adorns the city,
+nor priest, nor Levite, attend at the altar.  Pshaw! upon the Biblical
+interpreters of this day, who wilfully or ignorantly careen through the
+line of prophecies, despising the order established by God.  They are
+like the girl with her novel, who cannot wait to read through the book,
+and take events in their order, but she turns to the last leaf to find
+the destiny of her hero.  So men, borne by passion and choice, skip by
+several of the prophecies, and harp everlastingly on the last—the coming
+of the blessed Jesus—“He whom the heavens must receive until the times of
+restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all His
+holy prophets since the world began” (Acts iii. 21).  The world is not
+yet ready for Christ; it is yet too much upside down, too much confused.
+But God is in Christ reconciling the world unto Himself.  It does not now
+look like God; so God and Christ, Providence and the Church, must work on
+till the house is in order for His return.  “_Hon dei ouranon men
+dexasthai archri chronon apokataseos panton_,” whom, indeed, heaven must
+retain until the time of restoration of all things.  If things are not
+now restored or reconciled, or in order, why, then, Christ cannot come.
+He will not come to put them in order; this He has left for and with the
+Church to do, and has promised to be with His Church to the end.
+
+A few Sunday evenings ago, a brother kindly asked me where the Church
+would be while Anti-Christ was reigning.  I simply said anywhere and
+everywhere, wherever it happened to be.  He thought the Church would be
+taken away by Christ; he referred me to several passages.  I said, Come
+next Sunday evening, as those passages will be partly considered in my
+next sermon.  He replied that he might be taken up by that time.  All
+right, I said, then we will excuse you.  Now, in the name of common
+sense, why have men, and why do men, down through the centuries, and now,
+entertain such views?  Because every Bible reader must see that there are
+many prophecies that must be fulfilled before Christ can come—one of
+which is the appearance of the two witnesses of the text.  They will be
+specially sent and commissioned to testify for Christ, as against
+Anti-Christ.
+
+Let us now ascertain who these two witnesses are, or are to be.  I find
+on examining the subject all manner of views set forth.  And, as is often
+the case in studying a subject of this kind, I find few that agree—so
+much so, that at last I found relief in turning from what men said and
+thought to what God in His Holy Word had written and said.
+
+First.  They are two men.  Second.  They are sent to Jerusalem which,
+because of the wickedness of the city at the time of their visit, will be
+called Sodom and Egypt; but, lest we should mistake the place from these
+names, John adds: “Where also our Lord was crucified.”  So Isaiah i. 10
+says: “Hear the word of the Lord, ye rulers of Sodom; give ear unto the
+law of our God, ye people of Gomorrah.”  This fixes safely the place.
+Besides, the place is pointed out from the fact that they oppose
+Anti-Christ, who at that time we know will be at Jerusalem.  Third.  They
+are sent.  You ask where they are sent from?  The answer is, From heaven,
+from standing before the God of the whole earth.  Fourth.  Who sends
+them?  We answer, Jesus—because the Book of the Revelation is “the
+Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto John.”  Fifth.  What were
+they sent for?  In the first place they were to be special witnesses for
+Jesus, for He calls them His two witnesses.  In the second place, they
+were to prophesy, to be prophets in the fullest sense, to forecast the
+future, to interpret past and present; to work miracles; to assume
+control in directing State affairs.  Sixth.  It is worth your careful
+notice to note that they are not constituted witnesses by being sent;
+they are sent because they are witnesses.  They are not then to be
+endowed with miraculous power; “these have power” in the present tense.
+These facts, if nicely considered, will at once suggest the persons.
+
+Whoever they are, they must have gone from earth to heaven with their
+bodies, two persons who have escaped death, for their death takes place
+in Jerusalem.  They must have been prophets before they left earth for
+heaven the first time.  And in the third place, they must at some time
+and place have been special witnesses for Christ.  In fact, they are two
+anointed ones, or, in other words, they are two persons who have been set
+apart and prepared for the very visit spoken of in the text.
+
+Daniel, when speaking of them, and the visit spoken of in the text, calls
+one “the Ancient of Days;” the other one was “like the Son of Man.”  He
+represents these two persons as sitting in judgment on Anti-Christ, and
+the seven horns, or kingdoms.  “And the ten horns that were in his head
+and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that
+horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look
+was more stout than his fellows (this is Anti-Christ).  I beheld, and the
+same horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them, until the
+Ancient of Days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most
+High, and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom” (Dan. vii.
+20).
+
+Many interpret “the Ancient of Days” and the “one like the Son of Man” to
+be Christ.  They stagger not at the fact that there are two persons, and
+that they are introduced one to another, and that the Ancient of Days
+seems to be the greatest.  It is nothing to such interpreters that there
+are two persons; these they make one.  The one looking like the Son of
+Man they make out to be the Son of God, although Daniel says he only
+looked like Him.  The judgment spoken of by Daniel they make out to be
+the general judgment, when, in fact, Daniel tells on what and where they
+sat in judgment—namely, at Jerusalem.  About Anti-Christ—and that
+Anti-Christ is soon destroyed after this—and “as concerning the rest of
+the beasts (that is, the seven horns), they had their dominion taken
+away; yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.”  The
+vision and scene of the whole chapter belongs to this world, and the
+kingdom of the saints here spoken of is as much material and political as
+the other.  The difference is, the rulers and people are Christians, they
+are called saints.
+
+Every throne should be double-kinged; that is God’s purpose, that is
+Heaven’s plan.  Christ wants no earthly throne excepting that way.  As
+the Creator is Lord of lords and King of kings, so Christ after His
+resurrection assumed His Father’s place, and stands to us as God to the
+Jews of old.  All power was given to Him in heaven and in earth,
+therefore, He, Christ, has long since begun His reign, and He must
+continue to reign until He hath put all enemies under His feet.  When
+David was king over Israel and Judah, so was God.  We repeat, every
+throne should be double-kinged.
+
+To this end will come these two witnesses.  Who will they be?  We answer,
+Moses and Elijah: these are the two brave old men now living and waiting
+to fulfil their mission.  For hundreds of years they have been anointed.
+Moses is “the Ancient of Days;” the “one like the Son of Man” is Elijah
+the Tishbite.  This interpretation chimes in with the Divine Word,
+without twisting and distorting to make both ends meet.
+
+We said these two were to be human: so they are.  They being sent from
+heaven, we said they must have passed by death with their bodies; so they
+did.  They were to be prophets; so they are, two of the grandest prophets
+of all.  They were to have power over fire and water; so they had when
+they lived on earth.  The bloody stream of the Nile gives witness for
+Moses.  The parched land and time of drought speaks of Elijah in Ahab’s
+time.  They both called fire down on them who sought to hurt them.  They
+were to be special witnesses of Christ; so they were on the Mount of
+Transfiguration.  These two olive trees stood one on each side of the
+golden candlestick, Jesus; Peter, James, and John, testify to having seen
+Moses and Elijah.  These two old veterans know Christ well, hence they
+will be sent to testify for Him against Anti-Christ.  Moses is a Jew.  He
+will appeal unto the Jews, who will be found in the new temple,
+performing according to the old Mosaic law.  He will change and lead his
+people from Anti-Christ to Christ.  Elijah is an Israelite.  He will
+specially bear testimony to the Israelite, his long-lost, but then
+restored, brethren.
+
+More next Sunday evening on these two Christian heroes.
+
+
+
+
+MOSES AND ELIJAH.
+DISCOURSE XII.
+
+
+MORE ABOUT THE TWO WITNESSES—MORMONISM—GOD RULING AMONG THE
+NATIONS—CAREER OF THE TWO WITNESSES—ANTI-CHRIST—THE THRONE AND HOUSE OF
+DAVID.
+
+    “And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in
+    heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of
+    our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and
+    ever.”—Rev. ii. 15.
+
+Last Sabbath evening we called your attention to two special witnesses
+who are at a given time to appear at Jerusalem for a specific purpose.
+At the time of their appearance Anti-Christ will be reigning with great
+power and pomp.  He will have succeeded in persuading the Jews and many
+others that he is the promised Jewish Messiah; this claim he will be able
+to sustain and confirm in the eyes of the multitude, from the very fact
+that he will, to all appearance, work miracles.  Nor need we query that
+such a thing can take place.  Look at some of the facts of our own day,
+and see how pliable human nature is.  There are millions of people who
+sincerely believe that Leo XIII. is God’s vicegerent, and that he is
+infallible.  Take into account the Mormonism of this day, and see how
+terrible a thing in the name of Christianity can be established and
+maintained.  Aye, in the nineteenth century, and in the United States of
+America.  Or look in upon the Spiritualists and consider their claims and
+pretensions.  Thousands upon thousands of them are persuaded that they
+are _en rapport_ with heaven and in communication with spirits and
+spirit-land.  Then you will not be surprised at the pretensions, claims,
+and success of Anti-Christ.  In our calm and unprejudiced consideration
+of these organisations, we are bound to admit that they have done more,
+and owe more for their success, to deception and error, than to truth and
+openness.  Each in its turn has been caught in the act of deceiving, and
+has been frequently exposed, but of what avail?  Truly but little.  We do
+not mean that in these systems there is no good, for surely there is, but
+that the errors and deceptions are of so glaring a kind, that we wonder
+that anybody of common sense can be so easily led astray.
+
+With these facts before us, can we wonder any longer that Anti-Christ
+shall be so successful?  The very occasion and peculiar times and
+incidents of the reign of Anti-Christ will call for some special
+manifestations on the part of the Divine One that shall soberly and
+clearly confront the hollow and hypocritical pretensions of that age.
+Hence the appearance of the two witnesses—Moses the Ancient of Days, and
+Elijah the Tishbite, who will look like the Son of God.
+
+Allow us to submit further evidence in proof that the two witnesses of
+John in Rev. xi. are none other than Moses and Elijah: for many passages
+of Holy Writ are sealed to the understanding till we comprehend who the
+two witnesses are, their mission and work.  We will notice the
+attributive features of these witnesses as they are related by John in
+this chapter—that is, Rev. xi.
+
+In the first place, there are two persons or individualities; this
+appears plainly from the tenor of the whole record.  They are spoken of
+as “they, them, their mouth, their feet, as dying and being resurrected.”
+But, strange to say, after all this plainness of speech, men have become
+so accustomed to spiritualise and generalise that Anti-Christ stood for
+Rome, and naturally enough, having generalised Anti-Christ, they must do
+the same with the two witnesses; hence they found them in the Churches of
+the Waldenses and Albigenses.  In such an interpretation nearly all the
+attributive features of these witnesses are ignored.  Such as that they
+had power to work miracles, to lie unburied in the streets of Jerusalem
+for three days and a half.  Some have laboured to prove that the Old and
+New Testaments were these witnesses, others that they were symbolised by
+the law and Gospel.  Again, some that the two sacraments, baptism and the
+Lord’s supper, were these two witnesses, and so on almost without end.
+These instances will suffice for our present purpose; for surely any of
+you reading God’s own Word need not so blunder.
+
+In the second place, Jesus calls them His two witnesses.  Now, in what
+sense were they His? for such they are now.  Not that they will be His
+when they appear, but they will appear to oppose Anti-Christ at Jerusalem
+because they are sent.  The prophets are all witnesses; for, as Peter
+says, “To Him give all the prophets witness.”  The apostles were
+witnesses, and all believers are witnesses for Jesus; yet these two are
+so in a special and pre-eminent sense.  Let any one read the account of
+the transfiguration of Jesus and the circumstances attendant thereon, and
+all will be plain.  Moses and Elias (another spelling for Elijah) we find
+were present, as well as Peter, James, and John.  When Christ was
+transfigured, “Behold there appeared unto them Moses and Elias” (Matt,
+xvii. 3).  These two persons talked with Jesus, “and spake of His decease
+which He should accomplish at Jerusalem.”  Thus, then, they were special
+witnesses for Christ, and so they will come again and witness for Him in
+the time appointed.
+
+The number of days we must take in a literal sense; here the 1,260 days
+and 3½ days are the days appointed for their work and death.  It is well
+to remember that many of the prophetic numbers contain a double prophecy.
+Thus 1,260 here may be coincident with the treading down of Jerusalem by
+Mahommedanism.  But whether it is or not, does not vitiate the literal
+quantity when applied to these two witnesses.  In the third place, they
+are called two olive trees and two candlesticks standing before the God
+of the whole earth.  The figurative meaning will be found by finding some
+passage where two trees are mentioned in the interpretation given—such a
+passage by Zechariah iv.  Here the prophet saw two olive trees and asked
+of the angel the meaning; and the angel said, “Knowest thou not what
+these be?”  And I said, “No, my Lord.”  Then said he, “_These are two
+anointed ones_ that stand by the Lord of the whole earth.”  The simple
+meaning is, that the two olive trees mean two persons, who are in heaven
+at present, but are anointed—that is, set apart, selected for some
+distinct work for God.
+
+Moses and Elijah evidently were anointed and specially selected, for it
+is probable they both escaped death.  The wonder connected with the
+disappearance of Moses and the translation of Elijah now finds some
+measure of explanation.  None doubt the translation of Elijah.  John the
+Baptist was not Elias, except he was to go before Christ in the spirit
+and power of Elias; in this sense John stood for Elias.  John the Baptist
+prepared the way of Christ the first time, so will Elias for Christ’s
+second coming.  The record of Moses’s departure from this world is as
+mysterious as it is dramatic.  But, certainly, neither the mysterious nor
+the dramatic have any meaning excepting we allow something Divinely
+special.  To die as other people, would mean nothing on the line of
+specialities; but he did not so die.  He went from the people alive; no
+one saw him die or dead.  He went up into Mount Horeb and never returned.
+So, so far as the people were concerned, he was to them a dead man, for
+he went from them no more to return.  The word death in Hebrew has not
+less than six meanings, one of which is simply to disappear.  This is the
+meaning that we must attach to the death of Moses.  Neither his grave nor
+body have ever been found.
+
+There is a peculiar passage in the book of Jude where “Michael the
+archangel, when contending with the devil, he disputed about the body of
+Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The
+Lord rebuke thee.”  Now, Satan then had power over death in some way
+Divinely permitted.  Paul says (Heb. ii. 14), speaking of Christ,
+“Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also
+Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might
+destroy him _that had the power of death_—that is, the devil.”  When God
+was translating Moses, passing him by death, Satan fought with Michael,
+who was God’s messenger, to inflict the sting of death on Moses, and
+although Michael carried Moses on by death into the presence of God,
+Satan durst not bring a railing accusation against him.
+
+Jude, in his epistle, probably quoted from one of the now lost books of
+Revelation, which was entitled, “The Ascension or Assumption of Moses the
+servant of God.”  The Church father, Origen, makes mention of this work,
+but, like the book and prophecies of Enoch, from which Jude makes a
+quotation, it has been lost, they having served their purpose.  The
+fairest and most generous interpretation, then, is, that Moses did not
+die the ordinary death, but disappeared, was, in fact, translated,
+anointed, and set apart for a special work in connection with his own
+people, the Jews, in the days of the coming Anti-Christ.  Thus, without
+any trouble, he could appear with Elijah on the Mount of Transfiguration.
+And it is worthy of note that before he disappeared in Horeb—the sacred
+writer is mindful to tell us “Moses was an hundred and twenty years old
+when he died—_his eye was not dim nor his natural force abated_” (Deut.
+xxiv. 7).  But, supposing Moses died naturally, there is nothing
+unreasonable or irregular in concluding that God resurrected him as a
+mortal for future use.  True, he will die again as a witness; so there
+are in heaven now eight persons who have died twice in this world—namely:
+
+The child raised by Elijah (1 Kings xvii. 21).
+The child of Elisha (2 Kings iv. 35).
+The Moabite soldier who came to life on touching the bones of Elisha (2
+Kings xiii. 21).
+The daughter of Jairus (Luke viii. 55).
+The widow’s son at Nain (Luke vii. 15).
+Lazarus of Bethany (John xi. 44).
+Dorcas or Tabitha by Peter (Acts ix. 40).
+Eutychus by Paul (Acts xx. 10).
+
+Anti-Christ will be a great electrician; electricity by that time will be
+a fearful power in the hands of science.  Edison with his genius and
+marvellous discoveries, and others of like gifts, will have perfected the
+use of this agent in a wonderful degree.  Anti-Christ will make use of
+this power to cower his enemies and bring them in fear-subjection.  He
+will bring fire down from heaven.  The two witnesses, however, will be
+clothed with Divine power; they will be able to bring fire by a simple
+command—this they both understood and used when on earth.
+
+Moses called fire down upon the 250 rebellious Korahthites, as we read in
+Numbers xvi.  Ahab, the King of Israel, thought to punish and compel the
+obedience of Elijah; but God gave fire from heaven in answer to the
+prophet’s prayer.  So when Ahaziah sent a captain and fifty men to bring
+Elijah into the king’s presence, they found him sitting on the top of a
+hill and commanded him to come down.  “And Elijah answered and said to
+the captain of fifty, If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from
+heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty.  And there came down fire from
+heaven, and consumed him and his fifty” (2 Kings i. 10).  Thus will these
+two anointed ones be able to contend with Anti-Christ and all the powers
+of scientific infidels.  “If any man hurt these two witnesses, by the
+very means used so shall they be killed.”
+
+“These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their
+prophecy, and have power over waters to turn them to blood.”  To whom
+would these gifts and attributes apply better than to Elijah, who in the
+days of the wicked King Ahab sealed the heavens against rain for three
+years and a half? and to Moses, who, when contending with Pharaoh, turned
+the sweet flowing Nile into a stream of blood?  What two prophets had
+such a wide range of prophetic energy and liberty as Moses and Elijah?
+None.  Well may the Revelator say, then, of them, that they can smite the
+earth with all manner of plagues as often as they will.
+
+By awful and sublime manifestations the world shall see that God rules in
+the heaven and on the earth.  They shall learn that Anti-Christ is a
+false Christ.  Then shall fear and repentance fall upon the people.  The
+Jews shall be convinced, and converted, and persuaded by the appearance
+of their beloved Moses.  They shall know of a truth that the Messiah has
+been, and is waiting to come again.  Referring to that time the prophet
+Zechariah calls it a time of trembling, the time of a terrible siege.
+But he tells us that “The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first,
+that the glory of the House of David, and the glory of the inhabitants of
+Jerusalem, do not magnify themselves against Judah.”  Thus we learn that
+the Jews, who have been so long despised and bereft of a king, country,
+and government, shall see through the great mystery of Providence first.
+The House of David is found in the royal family of England.  The Jews,
+seeing this, will invite, in concert with all the inhabitants of
+Jerusalem, the English Government to take charge of their affairs.
+
+“Then shall the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered
+together and appoint themselves one _head_” (Hosea i. 2).  The Jews will
+then be Christians.  “For they shall look upon Him whom they have
+pierced, and they shall mourn for Him, as one mourneth for his only son.”
+
+At this time the whole world will be amazed and confounded at the
+destruction of Anti-Christ and his host.  The Jews, the House of David,
+and the Lost Tribes, Israel, the Saxons, will hold a council in
+Jerusalem.  David’s house, which God selected, and throne, both of which
+the Almighty promised perpetuity to, shall be found and recognised in the
+English throne and royal family.  The Saxon race shall distinctively
+appear as long-lost Israel.  So that the Jews, and David’s House, and
+Israel, will unite and acknowledge Christ as Lord and Master.  They will
+make known to America, who stands for Manasseh, and all the colonies, the
+decision of the said council; all parties will see, and accept, and
+federate for the world’s conquest and peace.
+
+This federation of the ancient people, the literal seed of Abraham, will
+cause jealousies and alliances on the part or rest of the world,
+excepting some portions of France, Austria, and Prussia.  The beast,
+dragon, and Anti-Christ’s force, that will survive the shock of the two
+witnesses, will all unite for an onslaught upon England, but especially
+Palestine.  Russia, though nominally Christian, will join the beast or
+Romish Church.  The dragon means the Pagan portion of the world.  Thus
+will be inaugurated the battle of Armageddon, the issues of which we are
+permitted to know through Revelation.  Then will the kingdoms of this
+world become the kingdoms of our Lord and His Christ.
+
+With many, and to many, these things are but as dreams; they are
+chimerical.  But one thing is certain: the history of the Church and
+Providence in the future are appallingly grand.  Providence was grand in
+leading forth His people of old from Egypt.  But He will be no less grand
+when He shall set His hand a second time to recover His people as He has
+promised to do.
+
+“Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a
+righteous branch, and a king shall reign and prosper, and shall execute
+judgment and justice in the earth.  In His days Judah shall be saved, and
+Israel shall dwell safely, and this is His name whereby He shall be
+called, The Lord our Righteousness.”  (That is, the ruler of God’s
+choice—a king, then, in fact, by Divine right.)  “Therefore, behold, the
+days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth,
+which brought up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; but,
+The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the House of
+Israel out of the North country, and from all countries whither I had
+driven them, and they shall dwell in their own land” (Jer. xxiii. 68).
+
+God has now one of the seed of David on the throne, and He has a Jew
+doing her bidding, executing her decrees over and for Israel.  For though
+Israel were to be numerous and powerful, yet to David’s seed belongs the
+throne.
+
+The recent Congress was but a forerunner of the one yet to come.  The
+crownless king, Disraeli, who forced the Congress, is, perhaps, an
+unconscious instrument in the hands of Providence.  But whether he be or
+not, he is hastening on the day with lightning speed.  Forth from the
+recent Congress he goes, having once again linked the destinies of
+England to the Continent, which has been so strangely severed, till
+Russia, Italy, Austria, France, and Spain might each test the other, and
+each find their appointed place.  Now, again, England pledges herself a
+Continental Power—nay, more—an Asiatic Power.  She will come forth from
+the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the owner of Palestine.
+
+
+
+
+BATTLE OF ARMAGEDDON.
+DISCOURSE XIII.
+
+
+THE COMBATANTS ON BOTH SIDES—WHO “THE KINGS OF THE EAST” ARE—THE GREAT
+NAPOLEONIC IDEA—DISRAELI, LINCOLN AND GRANT—ENGLAND’S POLICY IN
+TURKEY—FUTURE WARS AND INTRIGUES—THE GREAT BATTLE-FIELD—GATHERING OF THE
+NATIONS—EARTHQUAKES—JERUSALEM A SEAPORT.
+
+    “And He gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew
+    tongue Armageddon.”—Rev. xvi. 16.
+
+Christian students and prophetic writers are generally agreed on three
+things touching this great event.  First, that there is to be such a
+decisive battle fought.  Second, that it will take place in some part of
+Palestine.  Third, that this great struggle will be final, the end of
+war, the beginning of the Millennium morn.
+
+In the Scriptures the contestants are pointed out, as they rally under
+the standards of the _dragon_, the beast, and _Anti-Christ_ on one side,
+and on the other, under the standard of David, will be the _called_, the
+_chosen_, and the _faithful_; or, in other words, the Ten Lost Tribes as
+found chiefly in the Saxon race, with all who sincerely believe on the
+Lord Jesus Christ.
+
+In another sermon we pointed out to you the plain fact of the existence
+of David’s throne and David’s seed as found and seen specially in the
+throne of England.  We there see how faithfully God has kept His promise
+to David and His people.  For God frequently told David that his throne
+should be established unto all generations, and of David’s seed there
+should never be wanting a man to sit thereon.  It is the permanence, the
+grandeur, and progressive character of this throne and people that make
+it a fitting type of Christ and His Church.  Nay, more, it is on this
+throne that Christ now sits, so far as this world goes; and it is through
+this people that He reigns, and He will and must reign until He has
+conquered a universal peace.  It is a delusion too long entertained by
+the Church to think that David’s throne and seed have not now, nor for
+centuries had, an existence.  It is a delusion that we should not
+entertain for a moment to think that the Ten Tribes of Israel are lost
+for ever, or that their work or mission is fulfilled.  As surely as the
+Two Tribes, Judah and Levi, now exist, fulfilling and filling in the
+outlines of prophetic history, so surely are Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun,
+Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher, Naphtali, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh in
+existence, answering the purpose of an all-seeing Providence.
+
+Who are the kings of the East spoken of in the Scriptures?  We answer,
+They are the royal ones of the House of David.  The word king, both in
+Hebrew and Greek, means such.  This seed God chose, and made them royal
+by that very selection.  They have been away from their own land,
+Palestine, wandering and dwelling in the West.  But God in Providence is
+preparing a way for their return.  In connection with the pouring out of
+the sixth vial upon the great river of the Euphrates, or upon Turkey, as
+most writers agree, the waters are to dry up—that is, Turkey is to decay,
+to be absorbed.  And why?  “That the way of the kings of the East might
+be prepared” (Rev. xvi. 12).
+
+These kings have been away from the East, and their return is assured,
+and the preparation for such return is to be seen at this time and in
+connection with the decay of Turkey.  If Turkey, as symbolised by the
+river Euphrates, is drying up, then these kings must be advancing
+Eastward; and so they are.
+
+The crownless king, Disraeli, who, like many other men God has raised up,
+is for these times an index finger pointing out the way of Providence.
+He is a receptive agent of Divine force, to the intent that he may
+interpret a Divine purpose.  He may know, or he may not know, that he is
+so directed of heaven.  The prophets of old were seldom permitted to
+interpret or understand their own prophecies.  If they asked, like
+Daniel, the meaning, they were told to “go their way,” for oftentimes the
+words were “closed up and sealed until the time of the end.”  No wonder
+this man, against all England nearly, and to the amazement of all the
+world, proclaims the Queen of England the Empress of India, for the way
+of the kings of the East must be prepared.
+
+Napoleon Bonoparte’s grand idea was to prepare the way of the kings of
+the East and make himself and his descendants these kings.  “Conquer
+England and the world is ours,” he said.  But when his secret and
+well-prepared assault on England was revealed and frustrated by a chain
+of providential events, he hit upon another plan to get possession of
+Palestine.  Seventy years ago he invited all the leading Jews of the
+world to a secret council in Paris; he wished them to aid him in getting
+possession of Palestine.  He pretended to want their return.  He gave
+them certain privileges and laboured to procure more from the other
+nations; he did much for the Jews in enlarging their liberties and taking
+away from them the curse of society.  The one idea that is distinctly
+Napoleonic, is to possess Palestine.  The late Napoleon had his idea, and
+in his day this idea had become a part of France; so much so, that France
+thought herself to be then and now the real protector of Palestine.  It
+was for this idea that she allied with England and Turkey in the Crimean
+war.  It was to keep Russia back from possessing the holy places.  Not
+till France was weakened could England advance on her way East rapidly;
+so Germany was used to destroy her prestige and cause her to stand aside
+till England proceeds on her way homeward.
+
+It was a comely sight, some five years ago, to see two Jews closeted
+together making a secret bargain—one had power, the other had money.  The
+man of power asked the man of money to lend him twenty million dollars;
+it was done.  At once the man of power purchases with this twenty
+millions part of his fatherland back again—the Suez Canal.  This very
+canal is on the boundary of the land of Palestine as given to Abraham
+centuries ago.  By this very route the old patriarch entered the Promised
+Land.  It was fitting, indeed, that this should be the first piece
+purchased back.  No one knew save those directly interested.  England
+murmured and France protested, but the thing was done.  Poor France,
+bleeding and divided, could do but little; for Disraeli and Rothschild
+had done the work.  The way of the kings of the East must be prepared.
+So on they go.  A man who executes a Divine purpose is always strong.
+Abraham Lincoln, in the history of our country, was so chosen and led of
+God.  The politicians, and statesmen, and generals, and many of the
+people were against him at first; but the Lord was with him, so he
+marched on to victory, the country following in the wake.  And though
+dead, not forgotten, the country and the civilised world are marching on
+after him, and now they have nearly overtaken him.  Lincoln’s ideas and
+the country’s are nearly equal.  A man led of God is generally a good
+distance behind, and the people led by such a man are equally as far
+behind him as he is behind God.  But this nation and Abraham Lincoln are
+now one, and in those things in which they once were divided they are a
+unit, with more than the honoured Lincoln; for they are a unit with God
+and providence.  Thus follows the English nation in the wake of Disraeli,
+and the world is coming on behind, and the day will come when all will be
+a unit.  It does not shock our idea of human honesty much when we learn
+that this crownless king played a double game with Russia and Turkey.  It
+is intensely Jewish, but if it were only Jewish, then it would be very
+detestable; it is more, it is Divine in part.  “Had the princes of this
+world known, they would not have crucified the Prince of Glory.”  Had the
+princes of the late Berlin Congress known the double game being played by
+one of the quietest of their number, they would not have done as they
+did.  Turkey in Asia was given over to England’s protection, aye, yes,
+that included Palestine.  The island of Cyprus is given over
+entirely—surely the way of the kings of the East is being grandly
+prepared.
+
+Why did not the Congress hand over to England’s protection Turkey in
+Europe?  For reasons good and sufficient.  Turkey in Europe will be the
+cause of much strife, of several wars, and of strange alliances; hence it
+would not have done for Israel-England to be mixed up with it.
+Constantinople alone, of European Turkey, England will keep.  Israel is
+to be much preserved from war, until the great battle of Armageddon comes
+on.  Against that time she will have to husband her strength and
+resources.  It is marvellous now to think that what the Congress settled
+as belonging to England, none dispute—all is peace.  But Russia’s share
+and Austria’s are in arms.  Servia, Greece, Roumania, and all the Turkish
+provinces rebel and are in a state of disquietude, that portends war and
+strife again in a few years.  But England will have nothing to do with
+it, excepting that Russia and Austria, with the consent of Germany,
+Italy, and France, are to set a precedent for England, which in a few
+years she will need.  It is plain that if Russia and Austria can force by
+arms the conditions of the Berlin Congress, England will be at liberty to
+do the same without any interference even from France.  The Congress
+handed over to England’s keeping Turkey.  England, then, can make Turkey
+do her bidding by force of arms sustained by the very precedent already
+set.  Thus will Israel-England open up Palestine for Christian
+settlement.  The Mahommedans will murmur and resist to have the holy
+places taken from them, but no matter; England, when the time comes, will
+enforce it.  It is just here that Turkey and England will dispute, and in
+each dispute England will find a reason for drawing the lines a little
+tighter around poor Turkey.
+
+The contestants on one side at the great battle of Armageddon, you
+remember, are the dragon, the beast, and Anti-Christ.  Now what people is
+represented by the term dragon?  We answer, the Pagan nations and
+authorities, just as the Chinese have on their standards to-day a dragon,
+as we have the eagle.  The Mahommedans, Hindoos, Brahmins, Buddhists, and
+all Pagan idolaters, are summed up in the word dragon.  At present,
+England is tolerant with the subjects and adherents of these different
+worshippers and religions; but the time will come when she will no longer
+tolerate the same; thus will they arraign themselves against her in the
+battle of Armageddon.  This will come to pass as the gradual destruction
+of Mormonism in our country.  This system has been fortified by law; now
+laws are being arraigned against it.  It is now only tolerated, and in a
+short time it will be wiped out of existence.
+
+The final battle referred to in the text is to occur at a place called in
+the Hebrew tongue Armageddon, the literal meaning of which is at the
+mount of Megido.  In olden times there was a city called Megiddon; it
+stood in what is now called the great plain of Esdraelon—a plain that
+lies midway between the Sea of Galilee and the Mediterranean.  It was
+also called Jezreel.  The prophet Hosea speaks of this place, battle, and
+time, all by this one word.  Referring to the time when the children of
+Judah and of Israel are gathered together under one head in their own
+land, he says, “For great shall be the day of Jezreel” (Hos. i. 11).  It
+is spoken of in the Scriptures and history as the valley of Jehoshaphat,
+because here Jehoshaphat, the King of Judah, gained a great victory; for
+here the Lord fought against the enemies of Israel, as He will in the
+coming battle.  Joel iii. 12 says, referring to this coming struggle,
+“Let the heathen be waked up and come to the valley of Jehoshaphat: for
+there will I sit to judge all the heathen round about.”
+
+There is one name given to this time and battle that is very significant
+and striking.  Have you ever noticed it?  If not, let me call your
+attention to it.  It is called “That great day of God Almighty,” by John
+in the chapter of the text.  The day of the Lord of hosts by Isaiah.
+Ezek. xxx. 3: “Howl ye!  Woe worth the day!  For the day of the Lord is
+near: it shall be the time of the heathen.”  And Joel says, “Multitudes,
+multitudes, in the valley of decision; for the day of the Lord is near in
+the valley of decision.”  By the prophets Amos, Obadiah, Zephaniah,
+Zechariah, Malachi, and apostles Paul and Peter, it is called the day of
+the Lord.
+
+You ask if this battle may not have taken place.  We answer, No.  Of such
+a battle we have no record.  Again, it will be the end of the war—the
+final overthrow of Paganism, the beast, and Anti-Christ.  Malachi says,
+“Behold I will send you the prophet Elijah before the coming of that
+great and dreadful day of the Lord.”  Elijah has not yet been a witness.
+At the time of this great battle nature is to take a wonderful part.  As
+when Christ was on the cross, the sun darkened, the rocks rent, the
+mountains shook, so in connection with this battle there shall be some
+strange wonders—earthquakes, thundering, lightning, hail and fire.  The
+Mount of Olives will divide; the valley of the Dead Sea will fill with
+water and join to the Mediterranean; Jerusalem will become a seaport; an
+appointed centre from which, being central to all the world, will go
+forth the ships of the Lord.  The city of Jerusalem, between this time
+and that, will be considerably enlarged, then it will divide into three
+parts.  At the time of this dividing John says, “That the cities of the
+nations are to fall”—London, Paris, Berlin, Rome, St. Petersburg, and
+many others—that all may turn to Jerusalem, the capital appointed of
+Heaven.
+
+If you wish to know more of the particulars of this day, read the
+prophets, study what John the Revelator says under the sixth vial and
+sixth seal.  With awful grandeur and with terrible majesty have the
+sacred writers set forth this day and time.
+
+That this day will come, who will deny?  Look at the world ripening for
+this day.  Here, in our own land, as well as others, the forces are
+maturing, the agents are at work.  Many of the events of the past year we
+were permitted to forecast by looking into the future through the
+prophets, and onward yet we look.  And the events coming are neither less
+in number, merit, or force, than those passed.  Keep the events of
+prophecy in their proper order lest they confuse you.  The Jews and Ten
+Lost Tribes are to be found and possess Palestine before this battle.
+Anti-Christ is to appear.  The two witnesses, Moses and Elijah, are to
+appear.  And Jesus, our beloved Master, will not come till the world is
+settled long in perpetual peace—till the house is prepared for the bride,
+then shall He come.  But with lightning speed events are crowding on
+along the ages.  The accumulative forces of centuries are pressing hard
+upon time present.  The time of the end is near—not the end of time, but
+the time appointed of God in which certain great things are to be
+accomplished.  Eighteen hundred years ago John cried out, “Loose the four
+angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.  And the four angels
+were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and
+a year” (Rev. ix. 14).
+
+The Turkish Power originated on the banks of the Euphrates.  It first was
+divided into four Sultanies—namely, Bagdad, Aleppo, Damascus and Cesarea.
+These are typified under four angels.  Their time was to be 396 years and
+a fraction—an hour, day, month, and year.  Thus, taking a day for a year,
+365 for the year, thirty for the month, one for the day, and we have 396.
+So from the taking of Bagdad by the Turks in 1057, which was the
+overthrow of the Saracens, until the capture of Constantinople in 1453,
+which overthrew the Greek Empire, we have just 396 years.  And the time
+for the drying up of Turkey is at hand; and so it comes to pass.
+
+Dear friends, how wonderful are the dealings of our God!  Can we shut our
+eyes to His Divine revelation?  Let us be wise in the day of grace,
+taking heed to the sure Word of prophecy, as unto a light that shineth in
+a dark place.  The world indeed is dark, and all confusion.  But His Word
+shows unto us order in all this confusion, blessed be His name.  More
+next Sunday evening.
+
+
+
+
+ARMAGEDDON AND THE PYRAMID.
+DISCOURSE XIV.
+
+
+THE FORCES IN THE BATTLE—TIME OF ITS OCCURRENCE—MISTAKES OF ADVENTISTS—A
+CHURCH “STRIKE” WANTED—THE HARD TIMES AFTER 1882—HISTORY OF THE WORLD
+TILL 1935—HINE’S THEORY.
+
+    “These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome
+    them; for He is Lord of lords and King of kings; and they that are
+    with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful.”—Rev. xviii. 14.
+
+Last Sunday evening we considered the subject of the great battle of
+Armageddon.  This evening we will take up the same subject for further
+consideration.  This battle, we learn, is to be very terrible, such a one
+as the world has not had.  Fearful as some of the wars of the past have
+been, this will overshadow them all in skill, fierceness, number,
+slaughter, devastation, and wide-spread ruin.  It will, in some respects,
+be like one of the wars of olden times.  For in this struggle God is
+again to take a direct part, as He did for His people Israel and Judah in
+times of old.  Again shall the forces of nature do battle for God and His
+people; again they shall be full of instinctive revenge.  Hear us, and
+believe us, Denis Kearney, Providence will then “pool the issues” of the
+_called_, the _chosen_, and the _faithful_.  The called are the Jews, the
+chosen are Israelites, and the faithful embrace all of every nation who
+believe in Christ.  Then many will wade in pools of blood and perish.
+The birds of prey are to hold high carnival on the dead bodies of the
+slain.  The spirit of Satan, that now worketh in the children of
+disobedience, will pool the issues of hell and death in the hosts of the
+_dragon_, _beast_, and _false prophet_.  For though these three powers
+are diverse in their aims, professions, and intents, yet we learn from
+many passages of the Divine Book that they will join hands and agree upon
+a common policy, federating together that they may contend with the
+called, the chosen, and the faithful.  “And I saw three unclean spirits
+like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of
+the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.  For they are the
+spirits of devils working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the
+earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great
+day of God Almighty” (Rev. xvi. 13, 14).  Here indeed will be a pooling
+of the issues, a pooling that will divide the whole world into two forces
+or parties.
+
+Now the canvass has begun, preparations are going on, party lines are
+being drawn, powers are concentrating, and men are rallying under their
+respective standards, getting the world ripe and ready for the coming
+generations, into whose hands the destinies of that day will be cast.
+Few of us now living can personally take part in that final battle,
+excepting as we do so by impressing the unborn millions with our ideas.
+Like as David prepared the material for the building of the temple, and
+his son Solomon carried forward the same, so the work of this generation
+is simply preparatory, and that of the coming will be executive.
+
+Several wars will take place before that of Armageddon, which in their
+nature will be fierce and terrible.  Still these will all be
+preparatory—leading on to the day of decision and the battle final.  On
+this point many err, and their error has a pernicious influence on the
+Church and the world.  They interpret the preparatory signs as if they
+were final; hence the end with such is too near.  A sincere anxiety takes
+possession of their soul, which utterly unfits them to judge aright the
+signs of the times and tokens of Providence.  Thus were a portion of the
+Advent Church thrown into confusion the 8th of last July because they had
+fixed upon the seventh as the time for the ending of the world.  And
+human folly and haste will repeat itself again on the 10th of April next,
+because another portion of the Advent brethren have fixed upon the 9th of
+April as the time of the end.  It is a wonder the first did not take the
+4th of July instead of the seventh, for then a stranger might think the
+end was nigh in some of our cities; or why didn’t the other party select
+the 1st of April, for no doubt it would have proved a more propitious
+day?  But thus it is, and will be again before the appointed time of
+Heaven comes.  Man is a creature of haste and sudden impulse, especially
+so in his religious experience.  Kings and nations, Churches and sects,
+have laboured hard in times past to force the issues of Providence and
+give speed and certainty to times and events.
+
+The prophecies affecting our days are clear; so much so, that he who runs
+may read, if need be.  But an impatient activity urges men on, bedazzling
+their eyes, which at once unnerves and unfits them for reading or
+judging.  “In your patience possess ye your souls,” said the blessed
+Master to His disciples of old, and not less through them unto us.
+
+“Order is Heaven’s first law,” it has been said; and surely order
+pervades the prophecies.  But the pulpits in general over-ride this
+order, and are not slow to malign such men as Edward Hine, of London,
+England, when the fact is, that his theory of the prophecies and mode of
+interpretation are vastly more natural, responsive, and reasonable than
+the ill-adjusted, unnatural, and non-responsive system of current
+theology.  A person is under obligation to use that key for the unlocking
+of prophecy which fits the best, and that responds to providential events
+the most natural, without regard to the antiquated systems and mode of
+Church, sect, or college theology.  Hine’s theory, as it is called
+sometimes, is as much superior to the old system of interpretation, as
+the railway Pullman car is to the ricketty old stage coach.
+
+The Anglo-Saxon Israel theory neither destroys or introduces any new
+principle, but discovers and applies that which had been long hidden.
+The introduction of steam and electricity did not destroy or produce any
+new principle, but simply discovered and applied, in an improved form,
+that which had been in the world from Adam down till now.
+
+As men in science, mechanics, and practical life, throw overboard men and
+things of the past, so should we in theology, Church life, and
+experience, when we can do better.  Reverence for persons, and respect
+for ideas, should not enslave us.  Let us move on, doing better and
+better.  We do not care to believe all the theology of a Martin Luther.
+When we can make an advance on men, or theories, we should do so.  Bacon
+and Newton are now in part rejected, without intending, or in fact doing
+them any dishonour or disrespect.  So are Calvin and Wesley, on the same
+principle, by every good theologian.  If a theory be advanced that opens
+up the Scriptures, and especially the prophecies, better than those
+before existing, let the pulpit accept it, throwing aside its mawkishness
+and age-intrenched stupidity.  I have no hesitation to say, after over
+twenty-five years of experience with preachers and pulpit, that the
+majority of preachers are lazy and indifferent in study.  For this reason
+many of them are deterred from examining any new theory.  Many have said
+to me, and written to me, that if they accepted the Lost Tribe theory it
+would destroy nearly all their old sermons, and necessitate the making of
+new ones—a work they were not willing to undertake.  It will, therefore,
+be a long time before the pulpit is reformed.  In these days there are
+many strikes.  While in Canada, on my vacation, I agreed to lecture for a
+Church choir on the prophet Jeremiah’s visit to Ireland.  But some
+preachers banded together and stopped it; and, in consequence of it, the
+choir struck and refused to sing the following Sunday.  Passing by this
+strike, I really wish the laymen would strike and call the pulpit to an
+account and rouse it from its lethargy, and demand that it should
+untrammel itself and be free and equal to the age and demand.  I have met
+with miserly persons who didn’t believe in beautiful churches, or the
+missionary cause, or any cause indeed that wanted money.  They would
+argue for plainness, and so on.  The secret of their peculiar ideas on
+these matters was to be found in their stinginess and their love of
+money.  They advocated such theories because it saved them from
+contributing.  Like a man I met with on my vacation tour who said that he
+saved forty dollars a year by pretending to be angry with the minister or
+some of the deacons when they came round collecting money.  Some
+ministers, no doubt the majority of them, talk about holding on to the
+old landmarks and being orthodox for the very reason that to make a move
+implies labour, which they are not willing to give, hence they prate
+about orthodoxy and landmarks as a pretext to cover over their
+indifference.  He is the most orthodox who searches after the truth and
+keeps up with the age.  “Prove all things, hold fast that which is good,”
+says Paul.  These pretended followers of Paul say: “Prove nothing, hold
+fast what you have got.”
+
+It is as plain as A, B, C, that the Bible teaches the return of the Jews
+and Ten Lost Tribes of Israel to the land of Palestine.  Also, that after
+they are settled in this land Anti-Christ appears.  The dragon and beast
+are already in existence, but Anti-Christ is not; the spirit of
+Anti-Christ is.  When Israel and Judah are settled and prosperous in the
+old fatherland, then is to come on the battle of Armageddon.  Thank
+Heaven! that though the struggle will be awful, it will be final, and
+victory will turn on the Lord’s side.  Then will be set up a kingdom that
+shall endure in abiding peace and prosperity for at least a thousand
+years.  The world will nestle in regaling plenty and great assurance.
+This kingdom is to be set up in the latter days of the four kingdoms
+spoken of by Daniel.  By this we understand that these kingdoms will have
+their day, and by succession, after a time, run out.  These
+kingdoms—namely, Babylon, Persia, Greece, and Rome—are now disappearing.
+Rome, politically, is gone, Persia will soon be absorbed, also Greece.
+Babylon, being continued in the Empire of Russia, has yet a glorious
+future before it for the next fifty years or so, then she will disappear
+to rise no more.  The cry will go forth, “Babylon is fallen.”  In
+Nebuchadnezzar’s image you will remember that the stone cut out of the
+mountain began to destroy the metallic image upward, hence these kingdoms
+will disappear in reverse order to their origin.  First Rome, which has
+gone; next Greece, which is nearly gone; then Persia, and then Russia.
+The new kingdom will fill the world.  Already it foreshadows the outlines
+of possession by its immense territory of to-day.  Then a scion of the
+House of David shall be enthroned in Jerusalem.  All the other great
+capitals will have been destroyed.  It is surprisingly grand to read of
+that day, king and kingdom.  Let me read to you a few verses from
+Jeremiah, chapter xxiii.: “Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I
+will raise unto David a righteous branch, and a King shall reign and
+prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth.  In His
+days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely; and this is His
+name whereby He shall be called: the Lord our Righteousness.  Therefore,
+behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more say, The
+Lord liveth, which brought up the children of Israel out of the land of
+Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of
+the House of Israel out of the North country, and from all countries
+whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land.”  The
+words, “that day,” are often used, and if we desire to know when that day
+is, we have data in the great fact that it is the other side of
+Armageddon, and Armageddon is the other side of the settlement of Israel
+and Judah in Palestine.
+
+I wish, just here, to correct many of you, as well as some of the public
+journals.  Of late I have frequently seen it stated in the papers that I
+predicted the end of the world in 1882.  And many persons have actually
+asked if I did really think so.  The truth of the matter is, in my
+sermons on the Great Pyramid I pointed out to you the remarkable fact
+that the Grand Gallery was 1,882 inches long.  Beginning with the birth
+of the Saviour, these inches stand for years.  This gallery suddenly
+ends, excepting that it is continued in a narrow passage, the narrowest
+in the whole building, for fifty-three inches.  Then comes the King’s
+Chamber, which before you enter, you pass under a portcullis in the form
+of an olive leaf.  In this chamber all is equal, quiet, and central.
+Now, what I believe this pillar of witness in Egypt teaches (see Isa.
+xix. 19) is, that in 1882 the whole world will enter upon a time of great
+trouble, war, pestilence, and famine, and for fifty-three years these
+troubles will continue more or less.  Then about 1935 will occur the
+battle of Armageddon, which will be the finishing touch, the end of wars.
+I arrive at this, when I follow the teachings of the Pyramid, by adding
+1882 and 53, which gives me 1935.  Even then the world will not end, but
+only begin the millennium morn, which will last for a thousand years or
+more.
+
+Now corresponding to these facts are the events of Providence.  As when
+Spring is nigh we know by certain signs, so we know from the Scriptures,
+Providence, and Pyramidal teaching, where we stand and the season we are
+in.  “O ye hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky, but can ye not
+discern the signs of the times?” said Jesus to the proud and critical
+Pharisees and learned and doubting Sadducees.  These parties affected to
+be specially wise and discriminating in their knowledge of the times and
+seasons, and interpreting the prophets and writings of Moses.  Yet their
+conduct betrayed their ignorance, for they saw not the end of that grand
+old prophetic age, nor the fading symbolism of the temple, nor the
+departing glory and decay of their nation.  They knew not the fulness of
+the time in which they lived, though it bulged out like a mountain.  They
+did not know that _one time hath ended_, another _time begun_, for they
+still dated their documents 4032 of the world, when it was the year of
+our Lord and their Lord 32.
+
+The antediluvians stand condemned because they were willingly ignorant of
+the Providential tokens and signs of the times.  They set at naught the
+teachings and warnings of Noah, and in exulting pride they rejected the
+idea of a special Providence.  Their faith, like many in this day, was
+planted and nourished by the laws of nature, and the analogous
+continuance of the same, not accepting the doctrine of a Divine
+Providence.  They cried aloud, “Where is the promise of His coming?  For
+since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the
+beginning of the creation.”
+
+Do you, like the Jews of old, demand more signs, when those given you are
+not understood, or, if understood, they are undervalued?  The prophets
+have been lavish in portraying the calamities of the _last days_, or the
+times into which we are entering.  For the words _last days_ are the few
+years preceding the battle of Armageddon.  The calamities of these days
+are of four kinds: First, social disorders; second, religious feuds and
+wars; third, wonderful political disturbances; fourth, temporal or
+physical disasters.  Of the social condition of these last days, Paul
+instructs us: “This know, also, that in the last days perilous times
+shall come.”  Then he groups together nineteen immoral attributes of the
+social state of these last days: “Men shall be lovers of their own
+selves, covetous, boasters, proud blasphemers, disobedient (to parents
+especially), unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce
+breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce despisers, traitors, heady,
+high-minded, lovers of pleasure more than God, formal in religion” (2
+Timothy iii.).  What, we ask, will be the state of society when the
+social condition becomes such?
+
+The religious feuds and persecutions of the last days we can but faintly
+conceive.  It was terrible when the beast, two hundred years ago, held
+sway.  The Inquisition, the rack, the stake, and all the horrors of a
+wise age will be brought to bear.  For in these days to come, the beast
+will be joined by Anti-Christ, who will burn with rage, and vent his
+displeasure on Christ’s followers.  Also the barbarism and savage
+disposition of the Pagans will be let loose.  Then will the dragon tear
+and destroy.  This will, indeed, be a day or time of visitation.  The
+political disturbances will be terrible.  Nation against nation plotting
+and deceiving; internal strife and outward dangers.  These are of a kind
+to appal one in reading them.  Then come the temporal or physical evils.
+These are to be a horrible train of ills in the form of pestilence,
+famine, and earthquakes.  The plague of yellow fever is as nought to some
+of the scourges that will then go forth.  Gibbon, the historian, tells of
+a plague that swept away two-thirds of Europe and Asia.  At that time the
+dead lay unburied by thousands.  In Constantinople, for three months,
+five and even ten thousand persons died daily.  The famines in India and
+China give us some idea of those yet to come.  Of the earthquakes, such
+as have been will be repeated in increasing terror, violence, and
+destruction.  To all these shall be added fire from heaven, hail,
+whirlwinds, and floods.  These are times that will try men’s souls.  Read
+the prophets for yourselves, and range yourselves on the Lord’s side.
+
+
+
+
+WONDERS OF THE FUTURE.
+DISCOURSE XIV.
+
+
+PURPOSE OF THE FLOOD—THE ABRAHAMIC CURRENT—RENDING MOUNT OLIVET—FORMER
+EARTHQUAKES—BOUNDARIES OF PALESTINE—DAN AND GAD TO GUARD THE “GATES”—GAD
+THE SCOTCHMAN—THE FUTURE JERUSALEM—THE DEAD SEA AND MEDITERRANEAN TO BE
+JOINED—MISTAKE OF SPIRITUALISING EVERYTHING.
+
+    “And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which
+    is before Jerusalem on the East: and the Mount of Olives shall cleave
+    in the midst thereof toward the East and toward the West, and there
+    shall be a very great valley; and half the mountain shall remove
+    toward the North, and half of it toward the South.”—Zech. xiv. 4.
+
+Some four thousand years ago the earth was washed with the regenerating
+waters of a terrible flood.  Millions were suddenly cut off, with their
+handiwork and antediluvian civilisation.  The swelling floods subsided,
+and the God-avenging waters retired to their appointed place.  The earth
+again stood forth in virgin strength, lonely, bare, and citiless, but
+with a potency and promise inviting and grand.  Across these swelling
+floods one craft had been safely borne; in it was stored the seed-stock
+of a new world of man and beast.  The destruction had been complete and
+terrible.  If we credit Dr. Gurney and others who have written on this
+subject, the population far exceeded the inhabitants of to-day.  But
+whether they did or did not, we know that many must have perished, and
+civilisation must have been hurled back to a primitive beginning.  No
+doubt the present seas and oceans cover over the ruins of that age.
+Eliphaz, the Temanite, when addressing Job, said: “Hast thou marked the
+old way, which wicked men have trodden, which were cut down out of time?
+_whose foundation was overflown with a flood_?”  Now is it not reasonable
+to suppose that in this and every other great change in nature God has a
+purpose—a design agreeable with His own exalted character?  He is too
+wise to err, and too good to be unkind.  The flood came for the same
+reason that He only gave Adam one wife.  And what was that reason?  It
+was that He might fill the world with a godly seed.  “And did not He make
+one?  Yet had He the residue of the Spirit.  And wherefore one?  That He
+might seek a godly seed” (Mal. ii. 15).  The same Spirit which made one
+Eve could have made twenty, for the residue of the Spirit was with Him.
+It was in the interest of morality and godliness that the flood came.
+
+When this design began to fail of being accomplished by the increased
+wickedness of the post-diluvians, then God called Abram, and through
+Abraham and his seed designed that this purpose should flow on and be
+fulfilled.  Through this Abrahamic channel flow all the purposes of a
+Divine Providence in this world.  Through his seed all the nations of the
+earth are to be blessed.  The children of Abraham are the appointed and
+Divinely authorised agents of God.  Through them, as primary, he has, and
+is, and will evangelise the world.  Abraham stands to the generations of
+earth as the Gulf-stream to Europe and the isles of the sea.  This
+Gulf-stream is our largest river; being the longest, broadest, and
+deepest.  Its bottom and banks are cold water.  Compressed by the straits
+of Florida, it rushes forth to warm and replenish the earth and isles of
+the sea.  So the forces of a Divine Providence compressed in Abraham go
+forth to bless mankind.  The Gulf-stream is water in water, and Abraham’s
+seed are men among men.  Providence is at once clear and intelligible,
+and history is at once plain, reasonable, and harmonious, when
+interpreted in harmony with the Abrahamic covenant.  The scattering and
+returning of Israel and Judah to Palestine, and the intervening history,
+from the time of dispersion to the Return, is clear as noon-day.  Their
+location, oppression, prosperity, and victories, have long been foretold
+by prophets inspired of God.
+
+Through all the changes in nature God has a design.  He prepared the
+world for Adam and his seed, and He did so by some wonderful upheaving
+and overturning; this scientists will admit.  This world, in its present
+shape and condition, indicates fierce and protracted struggles.  The
+outlines of strange and sublime revolutions are imprinted on her
+rock-ribbed bosom.  Look at her cloud-capped mountains, her snow-crowned
+peaks, her wild and rocky wastes, her barren plains and sandy deserts,
+her fruitful hills and luxuriant valleys, her mighty oceans and swelling
+seas, her inland lakes and rolling rivers; these tell us of a time long
+ago—of the time when the Mighty One went forth to work a work, to build a
+house and make a home for His creature, man.  And as it was necessary in
+the preparatory stage to tune nature to the coming man, so all along
+through the history of the centuries we find nature holding a subordinate
+relation to man.  The world is not run on one principle and man on
+another, but both are permeated by a Divine force and led on to a Divine
+end.  All things are ours, and we are Christ’s, and Christ is God’s; this
+is the established order of subordination.  Most certainly it cannot be
+unscientific in the Author of nature to make the same His messenger for
+good or evil.  It is not unscientific to throw a line from the shore to a
+ship in distress, even though thrown from the mouth of a cannon, nor is
+it counted unscientific to use that same cannon in war to destroy men.
+
+The earthquake spoken of in the text is, indeed, a small affair in
+comparison to some that have occurred in this world; and if the same God
+be living now as then, surely He can rend in twain the little mountain of
+Olivet.  And if we grant to the infidel scientist of to-day the fact that
+there is no God, still the thing prophesied of is neither unreasonable or
+impossible, because what has been may be again; and as the demand in this
+case is small in comparison to what has been, surely this thing may come
+to pass.  In times past Providence and the wants of the Church have been
+timely aided by convulsions in nature, and if they were only so
+accidentally, why then accidentally they may all agree again.  To the
+scientist, especially the geologist, there can be no great difficulty in
+crediting the miracles of the text when we think of the successive
+revolutions that have taken place.  Fires, and floods, and earthquakes,
+have done sublime service in the past, whether we credit the same to
+Nature or to God.  That an earthquake, or any peculiar expression of
+nature, should be timed to meet a special condition of the Church or the
+special purposes of a Providence, is not strange.  In such an event there
+really is no more wonder than that a man should set an alarm on his clock
+to go off at three minutes past four in the morning.  Some men can
+swallow big things if you will only allow them to make out the author to
+be Nature.  But whether we attribute the things past to Nature or to God,
+we know that wonderful things have happened.
+
+Seismology, the science of earthquakes, is by no means void of interest.
+The earthquake catalogue of the British Association takes notice of, and
+records the occurrence of, over 6,000 that happened between 1606 B.C. and
+1842 A.D.  Some of these have been terrible in force, destruction, and
+extent, oftentimes changing the whole face of a country, its climate, and
+river courses.  The great earthquake of 1783 in Calabria, probably caused
+the death of 100,000 people; it was felt over a great part of Europe.
+The city of Lisbon was visited on the morning of November 1st, 1755, with
+an earthquake so severe that in a few minutes 60,000 persons perished,
+and most of the city was destroyed and buried beneath the water of the
+bay some 600 feet.
+
+The country given to Abraham embraces all of what we call Syria.  It is
+central, and specially adapted for the future purposes of God through
+Abraham’s seed.  Beginning with the North-west corner, the boundaries
+will be Mount Taurus, river Euphrates, Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Red
+Sea, River Nile, and Mediterranean, enclosing Syria, Arabia Deserts,
+Arabia Felix and Arabia Petrœa.  Thus it will be seen that the Abrahamic
+inheritance is surrounded by water, except at two points—namely, the
+North-west land boundary, which is between the Euphrates and the
+Mediterranean Sea.  The entrance is through the mountain range of Taurus,
+and forms a natural gate or mountain pass from Europe and Asia into
+Palestine.  Here, when the Tribes are resettled in the land of Palestine,
+this gate will be in the allotment of Dan.  Our Irish brethren will again
+be in the North-west, where they will have to fight and defend the land
+and the truth, as in days of old, for their brethren.  The fact is, “Dan
+shall judge his people as one of the Tribes of Israel,” said old Jacob.
+The judge in olden times sat in the gate.  So will Dan sit.  Moses said
+that Dan was a lion’s whelp.  Among Israel it is customary to put lions
+as guards at gateways.  The Southwest corner, between the Mediterranean
+and the Sea of Suez, forms the other land boundary.  Through this gate
+will come the teeming millions of Africa.  At this gate will be the Tribe
+of Gad—that is, a portion of the Scotch, the lowlanders.  The Tribes will
+be hemmed in one by another so that they cannot enlarge their territory;
+but Gad can, for a vast country opens up beyond the gate.  It is barren;
+still the desert is to blossom as a rose.  Of Gad it was said by Moses,
+“Blessed be He that enlargeth Gad; he dwelleth as a lion and teareth the
+arm with the crown of the head.  And he provided the first part for
+himself, because there, in a portion of the lawgiver, was he seated.”
+You remember that Sinai is in this portion.  What sight and foresight
+Jacob and Moses had!  The land as thus bounded would be 600 miles broad
+from the Red Sea to the River Euphrates, and 1,390 between the Red Sea
+and Persian Gulf, and from the Mediterranean to the Arabian Sea, 1,600.
+These boundaries you will glean by taking note of the several promises to
+Abraham and his seed, as recorded in Gen. xv. 10, and Exod. xxiii. 31,
+and Deut. xi. 24.  The land so promised and given specially to Abraham
+and his seed, the descendants of Abraham never yet occupied, no, not half
+of it, even in the palmy days of King Solomon.  Will it ever be?  We
+answer, Yes, as sure as the seasons and night and day.  He is faithful
+that has promised, and will do it.
+
+This remarkable peninsula will be the theatre of the future glory of
+Israel and Judah.  As finely described by the Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, it
+will be found to be most exactly and suitably placed to enable them to
+fulfil their high destiny to all nations, and become the centre of all
+lands, the praise and beauty of the whole earth.  This land has, in fact,
+a central position for communication, commerce, and all other advantages
+of civilisation not enjoyed by any other portion of land in the whole
+world; while the peculiar geographical formation is such that it has an
+immense seaboard, and is therefore fitted for vaster commercial and naval
+operations than have ever yet been seen, commanding, as it does, the
+three most important seas and the two largest rivers of the whole world.
+
+This land, as laid out by Ezekiel, will be divided into thirteen
+longitudinal strips, sixty miles long, and twenty broad.  In the very
+centre will be a portion, some fifty miles square, which will be divided
+and apportioned to what is called the holy oblation—namely, in the very
+middle will be the temple, a mile square, or larger than ever the whole
+city of Jerusalem has yet been.  Then the city will be ten miles square.
+On one side will be a portion for the priests; on another, a portion for
+the Levites; and on the other two sides, the prince’s or king’s portion.
+This portion, which will be on the East and West sides, will be sixty
+miles long by ten broad, or some 600 miles square.  But it is clear he
+will need it, for he will not be supported by taxes.  He will have to
+judge the land.  He cannot take any more land.  He will have to support
+his own family.  No public grant to his children.  He will have to be
+liberal with the temple.  He will have sixty miles of sea coast to defend
+and sixty miles of land frontier to protect, and thus cover some of the
+weaker tribes.  The city will have 720 square miles as a suburb, in which
+to raise supplies specially for itself.  It will in reality be in two
+parts—one called by the prophets the profane; here will the commercial
+business be done.  The other part will be sacred.  Into it strangers will
+not enter; it will be holy—a quiet habitation.  “There the glorious Lord
+will be unto us a place of broad rivers and streams, wherein shall go no
+gaily with oars, neither shall gallant ships pass thereby.”  The city
+proper will be some thirty miles North of the present city of Jerusalem.
+
+
+
+
+NINETEEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY-SEVEN.
+DISCOURSE XVI.
+
+
+“SIGNS OF THE TIMES”—THE RETURN TO JERUSALEM—FORCES OF RUSSIA AND
+ENGLAND—PRESENT LOCALITY OF ANCIENT NATIONS—ORIGIN OF AMERICAN
+REPUBLICANISM—FEDERATION OF THE NATIONS COMING—EVOLUTION AND DEVOLUTION.
+
+    “Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred
+    and five and thirty days.”—Daniel xii. 12.
+
+So according to the prophet Daniel there is a time to come in which it
+will be blessed to live.  The prophecies of Daniel are generally of a
+material character—that is, they have special reference to this world
+politically, and to this end he had direct and special reference to
+certain kingdoms in existence at the time of writing, as well as others
+that were to come into being.  Of all the prophets he concerns himself
+the most with positive data of the rise and fall of nations.  The figures
+of the data used, we freely confess, are difficult to understand and
+interpret.  The Church and times are greatly in need of some man
+competent on this point.  All prophetic students know the diversity and
+confusion in this department of theology.  Of all the difficult
+departments of theology none exceed the numerical.  The numerical
+symbolism of the Bible is as yet but little understood.  True, indeed, we
+are improving.  Aided by Providence, we are enabled to interpret some
+dates by data—that is, certain events occurring locate us and point out
+the prophetic period we are in.  Like the captain who is unable by his
+certain and usual modes of calculating to find his whereabouts, does so
+by currents, the Gulf-stream, islands, colour of waters, &c., did we know
+the exact quantity of Daniel’s two thousand and three hundred days, his
+times, time, and half a time, his seventy weeks, his thousand two hundred
+and ninety days, and the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days,
+then we could deal with the prophecies with a definitiveness to which as
+yet we are strangers.
+
+The times, however, are peculiarly interesting from the very fact that
+the Church is waking up to the importance of prophetic study.  “Coming
+events cast their shadows before,” is a trite but true saying, and here
+as true as anywhere.  Men feel in their fears and hopes the pressure of
+prophecy.  The Church is remarkably anxious and unrest.  Governments are
+suspicious and confused.  The populace are restless and threatening.
+Indeed, everything conspires in Church, State, and people, to forecast
+the future.  A thunderstorm is felt before it is seen or heard.  It
+shadows the mind, thrills the nerves, and pains the rheumatic limbs.
+Many in 1858 felt war coming in our own country.  Many were at a loss to
+interpret their fears.  Some, however, interpreted the signs of the time
+and sounded an alarm.
+
+The few years to come are pregnant with angry forces.  Men are busy in
+Russia, Germany, France, England, and America, sowing the winds, and the
+harvest will surely be whirlwinds.  But, beyond all, the sky is clear.
+War ceases, commerce revives, the nations accept a settled peace, science
+and religion join hand in hand to prepare the wastes and woes of war.
+The beast is overcome, Anti-Christ is slain, and the dragon is banished
+from the earth.  Jerusalem again rises in splendour from the grave of
+desolation.  Again Canaan will become the glory of all lands, and
+Jerusalem the glory of Canaan.  Here, again, after centuries of
+wandering, shall the throne of David find rest, and on it one of David’s
+seed, chosen and anointed of God, accepted of men, and served by the
+nations.  Crowned and imperial Salem shall become the home of her
+long-captive sons and daughters.  Israel and Judah shall meet together,
+and shall be one stick, one people, having one head, one throne, one
+city, one Lord, even Jesus.  “Therefore, they shall come and sing in the
+height of Zion, and shall flow together to the goodness of the Lord, for
+wheat, and for wine, and for oil, and for the young of the flock and of
+the herd; and their soul shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not
+sorrow any more at all” (Jeremiah xxxi. 12).
+
+No one can read the prophecies that find their fulfilment after the
+battle of Armageddon—or, as the prophets have it, “after those
+days”—without being ravished with delight.  Israel in her palmy days, and
+Judah in her glory!  A nation called of God, and ruled by God through
+David or Solomon; how inviting!  When Heaven was their Defence and
+Provider; when the fidelity of men to God was enough of defence, and the
+morality of a people was a rich manure giving an abundant harvest in
+field, stall, and orchard; then we see the true position of a nation, its
+grandeur and prosperity.  I am convinced that morality has a more
+intimate relation with the forces and wealth of nature than we are in the
+habit of believing.  God can give increased measure to the harvest,
+fruitfulness to the vine, plenty in the orchard, increase in the stall,
+and addition to the household.  Time upon time are these blessings
+promised by the prophets to Israel and Judah in the latter day.
+
+Take notice of a few statements of the prophets responding to those
+times—the times that will ensue after the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel and
+the Jews are again possessed of, and settled in, Palestine.  Jeremiah, in
+the 30th chapter and 31st, refers to those times: “For lo, the days come,
+saith the Lord, that I will bring again the captivity of My people,
+Israel and Judah, saith the Lord; and I will cause them to return to the
+land that I gave to their fathers, and they shall possess it”—referring
+to this time and the battle of Armageddon, in which Israel will be tested
+as we have before shown.  “Alas! for that day is great, so that none is
+like it; it is even the time of Jacob’s trouble; but he shall be saved
+out of it.”  Now, we ask, why will it be specially a time of trouble?  We
+answer, Because of the strength of the combined forces that will be
+arrayed against Israel—that is, England.  The forces, as set forth in the
+Scriptures, are _thirteen on one side_, _led by Russia_, and _four on the
+other_, which will be _led by England_.  The _thirteen_ are: 1st, Gog;
+2nd, Magog; 3rd, Rosh; 4th, Meshech; 5th, Tubal; 6th, Persia; 7th,
+Ethiopia; 8th, Libya; 9th, Gomer; 10th, Togarmah; 11th, the Beast; 12th,
+the Dragon; and 13th, Anti-Christ.  The _four_ are: 1st, Sheba; 2nd,
+Dedan; 3rd, Merchants of Tarshish with all their young lions; 4th, the
+Jews and Israelites settled in Palestine, that will not be led astray by
+Anti-Christ.
+
+To understand the prophets when forecasting the future, we must keep in
+mind that in speaking of a nation’s destiny in the future, they would
+speak of it by the name it had at that time, if such a nation had an
+existence at that time.  But in course of time, such nations would change
+their name, and sometimes locality; in such a case they must be found.
+For instance, if one desires to know the destiny of Turkey, he will find
+it set forth by the prophets under the name of Edom and Esau.  Moab and
+Ammon are found in the Poles and Hungarians; they were the sons of Lot.
+In all parts of the world the children of Abraham have an attachment for
+each other.  Thus India was peopled at first by the descendants of
+Abraham; hence they will mix with, and accept English rule sooner than
+any other people.  “But unto the sons of the concubines which Abraham
+had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac his son, while he
+yet lived, Eastward, unto the East country” (Gen. xxv. 6).  If we trace
+back the origin of a people to their head or founder, we will better
+understand their peculiarities and national idiosyncrasies.  Study
+Ishmael to understand the Arabs, Esau to understand the Turks, Ammon and
+Moab to understand the Poles and Hungarians.  Study the character and
+condition of Manasseh in Egypt, as being brought up in a palace, and
+being the lawful heir, but deprived of his birthright by a Providence
+which he could not understand, and you have at once a key to the Pilgrim
+character, and the characteristics of a real American—why he hates
+titles, kings, and aristocracies.  But he forgets not the place of his
+youth when he had the great seal made; for on the reverse of the great
+seal of the United States you will have the figure of a Pyramid crowned
+with the All-seeing eye.  No Tribe but the Tribe of Manasseh could say,
+or did say, “We are a great people.”  Yet so this Tribe said to Joshua
+(see Josh. xvii.).  So we often say, “We are a great people.”
+
+Rachel and Leah, the two wives of Jacob, are the real source of the
+separation of the Ten Tribes of Israel from Judah.  Each wife sought to
+have her son as a leader.  Thus between Judah and Joseph began the spirit
+of rivalry.  Ephraim took up the cause of Rachel.  David and Saul’s
+bitterness lies here.  David stood for Leah, and Saul for Rachel.  The
+descendants of the North of Ireland, being from the Tribe of Dan, have
+ever been distinct from the rest of the Irish in features, enterprise,
+spirit and religion; for the others are the Canaanites of old, the
+Philistines.
+
+Who do the thirteen enemies stand for to-day?  Let me answer you briefly.
+Gog stands for the Caucasians or mountain tribes of Caucasus.  Magog
+covers the inhabitants and country North of the Caucasian mountains, and
+they are known as Tartars.  Rosh, or Roosh, means the real Russians.
+Their ruler is called by the Prophet Ezekiel _Nasi Roosh_.  We translate
+it the chief prince of Meshech.  This portion, or people of Russia, are
+the old Babylonians, hence the hate and rivalry between England and that
+nation.  Meshech means the Muscovites, who made Moscow what it is.  Tubal
+is found in the Siberians.  Meshech and Tubal are generally mentioned
+together in the Scriptures, and, strange to say, they are found together
+in history to-day.  Moscow is the capital of Meshech, for though to the
+world St. Petersburgh seems to be, yet every imperial document is signed
+and dated Moscow.  Tobolski is the capital of Tubal or Siberia.  Persia
+still retains its ancient name, and will be easily recognised.  Also the
+same with Ethiopia.  Libya takes in a portion of the African race.  Gomer
+stands for the Germans in part, for those who descended from Gomer.  From
+this word Gomer is Gomeron, Gemren, and the country Germia, hence,
+Germany and Germans.  Togarmah includes the people of Independent
+Tartary.  The Dragon includes China.  The Beast, the Jesuits and their
+followers, which will take in France, Spain, Italy, and South America;
+and at first divide even England, especially Ireland, and the United
+States.  Anti-Christ will be chiefly sustained by the Jews, who will have
+been settled in Palestine.
+
+The four opposing forces led by England: Sheba represents India, who is
+already training for this time of battle.  Dedan embraces Arabia,
+especially that part occupied by the Sultan of Muscat.  Merchants of
+Tarshish and all the young lions, means England and her colonies, in
+which is embraced the United States.  Manasseh will have to stretch out a
+helping hand to Jacob in the time of his trouble, for she cannot allow
+liberty to be enslaved, and freedom of worship and conscience to be
+trampled under foot.  The plague will come here sooner than we think, by
+a civil and internal division among ourselves, which will force us to
+take part.  The Jews that are not carried away with Anti-Christ will join
+with their brethren of Israel.  The called, the chosen, and the faithful,
+will be one party, and they will be on the Lord’s side.
+
+If during the late Turkish war we could have had our despatches agreeable
+to ancient names of people and country, they would have sounded queer.
+Instead of reading of the Russians passing the Caucasus, and moving upon
+Erzeroum by way of Kars, we should have read: Rapid advance of the
+Babylonians under the chief prince of Meshech.  Successful passage of the
+Pison.  The whole land of Havilah occupied.  The men of Togarmah rally at
+Gihon.  Fierce fighting in Eden.  The invaders defeated in the mountains
+of Ararat.  For according to ancient names of people and country, such
+was the fact.  It is comforting to all God’s people to know from His Word
+that there is a time of peace; that there is a golden age in the near
+future.  Dr. McKay has the Christian idea in his poem:
+
+    “There is a good time coming, boys,
+    Wait a little longer;
+    Let us aid it all we can,
+    Every woman, every man,
+    The good time coming.”
+
+When will the 1,335 days of years, spoken of in the text, end?  We
+answer, About the year 1957.  And why that year?  Because these days
+evidently date there, beginning from the time the daily sacrifice is
+taken away and the city trodden under foot.  The little goat horn of
+Daniel viii. 9 stands, we have before shown you, for Turkey.  “And out of
+one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding great toward
+the South, and toward the East, and toward the pleasant land.”  It stands
+for Mahommedanism, which was to overturn Christianity for a given period,
+a time, times, and a half time, or in figures, 1260.  Now Mahommed was
+accepted and crowned at Mecca in the year 622.  If we add 1260 and 622,
+we have 1882—a time that is very plainly pointed out in the Pyramid.
+Daniel says, “Seventy weeks are determined upon Thy people and upon Thy
+holy city,” Jerusalem.  These weeks put into prophetic years make 490,
+which, of course, brings us to the time when Jerusalem was destroyed by
+Titus.  Daniel asked how long the vision concerning the daily sacrifice
+and transgression of desolation to give the sanctuary and people to be
+trodden down?  The answer was, Unto 2,300 days, taking a day for a year.
+Jerusalem was destroyed in the year 70.  Take this from 490 and we have
+420.  Now these 420 years taken from 2,300 will bring 1880.  Then the
+sanctuary is to be cleansed—that is, Jerusalem will be in the possession
+of England.  She now is.
+
+From about 1880, or 1882, England will possess Jerusalem.  In the twelfth
+chapter of Daniel, eleventh verse, we find thirty days added to the
+1,200, making 1,290; these added thirty years denote the time England
+will have to contend for her right to Palestine.  It will finally be
+acknowledged, however, by all nations.  In 1935 the battle of Armageddon
+will end, but Palestine will not be fully settled down to a peaceful
+possession till 1957.  Then the government will be fully established and
+acknowledged all over the world.  The kings and Gentile nations will have
+gone up to Jerusalem and given in their adherence.  Then all the world
+will be federated to David’s throne.  The year 1957 I arrive at by the
+same rule as the other—1,335 when added to 622, makes 1,957.  “Blessed,”
+says Daniel, “are they who see that time.”
+
+The world is to undergo some marvellous changes these next few
+years—mechanically, politically, socially, and morally; the telephone,
+the phonograph, the microphone, the telemachole and coming improvements
+will transform our modes of labour and learning beyond our present
+conception.  God times inventions and improvements to the advancement of
+His kingdom.
+
+I do not regard inventions as mere accidents, but as the outcoming of a
+Divine intent through human agencies.  Watts and Wesley both did good
+service for the Church and the world.  Edison and others of kindred minds
+are scientific prophets.  “The earth is the Lord’s and the fulness
+thereof.”  All is made subservient to the progress of the kingdom of
+heaven.  The doctrine of the evolution of man as taught by Darwin is
+neither complimentary to man or God; but the doctrine of devolution is.
+Man is a developing creature; a creature who takes centuries to grow in.
+The devolution of God is through man by means of all the increasing
+facilities and agencies that make man stronger, wiser, and better.  The
+secret powers and forces of nature are revealed to man in the ratio of
+his ability to apply them, on the same scale as we instruct our children.
+
+In the latter days, or the period spoken of by Daniel, nature will be
+Divinely prompted with an impulse of generosity not now known, for then
+men will be wise enough, strong enough, and good enough, to use the same
+and not abuse.  The prophetic teachings glow with promises of regaling
+plenty, peace and good will in those days.  “I will multiply upon you man
+and beasts; and they shall increase and bring fruit; and I will settle
+you after your old estates, and will do better unto you than at your
+beginnings; and ye shall know that I am the Lord” (Ezek. xxxvi. 11).
+Again: “I will multiply the fruit of the tree, and the increase of the
+field, that ye receive no more reproach of famine, among the heathen.”  I
+submit and believe that all this God will do by what men are pleased to
+call natural law.  The Divine will not rudely break in upon His own
+established laws.
+
+Sin impairs the energy and growth of man, and so infringes upon Nature.
+As man frees himself from the bondage and sequences of sin, he will rise
+higher and higher in his command and authority over Nature’s forces.
+Three several times the earth has been cursed, which curse is gradually
+removed as man returns unto his God in loving and obedient service.  “And
+now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to
+receive thy brother’s blood from thy hand.  When thou tillest the ground,
+it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength” (Gen. iv. 11).  The
+secret of a world’s wealth and peace lies here, and it were well if
+reformers and agitators understood this.  For they work best who work in
+harmony with God and His laws.
+
+                        [Picture: Pyramid picture]
+
+    “In that day there shall be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the
+    land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord; and it
+    shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts in the
+    land of Egypt.”—Isaiah xix. 19.
+
+
+
+
+THE STONE WITNESS. {159}
+DISCOURSE XVII.
+
+
+THE GREAT PYRAMID—WHO JOB WAS—WHO BUILT THE PYRAMID—WHAT IT WAS BUILT
+FOR—AN EPITOME OF THE EARTH—THE HISTORY OF MAN CONTAINED IN IT, PAST AND
+FUTURE—SCIENCE AND THE BIBLE, ETC., ETC.
+
+The wonderful discourses of the Rev. Dr. Wild, of Brooklyn, were
+continued last Sunday evening, before a thronged congregation in Elm
+Place Church.  Under the organ gallery, behind the pulpit, was a
+representation of the Pyramid, or as the learned doctor terms it, “the
+stone Bible,” its massive rectangular dark stone foundation and some of
+the most interesting of its interior passages, chambers, and mysteries.
+All eyes were fastened in scrutiny upon it, well knowing that some
+revelation of unusual Christian interest would be made by the Doctor from
+it as soon as his lecture commenced.  The preliminary exercises of
+singing by a well-trained choir and prayer were therefore impatiently
+listened to by many whose thoughts were concentrated on the wonders of
+the Pyramid and its astounding confirmation of the prophetic Scriptures.
+Dr. Wild read a lesson from Job xxxviii., remarking that the author of
+that book was also the engineering director or architectural author of
+the Pyramid and identical with Shem and Melchisedec.  The book of Job is
+the oldest book in the world by 200 or 300 years.  Shem, or Job, was
+ninety-eight years old when he entered the ark, and he lived thirty years
+after Abraham, with whom therefore he shook hands, as well as with
+Methuselah, who shook hands with Adam.  Only one man, therefore, stood
+between Adam and Shem, and only two, or not quite two, between Adam and
+Abraham.  The book of Berosus, of Babylon, is the only one that compares
+with Job in antiquity.  This was the age of tradition before Moses
+compiled the first portions of it.  In the days of Abraham, Shem was the
+patriarch, or oldest, of his family; and it was therefore to him he did
+homage, according to the patriarchal custom, under the name of
+Melchisedec, when returning from the slaughter of the kings.  Shem had
+brought with him from the days before the flood much of the knowledge and
+wisdom which had been accumulated in the earth during the 2,000 years
+previous to that event, and which was swept away when only eight persons
+were saved in the ark.  We have been told that the human race has
+gradually improved, and that our ancestors in far off ages were monkeys,
+or something of that sort, but the remains of the ruins and knowledge of
+antiquity show everything the reverse of this to be the truth.  Look at
+that Pyramid.  We could not build it to-day, with all our boasted
+science.  It will bear in every respect the closest scientific scrutiny.
+Our greatest scientists are only beginning to comprehend the depths of
+its mysteries, yet it is over 4,000 years old.  The capstone on top of it
+is a Pyramid in itself, in miniature, unlike anything of the kind or any
+other building on the earth.  The reverend gentleman then continued to
+read from Job xxxviii., and shew that the writer of it was master of
+astronomical and geographical science and the builder of the Pyramid,
+which is a miniature of the measurement of the earth and indicates the
+history of the human race.  After this preliminary dissertation he took
+for his text Isaiah xxviii. 29: “This also cometh forth from the Lord of
+hosts, which is wonderful in counsel, and excellent in working.”
+
+The Bible is a growing book, being more read and better understood as the
+years pass by; and as men shall increase in knowledge and power, so the
+Bible will gain in influence and authority.  Opposition to its teaching,
+and vaunting denial of its authority, shall be made subservient to its
+interests by goading on the Church to a wiser and more noble defence and
+exposition of the same.  No theology can levy upon the well-defined facts
+of science in confirmation of the sublime teachings of inspiration.  The
+Christian student need not hold himself in timid dread for fear the
+scientist will discover aught in the realms of nature that will
+contradict the Word of God: for as sure as God is the Author of both, so
+surely shall we find an agreement between revelation and science at every
+point truly understood—increased light means increased evidence.  Nations
+and men, nature and Providence, are united witnesses for God, and the
+Scriptures, and the more we know of the past, the better shall we
+understand the present and forecast the future.  Let us recognise the
+future.  Let us recognise the important difference between the Bible
+subjectively and objectively—that is, between what the Bible really is
+and what men think it is.  Let us be free enough, bold enough, and wise
+enough, to claim the Bible itself.  Let us unyoke it from tradition,
+which claims to be superior, or even equal.  Let us divorce it from
+councils, from creeds, from sects and denominations; let us lift it up
+out of the ecclesiastical rut of ages.  Let us with a commendable pride
+count ourselves worthy and able to formulate our own creeds, make our own
+prayers and confessions, accounting that the liberties of our fathers
+have been bequeathed to their children, and that the same God who gave
+them liberty and power is no less gracious to us, their offsprings.
+Traditions, councils, creeds, and degrees are worth much unto us as aids
+to a higher life, and a nobler civilisation.  The Christian fathers, the
+Luthers, Calvins, Knoxes, Wesleys, and others, were our servants, as we
+will be the servants of coming generations.  They worked grandly, they
+wrought well, they procured for us a goodly heritage; to them we are
+indebted.  Yet it was not their purpose nor the design of Providence to
+enslave us, or to stereotype the Church for the ages to come.  Increased
+light is increased evidence, enabling us the better to understand the
+Word of God.  When a publisher has stereotyped a book, he is naturally
+loath to make any change or correction; so Churches who have stereotyped
+the Bible are very unwilling to change, to receive light.  Hence, they
+are sometimes found opposing the march of a better civilisation, proving
+and sustaining all manner of institutions and tyrannies: the torturing
+and terrible Inquisition of Spain, the punishment and hanging of supposed
+witches by England and New England, the bondage and slavery of the South.
+So, to prove their creeds and systems correct, they each have a mode of
+their own, Catholic, Episcopalian, Baptist, Congregational, Methodist,
+&c.  _So also_, theologians have often been impatient to reconcile the
+Scriptures with history, even to suggest mistakes in the sacred record.
+Instance Daniel being made the THIRD RULER.  _They supposed it meant
+second_, but later researches show that Babylon had two rulers at that
+time—namely, Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar—so Daniel was made a third.
+See the remains of Borsippia, near Babylon (Dan. v. 29).  Now we know
+that both Daniel and Berosus, the old Babylonian historians, were right,
+and the Bible was right in using the word third.  God in His revelation
+has always been equal to man’s need.  Tradition—Abraham saw Shem, for
+Shem lived some thirty years after Abraham’s death.  Shem, and
+Melchisedek, and Job, are likely the same person.  Certainly, Shem and
+Melchisedek are the same, and by Egyptian historians called Philitis.
+This Philitis was the builder of the Great Pyramid.  Now Shem saw
+Methuselah and Methuselah Adam.  Thus, then, tradition would be
+sufficient.  As tradition failed, the written Word began.  There is
+little doubt now but that _Shem_, called also Melchisedek, was the
+builder of the Pyramid, being instructed of God, as his father Noah had
+been in building the ark, and as Moses with the tabernacle, and Solomon
+with the temple, as the prophet in the text and context shows that the
+wisdom of the man is often the gift of God.  _See Moses also_.  “And the
+Lord spake unto Moses, saying: See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the
+son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the Tribe of Judah; and I have filled him
+with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in
+knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship: to devise cunning works, to
+work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to
+set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship.
+And, behold, I have given him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the Tribe
+of Dan; and in the hearts of all that are wise-hearted I have put wisdom
+that they may make all that I have commanded thee” (Exodus xxxi. 1–6).
+
+Let us look at this building, for it is a special revelation for these
+times.  For this precise and scientific day God has provided.  Science
+and the Bible are interlocked in this building; they agree, they testify
+for the same God, yet they witness to the same Christ, the Providence and
+history of His chosen people.  This stone book could not be read till
+now; it even takes the most precise scientific men of the day to read it.
+For thousands of years there has been no one in the court of the world
+able to question and interpret this witness of the Lord in Egypt.  The
+scientists have been asking for some other revelation than the Bible, for
+the supernatural in a scientific form, for something beyond man, for
+something all could see, for something that would answer to pure science,
+for something that could be seen, handled, measured, tested, and amenable
+to mathematics; something superhuman, for something in which the human
+and the Divine blend.  Thank Heaven, all they ask is granted in this
+stone monument.  Here we have science forecast for thousands of years;
+here we have the grandest of problems in science solved, and the
+sublimest phenomena of religion and science crystalised, symbolising and
+teaching the most marvellous facts in religion, sociology, and astronomy.
+It is not a tomb, nor granary, nor temple, but a pillar and witness unto
+the Lord of hosts.  Think of a few facts.  1. Its location, the centre of
+the land surface of the whole earth.  Hence the best zero point on earth
+for meridianal and latitudinal calculations.  Central to clime—here is no
+rust, moss, nor frosts to destroy, nor earthquake—a well-chosen spot for
+such a pillar.  2. Its form and size—symbolising the earth quantity in
+its weight of five millions of tons—the freight of 1,250 of the largest
+steamers leaving New York.  Its shape, or inclination from base to apex,
+the same as from the pole to the equator.  To express this the builder
+sloped in ten feet for every nine in height.  On this building the sun
+can shine upon the whole of it twice a year without a shadow.  This
+building is the most correctly orient of any structure on the earth.  It
+is the highest, largest, and oldest building on earth, rising to the
+height of 486 feet and a fraction, which height if multiplied by ten nine
+times gives the distance of the earth from the sun; or pile a thousand
+million pyramids one on the other, and the last would touch the sun.  As
+it stood perfect it was the circle squared; for the height is the radius
+of a circle, whose circumference, if divided into four equal parts, each
+part would equal one of the surface sides of the base—closer in
+approximation than Walli’s Indivisibles, or Newton’s Fluxions, or
+Liebnitz’s Calculus.  The door of entrance was some forty-nine feet from
+its base, and 300 inches East of the centre, so as at once to express the
+tilt of the earth’s axis from the plane of its orbit, and by its height
+from the ground express the Precession of the Equinoxes.  What a witness
+outwardly, when complete, of polished marble, covering some thirteen and
+a half acres, within and without clean and free from idolatrous marks.
+But God foretold the place and purpose of this huge pile through the
+prophet Isaiah (xix. 19, 20): “In that day shall there be an altar to the
+Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border
+thereof to the Lord.  And it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto
+the Lord of hosts in the land of Egypt.”  Here we see the _altar and
+pillar_ are _one_ and the same, and a scientific fact is expressed when
+the prophet says it shall be in the midst and on the border.  The
+position of the Pyramid is such, being at the sector point of Upper and
+Lower Egypt, thus being on the border of both, yet in the midst.  The
+sector point of the arm is where the wrist joins the hand.  The spreading
+hand represents Lower, and the arm Upper Egypt.  (See on frontispiece the
+sector plate.)
+
+May we ask what the pillar and witness—the Pyramid—has to say on the
+Jewish question, for it has not left this fact unnoticed?  At the
+junction of the first ascending passage with the Grand Gallery, on the
+left-hand side, or East, there is a horizontal passage-way leading to
+what is called the Queen’s Chamber.  This chamber is on the twenty-fifth
+course of masonry.  Now, it is allowed, the Grand Gallery expresses the
+time of Christ’s advent and fulness of time—enlarged liberty.  The
+ascending passage being only four feet high, men were cramped in passing
+up, but on reaching the Grand Gallery they were free, for it is
+twenty-eight feet high.
+
+The passage to the Queen’s Chamber is only four feet, and is it not
+strange that it is altogether Jewish?  This low horizontal passage
+terminates in a grand Sabbatic room, which symbolises the Jewish
+Sabbath-week, feasts, and time periods.
+
+From this passage we learn that the Jews rejected Christ, and went off by
+themselves, refusing the liberty of Christ.  So as truly as the coming of
+Christ had been forecast in this Pyramid, so had His rejection by the
+Jews.
+
+The very mortar in this chamber is mixed with salt.  The chamber is
+seven-sided.  The last seventh of the passage-way sinks down, giving more
+room to move in.  Salt was an article used freely with the Jews in
+sacrificing.  Seven was a sacred number.  The sinking of the last seventh
+part of the passageway floor may mean the enlarging privilege of the Jews
+in this latter day.  Of the civilised nations, only Russia and Spain
+forbid them citizenship.  Even Turkey admits them now as citizens.
+
+The Jews have been represented as being blind in part.  The passage-way
+and chamber have been difficult to explore because of foul air, there
+being no ventilating tubes as in the King’s Chamber.
+
+But, strange to say, a gentleman exploring this chamber a short time ago,
+found two tubes by an accident in striking the side wall with a hammer.
+The tubes had been left entirely closed over with a thin unbroken scale.
+These tubes extended inward through the masonry, and into the stones
+forming the walls of the room, all nicely cut, but for about one inch
+they were not cut through into the room itself.  Thus the whole was
+designed is evident.  This thin scale no doubt symbolises the condition
+of the Jew.  His eyes are now open, the time of his wandering nearly
+spent, as told by this Pyramid.
+
+The curses foretold upon the Jews have been terribly fulfilled.  So shall
+the blessings foretold now in reserve.  It was foretold that he would
+reject Christ; so he did.  But it is also foretold that he will yet look
+upon Him whom he pierced, and mourn and repent, and accept the true
+Messiah.  Lo-ruhamah represents Lost Israel; Lo-Ammi represents cursed
+Judah; Ruhamah represents Israel found; Ammi represents the curse removed
+from the Jews.  So now we must say, as the prophet Hosea long ago
+instructed us—we Saxons—“Say ye unto your brother, Ammi,” and you Jews,
+“say to your sisters, Ruhamah.”
+
+We have esteemed the Jews as cursed; we will soon esteem them blest.  The
+Jews have never thought we were their brethren, the descendants of
+Abraham.  But God is revealing in this latter day His own great plan; and
+Christ will be the Saviour of both.
+
+“In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely.
+Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more
+say, The Lord liveth, which brought up the children of Israel out of
+Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, which brought up, and which led the seed of
+the House of Israel out of the North country, and from all countries
+whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land” (Jer.
+xxiii. 6–8).
+
+Glorious times are near at hand for the Church and the world.  Great
+things hath God promised, all of which He will in His own good time bring
+to pass.
+
+The very dimensions of the doorway are of thrilling import, expressing in
+square inches the time of the Adamic world, which, when added to other
+figures, forecast the time of the end, or the 6,000 years, and point out
+the date of the beginning of the Millennium morn, or Sabbath of the
+earth—the period spoken of by Daniel when he says, “Blessed is he that
+waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty
+days.”  This period we approximated in our last Discourse, and made it
+out to be about 1,957.  The door-way in square inches is 1,949; take
+these inches for years, and we have, before the building of the Pyramid,
+of years 1949 A.M., time of building 2170 B.C., and length of Grand
+Gallery, 1,882, and we get a total of 6,001.  This is indeed a close
+approximation.
+
+
+
+
+SIGNS AND WONDERS.
+DISCOURSE XVIII.
+
+
+THE STONE PROPHET IS THE WILDERNESS—NO WAR FOR FOUR YEARS—THE GREAT
+STRUGGLE TO COMMENCE IN 1882—PRUSSIA ANCIENT ASSYRIA—ENGLAND, GERMANY,
+AND EGYPT TO BE ALLIES—THE FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD—THE PHILISTINES
+THE SOUTHERN IRISH—WHO THEIR GREAT ANCESTOR WAS, ETC.
+
+    “The great, the mighty God, the Lord of hosts, is His name.  Great in
+    counsel, and mighty in work; for Thine eyes are open upon all the
+    ways of the sons of men; to give every one according to his ways, and
+    according to the fruit of his doings; which has set signs and wonders
+    in the land of Egypt, even unto this day.”—Jer. xxxii. 18–20.
+
+Egypt is intimately connected with Palestine in providential history,
+both past, present, and future.  No student can have a proper knowledge
+of the Jewish and Israelitish nation unless he be familiar with the early
+civilisation and power of Egypt.  From this land went forth the Caphtorim
+to settle Palestine, led forth by the great and good Melchisedek, after
+he had built the Pyramid.  Under his reign they first settled Palestine,
+built and made Jerusalem their capital.  On the death of Melchisedek they
+lost their allegiance to God, they became an idolatrous people, and were
+rejected by Jehovah as His special agents.  They are known in after
+history under the name of Philistines, which simply means the followers
+or subjects of Philitis—a name which the early historians of Egypt gave
+to the builder of the Pyramid, which was none other person than
+Melchisedek.  By the Israelites they were driven out of Palestine, and
+finally settled in the South of Ireland, as Irish historians allow.
+
+Another member of the family of Shem was called—namely, Abraham, from
+whom came God’s chosen people—Israel and the Jews.  They also had to
+sojourn in Egypt, and they, too, were sent to Palestine, and graffed on
+to the purpose of God, where the Philistines had been broken off.
+
+“Have not I brought up Israel out of the land of Egypt, and the
+Philistines from Caphtor?” (Amos ix. 7).
+
+Egypt has played a noble part in the providence of God through
+Melchisedek, Abraham, Joseph, and Moses.  Even the blessed Jesus is said
+to be called from this land.  “Out of Egypt have I called My Son.”  The
+Egyptians gave to the world the first translation of the Hebrew Bible,
+and it was for centuries the stronghold of Christianity after the
+destruction of Jerusalem.  The best of the Christian fathers were
+Egyptians, and in the coming struggle, the great war, which will begin
+about 1882, again Egypt will become conspicuous with England and Prussia.
+For the Prussians are the Assyrians as the English art the Lost Tribes of
+Israel.  Bismarck may manœuvre as he please, and be as pro-Russian as Dr.
+Storrs, yet when the time comes he and his people will fall in with the
+providential purpose, and become an ally with Israel-England; and timid
+and bankrupt Egypt will then come forth to take her place once more among
+the nations of the earth as an independent Power.  Hear what the prophet
+Isaiah says in chap. xix.: “And the Lord shall smite Egypt, He shall
+smite and heal it, and they shall return even to the Lord, and He shall
+be entreated of them, and shall heal them.  In that day shall there be a
+highway out of Egypt to Assyria, and the Assyrians shall come into Egypt
+and the Egyptians into Assyria, and the Egyptians shall serve with the
+Assyrians.  In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with
+Assyria, even a blessing in the midst of the land, whom the Lord of hosts
+shall bless, saying, Blessed be Egypt My people, and Assyria the work of
+My hands, and Israel Mine inheritance.”
+
+“_In that day_” refers to this day, now at hand.  To this the Great
+Pyramid is witness.  For in verses 19 and 20 of this chapter we read: “In
+_that day_ shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the land
+of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord.  And IT shall
+be for a SIGN and for a WITNESS unto the Lord of hosts in the land of
+Egypt.”
+
+The word translated pillar is from the Hebrew word Matzaybhah, and means
+a large structure—some monument that is pre-eminent.  The Hebrew word
+Ammood is translated pillar also, and corresponds to the English word
+pillar much better.
+
+The word _altar_, in Hebrew, means lion, carrying with it the same
+meaning as pre-eminence.  And is not this Pyramid preeminent? and is it
+not the lion of monuments, pre-eminent as being the oldest, pre-eminent
+as being the highest, pre-eminent as being the largest, pre-eminent in
+location—being _central_ to all the land surface of the earth,
+pre-eminent in construction, unlike any other buildings, except such as
+have been modelled after it, pre-eminent in orientation—that is, being
+exactly East, North, West and South.
+
+Perfect orientation men in past ages and countries have tried to express
+in temples, churches, observatories, and monuments, yet none have
+succeeded so well as the Pyramid builders.
+
+The famous Uranibourg Observatory, built by aid of the European
+Governments, under the skilful supervision of the learned Tycho Brahe,
+was found to be five minutes of a degree askew in its orientation when
+finished.
+
+A few years ago our Government determined to have one perfect point of
+orientation, fixing upon Mount Agamenticus in the State of Maine.  They,
+at a great cost, and time, and labour, concluded their work, and found
+they were in error somewhere about the four-hundredth part of a second;
+although they tried to solve the problem by three distinct
+processes—namely, differences of zenith distance, absolute zenith
+distances, and by transits in prime vertical.
+
+How then came these ancient architects so early in the world’s history
+and progress to build so skilfully?  How were they able some 4,000 years
+ago to find the poles, and determine the latitude and longitude so
+precisely?  Answer, ye godless scientists, and tell us how these
+monkey-men were so skilled.  How did they know without your instruments
+and instruction which parallel of latitude to choose so as to be on that
+line which would mark the half-way of the world’s surface between the
+equator and the poles?
+
+And why did they lay bare and make smooth the lime-stone table rock on
+which they built close to its Northern edge?  Why press so closely to the
+brink of the hill on the North side when there was plenty of room on the
+South side?
+
+Truly this witness of God is against you.  In this building are “signs
+and wonders” even to this day, and as surely also are the eyes of Jehovah
+open upon all the ways of the children of men.
+
+Know ye not that the accumulated forces and results of centuries have
+been bequeathed to the present generation as a legal heritage for culture
+and profit?
+
+Happily for us God has not left Himself without witnesses.  Long before
+God made bare His arm through Moses, and wrought miracles to convince
+Pharaoh and the Egyptians, He had wrought one miracle, a miracle which
+would cover the ages; not to be seen by a few only, or last for a day,
+but to be seen by the millions and last for centuries.
+
+In this Pyramid we have a valuable inheritance.  Its finish, its beauty,
+its magnitude provokes our criticism, and yet must command our
+admiration.  This watchman on the walls of time, this sentinel in charge
+of the secrets and treasures of the sires of long ago, this prophet in
+the wilderness in rugged garb, proclaiming the will of Heaven, as then
+made known, and now manifest, this Daniel who can interpret for us the
+future, this mile-stone of the ages, we do revere.
+
+By it we are enabled to adjust our chronological dates, rectify history
+in some of its most important points, and judge more correctly of the
+attainments of our ancestors; nay, more and better, to form a truer
+estimate of ourselves and discern the finger of God in the manipulations
+of men, and an overruling Providence in the rise and fall of nations.
+
+These signs and wonders confirm God’s Word, for they prove inspiration a
+fact; inspiration of a kind and in the very manner demanded by the
+unbelieving scientists.  Here is a building superhuman, and of course in
+part supernatural, like the Bible.  In this building the human and the
+Divine blend.
+
+If any deny this, it remains with them to account for it, and show how a
+people so far back in the world’s history could be so wise and learned;
+how they could embody so much of the sciences.  One thing is certain, if
+the Divine had nothing to do with this building, then we are left to the
+conclusion that man was much superior to what the Darwinian theory
+admits.  If void of the Divine, then the development theory is destroyed.
+If we admit the Divine, then it follows that inspiration is a fact.
+
+The building is there, and it was there in the day of Egypt’s oldest
+historians.  It has been counted as one of the seven wonders of the
+world.
+
+It did not embody the ideas of the Egyptians in science, astronomy,
+meteorology, or religion.  As their historians allow, it was built by
+foreigners which they hated.
+
+Nothing idolatrous was carved on it, within or without.  It was a witness
+pure and clean.  The Egyptians proclaimed and believed the earth to be
+square—this building proclaimed the earth round.  The builders bevelled
+the face of the rock in a ratio of eight inches to the mile—the very
+quantity that science to-day admits to be the curviture of the earth—and
+accepts in surveying.  It was their knowledge of this fact that kept the
+building sound, without the cracking of a joint, through centuries,
+though so high.  The Egyptians did not use the sacred amma, or cubit,
+which is about twenty-five of our inches.  They used a profane cubit, as
+Sir Isaac Newton shows.
+
+This sacred cubit was a well and easily established proportion of the
+earth’s diameter—the very standard now used by the English Government in
+surveying.
+
+The stones of the Pyramid were twelve feet long, eight feet broad, and
+five deep, making twenty-five total.  The building itself was a
+five-faced figure.  The Egyptians hated five.  No wonder that Moses
+harnessed the Israelites in fives as they left Egypt, or that he should
+divide his book into five parts.
+
+No wonder that the Queen’s Chamber should be on the twenty-fifth course
+of masonry, and the King’s Chamber on the fiftieth course, which is the
+year of jubilee, or deliverance—which year, as indicated in the Pyramid,
+is the year 1935.
+
+The Egyptians calculated from the moon in their chronology.  But this
+building takes its calculations from the sun circle.  The Egyptian year
+was 354 days, with an intercalary month of thirty-three days added every
+three years.
+
+The year embodied in the Pyramid was 365 days, five hours, forty-eight
+minutes, forty-seven and seven-tenths seconds.  If a person took a rod of
+a cubit length, and measured one of the base sides of the Pyramid, he
+would find this twenty-five inch measure to be contained as often as
+there are days in the year, with the same fraction in inches as the
+hours, minutes, and seconds.
+
+Is it impious to ask how these builders knew the solar year so
+completely?  They knew the sun’s circle of 448 years, which completes a
+circle of time without any excess or deficiency.  This they ran into
+weights and measures as God’s religion does.
+
+The Pyramid, having four sides, would divide this circle into four parts,
+which make 112 pounds, or a hundred-weight; or, if multiplied by five,
+the faces of the Pyramid, 448 would give 2,240, or a ton.
+
+In the descending and ascending passages a person must stoop to pass
+through them, but when the Grand Gallery is reached, they can stand
+upright, for this gallery enlarges seven times the proportions of the
+others.  The first passages are only four feet high; this is
+twenty-eight.
+
+The first ascending passage is 1,542 inches in length—the time, taking
+inches for years, from the exodus of Israel from Egypt to Christ.
+
+Christ brings enlarged liberty.  He was symbolised by the ton—the end of
+weight scale.  “When the fulness of time was come, God sent forth His
+Son.”
+
+Again, thirty-three inches in this gallery is an open sepulchre with
+fifty-six empty graves in miniature, carved out, telling, again, by a
+strange coincident, the life years of the Saviour and His resurrection;
+also the number of those who rose immediately after.  For “the graves
+were opened, and many bodies of the saints which slept arose and came out
+of the graves after His resurrection” (Matt. xxvii. 52).
+
+Another remarkable feature is, that at the end of this gallery, the wall
+bulges forward about four inches, as if it were going to fall in.  This
+gallery, on the floor is 1,882 inches; on the roof, 1,878 inches.  This
+explains to us our very times.  The shadow of war—Russia and England
+appearing as if they would fight every day.  But they know not the
+counsels of God, nor His sublime purpose.  Surely, as the text declares,
+“Our God is great in counsel and mighty in work; and His eyes are open
+upon all the ways of the sons of men.”  More next Sunday evening, God
+willing, about His own marvellous witnesses.  Let us praise and adore
+Him.
+
+    “_And the remnant of Jacob shall be among the Gentiles_, _in the
+    midst of many people as a_ LION _among the beasts of the forest_, _as
+    a_ YOUNG LION _among the flocks of sheep_: _who_, _if he go through_,
+    _both treadeth down and teareth in pieces_, _and none can
+    deliver_.”—Micah v. 7.
+
+              [Picture: Coat of Arms with Lion and Unicorn]
+
+    “_His glory is like the firstling of his bullock_, _and his horns
+    like the_ HORNS OF UNICORNS: _with them he shall push the people
+    together to the_ ENDS _of the_ EARTH.”—Deut. xxxiii. 17.
+
+
+
+
+THE THRONE OF DAVID.
+DISCOURSE XIX.
+
+
+ENGLAND’S PROPHECY FULFILLED IN THE BERLIN CONGRESS—THE HARP OF TARA THE
+HARP OF ISRAEL—THE FUTURE EUROPEAN ALLIANCES—ROYAL SUCCESSION OF THE
+HOUSE OF ISRAEL.
+
+    “I will overturn, overturn, overturn it; and it shall be no more,
+    until He comes whose right it is; and I will give it Him.”—Ezekiel
+    xxi. 27.
+
+The closing of the famous European Congress will now freely permit us to
+canvass the work and results of the same, and to compare the sequences
+with the teachings of the prophets and intentions of Providence.  The
+results of the Congress have taken the world by surprise.  The very fact
+that one should have been held under the enforced conditions of the
+crownless king, Disraeli, was a wonder in itself.  But the wonder is not
+confined to the meeting and work of the Congress, for outside of, and in
+spite of the Congress, a treaty has been made which converts wonder into
+amazement.  Back in the middle of last May (1878), England and Turkey
+formed an alliance, offensive and defensive.  Nay, more, for Turkey cedes
+to England the fruitful and strategic island of Cyprus.  What a triangle
+of strongholds—Cyprus, Malta, and Gibraltar!  Shades of Bonaparte!  Where
+is France in these days?  She is renewing her strength, and is wisely
+standing aside so as not to oppose Providence.  In all this there is
+nothing new or strange to the prophetic student.  For long ago it was
+written of Israel that she should be a company of nations, and possess
+the gates of her enemies.
+
+It is not by might, nor power of human origin, that these events must be
+judged, or that they come to pass.  But surely by the Spirit of God.
+“There is a spirit in man, and the inspiration of the Almighty giveth it
+understanding.”  Here Job gives us the key to unlock the mysteries of the
+crownless king and his success.  The apothegm of Bonaparte is as false as
+he was unsuccessful—namely, that Providence is always on the side of the
+strongest battalions.  In Israel, in time of old, this was seldom true.
+In fact, it was not true in the experience and campaigns of Bonaparte.
+The logic of such a faith has been the ruin of lovely France more than
+once, and will be again.  For it must needs be that France break her
+alliance with England, though now they are friends.  France in a few
+years will ally with the Beast, the Roman Church, in its last struggle
+for rule and supremacy; and she will join hands with Anti-Christ.  France
+will repeat the follies of ’93.  She will again seek to dethrone
+Religion, and enthrone Reason.  Her Marats, Desmoulens, Herberts,
+Clootzes, and Robespierres are at hand ready to overturn.  And the Church
+of her choice is patiently waiting to re-enact the scenes of blood and
+terror of St. Bartholomew.  Her time of opportunity will appear to have
+come in a few years.  Bismarck and Kaiser William will be out of the way,
+and Germany will languish for want of two equal successors.  And France
+will not forget to pay back the debt of revenge she owes to Germany, and
+seek to reclaim her prestige in councils, and especially to restore her
+lost influence over Egypt, Turkey, and the Mediterranean.
+
+Last year it would not have been so easy to see how France and England
+were to become once again enemies.  This Cyprus wedge has cleft open a
+little farther the dark and mysterious way.
+
+Last Monday we received the astounding telegram of the treaty between
+England and Turkey.  It evidently was a surprise, we have no doubt, even
+to Rev. Dr. Storrs, and the _New York Herald_, as well as to many others
+who could see nothing but defeat and shame for Israel-England.  From Dr.
+Storrs we have not heard what he now thinks of his child of promise,
+Russia.  From the _Herald_ we did hear, for, by the way, the _Herald_ is
+one of our morning papers.  By an editorial of a column and a half the
+_Herald_ struggled nobly to wriggle out of the tight corner in which its
+sympathies for Russia had crowded it.  We like and admire the _Herald_,
+because of its tact and ingenuity in getting news first from any part of
+the world.  Still this time she was behind time.  Two years ago, from
+this pulpit, we announced the exciting facts of the past week.  Last
+Sunday evening we closed our discourse in these words: “Now, again,
+England pledges herself a Continental Power, nay, more, an Asiatic Power.
+She will come forth from the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the
+owner of Palestine.”
+
+If the Saxons be the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel—and most certainly they
+respond to all the features that were to distinctly mark them when found,
+as written in the Bible—then the English throne is a continuation of
+David’s throne, and the seed on it must be the seed of David, and the
+inference is clear—namely, that all the blessings attaching by holy
+promise to David’s throne must belong to England.  This is the key that
+unravels and makes plain the marvellous and sublime history of the
+English nation and throne.  We know many scout the idea of the Lost
+Tribes ever being found, although over thirty times God declares by the
+prophets that they must return; surely before they return they must be
+found.  God has not cast away His people for ever.  No, no.  He declares
+Israel to be His inheritance, and that this people He had formed for
+Himself.
+
+The Two Tribes forming the Jews of to-day are said by the best
+calculation to number about nine millions.  If, then, the Two Tribes
+number nine millions, how many ought we to expect the Ten Tribes to
+number?  If the Two Tribes have stood and survived the shock and
+persecution of centuries when known, and therefore open to assault, is it
+not reasonable to suppose that the Ten Tribes will be in existence, a
+numerous and powerful people, for they have been hid, and thus have they
+evaded the persecution that a knowledge of their nationality would have
+entailed upon them from the Gentile and Pagan nations?
+
+Some, indeed, persist in looking for God’s chosen seed—His people, His
+inheritance—among the bushmen of Africa, the Indians of America; indeed
+wherever they can find a people mean, and few, and very low in the scale
+of civilisation.  They overlook the fact that Israel, not the Jews, were
+to be the most powerful and prolific people on the face of the earth, to
+be as sands of the sea, as the stars of heaven.  Especially were these
+promises to be true in the latter day—for then God promises to multiply
+them, men, beasts, and the fruits of the field.  This is one of the signs
+of the times, and it is a remarkable one.  See our harvest, see our
+cattle, and see the Saxon race—doubling, at least, every forty years.  No
+other nation is doubling at that rate.  Germany comes the nearest, and
+both in Prussia and Austria they only double every one hundred years.  In
+one hundred years from to-day the Saxons will control the world for peace
+and Christ.
+
+To this end God is overturning, and will overturn until the whole world
+shall be federated around one throne, and that throne is David’s—the only
+throne God ever directly established, and the only one He has promised
+perpetuity to.  God has a land—Palestine.  He has a people—Israel.  He
+has a throne—David’s, and for that throne He has a seed, just as the seed
+of Levi was selected for Temple service.
+
+This kingdom is the fifth kingdom, to be set up in the latter days of
+those kings, says Daniel.  The kingdom was never to be left unto other
+people.  It is typified by the stone cut out of the mountain that is to
+fill the world.  Why then stand amazed at the cession of Cyprus to
+England, if she be Israel.  To her was promised the isles of the sea, the
+coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places—the heathen and
+uttermost parts of the earth, as a possession.  Already out of the
+fifty-one million square miles which composes the earth, England,
+including the United States, now owns about fourteen millions, or say
+one-fourth.  She bears rule over one-third of the people of the earth;
+she adds a colony every four years on an average.  At the present rate it
+will not be long before the kingdoms of this world will be given to the
+saints of the Most High.  It is no marvel in the light and instruction of
+prophecy that this throne and people should be so stable and prosperous.
+
+Turn your attention to the founding of this throne of David.  You will
+find the throne and seed unconditionally federated, the place and measure
+of prosperity conditioned on the obedience of the people and throne to
+God.  “The Lord has sworn in truth unto David; He will not turn from it;
+of _the fruit of thy body_ will I set upon thy throne” (Psalm cxxxii.
+11).  Again, “I have sworn unto David, thy seed I will _establish for
+ever_, and build up thy throne to _all_ generations” (Psalm lxxxix. 3,
+4).  This promise is to all generations—not a part, nor simply for sixty
+years.  For the kingdom was rent in twain when Rehoboam, the grandson of
+David, began to reign.  The throne of David would be about the poorest
+type of Christ’s throne and rule, and reign, if we can only see it in
+Palestine.  There it was soon divided, very corrupt.  “If ye can break My
+covenant of the day and night in their season, then may also My covenant
+be broken with David My servant, that he should not have a son to reign
+upon his throne . . . Thus saith the Lord: If My covenant be not with day
+and night, and if I have not appointed the ordinances of heaven and
+earth, then will I cast away the seed of Jacob and David My servant, so
+that I will not take any of _his seed_ to be rulers over the seed of
+Abraham” (Jer. xxxiii. 25, 26).  Let anybody of the same mind read the
+seventh chapter of the second book of Samuel, and they will see that God
+promised to David that his house and kingdom should be established for
+ever, and that God would set up the seed of David after him.  Well might
+David exclaim when he sat before the Lord, “Who am I, O Lord God, and
+what is my house, that Thou hast brought me hitherto?  And this was yet a
+small thing in Thy sight, O Lord God; but Thou hast spoken also of Thy
+_servant’s house for a great while yet to come_.”  It is a pity men will
+not take and interpret the Bible by the rules of common sense.
+
+David at this time was king over all the Tribes and was at peace, and
+settled and prospered.  But God told him that “He would appoint a place
+for _My people Israel_, and will plant them that they may dwell in a
+place of their own and move no more.”  This promise was to Israel.  If
+the promises of the multitudinous seed were to be fulfilled to Israel,
+then it would be necessary to find them another place, for Palestine
+wouldn’t hold them.  So God has planted them.  God never promised to find
+the Jews another country; Palestine is specially reserved for them.  They
+have been without country, king, or government.  In the year 725 B.C. the
+Jews and Israelites were separated, and since that time they have never
+been united.  But the day is coming, says the prophet, when they shall
+dwell together and appoint one head over them.  The Israelites are only
+to return to Palestine representatively (Jer. iii. 14).
+
+When Nebuchadnezzar carried the Jews captive, he took the king, Zedekiah,
+with him, and destroyed all his family, and all the real royal seed of
+David.  Zedekiah died in Babylon.  He placed upon the throne of David,
+Gedaliah.  Now Gedaliah was not of the seed royal: but God was displeased
+and permitted the crown to go to others.  Ezekiel was taken captive to
+Babylon in the reign of Jehoiachim, the father of Zedekiah.  The prophecy
+of the text was written in Babylon, and refers to Zedekiah, whom Ezekiel
+calls the “wicked prince of Israel, whose day is come, iniquity shall
+have an end.  Thus saith the Lord God, Remove the diadem and take off the
+crown, this shall not be the same; exalt him that is low, and abase him
+that is high.  I will overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no
+more until He comes whose right it is; and I will give it to Him.”
+
+Now all this is plain if we keep in mind that Zedekiah was the last
+prince of the House of David that ever reigned in Palestine.  God removed
+the diadem.  But in the course of time a lawful heir of the seed of David
+shall appear, and the throne and the seed will be established again in
+Jerusalem.  It is to this end Providence is overturning Turkey to make
+way for this seed royal.  But where is this seed royal?  Answer: It is on
+the English throne.  Listen carefully to the following:
+
+Jeremiah tells us that with him he had the daughters of Zedekiah, who had
+by some means escaped the destroying edicts of Nebuchadnezzar (Jer.
+xliii. 6).  And from Jer. xliv. 14, we learn that they visited Egypt, and
+from Jer. xliv. 28, we learn that a small number escaped.  Now Jeremiah,
+being the only prophet in Judah at that time, had a right to take charge
+of the royal seed.  He could not stay in Egypt, nor in Palestine, nor
+would he go to Babylon.  Where, then, did the prophet go?  He no doubt
+took ship with the Danites, and sailed for Cornwall, in England, for this
+place was called Tarshish.  We learn from Ezekiel the ships of Dan traded
+in tin, and other things.  History and tradition both agree that there
+landed on the coast of Ireland in the North, a divine man and a princess.
+God had promised to Jeremiah his life wherever he went.  “But thy life
+will I give thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest” (Jer. xlv.
+5).
+
+                         [Picture: Jacob’s Stone]
+
+The North of Ireland had been settled with the Tribe of Dan; they at once
+understood who their visitor was.  They called him Olam Folla, meaning a
+Divine man or teacher.  The princess was called Tea Tephi, the beautiful
+one from the East.  This princess was married to Heremon, of Ulster, the
+king of Lothair Croffin, for such was the name of the city of Tara.  This
+word Tara is Arat spelled backward.  The Hebrew reads from right to left;
+English left to right.  Lothair Croffin was changed into Tara at the time
+of the wedding.  Tara means law.  Thus began the seed of David to take
+root, and from there it spread over all Ireland, then to Scotland, thence
+to England, and Jacob’s Stone in Westminster Abbey marks the journey of
+David’s throne, and has always kept with the seed, and they have been
+always crowned on it.  Ezekiel’s riddle is at once solved.  The tender
+twigs were Zedekiah’s daughters.  One of these twigs was planted by the
+great waters in a land of traffic.  Our Episcopalian friends intended by
+their beautiful service to aid the members of their communion to read in
+order, and through the Bible, or a given portion of each chapter, once
+per year.  But strange to say, this 17th chapter of Ezekiel, they have
+left out both of the Old and New Lectionary.  It is itself a riddle, why
+this should so happen, that the only two chapters of the Bible left out
+or proscribed are the 17th and 21st of Ezekiel.  Surely blindness in part
+has happened to Israel, and what we esteemed as accidental in the
+increased light of Revelation, stands to view as the ordered purposes of
+an all-seeing God.
+
+The royal standard of England has nine lions on it and a unicorn.  Let
+anyone set this standard before him as a map, the right hand will
+represent East, the top North, left West, the bottom South.  The unicorn
+comes from the East, it has a chain round its neck.  So the Tribe of
+Benjamin came that way, and, as Normans, were finally attached to the
+throne.  The big lion comes from the West, so it did from Ireland to
+Scotland and London.  On the top we have a crown, and on the top of this
+we have a lion.  On the first quarter are three lions, second quarter
+one, on the third a stringed harp with an angel’s head, and on the fourth
+three lions, the total of lions nine, and an unicorn.  The fact is, this
+standard, had we time, teaches a world of history, and with the Psalmist
+we may say: “Thou hast given a banner to them that fear Thee; that it may
+be displayed because of the truth” (Psalm lx. 4).  The genealogy and
+descent of Queen Victoria from Zedekiah we will furnish you.  This
+genealogy has been got up by the faithful and very persevering labours of
+Rev. F. R. A. Glover, M.A., and Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, M.A., two
+Episcopalian clergymen of England.  The chart is supposed to be as near
+perfect as any such thing can be.  If any of you find any defect be kind
+enough and let me know.  In the following genealogy those who reigned
+have K. prefixed—the dates after private names refer to their birth and
+death, those after Sovereign’s names to their accession and death.
+
+
+
+ADAM TO VICTORIA.
+GENERATIONS.
+
+
+1.  Adam (B.C. 4000–3070), Eve.
+
+2.  Seth (B.C. 3873–2978).
+
+3.  Enos (B.C. 3765–2860).
+
+4.  Cainan (B.C. 3675–2765).
+
+5.  Mahalaleel (B.C. 3605–2710).
+
+6.  Jared (B.C. 3540–2578).
+
+7.  Enoch (B.C. 3378–3013).
+
+8.  Methuselah (B.C. 3313–2344).
+
+9.  Lamech (B.C. 3126–2344).
+
+10.  Noah (B.C. 2944–2006), Naamah.
+
+11.  Shem (B.C. 2442–2158).
+
+12.  Arphaxad (B.C. 2342–1904).
+
+13.  Salah (B.C. 2307–2126).
+
+14..  Heber (B.C. 2277–2187).
+
+15.  Peleg (B.C. 2243–2004).
+
+16.  Reu (B.C. 2213–2026).
+
+17.  Serug (B.C. 2181–2049).
+
+18.  Nahor (B.C. 2052–2003).
+
+19.  Terah (B.C. 2122–2083), Amtheta.
+
+20.  Abraham (B.C. 1992–1817), Sarah.
+
+21.  Isaac (B.C. 1896–1716), Rebekah.
+
+22.  Jacob (B.C. 1837–1690), Leah.
+
+23.  Judah (b. B.C. 1753), Tamar.
+
+24.  Hezron.
+
+25.  Aram.
+
+26.  Aminadab.
+
+27.  Naashon.
+
+28.  Salmon.
+
+29.  Boaz (B.C. 1312), Ruth.
+
+30.  Obed.
+
+31.  Jesse.
+
+
+
+KINGS OF ISRAEL.
+
+
+32.  K. David (B.C. 1085–1015), Bathsheba.
+
+33.  K. Solomon (B.C. 1033–975), Naamah.
+
+34.  K. Rehoboam (B.C. b. 1016, d. 958), Maacah.
+
+35.  K. Abijam (B.C. 958–955).
+
+36.  K. Asa (B.C. 955–914), Azubah.
+
+37.  K. Jehoshaphat (B.C. 914–889).
+
+38.  K. Jehoram (B.C. 889–885), Athaliah.
+
+39.  K. Ahaziah (B.C. 906–884), Zibiah.
+
+40.  K. Joash (B.C. 885–839), Jehoaddan.
+
+41.  K. Amaziah (B.C. b. 864, d. 810), Jecholiah.
+
+42.  K. Uzziah (B.C. b. 826, d. 758), Jerushah.
+
+43.  K. Jotham (B.C. b. 783, d. 742).
+
+44.  K. Ahaz (B.C. b. 787, d. 726), Abi.
+
+45.  K. Hezekiah (B.C. b. 751, d. 698), Hephzibah.
+
+46.  K. Manasseh (B.C. b. 710, d. 643), Meshullemeth.
+
+47.  K. Amon (B.C. b. 621, d. 641), Jedediah.
+
+48.  K. Josiah (B.C. b. 649, d. 610), Hamutah.
+
+49.  K. Zedekiah (B.C. 599–578).
+
+
+
+KINGS OF IRELAND.
+
+
+50.  K. Heremon fl. (B.C. 580), Q. T. Tephi.  She was Zedekiah’s
+daughter.  Reigned 15 years.
+
+51.  K. Irial Faidh (reigned 10 years).
+
+52.  K. Eithriall (reigned 20 years).
+
+53.  Follian.
+
+54.  K. Tighernmas (reigned 50 years).
+
+55.  Eanbotha.
+
+56.  Smoirguil.
+
+57.  K. Fiachadh Labhriane (reigned 24 years).
+
+58.  K. Aongus Ollmuchaidh (reigned 27 years).
+
+59.  Maoin.
+
+60.  K. Rotheachta (reigned 25 years).
+
+61.  Dein.
+
+62.  K. Siorna Saoghalach (reigned 21 years).
+
+63.  Oliolla Olchaoin.
+
+64.  K. Giallchadh (reigned 9 years).
+
+65.  K. Aodhain Glas (reigned 20 years).
+
+66.  K. Simeon Breac (reigned 6 years).
+
+67.  K. Muireadach Bolgrach (reigned 4 years).
+
+68.  K. Fiachadh Tolgrach (reigned 7 years).
+
+69.  K. Duach Laidhrach (reigned 10 years).
+
+70.  Eochaidh Buaigllcry.
+
+71.  K. Ugaine More the Great (reigned 30 years).
+
+72.  R. Cobhthach Coalbreag (reigned 30 years).
+
+73.  Meilage.
+
+74.  K. Jaran Gleofathach (reigned 7 years).
+
+75.  K. Conla Cruaidh Cealgach (reigned 4 years).
+
+76.  K. Oiloilla Caisfhiaclach (reigned 25 years).
+
+77.  K. Eochaidh Foltlenthan (reigned 11 years).
+
+78.  K. Aongus Tuirmheach Teamharch (reigned 30 years).
+
+79.  K. Eana Aighneach (reigned 28 years).
+
+80.  Labhra Luirc.
+
+81.  Blathuchta.
+
+82.  Easamhuin Eamhna.
+
+83.  Roighnein Ruadh.
+
+84.  Finlogha.
+
+85.  Fian.
+
+86.  K. Eodchaidh Feidhlioch (reigned 12 years).
+
+87.  Fineamhnas.
+
+88.  K. Lughaidh Raidhdearg.
+
+89.  K. Criomhthan Niadhnar (reigned 16 years).
+
+90.  Fearaidhach Fion Feachtnuigh.
+
+91.  K. Fiachadh Fionoluidh (reigned 20 years).
+
+92.  K. Tuathal Teachtmar (reigned 30 years).
+
+93.  K. Conn Ceadchathach (reigned 20 years).
+
+94.  K. Art Aonfhir (reigned 30 years).
+
+95.  K. Cormc Usada (reigned 40 years).
+
+96.  K. Caibre Liffeachair (reigned 27 years).
+
+97.  K. Fiachadh Sreabthuine (reigned 30 years).
+
+98.  K. Muireadhach Tireach (reigned 30 years).
+
+99.  K. Eochaidh Moigmeodhin (reigned 7 years).
+
+100.  K. Nail of the Nine Hostages.
+
+101.  Eogan.
+
+102.  K. Murireadhach.
+
+103.  Earca.
+
+
+
+KINGS OF ARGYLESHIRE.
+
+
+104.  K. Feargus More Mac Earca (A.D. 487).
+
+105.  K. Dongard (d. 457).
+
+106.  K. Conrad (d. 535).
+
+107.  K. Aidan (d. 604).
+
+108.  K. Eugene IV. (d. 622).
+
+109.  K. Donald IV. (d. 650).
+
+110.  Dongard.
+
+111.  K. Eugene V. (d. A.D. 692).
+
+112.  Findan.
+
+113.  K. Eugene VII. (d. A.D. 721), Spondan.
+
+114.  K. Etfinus (d. A.D. 761), Fergina.
+
+115.  K. Achaius (d. A.D. 819), Fergusia.
+
+116.  K. Alpin (d. A.D. 834).
+
+
+
+SOVEREIGNS OF SCOTLAND.
+
+
+117.  K. Kenneth II. (d. A.D. 854).
+
+118.  K. Constantin II. (d. A.D. 774).
+
+119.  K. Donald VI. (d. A.D. 903).
+
+120.  K. Malcolm I. (d. A.D. 958).
+
+121.  K. Kenneth III. (d. A.D. 994).
+
+122.  K. Malcolm II. (d. A.D. 1003).
+
+123.  Beatrix m. Thane Albanach.
+
+124.  K. Dunkan I. (d. A.D. 1040).
+
+125.  K. Malcolm III. Canmore (A.D. 1055–1093), Margaret of England.
+
+126.  K. David I. (d. A.D. 1153), Maud of Northumberland.
+
+127.  Prince Henry (d. A.D. 1152), Adama of Surrey.
+
+128.  Earl David (d. A.D. 1219), Maud of Chester.
+
+129.  Isobel m. Robert Bruce III.
+
+130.  Robert Bruce IV. m. Isobel of Gloucester.
+
+131.  Robert Bruce V. m. Martha of Carrick.
+
+132.  King Robert I. Bruce (A.D. 1305–1329), Mary of Burke.
+
+133.  Margery Bruce m. Walter Stewart (I.).
+
+134.  K. Robert II. (d. A.D. 1390), Euphemia of Ross (d. A.D. 1376).
+
+135.  K. Robert III. (d. A.D. 1406), Arabella Drummond (d. A.D. 1401).
+
+136.  K. James I. (A.D. 1424–1437), Joan Beaufort.
+
+137.  K. James II. (d. A.D. 1360), Margaret of Gueldres (d. A.D. 1463).
+
+138.  K. James III. (d. A.D. 1488), Margaret of Denmark (d. A.D. 1484).
+
+139.  K. James IV. (d. A.D. 1543), Margaret of England (d. A.D. 1539).
+
+140.  K. James V. (d. A.D. 1542), Mary of Lorraine (d. A.D. 1560).
+
+141.  Q. Mary (d. A.D. 1587), Lord Henry Darnley.
+
+
+
+SOVEREIGNS OF GREAT BRITAIN.
+
+
+142.  K. James VI. and I. (A.D. 1603–1625), Ann of Denmark.
+
+143.  Princess Elizabeth (1596–1613), K. Frederick of Bohemia.
+
+144.  Princess Sophia m. Duke Ernest of Brunswick.
+
+145.  K. George I. (1698–1727), Sophia Dorothea Zelle (1667–1726).
+
+146.  K. George II. (1727–1760), Princess Caroline of Auspach
+(1683–1737).
+
+147.  Prince Frederick of Wales (1707–1751), Princess Augusta of
+Saxe-Gotha.
+
+148.  K. George III. (1760–1830), Princess Sophia of Mecklenburgh
+Strelitz (1744–1818).
+
+149.  Duke Edward of Kent (1767–1820), Princess Victoria of Leiningen.
+
+150.  Q. Victoria (b. 1819, cr. 1838), Prince Albert of Saxe-Coburg.
+
+Thus do we see how God has kept His word to David, and with this view,
+English and American history are at once understandable.  The future is
+assuring and grand.  God will assuredly overturn till His throne once
+more is planted in Jerusalem.
+
+
+
+
+JEREMIAH AND ST. PATRICK.
+Discourse XX.
+
+
+THE PROPHET’S COMMISSION—HIS LIFE—THE TRIBES IN HIS DAY—LANDING OF
+JEREMIAH IN IRELAND—WHAT HE BROUGHT WITH HIM—COLONISATION OF
+IRELAND—JEREMIAH THE FOUNDER OF THE ANCIENT IRISH GOVERNMENT AND
+RELIGION—TEA TEPHI AND HEREMON—THE ANCIENT IRISH FLAG—THE HARP AND
+LION—SEASON OF IRELAND’S HISTORICAL PRESTIGE—CAUSES OF HER DECLINE—ST.
+PATRICK A BENJAMITE—HOW ROME DESTROYED JEREMIAH’S MEMORY AMONG THE
+IRISH—DESTRUCTION OF TARA—ULSTER NEVER CONQUERED—IRISH INDEPENDENCE—ARK
+OF THE COVENANT—RUINS OF TARA.
+
+    “See, I have this day set thee over the nations and over the
+    kingdoms, to root out, and to pull down, and to destroy, and to throw
+    down, to build, and to plant.”—Jer. i. 10.
+
+In these words we have set forth the Divine commission given to the
+prophet Jeremiah.  Never before, or since, was such a commission given to
+mortal man.  It is not that Jeremiah is constituted a prophet for his own
+people, or over his own nation, and country, but he was Divinely
+appointed and set over the nations and kingdoms of the earth, with an
+authority “to root out, pull down, destroy, and throw down.”  Surely he
+was rightly named, for the word Jeremiah means the exalted, or appointed
+one of the Lord.  By common consent, the Jews gave him the first place
+and name among the prophets.  Up to the time of the Babylonian captivity
+he was second, Isaiah being first.  But after the captivity, on the
+re-arrangement of the holy canon, his name was put first, and ever after
+he was regarded and accepted as the patron saint of Judea.  He was born
+of a priestly family, about 641 B.C., in the priestly town of Anathoth,
+which was situated a few miles North of Jerusalem, in the territory of
+Benjamin.  His work and commission awaited him, because they antedated
+his birth, for he says (chap. i. 4), “Then the word of the Lord came unto
+me, saying, Before I formed thee in the belly I knew thee; and before
+thou camest forth out of the womb I sanctified thee, and I ordained thee
+a _prophet unto the nations_.”  Jeremiah’s life-work, extent, and
+devotion, can only find a parallel in the majesty and compass of his
+commission.  It is the extent of this commission that I wish you would
+specially notice, for it is neither tribal nor national in its
+limitations.  He was ordained a prophet unto the nations.  Hear the voice
+of his wailing (chapter xv. 10), “Woe is me, my mother, that thou hast
+borne me a man of strife and a man of contention to the _whole earth_.”
+
+Consistent with the vastness of this commission is the recorded fact that
+he was forbidden to marry in his own land, for “the Word of the Lord came
+unto me, saying, Thou shalt not take thee a wife, neither shalt thou have
+sons and daughters in this place” (Jeremiah xvi. 2).  The claims of a
+wife and cares of a family could only have been harshly fitted on to such
+a work and commission.  Indeed, every peculiar fact in the life of
+Jeremiah may be best accounted for by taking into consideration the
+greatness of his commission.  To discard this is simply to invite
+confusion, and yet, strange to say, many prefer confusion rather than
+admit that he performed the _rôle_ assigned him of Heaven.  For this very
+reason writers, even Jewish historians, are at a loss to account for the
+latter half of the prophet’s life.  They do not seem to know where he
+spent his last days; they know not the time, manner, nor place of his
+death.  And why, you ask?  We answer, Because they selfishly and
+persistently limited his life and labours to his own land.  They have not
+been willing to allow that he was set as a prophet over nations and
+kingdoms.  Then again, they have been willing to allow him to be a puller
+down and destroyer, but not a builder and planter.  To grant that he was
+a builder and planter, would have obliged them to have found the place of
+his building and the objects of his planting.  These they well knew could
+not be found in Palestine, and they were as loath as many are unwilling
+to-day to permit Jeremiah to leave his own land.  A man who would be
+equal to the Bible must be large-hearted, generous, and free, not
+fettered and bound by the errors of youthful training, the selfishness of
+sectarianism, the bigotry of orthodoxy, or the indifference of
+infidelity, but seek the truth, no matter from whence, or what it upsets
+or overturns of preconceived ideas.  The command is, “Prove all things,
+and hold fast that which is good.”  To hear some people talk and lament,
+you would think that the command was, Prove nothing, but hold hard on to
+what you have got.
+
+Try now, and reasonably and patiently follow me while I trace the
+wanderings of Jeremiah to Old Ireland.  You will be surprised to find how
+intimate Irishology and theology are.
+
+Ireland and the Tribe of Dan have a peculiar history, which history only
+can be made plain by reference to the Bible.  Ireland has had much to
+undergo, yet of it God says, “To the islands He will repay recompense: so
+shall they fear the name of the Lord from the West.”
+
+Ireland’s first name was Scuite’s Land, or the Island of the Wanderers.
+Her second name was Scotia Major, and Scotland was Scotia Minor, and
+England was Tarshish, and Dannoii and Baratamac, or Land of Tin.  Yar in
+Eirin means the land of the setting sun.  Hibernia is an Hebrew word, and
+means from beyond the river of waters.
+
+Two colonies settled in Ireland; the first, the Phœnicians, who were the
+Philistines or ancient Canaanites; the second settlers were the Tuath de
+Danan, meaning the Tribe of Dan.  The words are Hebrew, yet in Irish.
+For further information let any one read “Pinnock’s Catechism on
+Ireland.”  The Phœnicians were a sea-faring people; pressed by Israel,
+Egypt, and Assyria, they finally left Canaan, and settled in Ireland.  We
+find nine-tenths of Irish historians agreeing on this.  Then the
+monuments teach the same—ancient inscriptions, one of which written was,
+“We are Canaanites who have fled from Joshua, the son of Nun, the
+robber.”  The people who show tourists the seven churches of
+Glendenlough, say they are Hittites and Hivites.  Again, ruins of Baal
+temples, Cromlechs, round towers, go to confirm the same.  Customs—Baal
+fires, on May eve, in Irish Ninna-baal-tinne; funeral wakes, or cup of
+consolation, forbidden to Israel when they sought to copy after the
+Philistines.  “Neither shall men give them the cup of consolation to
+drink for father or mother” (Jer. xvi. 7).  The Irish language came from
+the Phœnician, the alphabet of both being composed of sixteen letters
+originally, the only alphabet in the world so agreeing.  From the Irish
+came the Gaelic, Welsh, Cornwall, and the Manx from them all.
+
+The second settlement of Ireland is what puzzles historians of to-day—not
+the old historians, for they, nine out of ten, admit that the Formorians,
+Firbolgs, and Tuath de Danans, were one and the same people.  They were a
+divine folk.  The Tribe of Dan was a sea-faring Tribe, trading from Tyre
+to Tarshish for tin, and so became acquainted with the British Isles, and
+during Ahab’s persecution many of them fled; so of the Simeonites who
+settled in Wales.  This shows us why the North and South of Ireland
+should be so distinct to this day in religion, enterprise, and general
+characteristics.  When the Tribe of Dan finally left Palestine, they with
+the other Nine Tribes went North, settling in Denmark, as in the North of
+Ireland, leaving their names on rivers, hills, cities, and things.
+
+It is this that accounts for so many words of an Hebrew origin being
+found in the Irish language.  General Vallancy has compared thousands and
+finds them thus related to the Hebrew.  Instance: Jobhan-Moran, Chief
+Justice; Rectaire, Judge; Mur-Ollam, School of the Prophets; Ollam-Folla,
+Divine Teacher; Mergech, a Depository; Tara, Law; Tephi, Prince of the
+East; Lia-Fail, Stone of Destiny; Eden Gedoulah, Precious Stone.
+
+If to Irish history we join Bible history, all is plain.  God promised
+David repeatedly that he should always have his throne and on it his
+seed.  The permanence of David’s throne makes it a fit type of Christ’s.
+Now, Jeremiah took charge of Zedekiah’s daughter when Nebuchadnezzar took
+the Jews captive.  He went to Egypt, then escaped, God promising to keep
+him whithersoever he went.  So he disappears.  No account of his death in
+the Bible.  He had charge of the ark of the covenant, royal seed and
+Jacob’s pillow—the stone of Israel.  Irish histories, some twenty of
+which we find agree, say that about 585 B.C., a divine man landed in
+Ulster, having with him the king’s daughter, stone of destiny, and ark,
+and many other wonderful things.  The people of Ulster, of Dan,
+understood the old adventurer.  Jeremiah married Tephi, Zedekiah’s
+daughter, to Eoiacaid, who agreed to abandon Baal worship and build a
+school for the prophets.  So he did.  He then assumed the title of
+Heremon of Tara.  From Tara, which was changed from Lothair Croffin into
+Tara.  From Tephi comes our goddess of Liberty, on old coins, sitting on
+a lion.  Now, at Tara, Jeremiah buried the ark of the covenant, tables of
+law, &c., and instituted the nine-arch degree of Masonry, to keep in mind
+its hiding-place,—so all may understand Jer. iii. 16: “And it shall come
+to pass, when ye be multiplied and increased in the land, in those days,
+saith the Lord, they shall say no more, The ark of the covenant of the
+Lord; neither shall it come to mind; neither shall they remember it;
+neither shall they visit it; neither shall that be done any more.”  This
+means that when the ark is found the ceremony will end; for the ark has
+to be found and go before the Jews when they return to their own land.
+Jeremiah was the first Grand Master.  He, too, is the real St.
+Patrick—simply the Patriarchal Saint, which became St. Patriarch, then
+St. Patrick.  The Roman Church introduced St. Patrick to offset the St.
+Patriarch.
+
+Jeremiah well knew where the Tribes of Israel were in his day.  He knew
+that Judah, Levi, and Benjamin, were in Babylon, filling in the seventy
+years of captivity, and the small remnant that Nebuchadnezzar left of
+them in Judah were scattered hither and thither.  The Nine Tribes, or
+Israel, were settled in Central Asia, and were spreading Northward and
+Westward.  This he knew, as easily as Peter did centuries after, when he
+wrote his epistle to the brethren, scattered abroad in Pontus, Galatia,
+Cappadocia, and Asia; or as James, who dedicated his epistle to the
+Twelve Tribes which were scattered abroad; or as the Blessed Master who
+commissioned and sent His disciples after the lost sheep of the House of
+Israel.  The place and locality of the Nine Tribes were known to the
+Jewish nation in the time of Josephus, the historian, for he speaks of
+them, and gives them a fraternal letter which the House of Judah sent
+unto the House of Israel.  You are to keep in mind that it is after this
+the Tribes of Israel are to be lost.  All prophecies after 700 B.C., up
+to this, our day, and till about 1882 A.D., that had reference to Israel,
+plainly mark out the dwelling-place of these Tribes, and yet these
+prophecies not being understood, till these latter days, Israel was as
+actually lost as if there had been no such prophecies.  These prophecies
+were first sent North, then West, and then to the “isles of the sea.”
+The law of the Gospel of Jesus would be sent to these Tribes; till then
+the “isles had to wait for the law.”  In due time this law was carried to
+them by the missionary Tribe of Benjamin.  This very thing and time the
+prophet had foretold, for he says: “Wherefore glorify ye the Lord by the
+Urim; the name of the Lord God of Israel in the islands of the Western
+sea.”  How true, indeed “the isles of the sea saw it and feared.”
+Jeremiah knew that the Tribe of Dan were a seafaring people, and in their
+trading they had become acquainted with Northern Europe and the British
+Isles.  During the persecutions of Ahab thousands of them had left
+Palestine, settling in Denmark—this word Denmark means the circle of Dan.
+In course of time they crossed the sea and took possession of the North
+of Ireland, settling in the province of Ulster.  The Tribe of Simeon,
+that had ever cast its lot with Dan, left Palestine and settled in Wales.
+Read the prophetic benedictions of the patriarch Jacob in the light of
+these historical facts, and they will stand out in sunlight brightness.
+“Dan shall judge his people as _one_ of the Tribes of Israel.”  In his
+_oneness_, all alone he shall go out first, mark out and prepare the way
+of the other Tribes; and the royal seed, the ruling power, shall hide
+itself in him.  “Dan shall be a serpent by the way; an adder in the path
+that biteth the horses’ heels so that his rider shall fall backward.”
+Yes, Dan will be hid among the Gentiles.  He will bite them, sting them,
+frustrating their purposes.  Then exclaims Jacob: “I have waited for Thy
+salvation, O Lord.”  Dan did wait, until the prophet Jeremiah landed in
+his midst with Tea Tephi, the daughter of Zedekiah, the royal seed, with
+the ark of the covenant, the tables of the law, the Urim and Thummim,
+which would enable Dan to judge his people, with the stone of Jacob, the
+pillar witness, which is now in the royal chair in Westminster Abbey; and
+also with the standard of Judah.  Thus the prophet, who was the rightful
+custodian of all these things, carefully cared for the same, leaving them
+in charge of Dan.  All but the stone have been concealed till the latter
+day.  For on this stone have been crowned all the kings and queens of
+David’s line.
+
+Now just here we must take up history—especially Irish history—for in
+this matter and at this very point, you will find profane and sacred
+histories agreeing.  One will beautifully explain the other; nor can
+anybody understand Irish history unless they get the key from sacred
+history.  To take this key later writers have been unwilling, and,
+therefore, they have been unable to solve the problem embodied in this
+race and nation.  No people on the face of the earth have been less
+understood and more misrepresented.  The real allophyllians of
+Ireland—that is, the first native settlers—are unknown.  The present
+inhabitants are not autochthonal, no more than we are the first settlers
+of this country.  On one point all old historians are agreed—namely, that
+Ireland has been settled by two distinct colonies of people; and from
+these two colonies came the present Irish race.  These two colonies were
+distinct in features, manners, customs, enterprise, and religion, and
+after all these centuries have passed away, these differences are
+discernable in some degree, especially so in enterprise and religion.
+And though, of course, in these latter years, they have become
+considerably mixed, yet an appeal on either of these points will mark out
+the Danite from the Phœnician.  From the loud boasting of the Phœnician
+Irishman in Ireland, when speaking of America, you would think that he
+would pluck out his eyes and give them for a gift if need be.  Well, a
+few years ago, Chicago was bitterly scourged with a fire.  The need and
+distress thus caused appealed to the nations of the earth for help.  The
+response was grand and glorious.  Even hateful old John Bull did well.
+But what did Ireland do?  Take two of her leading cities as an example;
+one in the North, the other in the South.  Belfast in the North, of the
+Tribe of Dan; Dublin in the South, of the Phœnicians.  Belfast sent
+36,000 dols.; Dublin, 2,000 dols.  Why this difference?  We answer,
+Forsooth, the people of Belfast are Danites; they of Dublin are
+Phœnicians.
+
+The Phœnicians, or Philistines, were the ancient Canaanites.  They took
+early possession of Ireland.  On this point the old as well as the new
+historians generally agree.  But there was another early settlement in
+the North of Ireland whom the historians called _Tuath de Danan_, which
+simply means the folks of the Tribe of Dan.  They introduced into the
+Irish language hundreds of Hebrew words, with many customs and legends of
+the Hebrews.  They were very distinct in their enterprise and religion
+from the other settlers.  About the year 580 B.C. there appeared before
+this people a strange man, whom the historians call _Ollam-Folla_, which
+means a divine teacher; the name or title is in Hebrew.  This man,
+whoever he was, soon wielded great power in their midst.  What he
+commanded they seemed ready to do.  He very soon inaugurated wonderful
+reforms.  He gave them a parliament, made them give up their idolatrous
+customs.  He founded a college to train students to teach and preach his
+religion.  It was called _Mur-Ollam_, school of the Divine.  Here again
+the name is Hebrew, although in Irish.  This wonderful man had with him a
+fair young princess, whose name in Hebrew-Irish was _Tea Tephi_, which
+means the beautiful one from the East.  This lovely princess was married
+to the governor of Ulster, Heremon.  He resided in the City of Lothair
+Croffin.  In the agreement of the marriage, among many things, he was to
+accept her religion, give her joint authority, and build the Mur-Ollam,
+or college, and sustain it.  Also to change the name of his city from
+_Lothair Croffin_ to _Tara_, which means law; to adopt her standard or
+banner emblem, the harp and lion, and to be crowned on the wonderful
+stone called in Irish-Hebrew, _Lia-Fail_, which means stone of destiny,
+sometimes called _Eben Gedoulah_, the precious stone.  From this Tea
+Tephi we get our female goddess of liberty, who on old coins is seated
+upon a lion with the Davidian harp in her hand.
+
+Our text tells us that Jeremiah was to plant and build up.  Here he
+planted, and here he did build.  He planted and built a throne, a
+college, and a religion.  Turn to Ezekiel, chapter xvi., and read the
+famous riddle.  Tea Tephi is the tender twig that was cropped off from
+the high cedar, King Zedekiah, and planted among the merchants by great
+waters on the mountain of Israel.  She was the tender one that was to
+take root downward.  To Jeremiah, the Lord said, “Verily it shall be well
+with thy remnant.”  Nay, more, He told him that He would give him his
+life for a prey whithersoever he went.  And in 2 Kings xix. 30, we read:
+“And the remnant that is escaped of the House of Judah shall yet again
+take root downward, and bear fruit upward.  For out of Jerusalem shall go
+forth a remnant and they that escape out of Mount Zion; the zeal of the
+Lord of hosts shall do this.”  And Ezekiel, in his captivity, sent forth
+a prophecy referring to the wicked prince, Zedekiah, saying of his throne
+in the name of Jehovah: “I will overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it
+shall be no more until He comes whose right it is, and I will give it
+Him.”  So was this throne overturned, and was never after established in
+Jerusalem.  You will notice that there are three overturnings, and as
+Scriptural language is emphatic and not superfluous or tautological,
+these overturnings mean something.  Turn to history, and you will find
+this throne has been turned over just three times—first, from Jerusalem
+to Ireland; second, through King Fergus to Scotland, and, third, through
+King James, from Scotland to England.  This throne can never be turned
+over again, for Jerusalem will be incorporated into the British Empire.
+The throne has turned over till it got home again; hence, as surely as we
+live, Palestine will go into the hands of England.  The throne, religion,
+and education established by the prophet have ever kept together.  This
+is the secret of Ireland’s prestige and marvellous pre-eminence in
+centuries past.  The college of Armach could boast of 7,000 students at a
+time.  Missionaries went forth from Ireland through all Europe, teaching
+Christianity, and founding schools.  Few men can compare to Virgilus,
+Eregina, Columbanus, and Columba.  In olden times she was known as the
+“Isle of the Saints.”  The day of Ireland’s weakness and distress came to
+her when she permitted her religion to be corrupted and controlled by
+foreigners; and by these same Italian intriguers she is now impoverished
+and enslaved.  But for this the throne might have remained with her
+to-day, and England and Scotland have been under her.  But when a nation
+loses her religion, she loses the right arm of power, and the ability to
+preserve freedom.
+
+Jeremiah was the patron-saint for Ireland for a long time.  Simeon (the
+Welsh) had and have David; and as surely as the Welsh have kept their
+saint, so surely ought Ireland.  St. Patrick is looked upon by many as a
+mythical person.  I believe, however, that he was a veritable man.  The
+best authorities make out that he was born at Bonavena, in ancient Gaul,
+near what is now called Boulogne, some time about 387 A.D.  He is
+reported as having died March 17th, 465, in the county Down.  His
+father’s name was Calpurnius.  Young Calpurnius, or St. Patrick, as he
+was afterwards called, had a hard life of it in youth.  I believe him to
+have been a Benjamite, a Christian; for the Benjamites began to fill in
+that part of France about that period.  This Tribe were by nature
+missionaries.  This prompted him to desire to redeem his brethren in
+Ireland.  In Ulster he began his labours.  From this same Tribe others
+had visited Ireland.  History mentions four who preceded St. Patrick.
+The name of St. Paul, by many, is connected with a visit to Ireland.  It
+is very easy to see how Jeremiah, the patron-saint of Judah, would be
+installed in such a relation with the Danites after his death.  He was
+the real sainted patriarch of Ireland.  And by a crafty design of Rome,
+young Calpurnius was created sainted patriarch, or St. Patrick, and by
+this means Rome linked the greater part of the Irish nation on to
+herself.  Anybody honest and familiar with history knows that St. Patrick
+was a Christian, and in no sense of the word a Roman Catholic.  The fact
+is, Rome began early to covet Ireland.  Once they got possession, it was
+necessary for them to destroy the influence of Jeremiah.  This they did,
+in part, by substituting the name of St. Patrick in the place of the
+prophet’s; and more, they then set to work to destroy even the old and
+famous capital city of Tara.  In 565 St. Ruadham, along with a _posse_ of
+bishops and chiefs of the South of Ireland, cursed the city, so that
+neither King nor Queen might ever rule or reign therein again.  They
+forced the government, monarchy and people to abandon the place.  From
+thence Tara was deserted, and the harp sounded no more through Tara’s
+halls.  The city thus cursed crumbled to ruins, and remains to this day
+buried, awaiting a glorious resurrection.  Rome caught her prize at last;
+but neither Rome nor any other power ever enslaved or conquered Ulster.
+Beyond the pale—that is, the dividing line, running from the Boyne to the
+Shannon—Rome never got, nor never will.  Irishmen clamour for
+independence, to be free from England, and wonder why they are not.  The
+reason is that God cannot trust liberty to them; for a people that yoke
+themselves to a foreigner, and give themselves over to be governed in
+spiritual matters, would make a poor effort if trusted with their
+temporal government.  We all know that if Ireland had been free, she
+would not long have remained so, for body, as well as soul, she would
+have committed to the Italians.  Why Irish Catholics should ask for
+freedom when they so voluntarily bind themselves to a foreigner, I fail
+to see.  As the Protestants of the North have asked, and had granted,
+spiritual freedom in the severance of Church and State, so let the men of
+the South ask and demand, and stop not short of freedom from Rome.  A
+free religion is the parent of a free State, and a free State of free
+school.  A people who are not wise enough to take care of their own
+religion, are very poorly prepared to be the guardians of liberty.  My
+belief is that Ireland ought to be free.  She ought to be an independent
+province, with responsible government, as other English provinces.  And
+once she becomes free religiously, it will not be long before she will be
+free politically.  Substitute Jeremiah for St. Patrick, and the Lord
+Jesus for the Pope, then the day of freedom will not long tarry.
+
+    LONDON: PRINTED BY ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+
+{23}  Essay on “Manasseh and the United States,” by the author, published
+by Robert Banks, price 2d.
+
+{159}  This Discourse we give to the reader as reported.  In all the
+others we have excluded the reporter’s introduction and personal
+references.
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 27177-0.txt or 27177-0.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/7/1/7/27177
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/27177-0.zip b/27177-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebf7352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-0.zip
diff --git a/27177-h.zip b/27177-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b542fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h.zip
diff --git a/27177-h/27177-h.htm b/27177-h/27177-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6db9435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/27177-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7323 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+     PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+     "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII" />
+<title>The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882</title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    P {  margin-top: .75em;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    P.headingsummary { margin-left: 5%;}
+    H1, H2 {
+         text-align: center;
+		margin-top: 2em;
+		margin-bottom: 2em;
+         }
+    H3, H4, H5 {
+	text-align: left;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	}
+    BODY{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+ table { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;}
+    td { vertical-align: top; border: 1px solid black;}
+    td p { margin: 0.2em; }
+    .blkquot  {margin-left: 4em; margin-right: 4em;} /* block indent */
+
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .pagenum {position: absolute;
+               left: 92%;
+               font-size: smaller;
+               text-align: right;
+               color: gray;
+               }
+
+    div.gapspace { height: 0.8em; }
+    .citation {vertical-align: super;
+               font-size: .8em;
+               text-decoration: none;}
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h2>
+<a href="#startoftext">The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882, by Joseph Wild</a>
+</h2>
+<pre>
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882, by Joseph Wild
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882
+
+
+Author: Joseph Wild
+
+
+
+Release Date: November 6, 2008  [eBook #27177]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***
+</pre>
+<p><a name="startoftext"></a></p>
+<p>Transcribed from the 1880 Robert Banks edition by David Price,
+email ccx074@pglaf.org</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">London</span>:
+<span class="smcap">printed by</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Robert Banks</span>, <span
+class="smcap">Racquet Court</span>, <span class="smcap">Fleet
+Street</span>, <span class="smcap">E.C.</span></p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/coverb.jpg">
+<img alt="Book cover" src="images/covers.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<h1><!-- page v--><a name="pagev"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+v</span><span class="smcap">the</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">Lost Ten Tribes</span>,<br />
+<span class="smcap">and</span><br />
+1882.</h1>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">by</span><br />
+REV. JOSEPH WILD, D.D.,<br />
+<span class="smcap">pastor of union congregational
+church</span>,<br />
+<span class="smcap">brooklyn</span>, <span
+class="smcap">n.y.</span></p>
+<p style="text-align: center">LONDON:<br />
+<span class="smcap">robert banks</span>, <span
+class="smcap">racquet court</span>, <span class="smcap">fleet
+street</span>.&nbsp; <span class="smcap">e.c.</span><br />
+1880.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p0b.jpg">
+<img alt="Great seal of the United States" src="images/p0s.jpg"
+/>
+</a></p>
+<p>This device of the great Seal was adopted by act of the
+Continental Congress, on June 20th, 1782, and re-adopted by the
+New Congress, September 15th, 1789.&nbsp; The act provided for an
+<i>obverse</i> and a <i>reverse</i>, as set forth in this plate;
+the <i>reverse</i> is not used.&nbsp; This is a plate of the
+first and original Seal, which, by use, has been worn out.&nbsp;
+The one now in use is the second; it differs from the first that,
+by an accident, seven arrows were left out of the eagle&rsquo;s
+talon.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><!-- page vi--><a
+name="pagevi"></a><span class="pagenum">p. vi</span><i>BY THE
+SAME AUTHOR</i>.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">Price 2s., post free 2s. 3d.,<br />
+THE FUTURE OF ISRAEL<br />
+AND JUDAH.<br />
+<span class="smcap">With a Portrait of Dr. Wild</span>.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span
+class="smcap">Philo-Israel</span> says:&mdash;&ldquo;We recommend
+most strongly that all our friends should obtain the book.&nbsp;
+Once in their hands, we know they will read it to the
+end.&rdquo;</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">London</span>:
+<span class="smcap">Robert Banks</span>, <span
+class="smcap">Racquet Court</span>, <span class="smcap">Fleet
+Street</span>.</p>
+<h2><!-- page xi--><a name="pagexi"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+xi</span>PREFACE.</h2>
+<p>The following Discourses are presented to the public in book
+form, agreeable to the request of numerous friends.&nbsp; I have
+selected twenty from one hundred and thirty which I have given to
+my own congregation during the past three years.&nbsp; I have
+tried to have them lean one against another, to the end that the
+argument might be continuous and somewhat complete.&nbsp; The
+reader will remember, however, that the vast subject of which
+they treat, cannot be fairly and completely presented in such a
+volume as this.&nbsp; Also, it should be borne in mind that the
+language, style, and structure, are sermonic.&nbsp; Pulpit
+literature, in these things, is peculiar and distinctively
+characteristic.</p>
+<p>When I first entered the ministry, I made up my mind that I
+would try and thoroughly understand the Scriptures.&nbsp; I soon
+found that a large portion was of a prophetic nature.&nbsp; I set
+to work according to the usual method, but to my sorrow I soon
+discovered that the method and rules in general use for Scripture
+exegesis, among what they called orthodox authors, were very
+defective and unsatisfactory.&nbsp; The fact was forced upon me
+that the true method, or key of interpretation, was not in
+use.&nbsp; I was always persuaded that the Bible was a unit, and
+that the principles contained in such a unit were beautifully
+related; and because of such a faith, I wondered more and more as
+I grew older why we had not a better key of interpretation.&nbsp;
+Men <!-- page xii--><a name="pagexii"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. xii</span>spiritualised at random, without any
+kind of rule, except their own fancy.&nbsp; In this manner they
+expounded the material history of the Old Testament.&nbsp; The
+whole arrangement was a Babel.</p>
+<p>I had faintly discerned that the Scriptures made a distinction
+between the House of Israel and the House of Judah, and that the
+prophecies belonging to one could not, in fairness, be applied to
+the other; and that some prophecies applied to both.&nbsp; It
+always seemed strange to me, that the people which God said He
+had chosen for Himself, should not be known.&nbsp; The Jews were
+always known, but where was &ldquo;Israel, His
+inheritance?&rdquo;&nbsp; Again, I could see no point in the Lord
+swearing so positively about David&rsquo;s seed and throne
+lasting to the end of time.&nbsp; Taking them in a typical sense,
+they were about the poorest types that could have been selected,
+because of the shortness of their existence, according to the
+general mode of interpretation.&nbsp; Just at this point of my
+experience I came across a book, entitled &ldquo;Our Israelitish
+Origin,&rdquo; by the late John Wilson, the reading of which
+confirmed me in my convictions, and aided me to a better
+knowledge of the good Book of Providence.</p>
+<p>After some twenty years of experience, I began to teach the
+principles of interpretation embodied in these discourses.&nbsp;
+Some three years ago I began to give a series of sermons on the
+Ten Lost Tribes.&nbsp; I soon found my own congregation, as well
+as the public, were interested and profited with the same, as was
+manifest from the large and constant attendance thereon.&nbsp; By
+personal interviews and letters, I have been gratified to learn
+that many have been savingly and truly converted to God through
+these Discourses.&nbsp; Especially has this been the case with
+those who were infidel in faith and action towards God and His
+Word.&nbsp; I have received hundreds of letters thanking me that
+the key of interpretation presented had made the Bible <!-- page
+xiii--><a name="pagexiii"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+xiii</span>an interesting and easily understood book.&nbsp; The
+interest created gave rise to numerous requests for copies of my
+sermons.&nbsp; The notice by the public press now and again
+intensified the interest and increased the demand.&nbsp; To meet
+this desire I made arrangements with the editor and proprietor of
+a weekly paper called the <i>Champion</i> to publish my evening
+Discourses.&nbsp; At once the arrangement was found to be
+profitable to him, agreeable to me and admirably suited to the
+public.&nbsp; So for more than a year the <i>Champion</i> has
+been my faithful messenger on this line, and will continue to
+be.&nbsp; It is a weekly paper, published at 132, Nassau Street,
+New York; price one dollar per year.&nbsp; I am not personally
+interested more than this.&nbsp; With its politics and other
+matter I have nothing to do; but for the sermonic matter I hold
+myself responsible.&nbsp; I feel free to express my pleasure in
+the wonderful increase of its circulation.&nbsp; I am glad it
+goes all over the States, the Dominion of Canada, and is in
+goodly demand in Great Britain.</p>
+<p>After I had been preaching on this subject for some time, I
+made, fortunately, the acquaintance of a name-sake of mine, Mr.
+Joseph Wild, of Bay Ridge, near Brooklyn.&nbsp; On this subject I
+found him remarkably well posted.&nbsp; He had lots of books,
+pamphlets, papers, and maps on the matter, any or all of which he
+gave me liberty to use.&nbsp; Through him my attention was called
+to the valuable writings of our English brethren on this point,
+Edward Hine, Rev. Mr. Glover, M.A., Rev. Mr. Grimaldi, M.A.,
+Philo-Israel, and a host of others, whose writings have helped me
+very much.&nbsp; Our English friends have now a vast store of
+this kind of literature; while, so far as I know, we have no home
+production.&nbsp; This is one reason I feel satisfied in sending
+forth this volume.</p>
+<p>For years I have been greatly interested in Pyramidology, in
+<!-- page xiv--><a name="pagexiv"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+xiv</span>the teachings of the Great Pyramid at Gizeh in
+Egypt.&nbsp; Twenty years ago I had confidence to lecture
+frequently on the subject, and a few years since it was in my
+mind to publish a small work on it.&nbsp; The necessity of such
+work was wisely and competently taken out of my hands, however,
+by the appearance of a book entitled, &ldquo;The Stone
+Miracle,&rdquo; by Rev. Dr. Seiss, of Philadelphia.&nbsp; This is
+a book admirably suited to beginners on this line of study.&nbsp;
+And if one wants to go further and be specially informed on
+Pyramidology, why let them get &ldquo;Our Inheritance in the
+Great Pyramid,&rdquo; a work by Professor Piazzi Smyth,
+Astronomer-Royal of Scotland.&nbsp; To this man God has given a
+fine mind and a large heart for a special place and work.&nbsp;
+But what pleases me above all, is that this Pyramid, being the
+<i>Lord&rsquo;s Pillar</i>, and <i>His Witness</i>, should so
+finely tally with the Scriptures and Providence; that the
+teachings of this monument are in harmony with the principles of
+interpretation, as applied to the prophecies in these
+Discourses.</p>
+<p>By several small engravings I have sought to aid the mind of
+the reader through the eye.&nbsp; In the Royal Arms of England
+there is considerable of history; the position of the lions,
+unicorn, crown, and indeed all connected with it is significantly
+expressive.&nbsp; In these things, the accidental grouping, so
+far as man was concerned, were as much under Divine supervision
+as the blundering of the Jews in the crucifying of Jesus.&nbsp;
+So, Divinely considered, they Divinely reveal.&nbsp; We know not
+the mind of our fathers in the matter of selecting and composing
+the items that make up the great seal, but we know the mind of
+Providence.</p>
+<p>The plate of the ragged old stone, called Jacob&rsquo;s
+pillow, is not very distinct, but it is the best we could
+do.&nbsp; As it is, it will aid the reader in forming a better
+idea.&nbsp; The stone in shape <!-- page xv--><a
+name="pagexv"></a><span class="pagenum">p. xv</span>is an oblong
+square, about 32 inches long, 13 broad, and 11 inches deep.&nbsp;
+At each end is an iron ring, much worn and rusted.&nbsp; It is a
+bluish steel-like colour, mixed with some veins of red.&nbsp; It
+has been in its present resting place 583 years.</p>
+<p>The main idea I wish to convey in this book, is that God is
+conducting His Providence through His ancient chosen people,
+Israel, whom I believe are found in the Saxon race.&nbsp; And His
+throne on earth, through which flow the purposes of Providence,
+is David&rsquo;s throne, which I believe to be at present the
+English throne.&nbsp; Queen Victoria (and God bless her) I
+believe to be of David&rsquo;s seed.&nbsp; The United States
+fulfils the <i>r&ocirc;le</i> of the Tribe of Manasseh.&nbsp;
+Therefore, to understand the prophecies, Providence, and the
+present movement of nations, as well as the future lot and
+destiny of each, we must read the Scriptures in this light.&nbsp;
+God has made the children of Israel and throne of David His
+executive, in time, on earth.&nbsp; They are His executive for
+civilisation, evangelisation, order, and conquest.&nbsp; Through
+them God will conquer the world to an universal peace.&nbsp; As
+Moses was to God, so is Israel.&nbsp; Moses being a Divine
+executor, was to the people a god&mdash;so is Israel to all
+mankind.&nbsp; Spiritual Israel will come through literal
+Israel.</p>
+<p>I have expressed myself freely, and shall cheerfully grant
+reviewers, critics, and readers, the same privilege.&nbsp; I send
+forth this book with a pure desire that it may do good.&nbsp;
+Amen, so mote it be.</p>
+<p style="text-align: right"><span class="smcap">Joseph
+Wild</span>.</p>
+<p>Brooklyn, May 1st, 1879.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 17--><a name="page17"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+17</span>KEY DISTINCTIONS.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> I.</h2>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;We have a more sure word of prophecy;
+whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that
+shineth in a dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star
+arise in your hearts.&nbsp; Knowing this first, that no prophecy
+of the Scripture is of any private interpretation.&rdquo;&mdash;2
+Peter i. 19, 20.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>I am about to give you a few Discourses on Prophecy, and in
+doing so I desire, in the first place, to point out to you a few
+very important distinctions included in the prophecies.&nbsp;
+Suppose the Bible to be a great palace, with its royalty, royal
+children, servants, and subjects.&nbsp; You desire to go through
+it and view it intelligently, and to understand all about its
+inhabitants and laws of government; now to do so, you must have
+keys, and you must learn who is who, their place, authority, and
+work.&nbsp; If not so qualified, you could not pass from room to
+room, and you might confound the King with some servant, and
+visitors might be mistaken for the children of the
+household.&nbsp; Thus your ideas would be considerably mixed; you
+would be guilty of talking about the King, when you really meant
+some servant, and of prophesying for the royal children in the
+name of the visitors.&nbsp; The years would come and go, but
+events would not happen as you had prophesied.&nbsp; Each <!--
+page 18--><a name="page18"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+18</span>generation would take your report and follow in your
+footsteps, thus confusion and disappointment would keep pace with
+the passing generations.</p>
+<p>What is here made a matter of supposition, has been a solemn
+fact on the line of human experience.&nbsp; Men have studied the
+Bible and Providence in this ignorant and confused way.&nbsp;
+Theologians have thrown aside all restraints, and well-defined
+limitations and distinctions of the Bible in their assumed
+liberty of expounding and spiritualising the same.&nbsp; No
+matter to them that there is a God-revealed distinction between
+Judah and Israel, Manasseh and Ephraim, Samaritans and Gentiles,
+and the throne of David and the throne of the heathen.&nbsp;
+Writers and speakers are guilty of using the words Judah and
+Israel in a synonymous sense, though the words stand for
+different people, history, and prophecies, soon after the
+descendants of Jacob settled in Palestine.&nbsp; To aid you in
+seeing this historical confusion and folly, let me call your
+attention to them separately.</p>
+<h3>JUDAH.</h3>
+<p>What does this word stand for in the Bible?&nbsp; In the
+<i>first</i> place it is the name of the fourth son of
+Jacob.&nbsp; In the <i>second</i> place it was the name of his
+direct descendants or Tribe.&nbsp; In the <i>third</i> place it
+became the name of the portion of the country occupied by this
+Tribe in the Promised Land.&nbsp; In the <i>fourth</i> place it
+became the name of a kingdom and government; this fourth name
+included the Tribe of Benjamin and their territory.&nbsp; In the
+<i>fifth</i> place it became the name of the whole country of
+Palestine, and is now often so used.&nbsp; To-day this word
+stands for those we call Jews, who, as they allow among
+themselves, represent and only include Judah and Levi.</p>
+<p>On the death of Solomon the country and Tribes finally
+separated into two Houses, kingdoms, and governments.&nbsp; Nine
+Tribes went with Jeroboam, and three with Rehoboam&mdash;namely,
+<!-- page 19--><a name="page19"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+19</span>Judah, Levi, and Benjamin.&nbsp; The nine-tribed House
+was called Israel, the three-tribed House Judah.&nbsp; This
+separation was about 975 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span> (1 Kings
+xii.).&nbsp; From that day to this these two Houses have never
+been united; but they are to be, as scores of statements to that
+effect are in the good Book (Hosea i. 11).&nbsp; About 580 <span
+class="smcap">b.c.</span> the House of Judah was taken captive
+into Babylon, remaining 70 years, then they returned to their own
+land and remained till the year of our Lord 70, when Jerusalem
+was destroyed and they were scattered.</p>
+<p>Prophecies referring to the Jews are numerous and in striking
+contrast to those that refer to Israel.&nbsp; 1. The Jews were to
+be a scattered people.&nbsp; 2. A specially persecuted
+people.&nbsp; 3. To be without a nationality.&nbsp; 4. To be
+without government.&nbsp; 5. Not to be owners of landed property,
+though they will have money, until toward the latter days.&nbsp;
+6. They were to be a proverb.&nbsp; 7. They were to be few in
+number.&nbsp; 8. They are to retain a special type of
+features.&nbsp; 9. They were to be repeatedly robbed.&nbsp; 10.
+They were to reject Christ.&nbsp; 11. To retain the Mosaic
+service till returned to their own land.&nbsp; 12. They are to
+keep their name, and many such distinctions, none of which should
+be applied to Israel.&nbsp; All these things have been and are
+fulfilled, or fulfilling, and though men are wonderfully given to
+spiritualising, few, if any, venture to spiritualise
+Judah&rsquo;s curses.&nbsp; Men and ministers calling themselves
+Gentiles, are rude enough to spiritualise the blessings of Judah,
+and stealing them, apply them to themselves.</p>
+<h3>ISRAEL.</h3>
+<p>1. A name given to Jacob after wrestling with the Angel.&nbsp;
+2. A term applied sometimes to all the descendants of
+Jacob.&nbsp; 3. In a spiritual sense, those who believe in
+Christ.&nbsp; 4. A name that covered and included the nine Tribes
+which went with Jeroboam and formed the kingdom of Israel.&nbsp;
+They remained a distinct kingdom, and till now a
+nationality.&nbsp; From 975 to <!-- page 20--><a
+name="page20"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 20</span>725 <span
+class="smcap">b.c.</span> they had some 19 kings.&nbsp; They were
+finally carried captive into Assyria by Shalmanezer (2 Kings
+xvii.).&nbsp; From that captivity they have never returned; as a
+body they never can, only representatives, as stated in Jer. iii.
+14, &ldquo;One of a city, and two of a family.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Now prophecy points out that it was Israel that was to be lost
+for a while, and come to light in the latter day.&nbsp; They are
+known in the Scriptures in contradistinction from others by such
+terms as the following: &ldquo;<i>All Israel</i>,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;<i>All the House of Israel wholly</i>,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;<i>The House of Israel</i>,&rdquo; &ldquo;<i>Men of
+Israel</i>,&rdquo; and God calls them His &ldquo;<i>Servants</i>,
+<i>Witnesses</i>, <i>Chosen People</i>, <i>Inheritance</i>, and
+<i>Seed</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; The lot, course, and providential
+portion of this people are very marked from any other, especially
+from the Jew, with whom they are so often confounded.&nbsp; The
+history of the two peoples have been wide apart and as different
+as they well could be.</p>
+<p>1.&nbsp; They were to be <i>lost</i>.&nbsp; 2.&nbsp; They were
+to be <i>divorced</i> from the Mosaic law.&nbsp; 3. They were to
+lose their <i>name</i>.&nbsp; 4. They were to lose their
+<i>language</i>.&nbsp; 5. They were to <i>possess</i> the isles
+of the sea, coasts of the earth, waste and desolate places, to
+inherit the portion of the Gentiles, their seed, land, and
+cities. 6.&nbsp; They are to be great and successful
+<i>colonisers</i>.&nbsp; 7. Before them other people are to
+<i>die out</i>.&nbsp; 8. They are to be a <i>head</i>
+nation.&nbsp; 9. To be a <i>company</i> of nations.&nbsp; 10. To
+be <i>great</i> in war on land or sea.&nbsp; 11. To be
+<i>lenders</i> of money.&nbsp; 12. To have a
+<i>monarchy</i>.&nbsp; 13. To be <i>keepers</i> of the
+Sabbath.&nbsp; 14. To have David&rsquo;s <i>throne</i> and seed
+ruling over them.&nbsp; 15. They are to <i>possess</i> Palestine,
+and invite their brethren of Judah to return.&nbsp; And thus I
+might repeat some sixty positive marks and distinctions setting
+forth Israel; and yet men wilfully persist in confounding them
+with the Jews, or looking for this great and favoured people of
+the Lord among the lowest of human kind, Indians, Africans, and
+so on.</p>
+<h3><!-- page 21--><a name="page21"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+21</span>SAMARITANS.</h3>
+<p>The Samaritans were not Jews or Israelites, strictly
+speaking.&nbsp; They of course became Jewish in their customs and
+worship.&nbsp; Originally they were Assyrians.&nbsp; When the
+nine Tribes were carried captive, they were brought and put in
+their place.&nbsp; &ldquo;And the King of Assyria brought men
+from Babylon and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and
+from Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria,
+instead of the children of Israel&rdquo; (2 Kings xvii.
+24).&nbsp; The Jews and the Samaritans never wholly mixed; one
+was always distasteful to the other.&nbsp; They never were taken
+captive, and to this day they live in and about Mount Scychar,
+numbering between three and four hundreds.</p>
+<h3>BENJAMIN.</h3>
+<p>The Tribe of Benjamin has a singular and special place in the
+history of Israel and Judah.&nbsp; Neither the Old or New
+Testament can be well understood unless one understands the place
+of this Tribe in Providence.&nbsp; They were always counted one
+of the Ten Tribes, and reckoned with them in the prophetic
+visions.&nbsp; They were only loaned to Judah about 800
+years.&nbsp; Read 1 Kings xi.&nbsp; They were to be a light for
+David in Jerusalem.&nbsp; God, foreseeing that the Jews would
+reject Christ, kept back this one Tribe to be in readiness to
+receive Him, and so they did.&nbsp; At the destruction of
+Jerusalem they escaped, and after centuries of wanderings turn up
+as the proud and haughty Normans.&nbsp; Finally they unite with
+the other Tribes under William the Conqueror.&nbsp; A proper
+insight into the work and mission of Benjamin will greatly aid
+one in interpreting the New Testament.&nbsp; He was set apart as
+a missionary Tribe, and at once set to work to spread the Gospel
+of Jesus.&nbsp; Most of the disciples were Benjaminites.&nbsp;
+Then, after 800 years of fellowship with Judah, they were cut
+loose and sent after their brethren of the House of Israel.&nbsp;
+It was needful that the Lion and the Unicorn should unite.</p>
+<h3><!-- page 22--><a name="page22"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+22</span>MANASSEH AND EPHRAIM.</h3>
+<p>The history of these two representative characters is worth
+your careful study.&nbsp; The whole of the circumstances of Jacob
+blessing them must be accepted as Divinely directed.&nbsp;
+Manasseh was to be a great people, and so I believe he is.&nbsp;
+In the United States I find this promise literally
+fulfilled.&nbsp; This is the Key to the settlement of this land;
+to the agitations of the Pilgrims and Puritans in England.&nbsp;
+The mission, work, and place of the United States may be found in
+the prophecies relating to this Tribe.&nbsp; Let anyone examine
+the great seal of the United States, and study its design, and
+surprise will fill the mind that facts, Providence, and
+prophecies do so wonderfully agree.&nbsp; Take the obverse
+side.&nbsp; Here you have an eagle with outstretched wings; the
+bird is perfect, not double headed and deformed, as in other
+cases where the eagle has been or is the national bird.&nbsp; The
+striped escutcheon on its breast, in its beak a scroll, inscribed
+with a motto, &ldquo;<i>E pluribus Unum</i>&rdquo;&mdash;one out
+of many, as Manasseh was, and as the country is building up a
+grand nationality and oneness out of all nations nearly.&nbsp;
+Over the head of the eagle there is a <i>glory</i>&mdash;the
+parting of clouds by light; in the opening appear 13 stars,
+forming a constellation argent, on an azure field.&nbsp; In the
+dexter or right talon is an olive branch, a symbol of peace; in
+the sinister or left talon is a bundle of 13 arrows.&nbsp; But it
+is on the reverse side of the great seal that we have a
+wonder.&nbsp; Here we have an unfinished Pyramid; a portion of
+the top is gone, exactly the same as the Great Pyramid in Egypt
+is at this day&mdash;anticipating this very day (Isa. xix. 19):
+&ldquo;In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord.&nbsp; And
+it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts
+in the land of Egypt.&rdquo;&nbsp; Now it is somewhat singular
+that the Congress of 1782 should have adopted so remarkable a
+sign, one that would witness to God and tell of their
+origin.&nbsp; The reverse side is the under side, and shows from
+whence the nation came, and on what it is <!-- page 23--><a
+name="page23"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 23</span>built.&nbsp;
+In the zenith&mdash;that is, above the top of the
+Pyramid&mdash;is a triangle surrounded by a glory; and in the
+centre is an all-seeing eye.&nbsp; Over the eye we have <i>Annuit
+C&oelig;ptis</i>, which means, &ldquo;<i>He prospers our
+beginning</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; On the base of the Pyramid we have in
+letters, 1776, and underneath the following
+motto&mdash;&ldquo;<i>Novus ordo seclorum</i>,&rdquo; meaning a
+&ldquo;New era in the ages.&rdquo;&nbsp; The suggestion of the
+items upon the great seal was from Sir John Prestwich, Bart., an
+Englishman.&nbsp; He gave the suggestions to the American
+Minister, John Adams, and thus the same were conveyed to Congress
+and adopted.</p>
+<p>We have in the facts of the great seal a series of coincidents
+that connect this country with the Tribe of Manasseh.&nbsp; When
+the Tribes marched, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh went together
+on the West side of the ark, for their homes were Westward.&nbsp;
+On their battalion banner was the figure of a youth, denoting
+activity, with the motto, &ldquo;The cloud of Jehovah rest on
+them, even when they go forth out of the camp.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here
+we have the origin of the cloud on the seal.&nbsp; And when we
+remember that Manasseh was brought up at the foot of the Pyramid,
+and could see it from his palace home at Memphis, then we get a
+cue to the figure of the Pyramid on the seal. <a
+name="citation23"></a><a href="#footnote23"
+class="citation">[23]</a></p>
+<h3>PYRAMID.</h3>
+<p>The Pyramid is a wonderful witness for God and His
+people.&nbsp; This building in Egypt has stood for 4,000 years;
+finished and complete, it stood for about 3,000 before anybody
+ventured to find a way into it.&nbsp; Then, at a great cost of
+men, money, and time, a way was forced in by an Arab chief.&nbsp;
+There surely is something remarkable that the only thing found in
+it should be a stone trough, and more singular to my mind, that
+the Ark of the Covenant and this stone trough should be of equal
+capacity; and the laver in which the priest washed his feet in
+the <!-- page 24--><a name="page24"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+24</span>temple was exactly of the same size.&nbsp; And
+Solomon&rsquo;s molten sea contained just as much water as would
+fill the King&rsquo;s Chamber in which this trough was
+found.&nbsp; Can any man know these things and believe them to be
+accidental?&nbsp; Verily not.&nbsp; They do most assuredly pledge
+a God and Providence.</p>
+<h3>EPHRAIM.</h3>
+<p>This word is not only the name of Joseph&rsquo;s son and the
+Tribe, but it is used quite frequently in a generic sense, and
+stands for the Ten Tribes and Manasseh.&nbsp; To Reuben by
+birthright was the lead politically, but it was taken from him
+and given to Joseph, and so to Ephraim.&nbsp; From Judah came the
+Chief Ruler&mdash;that is, Christ; but the birthright was
+Joseph&rsquo;s (1 Chron. v. 1).</p>
+<h3>THRONE OF DAVID.</h3>
+<p>To this throne God pledged under oath a perpetuity.&nbsp; Also
+He pledged that some one of David&rsquo;s seed should always be
+on it.&nbsp; The throne and seed are pledged an unconditional
+existence.&nbsp; This being so, it follows that they must be now
+in existence, and that finally all thrones will be swallowed up
+by this one.&nbsp; Queen Victoria is of David, and the English
+throne is David&rsquo;s.&nbsp; Hence all the promises and
+prophecies referring to David&rsquo;s throne may be found on this
+line.&nbsp; For prophecy not being of private interpretation such
+facts may be proven.</p>
+<h3>GENTILES.</h3>
+<p>The word Gentile generally embraces all those nations and
+people outside of the Twelve Tribes.&nbsp; Keeping these few
+distinctions in mind, you will be enabled to read the Bible
+interestingly and with the proper understanding.&nbsp; Prophetic
+evidence is a strong kind of proof.&nbsp; Study the Word on this
+line and you will find Providence and history lending glorious
+confirmation to the same.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 25--><a name="page25"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+25</span>ISRAEL AND THE GATES.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> II.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">ISRAEL&mdash;HOW THE GATES OF HIS ENEMIES ARE
+TO BE GIVEN HIM&mdash;BY THIS SIGN LOST ISRAEL MAY BE
+KNOWN&mdash;THE GIVING WILL CORRESPOND TO THE
+MULTIPLYING&mdash;THE PROMISE, IN THIS DAY, IS RAPIDLY
+FULFILLING&mdash;ENGLAND, DISRAELI AND &ldquo;TANCRED,&rdquo; AND
+RUSSIA.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;That in blessing I will bless thee; and in
+multiplying, I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and
+as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed shall
+possess the gate of his enemies.&rdquo;&mdash;Gen. xxii. 17.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Under a Divine oath was this prophetic promise made to
+Abraham.&nbsp; At the time it was given Abraham had, by command,
+offered his only son Isaac, which offering, to all human
+appearance, would leave the old patriarch again childless; but
+his faith staggered not, for human incompetence does not
+circumscribe the bounds of Divine sufficience.&nbsp; The God who
+commanded Abraham to offer, recalled the command at a certain
+stage of the fulfilment, counting the faith of Abraham for
+righteousness.&nbsp; In Abraham&rsquo;s faith Isaac was really
+sacrificed; hence the Divine approval: &ldquo;By Myself have I
+sworn, saith the Lord; for because thou hast done this thing, and
+hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I
+will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as
+the stars of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the
+sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his
+enemies.&rdquo;&nbsp; An oath with men in this day does not mean
+much in the way of confirmation, but not so with God&rsquo;s
+oath.&nbsp; An oath ought to be sacred, and should be the end of
+doubt and strife.&nbsp; God made a promise to Abraham, and
+because He could swear by no greater, He sware by Himself.&nbsp;
+And Abraham lived to see <!-- page 26--><a
+name="page26"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 26</span>the promise
+begin to fulfil, and to-day the heirs of Abraham may look and see
+the same promise fulfilling, for, as Paul says in Heb. vi. 17:
+&ldquo;Wherein God, willing more abundantly to show unto the
+heirs of promise the immutability of His counsel, confirmed it by
+an oath.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Who are the heirs of promise?&nbsp; For to them belong many
+and precious promises, both spiritual and temporal.&nbsp;
+Spiritually, they are to lead and be responsible for the
+evangelisation of the world.&nbsp; Temporally, they are to be a
+numerous seed, a powerful people.&nbsp; They are to occupy the
+ends of the earth, the uttermost parts of the earth, the coasts
+of the earth, the waste and the desolate places of the earth, the
+isles of the sea, the heathen, as an inheritance.&nbsp; They are
+to inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be
+inhabited; they are to be the chief of nations; they are to be a
+company of nations; they are to be a great people; they are to
+possess the gates of their enemies.&nbsp; Surely such a people
+should be found, for all these things make it impossible for them
+to be hid in a corner.&nbsp; One cannot help saying with the
+Psalmist: &ldquo;Blessed is the nation whose God is the Lord; and
+the people whom He hath chosen for His own
+inheritance.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>In the English Court of Chancery are vast sums of money, large
+fortunes waiting for heirs.&nbsp; The court frequently advertises
+for them, and many in every land respond and are eager to prove
+their claims; they are anxious to be known and accepted as the
+descendants and lawful heirs of certain testators.&nbsp; It is
+oftentimes difficult to establish their claims and prove
+satisfactorily their identity.&nbsp; The court demands that the
+evidences of heirship be very definite.&nbsp; In this they are
+right.&nbsp; But we venture to say that even the English Court of
+Chancery would not turn away a claimant who had all the distinct
+marks and abounding evidence of identity that mark and
+characterise the children of Abraham, especially so in the latter
+day, for then these characteristics are to be clearer and
+fuller.</p>
+<p><!-- page 27--><a name="page27"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+27</span>The Jews are known; they have been known all down the
+centuries; they have not been able to hide themselves.&nbsp; In
+keeping with the Word of God they have fulfilled up to the
+present time the prophecies attaching to them.&nbsp; In all the
+world they are estimated to number some nine millions.&nbsp; The
+Jews include the children of Judah and Levi; these Two Tribes
+only.&nbsp; The Jews themselves consent to this statement, and
+allow that the descendants of Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar,
+Dan, Gad, Asher, Naphtali, Joseph, and Benjamin, are lost, but
+not extinct.&nbsp; They are in the world, for God has not cast
+away His people for ever.&nbsp; If the Two Tribes give us nine
+millions, how many should we expect the Ten Tribes to
+furnish?&nbsp; Most certainly not less than forty-five
+millions.&nbsp; To the Ten Tribes the special promises of
+fruitfulness were given.&nbsp; To the Ten Tribes belong a greater
+portion of prophecy; and in the history of the world more is
+allotted to Israel than to Judah.&nbsp; Indeed, the world&rsquo;s
+history pivots on the Ten Lost Tribes.</p>
+<p>I believe you know the God-revealed distinction between the
+words Israel and Judah.&nbsp; You know that they have a distinct
+history.&nbsp; Their place and work, promises and blessings,
+chastisements and rebukes, are as distinct and different as
+silver and gold.</p>
+<p>The spiritual heirs of Abraham are all who are embraced in the
+saving and atoning covenant of grace in Christ.&nbsp; I do not
+say all who believe, for there will be more in heaven without
+faith than those with&mdash;namely, all those who have died
+before the years of responsibility, with many of the Pagan world
+who, never having heard of a Saviour, have therefore never denied
+Him.&nbsp; In a spiritual sense, they are children.&nbsp; I
+believe in this matter with Paul, who says, when writing to the
+Romans, chap. ii.: &ldquo;There is no respect of persons with
+God; for as many as have sinned without law shall also perish
+without law, and as many as have sinned in the law shall be
+judged by the law.&nbsp; For when the Gentiles, which have not
+the law, do by nature <!-- page 28--><a name="page28"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 28</span>the things contained in the law,
+these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves; which show
+the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience
+also bearing witness, and their thoughts the meanwhile accusing,
+or else excusing one another.&rdquo;&nbsp; Thus, under the law
+which governs the Pagan, I presume many will be saved and many
+lost, just as under the law of the Gospel.&nbsp; In Abraham all
+nations were to be blessed, spiritually.&nbsp; In this sense
+Abraham&rsquo;s seed embraces persons of every age, clime, and
+race.</p>
+<p>But who are the seed of Abraham according to the flesh?&nbsp;
+We answer, the descendants of the Twelve Tribes.&nbsp; Now to the
+natural seed the Bible assigns a distinct work and place.&nbsp;
+This natural seed is divided in the Bible, the word Israel
+standing generally for the Ten Tribes, and Judah for Two
+Tribes.&nbsp; These divisions have separate paths appointed them
+to walk in through the centuries.&nbsp; &ldquo;All the House of
+Israel wholly,&rdquo; &ldquo;the whole House of Israel,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;all the House of Israel,&rdquo; have a special work.&nbsp;
+The Ten Tribes are especially called in the Scriptures the seed
+of Abraham.&nbsp; Sometimes &ldquo;My chosen,&rdquo; again
+&ldquo;Mine inheritance,&rdquo; and &ldquo;My
+servant.&rdquo;&nbsp; God, in referring to them in their
+scattered state, and of His gathering them together, says (Isa.
+xli. 8): &ldquo;But thou, Israel, art My servant, Jacob, whom I
+have chosen; the seed of Abraham My friend&mdash;thou whom I have
+taken from the ends of the earth, and called thee from the chief
+men thereof, and said unto thee, Thou art My servant; I have
+chosen thee and not cast thee away.&rdquo;&nbsp; The Ten Tribes
+are sometimes designated by the word Jacob.&nbsp; If we once get
+a clear idea who the seed are, then we can search among the
+people of the earth to find them, because in the latter day they
+were to be so different from other people, and distinctly marked,
+we will have no great difficulty in finding them.&nbsp; Of the
+special marks, one was they were to possess the gates of their
+enemies.&nbsp; The multitudinous seed and other characteristics
+we will pass by for the present.</p>
+<p><!-- page 29--><a name="page29"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+29</span>This seed were to possess the gates of their enemies; of
+this we are assured by the oath of God.&nbsp; The word gate here,
+you will admit, is used in a generic sense.&nbsp; It means a
+place of prominence, a position of strength, a strategetic point,
+as the entrance into a city.&nbsp; Remembering that in olden
+times the cities were walled around, the gate was an important
+point of defence; or, as the narrow entrance into a bay, like the
+entrance into New York Bay or port, the Narrows we call
+them.&nbsp; Here the cities of New York and Brooklyn could best
+and first be defended.&nbsp; Again, a gate in the general
+vernacular means any stronghold: a tower, an island, a mountain
+pass.&nbsp; Now, of this seed it is plainly stated that they
+shall possess the gates of their enemies.</p>
+<p>The text would be very finely illustrated if we supposed that
+Mexico held Governor&rsquo;s Island, in the middle of our bay,
+and defiantly dictated to us doctrines of trade, politics, and
+religion.&nbsp; As arrogant and as impudent as this would seem,
+yet such is the case with this seed of Abraham and other
+nations.&nbsp; Believing that the Saxon race are the Ten Lost
+Tribes, it then follows that the English nation is the chief
+representative of these Tribes, and that they should be in
+possession of the gates of their enemies.&nbsp; Are they?&nbsp;
+We answer, yes.&nbsp; And every year confirms and makes more
+clear the answer.&nbsp; This you say is a theory.&nbsp; Grant
+it.&nbsp; You know that in science a theory is formed and then
+applied.&nbsp; If you form a theory about the tides or formation
+of the planets, or this world, your theory with others is applied
+to known facts to see if it will fit them, to see if it will
+account for them, and to see if it is in harmony with the
+same.&nbsp; Now science accepts that theory which applies best,
+that which accounts for facts the most reasonably, and harmonises
+the most naturally.&nbsp; Such theory is then the science of the
+day, and will be so accepted and so taught until it is supplanted
+by a better.&nbsp; Try, then, the theory I have advanced by these
+rules.</p>
+<p><!-- page 30--><a name="page30"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+30</span>Take the Islands of Jersey and Guernsey in the English
+Channel, between England and France, nearer to the French shore
+than England; the inhabitants, being a majority of them French,
+speaking French.&nbsp; Yet when France was England&rsquo;s
+greatest and most dangerous enemy, England held then, as now, the
+gates of her enemies.&nbsp; Properly speaking, and adjudged by
+any human rule, they belong to France&mdash;as naturally as the
+island of Heligoland, at the month of the Elbe, belongs to
+Germany.&nbsp; Gibraltar, Malta, Cyprus, Suez Canal, Island of
+Perim in the Straits of Babelmandeb in the Red Sea, and Socotra,
+in the same sea; also Aden in the Red Sea, covering Arabia;
+Peshawur, the very entrance of or from India into
+Afghanistan.&nbsp; In and around the vast empire of India you
+have Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, with many similar strongholds;
+Rangoon, on the Irawady river, commanding and even menacing
+Burmah.&nbsp; The vast empire of China is carefully guarded and
+held in check by such gates as Singapore, Malacca, Penang, Hong
+Kong and Cowloon.&nbsp; Sarawak in Borneo, and Labuan off the
+coasts, are such gates.&nbsp; Africa is being gradually gobbled
+up; her strongholds and vast areas of country are falling into
+the hands of England; the coasts are fast coming under British
+rule.&nbsp; Recently England has come into possession of three
+gates&mdash;namely, the island of Socotra, near the Red Sea, the
+island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean, and the Sublime Porte, the
+lofty gateway, Constantinople.&nbsp; And it is now rumoured that
+England is negotiating with Portugal for Delogoa Bay in
+South-eastern Africa; price, three million dollars.&nbsp; But
+this people are not satisfied with all these gates.&nbsp; They
+want&mdash;and they will get what they want in a very short time,
+thank Heaven; not what they deserve!&mdash;they want the famous
+Khyber Pass.&nbsp; This pass is a narrow road between mountain
+rocks that rise over two thousand feet at the lowest point.&nbsp;
+It is some twenty-eight miles long, while for twenty-two miles
+the average width is only 150 feet.&nbsp; The Eastern end the
+English already hold, called the Peshawur Pass.</p>
+<p><!-- page 31--><a name="page31"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+31</span>Afghanistan is a country in Asia.&nbsp; It is about the
+size of England, 460 miles from North to South, and 430 from East
+to West.&nbsp; On the North it is bounded by Turkestan, East by
+India, South by Beloochistan, and West by Persia.&nbsp; The
+population numbers about 7,000,000.&nbsp; They are as wild as the
+country is broken and irregular.&nbsp; They are chiefly
+agriculturists.&nbsp; The country is rich in minerals and
+timber.&nbsp; In time past they have seldom been at peace, being
+very generally at war among themselves.&nbsp; Afghan is a Persian
+word, and means that which is wrapped around&mdash;no doubt
+having reference to the mountain chain that hems in the whole
+land.&nbsp; The people themselves, however, name their country
+Vilayet, which means the land of our ancestors.&nbsp; They claim
+that in their country lived Adam and his children, also Noah and
+his.&nbsp; They say they had in their possession once the ark of
+the covenant, but they have lost it.&nbsp; While it was with
+them, if they took it into battle, victory was sure to be
+theirs.&nbsp; At the present time they have Noah&rsquo;s
+ark.&nbsp; It is embedded in the ground, with a portion
+protruding out, which pilgrims to the top of Dera Ismael
+Khan&mdash;that is, the sacred mountain of Israel&mdash;are
+permitted to see and touch.&nbsp; Many have supposed the Afghans
+to be the Ten Lost Tribes.&nbsp; It has been the folly of many of
+the learned, in time past, to hunt for, and actually expect to
+find, the chosen of God in some out-of-the-way place; to find
+them few, poor, and deluded&mdash;the poorer, the fewer, and the
+more wretched, the better.&nbsp; Hence, the wild Indians of the
+continent, the bushmen of Africa, the aborigines of Australia,
+the Laplanders of the North, and many such have been chosen of
+men&mdash;though not of God.</p>
+<p>The Afghan country, no doubt, once had intercourse with
+Palestine.&nbsp; During Solomon&rsquo;s reign many Jews left the
+land as merchants.&nbsp; Solomon built store cities in Hamath,
+Tadmor in the wilderness, and many others.&nbsp; These store
+cities were on the great highway which he made through the
+desert, so as to <!-- page 32--><a name="page32"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 32</span>bring the trade of Dedan and Sheba to
+Jerusalem.&nbsp; That Hebrew names are given to the mountains,
+places, rivers, and persons, no one can deny; but such does not
+prove them to be the Lost Tribes&mdash;it shows away back Jewish
+influence and intercourse.&nbsp; They do not speak the Hebrew,
+but two languages called the Pukhtu and Pushtu.&nbsp; In either
+language there are few, if any, traces of the Hebrew.&nbsp; No
+doubt the Lost Tribes, after being scattered into Central Asia,
+when taken captive about 725 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>,
+wandered, some of them into Afghan, and probably for a time
+settled there, and gave names to the country.&nbsp; The Afghans
+themselves went into the country from India, and as the Tribes
+moved Westward they left the Afghans in possession.</p>
+<p>The Afghan country comes now into great importance because it
+is on the highway of the march of Israelitish civilisation and
+progress.&nbsp; England wants it; and I predict she shall get
+it.&nbsp; Russia wants it, and at present seems to have the upper
+hand; but Russia or England, or the world, can avail nothing
+against the purposes of Jehovah.&nbsp; The gates are promised to
+Israel, therefore she will get them.&nbsp; The English have
+already an army of 35,000 men in the Peshawur Valley.&nbsp;
+Russia is gathering a force, and ere long the two countries will
+be brought face to face.&nbsp; The end of the whole muddle will
+be that England will take charge of Afghan.&nbsp; Thirty-three
+years ago Disraeli wrote his novel called
+&ldquo;Tancred.&rdquo;&nbsp; In this novel he makes the Queen of
+England the Empress of India, and one of her favourite officers
+is made Earl Beaconsfield; so far fancy has become fact.&nbsp;
+But in that same novel the future of the present strife has been
+set forth.&nbsp; It has been very finely put by the London
+<i>Spectator</i>:&mdash;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;There is a story going about, founded, we believe, on
+good authority, that when some one quoted &lsquo;Tancred,&rsquo;
+two or three months ago, in Lord Beaconsfield&rsquo;s presence,
+the Prime Minister remarked: &lsquo;Ah!&nbsp; I perceive you have
+been reading &ldquo;Tancred.&rdquo;&nbsp; <!-- page 33--><a
+name="page33"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 33</span>That is a
+work to which I refer more and more every year&mdash;not for
+amusement, but for instruction.&rsquo;&nbsp; And if anyone will
+take the trouble just now to refresh his memory of
+&lsquo;Tancred,&rsquo; he will see how much Lord Beaconsfield has
+borrowed from it in relation to his policy.&nbsp; Turn, for
+instance, to this passage: &lsquo;If I were an Arab in race as
+well as in religion,&rsquo; said Tancred, &lsquo;I would not pass
+my life in schemes to govern mere mountain tribes.&rsquo;&nbsp;
+&lsquo;I&rsquo;ll tell you,&rsquo; said the Emir, springing from
+his divan, and flinging the tube of his nargileh to the other end
+of the tent, &lsquo;the game is in our own hands if we have
+energy.&nbsp; There is a combination which would entirely change
+the whole face of the world and bring back empire to the
+East.&nbsp; Though you are not the brother to the Queen of the
+English, you are, nevertheless, a great English prince, and the
+Queen will listen to what you say, especially if you talk to her
+as you talk to me, and say such fine things in such a beautiful
+voice.&nbsp; Nobody ever opened my mind like you.&nbsp; You will
+magnetise the Queen as you have magnetised me.&nbsp; Go back to
+England and arrange this.&nbsp; You see, gloss over it as they
+may, one thing is clear, it is finished with England . . . Let
+the Queen of the English collect a great fleet, let her stow away
+all her treasure, bullion, plate, and precious arms; be
+accompanied by all her court and chief people, and transfer the
+seat of her empire from London to Delhi.&nbsp; There she will
+find an immense empire ready-made, a first-rate army, and a large
+revenue.&nbsp; In the meantime I will arrange with Mehemet
+Ali.&nbsp; He shall have Bagdad and Mesopotamia, and pour the
+Bedouin cavalry into Persia.&nbsp; I will take care of Syria and
+Asia Minor.&nbsp; The only way to manage the Afghans is by Persia
+and by the Arabs.&nbsp; We will acknowledge the Empress of India
+as our suzerain, and secure for her the Levantine coast.&nbsp; If
+she like, she shall have Alexandria, as she now has Malta.&nbsp;
+It could be arranged.&nbsp; Your Queen is young.&nbsp; She has an
+<i>avenir</i>.&nbsp; Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel will never give
+her this advice; their habits are formed.&nbsp; They <!-- page
+34--><a name="page34"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 34</span>are
+too old, two <i>ruses</i>.&nbsp; But you see! the greatest empire
+that ever existed; besides which she gets rid of the
+embarrassment of her chambers! and quite practicable!&nbsp; For
+the only difficult part, the conquest of India, which baffled
+Alexander, is all done.&rsquo;&nbsp; Who can avoid seeing that
+Lord Beaconsfield has been quite recently referring to this
+passage&mdash;&lsquo;not,&rsquo; as he said, &lsquo;for
+amusement, but for instruction?&rsquo;&nbsp; These are all the
+ideas of his recent policy in germ&mdash;especially the treatment
+of the British Empire as having its centre of gravity in the far
+East&mdash;the use of the Indian Army for conquest to be made in
+Western Asia&mdash;the acquisition of the Levantine coast for
+Great Britain&mdash;the active alliance between the British power
+and the Mohammedan power&mdash;and last, not least, the getting
+rid, to a great extent at least, by the help of Indian leverage,
+of &lsquo;the embarrassment of the chambers.&rsquo;&nbsp; For the
+last eight months, at least, English policy has evidently been
+borrowed from &lsquo;Tancred.&rsquo;&nbsp; The monarch, for
+anything we know, has been &lsquo;magnetised.&rsquo;&nbsp; The
+Cabinet assuredly have.&nbsp; Lord Derby and Lord Carnarvon have
+been treated much as the Emir in &lsquo;Tancred&rsquo; would have
+treated &lsquo;Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel&rsquo;&mdash;thrown
+aside as two &lsquo;ruses.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+<p>England has indeed adopted an Oriental policy, and forward she
+must go to execute Jehovah&rsquo;s purpose.&nbsp; Russia is
+preparing on a gigantic scale.&nbsp; In Prussia the most
+flourishing branch of trade among the Germans at present is the
+manufacturing of arms for Russia.&nbsp; Though the late war be
+over, still Russia is buying ships, and fitting them out in this
+country.&nbsp; She feels bitterly her defeat through English
+diplomacy: England taking Cyprus, assuming protection over
+Asiatic Turkey, and making Russia yield back to Turkey 30,700
+geographical miles which was contained in the original Treaty of
+San Stefano.&nbsp; The following from the Government organ of
+Russia will give you some idea of her chagrin.</p>
+<p>The St. Petersburg <i>Golos</i> says that the Treaty of Berlin
+has <!-- page 35--><a name="page35"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+35</span>produced an almost crushing impression on the Russian
+public.&nbsp; &ldquo;It is felt that Russia has not attained her
+object; that she has been deceived by her friends, and that she
+has foolishly helped her enemies with her victories . . .&nbsp;
+What is the reason of our failure?&nbsp; One-half per cent. of
+our population have perished in the war, hundreds of millions
+have been expended, and yet the Eastern Question is not solved
+and the Treaty of Berlin is merely a truce.&nbsp; The last war
+has clearly shown all our national peculiarities as well as our
+moral and material strength . . . All the military requirements
+which depended on the inbred qualities of the Russian soldier
+were brilliantly carried out; but where knowledge and preparation
+were demanded we were not equal to the task.&nbsp; It was
+probably for this reason that we felt so much hurt on reading of
+the boldness of Lord Beaconsfield, who doubtless reckoned on the
+superior culture of Englishmen to that of Russians.&nbsp; All
+classes of Russian society are responsible for this.&nbsp; We do
+not estimate culture and knowledge at their true value.&nbsp;
+Most of us say that mental work does not bring money, and that
+culture is a means of corruption . . . In Western Europe, on the
+other hand, people have arrived by hard experience at the
+conviction that intelligence, capacity, culture, and energy,
+bring men to the front, and give them peace at home and power
+abroad.&nbsp; It is the knowledge of how to make the best
+possible use of their energy and abilities that has enabled the
+English to derive success from our victories and
+sacrifices.&nbsp; May this be a lesson to us.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But enough; one knows the end ere they begin, for the Word of
+God is true.&nbsp; We do not argue that the English are so much
+smarter than other people; no, but we account for their success
+because they are the executive nation of Divine Providence.&nbsp;
+It falls to the lot of those who do not believe this theory to
+account for their success without allowing them to be
+smarter.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 36--><a name="page36"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+36</span>ISRAEL AND TERRITORY.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> III.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">PROMISES TO ISRAEL&mdash;MATERIAL
+NATURE&mdash;LOCATION OF THE TRIBES IN CHRIST&rsquo;S
+DAY&mdash;GOD&rsquo;S PROVIDENCE&mdash;BRITISH AND AMERICAN
+RULE&mdash;LIFE FROM THE DEAD&mdash;TEACHING THE NATIONS PEACEFUL
+ARBITRATION&mdash;ENGLAND AND RUSSIA&mdash;AFGHANISTAN FALLS TO
+ANGLO-ISRAEL&mdash;GOD&rsquo;S POLITICAL
+GEOGRAPHY&mdash;ANGLO-SAXON EVANGELISATION&mdash;RUSSIA OPPOSING
+IT&mdash;BRITISH AND RUSSIAN OUTPOSTS IN CONTACT&mdash;WAIL OF
+JUDAH&mdash;EARTH&rsquo;S GIRDLE.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them
+stretch forth the curtains of thine habitations; spare not,
+lengthen thy cords, and strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt
+break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall
+inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be
+inhabited.&rdquo;&mdash;Isa. liv. 2, 3.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>In the writings of the prophets the feminine gender is often
+used when speaking of the House of Israel, and the masculine when
+denoting the House of Judah.&nbsp; Quite frequently Israel is
+spoken of as a divorced woman, as being cast off, and as being
+barren.&nbsp; Judah remaining faithful to the throne of David and
+the temple service, and abiding in the land much longer than
+Israel, is presented as one married.&nbsp; So you will understand
+Jeremiah iii. 8, when he says: &ldquo;And I saw, when for all the
+causes whereby backsliding Israel committed adultery I had put
+her away, and given her a bill of divorce.&rdquo;&nbsp; Again,
+Isaiah l. 1: &ldquo;Thus saith the Lord, Where is the bill of
+your mother&rsquo;s divorcement whom I have put
+away?&rdquo;&nbsp; Yet, though Israel was divorced, forsaken,
+cast off, and desolate, she was to have more children than
+married Judah.&nbsp; So the verse preceding the text says:
+&ldquo;Sing, O barren, thou that didst not bear; break forth into
+singing, and cry aloud thou that didst not travail with child;
+for more are the children of the desolate than the <!-- page
+37--><a name="page37"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+37</span>children of the married wife, saith the
+Lord.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then come the words of the text bidding her
+enlarge the place of her tent, or dwelling-place, to stretch
+forth her curtains, so as to cover over the new-gotten
+habitations.&nbsp; To spare not&mdash;that is, to be not tardy,
+or slow&mdash;in lengthening out her cords&mdash;that is, her
+influence&mdash;and strengthen her stakes&mdash;that is, her
+authority; but to break forth on every hand where there is an
+opening, and inherit the seed of the Gentiles, and make the
+languishing and poverty-stricken cities of the nations to be
+inhabited; in this conquest to go on and fear not.</p>
+<p>These exhortations are given, and promises are made to Israel
+after she had left Palestine.&nbsp; No one can say truthfully
+that they have yet been fulfilled in no degree or sense, unless
+they find such fulfilment in the conquests of the Saxon
+race.&nbsp; These predictions cannot apply to the Jews, for they
+are few, nationless, and without a government.&nbsp; Touching the
+past history of both Judah and Israel in Palestine, we shall find
+it to be barren of victories, territory, acquisition, and number,
+in comparison to other nations.&nbsp; They have never occupied
+the land given to Abraham in fulness.&nbsp; In Solomon&rsquo;s
+time they bare rule only over a part of it.&nbsp; The Gentiles
+and heathens have occupied it more and longer than the sons of
+Abraham.&nbsp; But what failed to be accomplished in the past, is
+held grandly in reserve for this day, the next few years.&nbsp;
+God will remember His promise to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and
+David.&nbsp; He will remember it to fulfil it, in spite of hell
+or earth.</p>
+<p>We have been blind and guilty in the past, unconscious of our
+origin, and as a natural consequence, ignorant of our place and
+special work.&nbsp; In interpreting the Word of God we have been
+lavish in spiritualising, and greedy in materialising,
+overlooking the fact that nine-tenths of the Old Testament is a
+material history about one people, and that through them
+God&rsquo;s special providence was to flow to all other nations;
+and the New Testament plants the life and prosperity of the
+Gentile <!-- page 38--><a name="page38"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 38</span>world upon the course and progress of
+Israel.&nbsp; God said to Abraham, &ldquo;In thee shall all the
+families of the earth be blessed:&rdquo; and more, &ldquo;and in
+thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be
+blessed.&rdquo;&nbsp; Israel, being scattered and cast off,
+became a blessing to the world.&nbsp; They gave to the
+surrounding nations the only true idea of God, for in their
+lowest condition and idolatry they preserved the name and
+knowledge of Jehovah, and Christ sent His disciples after them
+through one of their own Tribe&mdash;namely,
+Benjamin&mdash;telling them not to go into the way of the
+Gentiles, nor into the cities of the Samaritans, &ldquo;but go
+rather to the lost sheep of the House of Israel.&rdquo;&nbsp; To
+these sheep Christ declares He was sent.&nbsp; Where were these
+sheep?&nbsp; They were scattered about in Central Asia&mdash;in
+Scriptural language in Cappadocia, Galatia, Pamphylia, Lydia,
+Bithynia, and round about Illyricum.&nbsp; From these very
+regions came the Saxons: from here they spread abroad North and
+West, being the most Christian of any people on the face of the
+earth then, as well as now.&nbsp; Their reception of the Gospel
+gave them power over the surrounding nations, to whom they were,
+as it had been foretold, witnesses for Jesus and providence in a
+very special manner.&nbsp; What then, we say with Paul, will be
+the blessing of Israel&mdash;recognized and fully restored to
+God&rsquo;s favour?&nbsp; If so much good was carried and
+bestowed upon the Gentile nations because Israel was scattered,
+how much, and what are the blessings in store for those nations
+when Israel and Judah be restored?&nbsp; Paul compares it to a
+resurrection&mdash;like as when the barrenness and desolation of
+a Winter is supplanted by the fruits and beauties of
+Summer.&nbsp; &ldquo;If the casting away of them be the
+reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be,
+but life from the dead?&rdquo; (Rom. xi. 15).</p>
+<p>It is reasonable to suppose that this world is subject to the
+providence of God.&nbsp; Such a supposition is grandly sustained
+by the laws and operations of nature without, and the experience
+and intuitions of the mind within; and I believe this providence
+<!-- page 39--><a name="page39"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+39</span>to be all-comprehensive, bounding, and cognising all
+things, past, present, and future, both small and great; claiming
+the ages for its measure, the universe for the field of its
+operations, and the Infinite as the source of power.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;The Lord Jehovah reigns, let the earth
+rejoice.&rdquo;&nbsp; Let me persuade you to thoroughly believe
+in the precision, the intimacy, and the completeness of this
+providence.&nbsp; This doctrine we need to fully learn and
+accept.&nbsp; &ldquo;In the beginning God created the heavens and
+the earth,&rdquo; and it is He &ldquo;who hath measured the
+waters in the hollow of His hand, and meted out heaven with a
+span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure, and
+weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a
+balance.&rdquo;&nbsp; Aye, and more, yet closer still does this
+providence approach us in our affairs.&nbsp; &ldquo;By Him kings
+reign and princes decree judgment.&nbsp; He bringeth the princes
+to nothing; He maketh the judges of the earth as
+vanity.&rdquo;&nbsp; Even closer yet, for without His permission
+a sparrow cannot fall to the ground; and so intimate is He with
+us, that He knoweth the number of the hairs of the head.&nbsp;
+Now all this kind of Bible instruction is intended to teach the
+nearness of God to us, and His interest and intimacy with nations
+and nature.&nbsp; Let us not think for a moment that nations can
+rush to war and be outside this circle of providence.&nbsp; Let
+us study to know God&rsquo;s mind, His plans and purposes with
+the nations; for rest satisfied that His plan will finally be
+accepted by men and nations, and His purposes will prevail.&nbsp;
+Kings may plan, diplomatists may diplomatise, scientists may
+analyse, theologians may teach and preach their isms, and
+politicians may make platforms and construct rings, yet none, nor
+all combined, can stay the hand of God.&nbsp; &ldquo;He doeth
+according to His will in the armies of heaven and among the
+inhabitants of the earth.&rdquo;&nbsp; He can initiate, permit,
+modify, and destroy.&nbsp; Once we truly recognise the
+sovereignty of God over us, conceit will lie dead at the feet of
+humility.</p>
+<p>The Church at large has but a slender hold upon this great
+<!-- page 40--><a name="page40"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+40</span>doctrine.&nbsp; They look upon the great movement of
+wars and strife, rising and falling of nations, as looks the
+country stranger upon a railway engine the first time, the
+whirling wheels, the steam and smoke and burnished boiler rivet
+his attention so completely, that he sees not the driver in his
+car.&nbsp; So men are dazed with the show of pomp of courts and
+councils, with the harangues of legislators and march of
+regiments, that they discern not the master hand behind that
+directs all.&nbsp; &ldquo;Verily, Thou art a God that hidest
+Thyself.&rdquo;&nbsp; No, no, friends; English bravery, nor
+American ingenuity will not account for all that England has done
+on the line of victories, and the marvellous and rapid growth of
+these United States.&nbsp; As God said long ago through Moses, so
+He could say to-day&mdash;for heavenly counsel was given to the
+children of Israel on entering the Promised Land, with a design
+of suppressing their pride and enabling them to form a correct
+idea of their success in driving the strong and greater nations
+of Canaanites and Philistines&mdash;&ldquo;Speak not thou in
+thine heart, after that the Lord thy God hath cast them out from
+before thee saying: For my righteousness the Lord hath brought me
+in to possess this land; but for the wickedness of these nations
+the Lord doth drive them out from before thee.&nbsp; Not for thy
+righteousness, or the uprightness of thine heart, dost thou go to
+possess the land, but for the wickedness of those nations the
+Lord thy God doth drive them out from before thee, that He may
+perform the word which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, Abraham,
+Isaac, and Jacob.&nbsp; Understand, therefore, that the Lord thy
+God giveth thee not this good land to possess it for thy
+righteousness, for thou art a stiff-necked people&rdquo; (Deut.
+ix. 4).</p>
+<p>By the same rule and for the very same reason that Israel
+conquered Palestine, does England go on from conquest to
+conquest.&nbsp; And because God remembered to perform His
+promises made to the patriarchs upon their seed, America was <!--
+page 41--><a name="page41"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+41</span>opened for the Puritans, who are without doubt the
+descendants and representatives of Manasseh, of whom God said
+&ldquo;he should be a people, a great people.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The rule of England and America over other people, is to be as
+life from the dead&mdash;that is, whatsoever country England
+conquers and rules, it is better for the people, and the country,
+and the world.&nbsp; They give to the people a liberty that they
+would not have given to themselves; they develop the resources of
+the country as never before, and by trade and commerce bless the
+people and cause them to be a blessing unto others.&nbsp; And
+better still, they make known to the conquered ones, in due time,
+the riches of faith in Christ.&nbsp; So we have no hesitation in
+saying, a thing patent to every unprejudiced observer, that the
+aborigines of the conquered colonies of Great Britain are treated
+better by their conquerors than they ever treated
+themselves.&nbsp; The Africans, in the conquered colonies of
+Africa, are better off under British rule than those colonies or
+portions unconquered are.&nbsp; The hosts of India enjoy more,
+fare better in every grace and virtue in all that goes to adorn
+and develop mankind, under the British government and protection
+than they ever did or would under self-government.&nbsp; So the
+French, Germans, Italians, Russians, Spaniards, and the numerous
+progeny of emigrants to this country, fare better in every way
+with Manasseh, than they did in their own lands.&nbsp; Of course,
+both in England&rsquo;s rule and America&rsquo;s, there are many
+defects; but taking all in all, the good will out-weigh the bad;
+and more so as the years roll on.</p>
+<p>True, an arbitrary purpose and an individualism is seen on the
+surface, yet under it all there is the hand of God.&nbsp; The
+farmer is free as to what he sows, but the Divine, without
+interfering with his freedom, regulates the harvest to plenty or
+famine.&nbsp; The Saxon people, England and America, stand in a
+new light to the world by the teachings of the Bible.&nbsp; Being
+Israel or the Ten Lost Tribes, they become at once the chosen
+<!-- page 42--><a name="page42"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+42</span>agents of God for the glorious purpose of evangelising
+the whole world, and finally, by reducing the whole earth to the
+plane of universal liberty and peace.</p>
+<p>It was necessary that these two nations should first be taught
+the art of mediation, for the ends of peace; that they should
+learn and show to the world that national disputes and grievances
+can be settled without an appeal to the sword.&nbsp; Hence we
+have, and what is much better, the world has, Geneva and Alabama
+and the fish bounty treaty of Canada and the United States.&nbsp;
+Not all the press did on either side, nor all the carping and
+blustering of individuals, could prevent the happy consummation
+of both these treaties.&nbsp; To God be praise, for they are
+prophetic harbingers of a better day coming.</p>
+<p>No hand nor power, nor combination of powers, can stop the
+onward march of Israel to her God-ordained goal.&nbsp; Her future
+is to spread on the right hand and on the left.&nbsp; Island
+after island, colony after colony, will fall into her hands for
+mutual benefit.&nbsp; Russia may contest this march, and will,
+for she is as much the appointed agent of contest from Heaven as
+England is to advance.&nbsp; In a few years she will try to take
+the place of England among the nations, as she has just done in
+Afghan.&nbsp; Russia promised, no doubt, that she would and could
+protect the Ameer against England, but the bargain was outside of
+the aims of Providence, hence it could not be sustained.&nbsp; It
+is ordained of Heaven that Afghan fall into the hands of England,
+if England be Israel.</p>
+<p>Against this fate-like division of the world Russia is going
+to contend and fight whenever she gets a chance.&nbsp; It would
+pay Russia and many other countries to read that &ldquo;When the
+Most High divided to the nations their inheritance, when He
+separated the sons of Adam, He set the bounds of the people
+according to the children of Israel&rdquo; (Deut. xxxii.
+8).&nbsp; These bounds God will maintain wherever they run;
+whatever country they cut in two, no matter, the earth must
+finally conform to <!-- page 43--><a name="page43"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 43</span>this Divine geography.&nbsp; This
+purpose is strongly set forth by Isaiah xliv. 7: &ldquo;And who,
+as I, shall call and shall declare it, and set it in order for
+Me, since I appointed the ancient people? and the things that are
+coming and shall come.&rdquo;&nbsp; This same sturdy fact is
+taught by Paul when speaking to the Athenians, telling them that
+God &ldquo;hath made of one blood all nations of men to dwell on
+the face of the earth, <i>and hath determined the times before
+appointed</i>, <i>and the bounds of their
+habitations</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; National destinies are not so much
+things of chance, or prizes for the sword, as many think.&nbsp;
+God promised to David, when both Israel and Judah were
+prosperously settled in Palestine under David&rsquo;s reign, that
+He would appoint a place for His people Israel, and plant them
+there, and they should not be moved, neither should the wicked
+afflict them, as aforetime (2 Sam. vii. 10.)&nbsp; This promise
+God has kept.&nbsp; He has given them the British Isles, where
+none can afflict them, as they were wont to do when Israel was
+scattered in Asia and Europe.&nbsp; God has found Manasseh a home
+in this land of blessings and rich acres.</p>
+<p>England, by a necessity, was forced to find new countries to
+provide for her multiplying population.&nbsp; Then she is forced
+to enter other nations as a missionary.&nbsp; She, with Manasseh,
+is chiefly responsible for the evangelisation of the world, and
+of course they are at work all over the world, for England and
+the United States send out more missionaries than all the world
+beside.&nbsp; Russia needs no land for colonisation, for now her
+inhabitants number only thirty-four to the square mile, while
+England numbers 889.&nbsp; If we take in all the territory under
+Russia and England, even then England has more to the square mile
+than Russia.&nbsp; Russia comprises about 8,000,000 square miles,
+and England, with her late additions, leaving out the United
+States, numbers about 9,000,000.&nbsp; Joining Ephraim and
+Manasseh together, they own one-fourth of the whole
+world&mdash;namely, about 13,000,000 square miles; <!-- page
+44--><a name="page44"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 44</span>the
+whole earth numbers 51,340,800 square miles.&nbsp; Besides,
+Russia is not a missionary country.&nbsp; She neither sends any,
+nor accepts any, being at present the only nation closed to
+missionary operation and toleration.&nbsp; The past few years
+Russia has gained rapidly in territorial power.&nbsp; With the
+conquest of Bokhara and portions of Turkestan, or Independent
+Tartary, she has added some 800,000 square miles.</p>
+<p>At the beginning of the last century the Russian advance forts
+were 2,500 miles distant from those of England.&nbsp; At the
+close of the century the distance was 2,000.&nbsp; Then in 1810
+it was reduced to 1,000.&nbsp; And since 1855 it has been reduced
+to 400.&nbsp; And now, of course, they want it reduced to nothing
+by getting control of Afghan.</p>
+<p>How wonderfully clear are the fulfilling events of the
+prophecy.&nbsp; This king of the North is to become a strong
+king, who, when Israel and Judah are settled in Palestine, will
+have spirit and power to attack them.&nbsp; So he is ripening,
+growing, and gathering power ready.&nbsp; Russia now comprises
+nine crowns, eight of which are crowns of conquest.&nbsp;
+Russia&rsquo;s one grand desire is to possess Palestine,
+especially Jerusalem.&nbsp; The Crimean war was waged for rights
+and extended privileges in this holy city.&nbsp; To-day Russian
+pilgrims swarm thither by the thousands every year.&nbsp; A few
+years ago she built outside the Jaffa gate what she called an
+hospice, which was designed to be nothing more nor less than a
+fort.&nbsp; It is in a position commanding the whole city, and is
+a place of great strength.&nbsp; Often she has tried to possess
+the city and land.&nbsp; By-and-bye she will be permitted by
+Providence to pour her troops into this &ldquo;land of unwalled
+villages,&rdquo; and when having nearly achieved the ambitious
+plan of ages, and nearly realised her one great national idea,
+she will perish, to rise no more, &ldquo;on the mountains of
+Israel.&rdquo;&nbsp; Her history is set forth by Ezekiel xxxviii.
+and xxxix. chapters.</p>
+<p>Palestine and Jerusalem have borne undeniable evidence for
+prophecy and Providence.&nbsp; The whole land and the Book have
+<!-- page 45--><a name="page45"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+45</span>been wonderfully agreed during the past eighteen
+centuries.&nbsp; How significant and telling the wailings and
+lamentations of the devout Jews, who crowd under the walls of the
+mosque of Omar, the site of the ancient temple.&nbsp; Here, each
+returning Sabbath, groups of Jews may be heard dolefully crying:
+&ldquo;<i>Ali bene</i>, <i>Ali bene</i>; <i>bene bethka</i>;
+<i>bekarob</i>, <i>bimheira</i>, <i>bimheira</i>;
+<i>beyamenue</i>, <i>bekarob</i>,&rdquo; which, being
+interpreted, means, &ldquo;Lord build, Lord build; build Thy
+house speedily, in haste, in haste; even in our day build Thy
+house speedily.&rdquo;&nbsp; Yes, mourning brethren of Judah, the
+time is coming when the house shall be built and the voice of
+wailing no more heard in the streets.</p>
+<p>Can any student or inquirer after the truth fail to see that
+in our day a prophecy is being fulfilled?&nbsp; Can any one shut
+their eyes to the wonderful fact that Israel is breaking forth on
+the left and on the right?&nbsp; God has long ago said that
+Israel were the people of His inheritance, and that Jacob was the
+lot of His inheritance, or His girdle, or cord, as the word lot
+means.&nbsp; Then, if you turn your attention to Great Britain
+and her colonies, including Manasseh, you will see this girdle or
+measuring line around the earth.&nbsp; Let me aid you by pointing
+the same out for you.&nbsp; Look at the Eastern hemisphere
+circle, enclosing the Gentile nations.&nbsp; Begin with Great
+Britain; pass on to the Channel Islands, Gibraltar, Malta,
+Cyprus, West Coast African Colonies, St. Helena, Cape Colonies,
+Mauritius, Seychelles, Perim, Aden, Ceylon, India, Burmah,
+Straits Settlements, Labuan, Australian Colonies, Hong Kong, and
+the Dominion of Canada.&nbsp; In the Western hemisphere commence
+the circle with Canada and United States, Fiji Islands, New
+Zealand, Falkland Islands, British Guiana, British Honduras, West
+India Islands, and Newfoundland.&nbsp; Do we not plainly see that
+Israel is possessing &ldquo;the isles of the sea,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;coasts of the earth,&rdquo; &ldquo;waste and desolate
+places?&rdquo;&nbsp; These things are not hid in a corner; they
+proclaim the intentions of God, an over-ruling Providence; and
+who and where the Lost Tribes are.&nbsp; A miracle and prophecy
+are fulfilling before our eyes.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 46--><a name="page46"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+46</span>ISRAEL AND POPULATION.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> IV.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">PROPHETIC LATTER DAYS&mdash;OUR BEARINGS IN
+THE AGES&mdash;UNWISE IMPATIENCE&mdash;ISRAEL TO BE ALWAYS A
+NATION&mdash;HER EMPIRE&mdash;HISTORIC CAREER OF AND FUTURE OF
+ENGLAND, AMERICA, AND JUDAH&mdash;RELATIVE INCREASE OF
+POPULATION&mdash;THE INFIDEL SAXON&mdash;JEWISH, BRITISH, AND
+AMERICAN INTERESTS ONE&mdash;A FULL END OF ALL NATIONS BUT
+ISRAEL&mdash;FAMINE HENCEFORTH ONLY FOR THE
+HEATHEN&mdash;ARBITRATION TO BE ENFORCED BY ISRAEL&mdash;AMERICAN
+ABSORBTION&mdash;STARTLING FIGURES OF FUTURE POPULATION&mdash;THE
+BALANCE OF POWER.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Yet the number of the children of Israel
+shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured or
+numbered; and it shall come to pass that in the place where it
+was said unto them, Ye are not My people, there it shall be said
+unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God.&rdquo;&mdash;Hosea
+i. 10.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>A period of time is frequently referred to in the Scriptures
+as being the &ldquo;latter days.&rdquo;&nbsp; It is, therefore,
+very important for the prophetic student, and the Church of
+Christ at large, that the time of days spoken of should be
+known.&nbsp; For connected with these days are a number of
+prophecies waiting fulfilment, and they are of such a nature that
+their fulfilment may easily be discerned.&nbsp; In breadth and
+scope they cover much territory and include many people.&nbsp;
+They cannot be hid in a corner, for the parts are so numerous and
+the interests so great.&nbsp; The fulfilment of these prophecies
+will make a radical and fundamental change in Church and
+State.</p>
+<p>I take it for granted we are now entering into the time of the
+latter days&mdash;a time that precedes by a natural consequence
+the millennium.&nbsp; It is, therefore, unwise on the part of any
+person to claim that Christ may come any day, and that His
+millennial reign may be begun at any moment.&nbsp; It is but fair
+that we should carefully consider our bearings in the circle of
+<!-- page 47--><a name="page47"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+47</span>Providence and our position in the ages.&nbsp; The story
+and work of redemption are grand, full of interest and thrilling
+incidents; still we must take things in their order.&nbsp; Some
+stories we read are very fascinating.&nbsp; The plot culminates,
+the characters and incidents converge toward and centre in the
+hero.&nbsp; At such a point we are often carried away with our
+sympathy for the hero; we become anxious for him, and desires to
+know the issues, and so are tempted to skip a few pages and get
+at the end unwisely and unlawfully.&nbsp; Thus I think many are
+carried away by a loving desire for the millennium; they become
+anxious for the return of the Hero of redemption; they skip a few
+pages of Providence, and come to the end too soon.</p>
+<p>These days are preparative, and in such a preparative stage we
+are warranted to look for the fulfilment of certain prophecies;
+for prophecies, indeed, of such a nature and character that no
+Bible student need be mistaken as to the time, place, and
+conditions of fulfilment.&nbsp; We have called your attention to
+one of these prophecies, and pointed out to you how the same was
+literally fulfilling before the eyes of all.&nbsp; God, in olden
+times, made promises to Abraham, the patriarchs, and their
+seed.&nbsp; These promises were nothing more nor less than
+prophecies.&nbsp; He attested the same by His own oath.&nbsp; He
+called to witness the sun, moon, stars, sea, night, day, the
+seasons, seedtime and harvest.&nbsp; These He called His
+ordinances.&nbsp; These ordinances may depart from before Him,
+but the seed of Israel should not cease to be a nation.&nbsp;
+They were not only to be a nation, but a company of
+nations.&nbsp; To this end, in the latter days, they were to come
+in possession of the isles of the sea, the coasts of the earth,
+waste and desolate places; to inherit the seed of the Gentiles,
+and cause their desolate cities to be filled.&nbsp; They were to
+possess and rule over the heathen.&nbsp; In the latter days they
+were to possess Edom and Esau&mdash;that is, Turkey&mdash;and so
+come in possession of their own land, Palestine.&nbsp; Now I call
+you to <!-- page 48--><a name="page48"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 48</span>witness, and ask you if these things
+are so?&nbsp; Before your eyes, before mine, before the eyes of
+all the world, God is fulfilling His promises made to the
+fathers.</p>
+<p>The very exceptions to the sweeping and comprehensive
+possessions of the seed of Jacob are pyramidal witnesses to the
+same.&nbsp; The House of Judah was to become homeless, without a
+nation and without a government, after they left Palestine; but
+to be a people known by the race feature, and by their unwavering
+adherence, attachment, and fidelity to the Mosaic worship.&nbsp;
+This exception all can see, and none can truthfully deny.&nbsp;
+They have had money and men enough to buy and rule a nation, but
+as yet they have none.&nbsp; Their talent, their ability, and
+their money, have been the chief factor in the rule, prosperity,
+and greatness of many nations in the past as well as now.&nbsp;
+And the second conception is not less grand and conclusive.&nbsp;
+Let any one inquire what was to be the portion of the Tribe of
+Manasseh, and they will find that Manasseh was to be a distinct
+people, a great people; for so said the dying patriarch
+Jacob.&nbsp; Now such a people, a great people, we hold Manasseh
+to be at this day in the people of the United States.&nbsp; Some
+sixty colonies England has overrun, established, or conquered,
+and she is busy at work yet conquering and gathering in.&nbsp;
+But is it not remarkable that she has never lost one of the many
+save the United States?&nbsp; Will any one give an earthly reason
+for this marvellous exception?&nbsp; I presume no one can.&nbsp;
+There is, however, a Divine reason.&nbsp; Moses, when giving his
+prophetic benediction to the Tribes of Israel, gives us an
+insight into this question.&nbsp; Speaking of Joseph and the
+wonderful blessing in store for his sons Ephraim and Manasseh, he
+says: &ldquo;His glory is like the firstling of his bullock, and
+his horns are like the horns of unicorns; and with them he shall
+push the people together to the ends of the earth; <i>and they
+are the ten thousands of Ephraim</i>, <i>and they are the
+thousands of Manasseh</i>&rdquo; (Deut, xxxiii. 17).&nbsp; And
+further light is thrown on this <!-- page 49--><a
+name="page49"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 49</span>subject when
+we notice what Isaiah says in the forty-ninth chapter.&nbsp; The
+children of Israel, when settled in some Isles, would lose a
+portion of themselves, and still the &ldquo;children which thou
+shalt have <i>after thou hast lost the other</i>, shall say again
+in thine ears, The place is too strait for me, give place to me
+that I may dwell.&rdquo;&nbsp; The simple and natural
+interpretation of such a passage is, that the Isles referred to
+were the British Isles.&nbsp; The children lost refer to
+Manasseh, the Pilgrims, and Puritans who came from England.&nbsp;
+And the cry for more room after they have left, shall lead
+England to look for lands in which to colonise her surplus
+population, all of which she has done and is doing.</p>
+<p>Surely in these things there is something more than
+chance.&nbsp; Yes, there is a divine purpose fulfilled.&nbsp;
+Seeing, then, that God will put the land into Israel&rsquo;s
+hand, there will run another blessing parallel with
+this&mdash;namely, a peculiar increase of the seed, or children
+of Israel, so that they may occupy and control these lands.&nbsp;
+These two prophecies are to be fulfilling on a parallel line at
+the same time.&nbsp; Are they so fulfilling?&nbsp; We answer,
+Yes; and the answer all the world may verify, for the facts are
+of such a nature that if they are not so fulfilling it can be
+very easily disproved.</p>
+<p>The prophet tells us in the text that the children of Israel
+are to be numerous&mdash;to be numerous in an extraordinary
+degree&mdash;so much so that it shall appear partly miraculous
+when such increase is compared to other people or judged by the
+common methods of reasoning.&nbsp; Hosea had three children; the
+first a son.&nbsp; He called him Jezreel.&nbsp; This son was set
+for a witness that God would cause to cease the House of Israel
+in Palestine&mdash;that Israel should cease to be a nation for a
+time.&nbsp; This idea Isaiah points out under the type of an
+abandoned wife.&nbsp; God styles Himself the Husband of Israel,
+and that He had given the wife a bill of divorcement.&nbsp; Thus
+the two prophets agree, and history ratifies both.</p>
+<p><!-- page 50--><a name="page50"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+50</span>Hosea&rsquo;s second child he calls Lo-Ruhamah.&nbsp;
+She was set for a witness that God would take away His mercy from
+the House of Israel for a time, and that God would utterly take
+them away out of the land.&nbsp; So He did; for a few years after
+this we find the children of Israel were carried captive into
+Assyria by Shalmaneser, and the Assyrians were brought and put in
+their place.&nbsp; And from these Assyrians, who were planted in
+the cities and country left by the children of Israel, we get the
+Samaritans, who were, as you see, not Jews nor Israelites by
+generation&mdash;they were manufactured Jews only.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;And the Lord removed Israel out of His sight, as He had
+said by all His servants the prophets.&nbsp; So was Israel
+carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this
+day&rdquo; (2 Kings xvii. 23).&nbsp; During this captivity, which
+is even in force till now, barren Israel, the divorced one, was
+to have more children than the married one&mdash;namely,
+Judah.</p>
+<p>We find that the third child born to Hosea is called Lo-ammi,
+meaning, &ldquo;Ye are not My people.&rdquo;&nbsp; This child
+pro-figured the casting out of the Jews; that they would refuse
+to accept God in Christ, and He therefore would reject
+them.&nbsp; Thus the Jews became wanderers from their own
+land.&nbsp; And the land rests in desolation, enjoying her
+Sabbath of rest, while her sons and daughters are being chastised
+and trained for their return.</p>
+<p>The time will come when God will call Israel to Him, and have
+mercy upon her, when the divorced one shall be restored to her
+husband.&nbsp; &ldquo;And it shall be at that day, saith the
+Lord, that thou shalt call Me Ishi, and shalt call me no more
+Baali&rdquo; (Hos. ii. 16).&nbsp; Now Ishi means husband, and
+Baali stands for Lord.&nbsp; Saxons have been looked upon as
+being infidels by the rest of the world.&nbsp; The Mohammedans
+and Buddhists never reckoned the Saxons as being the sons of God;
+and Catholic Europe and Greek Russia have looked upon England as
+infidel and heretical.&nbsp; And the Saxons themselves never went
+so far in their knowledge as to know who they were, their origin
+and <!-- page 51--><a name="page51"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+51</span>work.&nbsp; But the prophet says: &ldquo;It shall come
+to pass that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not
+My people, there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of
+the living God.&rdquo;&nbsp; And the time will come when
+Lo-Ruhamah shall become Ru-hamah, which means to have obtained
+mercy.&nbsp; And Lo-Ammi shall become Ammi, which means that this
+is My people.&nbsp; And Jezreel, which was a sign of dispersion,
+shall be the sign of gathering.&nbsp; &ldquo;Then shall the
+children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered
+together, and appoint themselves one head, and they shall come up
+out of the land; <i>for great shall be the day of
+Jezreel</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then the Jews (Ammi) will call the
+Saxons their sister, long lost, but found at last.&nbsp; The
+Saxons (Ru-hamah) will call the Jews their brother, those whom in
+the past they have hated and persecuted; and thought themselves
+far removed from Jewish blood.&nbsp; Now they both will
+acknowledge a common generation, and Abraham their father.&nbsp;
+And one with his eyes half open can see this part of the prophecy
+fulfilling.&nbsp; The Jews, England, and United States, from this
+and henceforth, are one in interest, policy, and destiny.</p>
+<p>These being the latter days, let us look for the signs of the
+multiplying of the seed so that they be as the sea sands God
+promised to Abraham, saying: &ldquo;That in blessing I will bless
+thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of
+heaven and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed
+shall possess the gate of his enemies&rdquo; (Gen. xxii.
+17).&nbsp; Old Jacob foretold that Joseph would be a fruitful
+bough, whose branches would run over the wall&mdash;that is,
+colonise.&nbsp; This increase is to be seen in two ways.&nbsp;
+Let me direct your attention to one of these ways, in a special
+manner, because it is so singular and unique, so distinct and
+discernable.&nbsp; In Jeremiah xxx. 10, 11, we find a remarkable
+statement: &ldquo;Fear not, O Israel, for I am with thee, saith
+the Lord, to save thee.&nbsp; Though I make a full end of all
+nations whither I have scattered thee, yet will I not make a full
+end of thee; but I will correct <!-- page 52--><a
+name="page52"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 52</span>thee in
+measure, and will not leave thee altogether
+unpunished.&rdquo;&nbsp; That Israel has been punished and
+corrected no one will deny who is acquainted with her history and
+sojourn from the time she was carried captive to this day.&nbsp;
+But has the other part of the saying been fulfilled?&nbsp; We
+answer, Yes&mdash;as the law of colonisation has
+progressed.&nbsp; The Ancient Britons are no more; Saxon Israel
+has entirely supplanted them, just as Manasseh in the United
+States is supplanting the aborigines or Indians.&nbsp; They
+perish and disappear like snow before the rising sun.&nbsp; Not
+all we can do on the line of legislation, philanthropy, and
+religion, is sufficient to stay the ravages of this long-ago
+declared decree of Heaven.&nbsp; Go to Canada, and you find they
+are perishing; in Newfoundland they are entirely gone, and in
+every other province they are fast disappearing, save such as are
+saved by incorporation, by marriage, and salt stayed by the power
+of Christianity; but both these remedies are only
+temporal&mdash;they perish in spite of all in the heated
+atmosphere of Israel&rsquo;s civilisation.&nbsp; Some few tribes
+may hold their own and seem to increase, but such does not
+invalidate the evidence of the decree.&nbsp; For they have
+perished in such numbers, and so uniformly, when in contact with
+Israel, that history proclaims the decree fulfilled.</p>
+<p>The native inhabitants of Van Dieman, called Tasmanians, have
+entirely become extinct.&nbsp; The Maories of New Zealand are
+rapidly diminishing.&nbsp; Fifty years ago they were 200,000
+strong; now only about 50,000.&nbsp; In a few more years they
+will be gone.&nbsp; The same is true in all the other Australian
+provinces.&nbsp; The same is true of many isles of the sea, also
+of the African colonies.&nbsp; In these things, so exceptional,
+we can surely say, with the magicians of old who contended
+against Moses, &ldquo;This is the finger of God.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Thus we see Israel increasing, by the law of diminution going on
+among the Gentiles.&nbsp; Israel in the latter day was to be
+blessed with plenty in the orchards, stall, and field: &ldquo;For
+I will lay no more famine upon you, saith the Lord.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+<!-- page 53--><a name="page53"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+53</span>The past year we learn that some 10,000,000 of Chinese
+perished in famine.&nbsp; India, in one part, has been greatly
+reduced in number by the same scourge.&nbsp; This country will be
+partly protected from the operation of this law&mdash;for no
+doubt a large portion are from Abraham.&nbsp; &ldquo;But unto the
+sons of the concubines, which Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts,
+and sent them away from Isaac his son, while he yet lived,
+Eastward, unto the East country&rdquo; (Gen. xxv. 6).&nbsp; This
+same scourge does not follow the colonising of other
+nations.&nbsp; It did not follow Spain, nor the Dutch, nor
+France.</p>
+<p>If you turn to the prophets, you will soon learn how they are
+to increase in the latter days&mdash;not by a comparison on the
+line of diminution only, but in and from themselves.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will sow the
+House of Israel and the House of Judah with the seed of man and
+beast&rdquo; (Jer. xxxi. 27).&nbsp; Have these days come?&nbsp;
+We again say, Yes; and these kind of prophecies are being
+fulfilled in this day in so special a manner as to make certain
+the times we live in.&nbsp; Through Israel, Judah, and Manasseh,
+the earth is to find the equilibrium of peace.&nbsp; The Jews
+will furnish the money, for in the increasing ascendancy, and
+multiplying power, and authority of England and America, the Jews
+will draw closer to them and invest more and more their money
+with them, because of greater security and profit.&nbsp; The
+balance of power and even compulsion will be in the hands of
+England and America, to force arbitration on disputing nations,
+and they will do so, having set the precedents themselves in the
+Alabama and fish treaties.&nbsp; At present, many will refuse
+this idea, and point to the famous Monroe doctrine.&nbsp; Now
+that doctrine has had its time, nearly; and it has served a good
+purpose for the country.&nbsp; The mercantile growth, and general
+producing power of this country, will cause us to abandon our
+selfish protection policy; for of all other people on the face of
+the earth we will want free trade; for we will have the greatest
+surplus of mercantile and <!-- page 54--><a
+name="page54"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 54</span>agricultural
+productions, and in a short time our very position and ability
+will push away all competitors.&nbsp; Once our mercantile and
+agricultural interests are cast in other nations, we will then
+have an interest in their wars and peace, and will be led to
+interfere.</p>
+<p>The chief way in which the balance of power will fall into
+English and American hands is in the fulfilling of the blessings
+of the text: the multiplying of this people, first by natural
+increase, and second by incorporation and absorption.&nbsp; Look
+at this law of absorption; how vigorous and sure!&nbsp; If you
+turn into a field of grass fowls, pigs, horses, and cows, you get
+chicken-meat, pork, horseflesh, and beef.&nbsp; The individualism
+in each creature absorbs and converts the same field of grass
+into themselves.&nbsp; So into this country are coming people of
+every nation and race, but the individualism of Manasseh will in
+due time make them all Manassehites.&nbsp; The children of the
+Russians, Poles, Spanish, and so on, become American in taste,
+manners, and sympathies.&nbsp; They are being grafted into the
+tree of Manasseh.</p>
+<p>But look at the law of increase naturally.&nbsp; Take the
+population of several countries as given in the last census, and
+carefully note the relative increase, and how long it takes each
+nation to double its number.&nbsp; Russia, eighty-six millions,
+doubles every 100 years; Germany, forty-two millions, doubles
+every 100 years; Turkey, forty-seven millions, doubles every 550
+years; Austria, thirty-seven millions, doubles every 100 years;
+France, thirty-six millions, doubles every 140 years; Great
+Britain, thirty-three millions, doubles every 55 years; United
+States, forty millions, doubles every 25 years; Italy,
+twenty-seven millions, doubles every 125 years; Egypt, seventeen
+millions, doubles every 150 years; Spain, sixteen millions,
+doubles every 112 years; English colonies, ten millions, doubles
+every 25 years.&nbsp; Now make a calculation for 100 years, from
+1878 to 1978, and see how these countries stand in population
+<!-- page 55--><a name="page55"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+55</span>and their relative position.&nbsp; Russia will have one
+hundred and seventy-two millions; Germany, eighty-four; Turkey,
+fifty-six; Austria, seventy-four; France, fifty-nine; Great
+Britain, one hundred and thirty-seven; Italy, forty-one; Egypt,
+twenty-nine; Spain, twenty-eight; United States, six hundred and
+forty; and the English colonies, one hundred and sixty&mdash;and
+that is not reckoning the natives in the colonies, only the
+descendants of the English.&nbsp; Of course, in a country like
+India, the natives will be a considerable number, and they might
+properly be reckoned in with the colonial items, and so swell the
+number of Israel&rsquo;s power.</p>
+<p>Now these figures show a wonderful conclusion.&nbsp; In simple
+language, we find that in 1978, the English-speaking race, or
+Israelites, will number 937 millions, while all of Russia,
+Germany, Turkey, Austria, France, Italy, Egypt, and Spain, will
+only number 543 millions.&nbsp; Where then, we ask, will be the
+balance of power?&nbsp; And why should this certain law come into
+operation at this time, if it be not the blessing foretold by the
+prophets?&nbsp; And can we not see that these are the latter
+days, and that God is fulfilling His promises to Israel?</p>
+<p>The blood of Abraham and the faith of Abraham have been
+wonderfully preserved and projected down through the centuries
+with telling effect.&nbsp; And on this line the Darwinian theory
+of election is very true, for the survival of the fittest is the
+proclaimed law of Heaven.&nbsp; There is power in land possession
+and there is power in number, and if these two factors maintain
+their force for one hundred years, then we infer of certainty
+that the sceptre of rule and destiny of the world will be in the
+hands of Israel, unless the laws of nature are reversed, and the
+promises of God fail.&nbsp; The Word of God cannot fail or return
+unto Him void; it must accomplish that whereunto He sent it and
+prosper in things designed, or as Jeremiah xxiii. 20 says:
+&ldquo;The anger of the Lord shall not return until He has
+executed and till He has performed the thoughts of His heart; in
+the latter days ye shall consider it perfectly.&rdquo;</p>
+<h2><!-- page 56--><a name="page56"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+56</span>ISRAEL AND LANGUAGE.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> V.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">LATTER DAY PROPHETIC PROMISES&mdash;TIME OF
+ISRAEL&rsquo;S REVIVAL&mdash;PYRAMID TESTIMONY&mdash;BRITISH
+ISLAND POPULATION IN 1882&mdash;AFFINITY BETWEEN ENGLISH AND
+HEBREW&mdash;CELL OF THE HONEYBEE&mdash;ORIGIN OF
+LANGUAGE&mdash;LION OF LANGUAGES&mdash;FOREIGN
+TESTIMONY&mdash;ALL TONGUES INDIGENOUS BUT ENGLISH&mdash;THE
+PRE-MILLENNIAL TOKENS.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;For then will I turn to the people a pure
+language, that they may all call upon the name of the Lord, to
+serve Him with one consent.&rdquo;&mdash;Zephaniah iii. 9.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>In the last two discourses we called your attention to two
+prophecies that are now fulfilling; they are on parallel lines of
+time and territory.&nbsp; The first had reference to the rapid
+accumulation of the lands of the earth by Israel.&nbsp; Accepting
+the Anglo-Saxons as being the children and descendants of Jacob,
+it naturally follows that the prophetic blessings and promises
+made to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and their heirs, should find a
+fulfilment in these, the latter days, and that such fulfilment
+should be found in the English nation, among the Jews, and in the
+United States.&nbsp; It is easy to see and believe that the
+curses prophetically pronounced on Judah and Israel have been
+fulfilled, especially on the House of Judah.&nbsp; The promises
+to the House of Israel are now being grandly realised.&nbsp;
+England is in possession of the isles of the sea, the coasts of
+the earth, the waste and desolate places, the heathen is her
+inheritance, and she is inheriting the seed of the Gentiles, and
+causing their desolate cities to be inhabited.&nbsp; From the
+taking of Jamaica, by General Penn, in 1655, to the peaceful
+cession of Cyprus, the course of this little island nation has
+been onward and upward.&nbsp; And if her conquests and progress
+are not amenable to prophecy, for an interpretation, then the
+wonder is still greater.&nbsp; The facts are with us, and must be
+accounted for some way.&nbsp; The second had reference to the
+multitudinous seed of <!-- page 57--><a name="page57"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 57</span>Israel in the latter days.&nbsp; Till
+two hundred years ago the Anglo-Saxons were not in this respect
+distinct from other races; indeed, for centuries they were
+distinct rather for their weakness in multiplying power and
+number.&nbsp; Many other races have exceeded them in this
+particular.&nbsp; But no sooner do we come abreast of the latter
+day time than we find the laws of centuries changed.&nbsp; In
+thermal science it is an axiom that heat expands all bodies, and
+of course that cold contracts them.&nbsp; But to this general
+rule there is one beautiful and benevolent exception: it is in
+water; for if we start with water at thirty-two degrees, we find
+the remarkable phenomenon of cold expanding all below thirty-two,
+and heat expanding all above.&nbsp; If we take water at 212
+degrees and withdraw it from the heat, it will continue to
+contract till we reach thirty-two; then the law is reversed, and
+the water expands.&nbsp; Now the reversion of this law, at this
+particular point, is wonderfully expressive of Divine forethought
+and benevolence.&nbsp; By such a change ice is made to float in
+water, and so save our lakes, streams, and wells from being
+frozen solid.&nbsp; As this exception is to thermal science, so
+is the law of reproduction to Israel in this day.&nbsp; This
+people, who have been behind other races, now, at an appointed
+time, step to the front.&nbsp; The law seems to be reversed, and
+that too for a benevolent purpose&mdash;for the very purpose that
+they might be able to fulfil the mission assigned them in these
+last days, to occupy the new lands and evangelise the
+world.&nbsp; One prophecy seems to call for the other, for what
+would be the use of the lands without the people, or the people
+without the lands?&nbsp; It is an amazing fact that Queen
+Victoria should bear rule over one-third of the population of the
+whole earth, and that Israel, including Manasseh, should own
+one-fourth of the land.</p>
+<p>But this amazing fact is made reasonable when we accept the
+Queen as being of the seed of David, and an heir to the promises
+attaching to David&rsquo;s throne, and when we accept the <!--
+page 58--><a name="page58"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+58</span>Anglo-Saxons as being the Ten Lost Tribes of
+Israel.&nbsp; Then prophecy, Providence, and facts, are a
+trinity&mdash;they are one sublime whole.&nbsp; God, speaking
+through Moses, said He would punish to reform Israel for seven
+times&mdash;and seven times prophetically understood, means 2,520
+years.&nbsp; If we allow that Israel were carried captive in the
+year 725 before Christ, then Israel would come into freedom, or
+be reformed, about 1795; because if we add 725 to 1,795, we get
+2,520.&nbsp; Up to this point they were to be robbed of their
+children and to be few in number (see Lev. xxvi. 22).&nbsp; In
+the year 1795 Israel were to be relieved from these curses; and
+about this time this special law of reproduction came into
+operation; or, if we take the lamentations of Hosea vi.
+1&ndash;3: &ldquo;Come and let us return unto the Lord, for He
+hath torn, and He will heal us; He hath smitten, and He will bind
+us up; after two days will He revive us; in the third day He will
+raise us up, and we shall live in His sight.&nbsp; Then shall we
+know if we follow on to know the Lord.&nbsp; His going forth is
+prepared as the morning, and He shall come unto us as the rain,
+as the latter and former rain unto the earth.&rdquo;&nbsp; By
+this passage, our day and the special providences of this period
+are mournfully and graphically referred to.&nbsp; Here a day
+stands for a thousand years, &ldquo;for a day with the Lord is as
+a thousand years;&rdquo; so that when two thousand years should
+have passed by, Ephraim, who stands for Israel, was to be revived
+and blessed with fruitfulness sometime during the third day, or
+thousand years.&nbsp; In ancient time a day was counted when it
+had a majority&mdash;that is, when it had passed the half.&nbsp;
+The prophet here says we were to be revived, or raised up, on the
+third day.&nbsp; So, if you again take these three thousand-year
+days, you will find that two of them are to be completely passed,
+and during the third we were to be raised.&nbsp; The number we
+have given, 2,520, exactly meets the interpretation&mdash;2,000
+complete, and 520 make a majority for the third day by the twenty
+over the half.&nbsp; These prophetic <!-- page 59--><a
+name="page59"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 59</span>figures tally
+well with the existing state of things.&nbsp; About the beginning
+of this century England assumed to lead the world.&nbsp; It is a
+remarkable coincidence that, in the last century, the question of
+how to multiply the population was a subject of debate and
+legislation in the British Parliament.&nbsp; But what legislation
+failed to do, God in His providence did at the appointed
+time.</p>
+<p>It is a curious fact, and well worth noticing, that the famous
+witness of the Lord of hosts in Egypt, the Great Pyramid,
+forecasts what the number of Israel and Judah would be in the
+year 1882.&nbsp; As Israel is symbolised in the Grand Gallery, it
+is found that the cubic contents of the same, in inches, is about
+36,000,000; thus by some this is interpreted to mean that inches
+stand for individuals, and if so, then England proper will have
+this number in 1880.&nbsp; Whether this is a true interpretation
+or not, we all know that these figures will be about right.&nbsp;
+The Queen&rsquo;s Chamber of the Pyramid symbolises the number
+and condition of the Jews.</p>
+<p>From these two prophecies, so sublimely fulfilling, let me
+invite your attention to another that is now maturing.&nbsp; It,
+too, is parallel with the other two.&nbsp; We refer to the
+peculiar growth, power, and progress of the English
+language.&nbsp; After Israel went into captivity, they were to
+lose their language and take or form another.&nbsp; &ldquo;For
+with stammering lips and another tongue will He speak to this
+people&rdquo; (Isa. xxviii. 11).&nbsp; We will all agree that the
+English language is not the Hebrew; and if we are Israelites,
+then indeed God is speaking to us in another tongue, for few of
+us read His Word in Hebrew.&nbsp; It is read to the millions in
+the English; hence the millions hear God speak to them in another
+tongue than that of Hebrew.&nbsp; Between the English and Hebrew
+languages there is an intimate relation, especially back a few
+years, before the English had grown so much.&nbsp; The Hebrew was
+a very limited language; not numbering more than 7,000
+words.&nbsp; The English is now said <!-- page 60--><a
+name="page60"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 60</span>to number
+about 80,000.&nbsp; The most lavish writer does not use over
+10,000; the common average is about 3,000.&nbsp; In the English
+we have not less than 1,000 Hebrew roots.&nbsp; This, comparing
+the languages a few years back, is a large percentage.&nbsp; In
+names of persons and places the Hebrew is very prominent in
+England.</p>
+<p>I take it for a fact that language is of Divine origin.&nbsp;
+Men have written on the origin of language from every standpoint;
+the majority of them trying to account for its existence without
+allowing so noble a source.&nbsp; The first man, Adam, I believe,
+could talk as easily and naturally as he could see, and hear, and
+taste.&nbsp; Speech was a part of his endowment.&nbsp; There is
+nothing more wonderful in a man talking than a bird singing, save
+that speech is a higher order of utterance.&nbsp; Dumb nature
+performs marvels every day as mighty and wonderful as man&rsquo;s
+talking.&nbsp; The honey-bee builds its cells, ignorant of the
+fact that such construction is the solution of a problem which
+had troubled men for centuries to solve.&nbsp; At what point
+shall certain lines meet so as to give the most room with the
+least material and have the greatest strength in the
+building?&nbsp; This problem is said to have been worked out by a
+Mr. McLaughland, a noted Scotch mathematician, who arrived at his
+conclusion by laborious and careful fluxionary calculation.&nbsp;
+To his surprise, and to the surprise of the world, such lines and
+such a building were found in the common bee cell.&nbsp; Now I
+hold that the same Creator who gave to the bee the mathematical
+instinct could endow man with the instinct of speech.&nbsp; Even
+to animal instinct we find a certain variation and permitted
+latitude in what is called adaptive instinct.&nbsp; So in man we
+find this same instinct of adaptation in a higher sense.&nbsp;
+The instinct comes into play when we suppose a number of persons
+separated from others, each living in different quarters of the
+globe.&nbsp; In such a condition, though of the same language
+when first separated, they would not remain so long&mdash;that
+is, in the <!-- page 61--><a name="page61"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 61</span>primitive state of society.&nbsp;
+Thus, among the tribes of Africa, at this day, languages are
+widening and varying from a once common centre.&nbsp; So Israel
+in captivity would lose the Hebrew gradually.&nbsp; The language
+of the people among whom they settled was the Sanskrit, from
+which a score of languages have come&mdash;the German, French,
+and Italian, Saxon and others.&nbsp; The Saxon of to-day,
+compared with the Saxon of 2,000 years ago, is very different; so
+much so that for us to learn and speak it would be equal to
+learning a new language.&nbsp; Thus the English language is a
+thing of growth.&nbsp; In the year 1362 the Saxon was made the
+court language of England.&nbsp; From that time onward its growth
+has been wonderful.</p>
+<p>The prophetic outlines and Divine place of this language may
+be seen in the germal foundations, which give unto it such
+vigour, tenacity, and capabilities of expansion.&nbsp; All the
+features of this language go to show that it is destined to be
+the medium of a world&rsquo;s intercourse, and that it very
+suitably belongs to Israel, in whose hand will be the destiny of
+the world.&nbsp; It is the lion of languages.&nbsp; It will grow
+anywhere, and by reason of its tenacity when once it gets a
+foothold it abides.&nbsp; It is peculiarly suited to the
+humanities of every race, clime, and condition; there is no limit
+to its expansive adaptability.&nbsp; It is in a special manner
+voracious in the destruction of other languages; wherever it
+goes, it sounds the death-knell of all the rest.</p>
+<p>Soon as this language entered Britain, it began its work of
+destruction.&nbsp; Before it has disappeared the real British,
+the Cymric or Welsh, Erse or Irish, the Gaelic of Scotland, and
+the Manx of the Isle of Man.&nbsp; The British Keltic is entirely
+gone; the rest are entirely local.&nbsp; Beside these it ousted
+from the island the Norse, the Norman-French, and several other
+tongues that tried to transplant themselves on English
+soil.&nbsp; It is at work in every part of the globe, planting
+itself and displacing others.&nbsp; A few years ago French was
+the language best suited <!-- page 62--><a
+name="page62"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 62</span>for a
+traveller on the Continent.&nbsp; But this has changed.&nbsp; Now
+the English is by far superior.&nbsp; And why is it that the
+English is supplanting all others?&nbsp; To answer such a
+question in a scientific way, one cannot do better than quote
+from the great and learned German philologist, Prof. Grimm, of
+Berlin.&nbsp; He says of it: &ldquo;It has a thorough power of
+expression, such as no other language ever possessed.&nbsp; It
+may truly be called a world-language, for no other can compare
+with it in richness, reasonableness, and solidity of
+texture.&rdquo;&nbsp; But perhaps the most definite and distinct
+testimony given by a foreigner touching the future ubiquity of
+the Anglo-Saxon race and language, is that put forward by Provost
+Paradol, a learned Frenchman.&nbsp; He says &ldquo;that neither
+Russia nor united Germany, supposing that they should attain the
+highest fortune, can pretend to impede that current of things,
+nor prevent that solution, relatively near at hand, of the long
+rivalry of European races for the ultimate colonisation and
+domination of the universe.&nbsp; The world will not be Russian,
+nor German, nor French, alas! nor Spanish.&rdquo;&nbsp; He
+concludes that it will be Anglo-Saxon.</p>
+<p>A British poet has presented in poetry the special features of
+several of the European languages, which we give:&mdash;</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Greek&rsquo;s a harp we love to hear;<br />
+Latin is a trumpet clear;<br />
+Spanish like an organ swells;<br />
+Italian rings its bridal bells;<br />
+France, with many a frolic mien,<br />
+Tunes her sprightly violin;<br />
+Loud the German rolls his drum<br />
+When Russia&rsquo;s clashing cymbals come;<br />
+But British sons may well rejoice,<br />
+For English is the human voice.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>There are eight languages in the bounds of Christian
+civilisation that may be accounted powerful, because they are the
+tongues of vigorous people; they are the English, Russian, <!--
+page 63--><a name="page63"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+63</span>German, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, and
+Scandinavian.&nbsp; But of these all are indigenous, except the
+English, so that they die if transplanted.&nbsp; Look at this
+country and behold what a cemetery it is for languages.&nbsp;
+Once the French had strong hold and promised to abide here; but
+it is now nearly gone, even from the state of Louisiana and
+Canada, the last places of retreat.</p>
+<p>If we take note of the population according to these several
+languages, we shall see the prophetic future of the
+English.&nbsp; It is spoken by about ninety millions, Russian
+seventy-five, German fifty-six, French forty, Spanish
+thirty-eight, Italian twenty-nine, Portuguese fourteen, and
+Scandinavian nine.&nbsp; Within the control of the governments of
+these languages we find England to have rule over 255,000,000
+people, who do not as yet speak English, and we find that the
+other seven have only seventy-five millions outside of
+themselves.&nbsp; Here is an important difference.&nbsp; If we
+look at them by territorial limits, leaving out Russia, we find
+the English language to own 13,382,686 square miles, Germany
+449,684, French 571,578, Spanish 4,694,811, Italian 114,466,
+Portuguese 4,028,311, and Scandinavian 1,308,830.&nbsp; The
+aggregate number of square miles possessed by these six
+languages, is 11,167,620, which altogether, you see, own
+2,215,066 miles square less than the English.&nbsp; The balance
+itself is more than Germany, France, and Spain put
+together.&nbsp; The English language is divided only into two
+governments, but the other six are divided into twenty-six, all
+of which governments are bitter one toward the other; each trying
+to supplant one another, while England and the United States are
+at peace, and will ever remain so.&nbsp; In one hundred years
+from now the English language will be spoken by a thousand
+million people.&nbsp; Thus we need no stretch of fancy to see
+that what the prophet speaks of in the text will be accomplished
+in due time.</p>
+<p>This language will soon be universal; by common consent it
+<!-- page 64--><a name="page64"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+64</span>will become the language of the world.&nbsp; All the
+changes going on among nations forecast its ubiquity.&nbsp;
+China, by an imperial decree, has just added to her language 700
+English words.&nbsp; Her sons by the thousand are with us, and by
+the thousand they are learning our mother tongue.&nbsp; The
+Japanese, till a few years ago, carried on their foreign
+correspondence through the Dutch, but now they have changed to
+the English.&nbsp; Besides, in the 50,000 schools in Japan
+English is being taught.&nbsp; If science has an answer for this
+strange phenomenon, so have we.&nbsp; Ours is, that it is the
+will of Heaven.&nbsp; Confusion of tongues came at Babel as a
+punishment.&nbsp; By this means Heaven scattered the unwilling
+descendants of Noah.&nbsp; When Noah came forth from the Ark, God
+bade him multiply and replenish the earth&mdash;that is, fill it
+up.&nbsp; Babel, however, was built as a monument of
+centralisation, for the builders gave as a reason for building
+it, &ldquo;Lest we be scattered abroad upon the face of the
+earth.&rdquo;&nbsp; By a confusion of tongues they were
+scattered.&nbsp; Since then we have had some 1,500 distinct
+languages, and some 3,500 colloquials, or say 5,000 different
+forms of speech.&nbsp; At the present time 600 of the primary are
+dead, so that there are about 900 languages now spoken on all the
+earth, with about 2,500 colloquials.</p>
+<p>When these means have answered their end&mdash;namely, to make
+us occupy all parts of the earth&mdash;then they will die
+out.&nbsp; It then follows that as the world fills, languages
+must disappear.&nbsp; So they do.&nbsp; The English and German
+were the last languages to come into existence.&nbsp; No new ones
+are now being made.&nbsp; Alphabets are increasing, because
+missionaries are reducing spoken languages among the heathen into
+a written form.&nbsp; The Bible is translated into two hundred
+different tongues.&nbsp; This itself will only lead the millions
+back to English.&nbsp; All ship papers are now made out in
+English excepting the French, and no doubt they will soon have to
+follow in the wake.</p>
+<p>The day of Pentecost foreshowed the universality of some <!--
+page 65--><a name="page65"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+65</span>language.&nbsp; Pentecost was a type, and the English is
+the antitype.&nbsp; The strangers from Phrygia, Pamphylia, Libya,
+Pontus, and Cappadocia, mingled with the Parthians, Medes,
+Elamites, Cretes, and Arabians.&nbsp; They all heard the Gospel
+in their own tongue.&nbsp; The different tongues make a wall of
+division, making them strangers one with another; but the Holy
+Ghost took away this wall, and they were all face to face, able
+to understand one another.&nbsp; The same power that here
+multiplied the gift of tongues&mdash;giving to some
+several&mdash;surely could give to Adam one.&nbsp; Away with a
+faith that cannot give God credit with being the Author of
+language.</p>
+<p>No sooner do we see England in guardian possession of Syria
+than the idea enters into the scheme of reform of extending the
+English language.&nbsp; The Board of Directors of the Syrian
+Protestant College at Beyrout have shown their appreciation of
+the new era of British influence by a recent vote, which is to
+the effect that on January 1, 1879, all instruction in the
+college shall be through the English language.&nbsp; The Arabic
+will only be taught as any other dead language.&nbsp; This
+remarkable action shows that British influence in Syria is
+hereafter to be more than simply diplomatic; it is to be an
+all-pervading and controlling power, affecting every interest of
+Society.&nbsp; Truly another Pentecostal day is drawing
+nigh&mdash;a day when all the world shall hear the Gospel in the
+language of Israel.&nbsp; In all these things we see the lively
+tokens and pre-millennial agencies hastening on the day of the
+Lord.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 66--><a name="page66"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+66</span>ISRAEL AND GENTILE FULNESS.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> VI.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">MEANING OF GENTILE FULNESS&mdash;BLESSINGS
+THROUGH JUDAH AND EPHRAIM&mdash;BEST RELIGION&mdash;JEWS
+OUTWITTED&mdash;WHY BENJAMIN WAS KEPT AT JERUSALEM&mdash;FRENCH
+PROTESTANTISM&mdash;GENTILE FULNESS CONTEMPORARY WITH
+TO-DAY&mdash;WHAT IT IS&mdash;EXCEPTIONAL TURKEY.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Now, if the fall of them be the riches of
+the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the
+Gentiles, how much more their fulness.&rdquo;&mdash;Rom. ii.
+12.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Paul, the author of this epistle to the Romans, tells us that
+he was an Israelite of the seed of Abraham and of the Tribe of
+Benjamin.&nbsp; The fact so conveyed it is necessary that we keep
+in mind, if we would interpret aright this epistle.&nbsp; He
+introduces to our notice three parties: the Jews, who include at
+this time the Tribes of Judah and Levi; the Israelites, who
+embraced the Tribe of Benjamin and the other nine Tribes that had
+been in captivity for about eight hundred years&mdash;the whole
+together are generally known as the Ten Lost Tribes.&nbsp; In the
+third party we have the Gentiles.&nbsp; This word Gentile usually
+denotes and includes the non-Jewish nations and people.&nbsp; The
+Hebrew word <i>goyim</i>, in early Bible history, was equivalent
+to our word nation.&nbsp; It finally began to denote any people
+who were not of the sacred seed of Abraham.&nbsp; The Greek word
+so rendered is <i>ethnos</i>, which means a multitude or
+nation.&nbsp; In the New Testament another word is sometimes used
+in a more limited sense&mdash;namely, <i>hellenes</i>, which is
+translated Greeks.&nbsp; Ignorance of these three parties, their
+place in Providence, and relation one to the other, has given
+rise to much needless controversy and division in the domain of
+theology.&nbsp; Men have argued for an election and a
+reprobation, laying great stress on <!-- page 67--><a
+name="page67"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 67</span>the 9th,
+10th, and 11th chapters of Romans, that is in no wise
+taught.&nbsp; The election Paul deals with is a literal one,
+having reference to a distinct people, whom God has elected for a
+special work in this world.&nbsp; This people God calls
+&ldquo;His people,&rdquo; &ldquo;His inheritance,&rdquo;
+&ldquo;His chosen,&rdquo; &ldquo;His witnesses,&rdquo; &ldquo;His
+servants.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;This people have I formed for
+Myself; they shall shew forth My praise&rdquo; (Isa. xliii.
+21).&nbsp; Hence exclaims the Psalmist, &ldquo;Blessed is the
+nation whose God is the Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen
+for His own inheritance.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>It will be evident to any careful Bible reader that God called
+Abraham from Ur, in Chaldea, from his own kindred, for a special
+design.&nbsp; Through Abraham&rsquo;s seed Jehovah designed that
+blessings, temporal and spiritual, should flow to all
+nations.&nbsp; He selected this seed for His own training,
+instruction, and culture, to the end that they might train,
+instruct, and evangelise the rest of mankind.&nbsp; Through Judah
+was to come spiritual blessings, because from Him was the
+Messiah; and through Ephraim, as representative of the Ten
+Tribes, was to come temporal blessings.&nbsp; And this in the
+past has been the order of providential procedure; it is the
+present order, and it is to be the future.&nbsp; Look and verify
+this statement and order by an examination of the nations of the
+earth at this time, by asking yourselves the question: What form
+of religion among the many on earth is best suited to develop
+man, to conserve his truest interest, and crown him with the
+greatest measure of peace, plenty, liberty, and security?&nbsp;
+Surely to this question there can be but one answer&mdash;it is
+the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ.&nbsp; And it is evident
+that Christ came of the Tribe of Judah.&nbsp; If we seek among
+the nations for the best form of civilisation and the best
+government, we shall find the same to be in the bounds of Israel
+and Manasseh&mdash;England and America.&nbsp; Here we shall find
+individualism the best developed, and liberty the fullest
+grown.&nbsp; In this conclusion the intelligent of every other
+nation will concur.&nbsp; We assume no <!-- page 68--><a
+name="page68"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 68</span>risk in
+making this statement.&nbsp; Thus, without doubt, the world at
+large is greatly indebted to the religion of Jesus, who was of
+Judah, and to the Anglo-Saxons, for the best and purest forms of
+political organisations or governments.&nbsp; The Anglo-Saxons
+being the Ten Lost Tribes, it therefore follows that God has
+carried out the design included in Abraham&rsquo;s call, and the
+promise made that in his seed should all the nations of the earth
+be blessed.&nbsp; To us it seems to have been a roundabout
+way.&nbsp; Had Israel been obedient to God in Palestine, and had
+Judah received Jesus as the true Messiah, the state of the
+nations most certainly would have been very different to what it
+is now.&nbsp; Still, through all, and for all, the purpose of
+heaven has been carried forward.</p>
+<p>In studying Providence it is always well to remember that God
+is not dependent on the harmonious co-operation of His creatures
+for the accomplishment of His purpose.&nbsp; He can gain His ends
+either through our hate or love, resistance or
+co-operation.&nbsp; When the Jews had crucified Christ, they
+naturally thought they had cut short His career and cut off His
+influence; for so it would appear by all human reasoning.&nbsp;
+Even the disciples did not see how He could be the Messiah and
+Deliverer of Israel when He allowed Himself to be
+crucified.&nbsp; The hope of Israel was buried with the dead
+Christ.&nbsp; They had hoped that it had been He who should have
+redeemed Israel; but this hope was then dead.&nbsp; But by His
+resurrection they saw through the secret of Providence, and they
+saw that God was faithful in devising a way of escape, and able
+to bring to pass His own glorious purpose.&nbsp; So Peter voices
+their experience when he says, &ldquo;Blessed be the God and
+Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which, according to His abundant
+mercy, hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the
+resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead.&rdquo;&nbsp; The Jews
+soon found out they had made a mistake in crucifying Jesus; for
+the risen Christ was mightier than the teaching Jesus.&nbsp; They
+had crushed a seed to the earth which sprang forth in renewed
+beauty and grace; whose death <!-- page 69--><a
+name="page69"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 69</span>was life and
+whose loss was gain.&nbsp; In common parlance they had been
+outwitted.&nbsp; They slew a man and He rose a God.&nbsp; They in
+wrath offered a sacrifice once and for all, even for the very sin
+in which they were then indulging.&nbsp; They unknowingly
+abolished death, and brought life and immortality to light.&nbsp;
+The critical and unbelieving Sadducees, who denied another life
+than this, gave aid in proving another and a better; for Christ
+risen condemned their unbelief.&nbsp; The proud and ritualistic
+Pharisee, who loved the temple and its gorgeous ceremony,
+destroyed one and made the other of none avail, for in the
+planted death of Jesus they laid the foundation of another and
+grander temple&mdash;one composed of living stones&mdash;and made
+the temple service meaningless; for the anti-type had swallowed
+up the type; the real, the ideal.&nbsp; In all this they had
+reasoned on a human plan, which is not high enough to wholly
+overlook and explore the kingdom of God.&nbsp; Paul, in 1 Cor.
+ii. 7, makes this matter plain: &ldquo;But we speak the wisdom of
+God in a mystery; even the hidden wisdom which God ordained
+before the world unto our glory, which none of the princes of
+this world knew; for had they known it, they would not have
+crucified the Lord of glory.&rdquo;&nbsp; Jesus committed His
+life to the wave-tide of their rage, and was floated to death and
+victory.&nbsp; On the man side there was purpose and hate, and
+for this they were responsible; and on the Divine side we have
+wisdom and love working out the salvation of a lost race.</p>
+<p>Jesus came to His own and they did not receive Him.&nbsp; Who
+were His own?&nbsp; We answer, the Jews; for He was of
+Judah.&nbsp; But if His own did not receive Him, we ask, who
+did?&nbsp; The answer is, that Israel received Him.&nbsp; The
+Israelites in the land at that time were the Tribe of
+Benjamin.&nbsp; They had been providentially selected for this
+work nearly a thousand years before.&nbsp; This one Tribe of
+Benjamin has a very peculiar history; and it you will study it
+over, it will greatly serve to confirm your faith in the Divine
+inspiration of the Bible and the unity <!-- page 70--><a
+name="page70"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 70</span>and
+forethought of Providence.&nbsp; The original theocracy of Israel
+consisted of Twelve Tribes.&nbsp; This theocracy was divided
+under Rehoboam, Solomon&rsquo;s son and successor.&nbsp; Ten
+Tribes seceded, and formed a kingdom, which is ever after called
+the kingdom of Israel; their first king was Jeroboam.&nbsp; But
+it is very singular to notice, that one of these Ten Tribes is
+lent to the kingdom of Judah, and this one Tribe is
+Benjamin.&nbsp; In this was the Divine provision for the time of
+Christ.&nbsp; We find in the first book of Kings, eleventh
+chapter, that Solomon displeased the Lord by his wicked ways, and
+the Lord said: &ldquo;Forasmuch as this is done of thee, and thou
+hast not kept My covenant and My statutes which I have commanded
+thee, I will surely rend the kingdom from thee, and I will give
+it to thy servant (Jeroboam was Solomon&rsquo;s servant at that
+time); notwithstanding in thy days I will not do it, for David
+thy father&rsquo;s sake; but I will rend it out of the hands of
+thy son.&nbsp; Howbeit I will not rend away all the kingdom, but
+will give one Tribe to thy son, for David My servant&rsquo;s
+sake, and for Jerusalem&rsquo;s sake, which I have
+chosen.&rdquo;&nbsp; All the kingdom evidently meant the Ten
+Tribes.&nbsp; The same truth Ahijah, the Shilonite, taught when
+he rent his new garment into twelve pieces, and gave to Jeroboam
+ten.&nbsp; &ldquo;And he said to Jeroboam, Take thee ten pieces;
+for thus saith the Lord, the God of Israel: Behold, I will rend
+the kingdom out of the hands of Solomon and will give Ten Tribes
+to thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then comes in the reserve clause again:
+&ldquo;But he shall have one Tribe for My servant David&rsquo;s
+sake, and for Jerusalem&rsquo;s sake, the city which I have
+chosen out of all the Tribes of Israel.&rdquo;&nbsp; And the
+reason for the reservation of this Tribe is clearly expressed in
+verse 36: &ldquo;And unto his son will I give one Tribe, that
+David My servant may always have a light before Me in
+Jerusalem.&rdquo;&nbsp; Now it is plain why this Tribe was an
+exception.&nbsp; The city of Jerusalem, God says, He has chosen
+out of all the cities of Israel, because to this city would the
+Messiah come.&nbsp; And beautifully agreeing <!-- page 71--><a
+name="page71"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 71</span>with the
+forethought is the fact that when the Tribes had their lots
+assigned them in Palestine, the city of Jerusalem fell in the
+portion of Benjamin.</p>
+<p>The Tribe then were owners of the city, and they received
+Christ.&nbsp; The disciples and first followers and converts were
+chiefly from this Tribe of Benjamin.&nbsp; After this Tribe
+received Christ, then their work was done in Jerusalem.&nbsp; So
+they were to separate from the kingdom of Judah, and seek out
+their own brethren and unite with them.&nbsp; The time of their
+separation had been foretold by the prophet, and pointed out by
+the Saviour.&nbsp; The time of their departure would be
+coincident with the siege and destruction of their beloved
+city.&nbsp; So cried Jeremiah down through the centuries,
+&ldquo;Oh, ye children of Benjamin, gather yourselves to flee out
+of the midst of Jerusalem, and blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set
+up a sign of fire in Beth-haccerem, for evil appeareth out of the
+North and great destruction &ldquo;(Jer. vi. 1).&nbsp; If any of
+you are mindful to examine history, you will find that war came,
+that the destruction was terrible, and more, you will find that
+the Benjaminites escaped.&nbsp; These points profane historians
+thoroughly confirm.&nbsp; Having fulfilled their God-appointed
+mission with the kingdom of Judah and in Jerusalem, Heaven gave
+them to be light-bearers to the whole world; first to specially
+find their own brethren of the House of Israel, and carry them
+the Gospel, and they would carry it unto all the earth.&nbsp;
+Thus the Saviour said, &ldquo;Go not in the way of the Gentiles,
+and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not.&nbsp; But go
+rather to the lost sheep of the House of Israel.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Peter in his epistle tells where these lost sheep were
+scattered.&nbsp; Agreeable to the Saviour&rsquo;s command they
+went forth, and preached as they went, and so carried the Gospel
+of Jesus with them.&nbsp; As a Tribe they finally settled in
+Normandy, and gave to France her Protestantism, which, from that
+day to this, Catholicism has not been able entirely to uproot,
+though it has made several desperate attempts.&nbsp; They
+finally, however, <!-- page 72--><a name="page72"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 72</span>as a Tribe, under the Norman
+conquest, entered England and united with the other nine
+Tribes.&nbsp; Their advent, and the way they came, is very
+graphically symbolised in the unicorn on the royal arms of
+England.&nbsp; The unicorn is looking Westward, and is attached
+to the crown by a chain&mdash;showing that it came from the
+East.</p>
+<p>With these facts in one&rsquo;s mind, read those difficult
+passages in Romans, and all will be plain.&nbsp; Take, for
+instance, Romans xi. 17: &ldquo;And if some of the branches be
+broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert grafted in
+among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of
+the olive tree.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here it is manifest that we have
+three parties mentioned.&nbsp; The branches broken off mean Judah
+and Levi, the wild olive stands for the Gentiles, the people in
+among whom they were grafted, or root of whose fatness they were
+partakers, mean the Israelites.&nbsp; The hope of Jewish
+restoration is nicely set forth in verse 24: &ldquo;For if thou
+wert cut out of the olive tree, which is wild by nature, and wert
+grafted contrary to nature into a good olive tree, how much more
+shall these, which be the natural branches, be grafted into their
+own olive tree.&rdquo;&nbsp; Again, the wild olive stands for the
+Gentiles, the good olive tree for Israel, the branches broken
+off, but which may be grafted in again, for the Jews.&nbsp; Thus
+to this theory of interpretation the whole Bible responds easily
+and reasonably.&nbsp; With this kind of interpretation one need
+not twist and distort the sacred Word in order to understand
+it.&nbsp; I trust the day is near when men will expound the
+sacred Scriptures by the rules of common sense.</p>
+<p>The calamity that happened to the nine Tribes of Israel in
+been carried captive has been turned into good by our heavenly
+Father&mdash;into good for them and all the world.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Therefore the Lord removed Israel out of His sight, as He
+had said by all His servants the prophets.&nbsp; So was Israel
+carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this
+day&rdquo; (2 Kings xvii. 23).&nbsp; <!-- page 73--><a
+name="page73"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 73</span>Keeping back
+the Tribe of Benjamin is a marvel of goodness.&nbsp; And with
+Paul we may exclaim: &ldquo;Now if the fall of them be the riches
+of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the
+Gentiles, how much more their fulness.&rdquo;&nbsp; If Israel had
+been able to contribute so much of Christianity to the world, and
+evolve in her imperfect state such an equitable form of
+government, what will her contribution be when gathered,
+restored, and once again put into a theocratic relation to
+God?&nbsp; &ldquo;For if the casting away of them be the
+reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be,
+but life from the dead?&rdquo;&nbsp; This people who have been
+scattered among the Gentiles God is collecting out from among
+them for His own glorious purpose and work.&nbsp; Thus scattered
+they have been a mystery&mdash;a mystery among the
+Gentiles.&nbsp; Paul to the Colossians says: &ldquo;To whom God
+would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery
+among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you the hope of
+glory.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>When will the fulness of the text take place?&nbsp; We
+answer.&nbsp; Before long.&nbsp; The fulness here stands over
+against the Gentile fulness.&nbsp; In the three last discourses
+we called your attention to Israel&rsquo;s maturing fulness in
+land, people, and language.&nbsp; And now, if you will consider
+the state of the Gentile nations, it will be apparent to you that
+the time of Gentile fulness is now present.&nbsp; These Gentile
+nations are now overflowing.&nbsp; Take China with her teeming
+millions, and ask why she has not peopled the world? for surely
+she could have done so long ago.&nbsp; But she barred her own
+doors by making it unlawful for any of her subjects to leave the
+flowery kingdom&mdash;forbidding heaven to such as should die
+outside.&nbsp; Now, however, she must permit emigration or perish
+by famine.&nbsp; Take the countries of Europe, and is it not
+strange that Israel&rsquo;s fulness of land, people, and language
+is made the fuller by these nations contributing towards the
+same?&nbsp; The fulness of the Gentiles is made to flow into the
+fulness of Israel.&nbsp; These countries, outside of
+Israel-England, <!-- page 74--><a name="page74"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 74</span>have no colonies to send their
+overflow to; hence, they are filling up the domain of Israel and
+so hastening on her fulness.&nbsp; The French, Germans, Italians,
+and Spaniards forsake their land and language, thus adding to
+Israel&rsquo;s fulness; for they chiefly settle down within the
+bounds of Israel.&nbsp; To this Gentile fulness there was to be
+one strange exception&mdash;that was in the Turkish nation.&nbsp;
+This nation is set forth by the prophet under the figure of the
+River Euphrates.&nbsp; In their first appearance they were to be
+very numerous.&nbsp; In the eleventh century they began to invade
+Europe.&nbsp; The historian Gibbon, speaking of them, says:
+&ldquo;Myriads of Turkish horsemen overspread the whole Greek
+empire, until at last Constantinople fell into their
+hands.&rdquo;&nbsp; From 1453 till now have they held this grand
+capital.&nbsp; John, in Rev. ix., pictures this invasion, and
+speaks of the number of horsemen.&nbsp; He speaks of them as
+having power in their mouths and tails.&nbsp; This language is
+very expressive when we remember the Moslem&rsquo;s war-cry,
+which was &ldquo;The sword of Mahomet and of God.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+And in one of the first of their great battles they lost their
+standard; but, not long baffled, the commander-in-chief cut off
+the tail of his beautiful steed, and, putting it on the end of a
+pole, hoisted it as a standard.&nbsp; This ensign they long
+used.&nbsp; This kingdom, however, is to dry up&mdash;that is, to
+disappear gradually, as a river dries up.&nbsp; All this is
+taking place.&nbsp; Turkey sends emigrants nowhere.&nbsp; They
+are literally dying out.&nbsp; In number they are fewer each
+year.&nbsp; Turkey will pass away for want of Turks.&nbsp; Her
+territory will be taken away from her gradually.&nbsp; How
+remarkable the dealings of Providence with men and nations!</p>
+<p>Up to the point of Gentile fulness, Israel was to be partly
+blind, for God&rsquo;s plans, through Israel, were to remain a
+mystery for a time.&nbsp; &ldquo;For I would not, brethren, that
+ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in
+your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel,
+until <!-- page 75--><a name="page75"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 75</span>the fulness of the Gentiles be come
+in.&rdquo;&nbsp; Our idea is that the Gentile fulness is now in,
+and if so, it is natural, then, that Israel should be found, and
+about this time have her eyes opened.&nbsp; Up to this time of
+fulness, Jerusalem was to be trodden down.&nbsp; &ldquo;And they
+shall fall by the edge of the sword, and be led away captive into
+all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles,
+until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled&rdquo; (Luke xxi.
+23).&nbsp; Now, the Jews did fall by the edge of the sword, as
+the Saviour foretold; they were carried captive into all nations;
+Jerusalem has been trodden under foot.&nbsp; Thus, then, do we
+see three parts of His prophecy literally fulfilled; and so
+surely will the fourth part be, which is, that in connection with
+Gentile fulness this treading shall cease, and proud, imperial
+Salem shall lift her head once more free from tyrant hands and
+heathen tramping, to become the city of God and His chosen
+ones.</p>
+<p>When Moses was sent to deliver the children of Israel from
+Egypt, he was equipped with miraculous power that he might
+convince Pharaoh and the Egyptians what was the will of Jehovah;
+but not more so than are the prophetic students of this day; for
+the presence of the Divine gleams forth all around in the
+miracles of prophecy now so wonderfully fulfilling in this our
+day.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 76--><a name="page76"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+76</span>DREAM IMAGE OF NEBUCHADNEZZAR.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> VII.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD&mdash;THE
+DESTRUCTION OF THE PAPACY COMMENCED&mdash;IRELAND TO BE FREE AND
+INDEPENDENT OF ENGLAND AND ROME&mdash;FUTURE GLORY OF BRITAIN AND
+THE UNITED STATES.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Thou, O King, sawest and beheld a great
+image.&nbsp; This great image whose brightness was excellent,
+stood before thee; and the form thereof was
+terrible.&rdquo;&mdash;Dan. ii. 31.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>About 2,500 years ago the kingdom of Babylon was strong,
+great, and prosperous.&nbsp; The king of this vast empire is
+known in history as Nebuchadnezzar.&nbsp; His reign had been
+marked with great victories over the surrounding nations.&nbsp;
+The mighty Empire of Assyria he had conquered; Egypt he had
+wasted and almost destroyed; Palestine he had reduced to strange
+and pitiable desolation, having carried the Jewish inhabitants
+captive into the region of Babylon.&nbsp; Among these captives we
+find Daniel, the prophet of Judah.&nbsp; In the second year of
+Nebuchadnezzar&rsquo;s consolidated reign, as king over Babylon
+and Assyria, he dreamed a dream which gave him much anxiety of
+mind and troubled him very much.&nbsp; This dream he could not
+remember nor explain, save that it had left a terrible impression
+on his mind.&nbsp; The wise men were confounded, for they could
+neither declare the vision or its meaning.&nbsp; The king, in his
+rage, decreed them all to death.&nbsp; At this point appears
+Daniel, one of the captives of Judah.&nbsp; Moved of God, he
+presents himself before the king and makes known to him the
+vision and interpretation.</p>
+<p>The king had seen a great metallic image, excellent in
+brightness and terrible in form.&nbsp; It was a human figure of
+massive proportions, standing erect with outstretched arms, <!--
+page 77--><a name="page77"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+77</span>and of a mixed and strange composition.&nbsp; The head
+was of fine gold.&nbsp; The breast and arms were of silver.&nbsp;
+The belly and thighs of brass.&nbsp; The legs of iron, the feet
+part of iron and part of clay.&nbsp; While the king was gazing on
+this monstrous figure with intense interest, his attention was
+arrested by the appearance of a small stone&mdash;this stone was
+alone; there appeared no hands handling it or moving it.&nbsp; It
+was cut out of the mountain without hands.&nbsp; In this stone
+there appears to be a good deal of the supernatural.&nbsp; At
+once this little stone assaults the image, beginning at the
+feet.&nbsp; The battle is surely unequal; the battle continues,
+and during the struggle the stone actually grows; the image falls
+to pieces&mdash;the feet, thigh, breast, and head&mdash;and
+victory is with the stone.&nbsp; By the time the image is wholly
+destroyed the stone has become a mountain; or, as Daniel said to
+Nebuchadnezzar, &ldquo;Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out
+without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of
+iron and clay, and brake them to pieces.&nbsp; Then was the iron,
+the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken to pieces
+together, and became like the chaff of the Summer
+threshing-floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place
+was found for them; and the stone that smote the image became a
+great mountain and filled the whole earth.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>In this vision and interpretation we have a line of history
+laid bare so clearly that we need not err.&nbsp; The beginning is
+the time and kingdom of Nebuchadnezzar.&nbsp; The image stands
+for four great earthly monarchies, extending down through the
+centuries even to this time and day&mdash;and a little further;
+for these monarchies are not yet wholly destroyed, and the
+stone-kingdom does not yet fill the world.&nbsp; Of this fifth,
+or stone kingdom, there is to be no end by conquest, or decay, or
+succession.&nbsp; Daniel says that this kingdom shall not be left
+to other people&mdash;that is, it shall never be succeeded.</p>
+<p>The peculiar features of the stone-kingdom make it interesting
+to ascertain what kingdom, monarchy, and people stand for <!--
+page 78--><a name="page78"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+78</span>it; for such kingdom, though small at the beginning, is
+to grow, prosper, and continue to the end of time.&nbsp; Guided
+by the Scriptures and history, let us look for these four earthly
+monarchies; and the better to accomplish our task, let us stretch
+the giant figure on his back; then his head of gold will rest in
+Babylon, his silver breast and arms will take in Media and
+Persia, his belly and thighs will take in Greece, and his legs
+and feet will take in Rome.&nbsp; Thus, then, the gold head stood
+for Babylon, and is now in this day represented and found in
+Russia&mdash;for Russia is a continuation of Babylon.&nbsp; The
+<i>Czar</i> is on the line of Nebuchadne<i>zzar</i>.&nbsp; This
+gold-headed kingdom will be the last destroyed&mdash;the
+destruction begins at the feet.&nbsp; Russia, therefore, has yet
+a lease of life and prosperity; but, finally, she too will yield
+the contests and disappear before the stone-kingdom.&nbsp; The
+gold stands for work and endurance, as the head is significant of
+supremacy; but the stone will finally destroy it.</p>
+<p>The silver, next in value and endurance, of which were the
+arms and breast, stands for Persia.&nbsp; Centuries ago Persia
+was the great Power of the earth.&nbsp; At one time it would seem
+as if she never would decay or ever have a rival; but her day
+came, and she has dwindled down to the little kingdom and
+monarchy&mdash;the Persia of to-day.&nbsp; Her power is gone, she
+is consumptive, and will soon disappear as a separate
+kingdom.&nbsp; The present visit of the King of Persia to the
+Czar at St. Petersburg is not without meaning.&nbsp; The gold
+head of Russia will need the assistance of the arms of Persia
+by-and-bye.</p>
+<p>The brass parts stand well and appropriately for ancient
+Greece&mdash;an Empire once so gigantic and powerful, a people so
+polished and learned, but long ago their time, and work, and
+place were marked out.&nbsp; And now the time is nearly gone and
+the work done, hence they will soon disappear.&nbsp; The present
+little kingdom of Greece is all that is left.&nbsp; Brass is in
+itself corrosive, so the Greek Empire has gradually eaten itself
+away.&nbsp; What sublime lessons the prophets of old taught
+us!</p>
+<p><!-- page 79--><a name="page79"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+79</span>The iron and clay, of which were the legs and feet,
+stand for the great Roman Empire, which in its day was so solid
+and grand with its law and order, its soldiers and
+statesmen.&nbsp; This Empire that tried the hopeless experiment
+of mixing clay and iron&mdash;that is, Church and State as
+inaugurated by Constantine.&nbsp; This nation that tried to fuse
+together Paganism and Christianity.&nbsp; This nation that tried
+to stand on two equal feet, and to encompass the whole of man,
+body and spirit.&nbsp; Well might Daniel say of this brittle
+Empire that it should be partly strong and partly weak.&nbsp; In
+conscience and the empire of the soul Christ alone is King.&nbsp;
+No wonder that the Roman Empire has disappeared.&nbsp; The iron
+part is now entirely gone.&nbsp; The Pope and the Church of Rome
+foolishly arrogate to themselves to be this kingdom.&nbsp; They
+still try and believe in mixing the iron and clay&mdash;they yet
+claim authority in the spirit realm.&nbsp; Obedience to Christ
+and the Pope cannot be on the spiritual or clay side.&nbsp; No
+man can supremely serve two masters.&nbsp; On the iron side no
+man can be loyal to his country and the Pope at the same
+time.&nbsp; No man can serve two masters at the same time, both
+of which claim and demand supremacy.&nbsp; These things cannot be
+mixed.&nbsp; &ldquo;And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry
+clay, they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men, but they
+shall not cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with
+clay.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>How true the prophetic utterances of the prophet!&nbsp; The
+Catholics and Protestants do not mix easily, not socially, not
+politically, nor educationally.&nbsp; How are we to mix freely
+with those who think we are heretics and damnable?&nbsp; How can
+we socially mix with a people so lordly in their claims and
+deficient in character as many are&mdash;a people who, when true
+to their profession, must be our secret or open enemies&mdash;who
+sink their manhood and parental claims, so as to depend upon the
+priest for forgiveness and on him for instruction?&nbsp; Thus, at
+the priest&rsquo;s command, the coming generations are divided
+and <!-- page 80--><a name="page80"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+80</span>embittered in the fact of separate schools for Catholics
+and Protestants.&nbsp; These men of clay and lordly air, claim
+rights superior to the State, despising the State provision for
+education.&nbsp; Daniel said, &ldquo;The dream is certain, and
+the interpretation thereof sure.&rdquo;&nbsp; If so, as sure as
+the iron part has disappeared, so will the clay.</p>
+<p>Now a clearer view, a purer faith and greater liberty are
+dawning upon our Catholic friends, which is making many of them
+feel too manly and noble to be longer slaves to priest or
+Pope.&nbsp; Bereft of temporal power, they henceforth will have
+to win and fight their way, as others, on the purity of their
+doctrines and practice.&nbsp; In such a strife we can but wish
+them, and all who love the Lord Jesus Christ, great success.</p>
+<p>Thus in the short outline of these four kingdoms we see enough
+to show us that God has kept His word.&nbsp; How marvellous are
+His ways! how complete His work!</p>
+<p>Let us now look at this stone kingdom.&nbsp; This fifth
+kingdom is as much material and political as the other four, and
+stands for a king, country, and people.&nbsp; It does not come
+into existence until the image is perfect.&nbsp; For it is while
+Nebuchadnezzar was looking at the image he saw the stone cut out
+of the mountain&mdash;its growth was gradual.&nbsp; Its work was
+to destroy this image and fill the world.&nbsp; As these kingdoms
+became weaker and smaller, it would become stronger and
+larger.</p>
+<p>What king, country, and people respond to this kingdom?&nbsp;
+The answer is as easy as to find the other, if we keep our minds
+free from prejudice and open to truth.</p>
+<p>First, this kingdom was of Divine origin.&nbsp; Second, it was
+small at first.&nbsp; Third, the more it fights the more it
+grows.&nbsp; Fourth, it breaks in pieces this image, beginning at
+the feet.&nbsp; It is in fact the sworn enemy of all the four
+kingdoms.&nbsp; Fifth, it is to fill the world and thus become a
+universal kingdom and monarchy.&nbsp; In this latter sense it
+will be a fit type of the kingdom of Christ.</p>
+<p><!-- page 81--><a name="page81"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+81</span>Just such a kingdom as this did God repeatedly promise
+to Abraham and his descendants.&nbsp; David&rsquo;s throne and
+seed royal are to be established before Him for ever.&nbsp; He
+promised to David&rsquo;s throne perpetuity, and that
+David&rsquo;s seed should always be on the throne&mdash;not in a
+spiritual sense as some think&mdash;but naturally and actually in
+this world.</p>
+<p>God promised to Israel, as a people and a kingdom, such
+pre-eminence in origin, power, and growth.&nbsp; The answer,
+then, is simple and plain&mdash;England, as representing the Lost
+Tribes of Israel, and Queen Victoria being a direct descendant
+from David.&nbsp; For she came of James VI., of Scotland&mdash;he
+from Bruce and Duncan, and Malcolm, and Kenneth, and Kenneth
+through the kings of Argyleshire, Alpin, and Donald, and
+Fergus.&nbsp; Then through the long line of Irish Kings from
+Earca to Heremon, of Tara, and he married Tea Tephi, the daughter
+of Zedekiah, who, through Jeremiah the prophet, had been hid from
+the destroying vengeance of Nebuchadnezzar.&nbsp; He killed all
+her brothers and kindred, and put out the eyes of Zedekiah and
+took him a captive to Babylon, where he died.</p>
+<p>Look also at the British nation, learned as they are, yet no
+historian can tell who the English were originally.&nbsp; Sharon
+Turner, the best and most trustworthy on the origin of the
+Saxons, fails to solve the question.&nbsp; He traces them into
+Central Asia, but there he stops.&nbsp; They here form part of
+the Aryan race, speaking the Sanscrit language, from which came
+the Greek and Latin.&nbsp; And from this place and people came
+forth the Goths and their language, and also the Saxons and their
+language came to view here.&nbsp; The German and Saxon both seem
+to have come forth from the Aryan stock.</p>
+<p>The very place the Saxons came from is the very place where
+the Lost Tribes were carried captive to by the King of Assyria,
+about 725 years before Christ, as we read in the second book of
+Kings, seventeenth chapter.&nbsp; Take the very word Saxon.&nbsp;
+This word comes from the Sanscrit: Saka Suna.&nbsp; Saka means
+<!-- page 82--><a name="page82"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+82</span>era, epoch, or date, and Suna means void, without.&nbsp;
+Hence the word Saxon means a people whose origin is
+unknown&mdash;void of date.&nbsp; True, Nebuchadnezzar saw no
+hands cutting the little stone out from the mountain.&nbsp; The
+origin of the English nation is hid because God cast away His
+people for a time&mdash;not for ever.&nbsp; It is this view of
+the stone kingdom that corresponds to the prophets, to history,
+especially to the English history.</p>
+<p>The very island itself is insignificant, and no doubt was once
+joined to the continent of Europe.&nbsp; The formation on both
+sides of the English Channel&mdash;that is, on the French and
+English coasts, are the same&mdash;namely, chalk.&nbsp; The ocean
+in time past washed through a passage, and thus prepared a place
+for exiled Israel to rest in, and renew their strength.</p>
+<p>Why should this small island and a few and scattered people
+become so powerful, so as to sweep the sea, and dictate on land,
+constantly engaged in war, and though small, winning victory upon
+victory, and like the stone, growing stronger and stronger, after
+fighting the whole of Europe, giving liberties in religion that
+oftentimes imperilled her safety at home, opening her ports to
+all the world, and venturing to compete in trade with all
+nations?</p>
+<p>How came they to take India, a country of so vast an extent,
+so powerful, rich, and chivalrous a country, at that time
+composed of sixteen separate and powerful nations, speaking
+thirty-six different languages, and numbering in population some
+200,000,000?</p>
+<p>With all her faults, still to her the world owes much.&nbsp;
+She has stood for liberty in person and conscience.&nbsp; The
+world has little to-day which ennobles men and nations but what
+she has produced or aided in producing.</p>
+<p>The right foot of the image stands for France, while the left
+signifies Spain.&nbsp; On these two feet long stood Rome, as all
+know.&nbsp; When these two feet were broken, then soon followed
+<!-- page 83--><a name="page83"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+83</span>the downfall of Rome as an empire, and as they are
+conquered for Jesus, so will the empire of Rome, as a Church,
+fall.</p>
+<p>In the year 1346 took place the battle of Cressey, led by
+Edward III.&nbsp; Then the little stone fell on the right foot,
+and since then it has fallen on that same foot victoriously 218
+times.&nbsp; On the left foot, Spain, thirty-five times.&nbsp;
+All this time this stone has been growing.&nbsp; In 1665 the
+English, under General Penn, took Jamaica, and every four years
+since they have added a colony.&nbsp; Now that little stone bears
+rule over fifty-five colonies, one empire, namely, India, and one
+dominion, Canada.&nbsp; And yet, mighty as England was, she could
+not subdue the American provinces, feeble and scattered colonists
+as they were.&nbsp; Then they sought to fight against
+Providence.&nbsp; Old Jacob blessed the sons of Joseph, Ephraim,
+and Manasseh, and then predicted their destiny, saying of
+Manasseh, &ldquo;He also shall become a people, and he also shall
+be great; but truly his younger brother shall be greater than he,
+and his seed shall become a multitude of nations.&rdquo;&nbsp; So
+they are; and so Manasseh is a great people in the American
+nation.</p>
+<p>This stone cut out of the mountain has much to do and destroy;
+it is still watching the head of gold.&nbsp; Israel and Babylon
+are still face to face.&nbsp; Greece will first disappear,
+although England is trying to revive it.&nbsp; Next, Persia will
+go, then Babylon, or head of gold.&nbsp; Russia will have grown
+to giant-like proportions, and will finally measure swords with
+England.&nbsp; The stone will win.&nbsp; England will then move
+her royal residence and throne to Jerusalem.&nbsp; Every country
+and province may then be independent, like Canada, but federated
+to the central government.&nbsp; Ireland will then be free, yes,
+doubly free&mdash;free from Rome and free from England as a
+State, but still federated to the central government.&nbsp; It is
+thus this stone will fill the earth.&nbsp; America will federate,
+the central government will be destroyed.&nbsp; State rights
+increase.&nbsp; These are some of the things suggested and taught
+by this vision.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 84--><a name="page84"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+84</span>LITTLE HORN AND TURKEY.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> VIII.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">THE TURKS THE ISHMAELITES&mdash;ENGLAND AND
+RUSSIA TO PARTITION THE MAHOMMEDAN EMPIRE&mdash;WHY ENGLAND
+SYMPATHISES WITH TURKEY.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;And out of one of them came forth a little
+horn, which waxed exceeding great, toward the South, and toward
+the East, and toward the pleasant land.&rdquo;&mdash;Daniel viii.
+9.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Nebuchadnezzar had a dream, in which he saw a great metallic
+image of human form.&nbsp; The head of gold stood for Babylon;
+the silver arms and breast for Persia; the brass belly and thighs
+for Greece; the iron legs and feet of iron and clay for
+Rome.&nbsp; To all this we find history has faithfully and
+beautifully responded.</p>
+<p>A few years after this we find that Daniel has a dream, which
+is interpreted to him by an angel.&nbsp; From it we learn that
+the ten toes symbolised ten kingdoms which were to arise out of
+the Roman Empire.</p>
+<p>In the chapter from which we take our text, we are introduced
+into the secrets of a vision which Daniel had.&nbsp; The place of
+the vision is on the banks of the River Ulai, in the province of
+Elam, and in the gorgeous palace of Shushan&mdash;a place and
+palace made famous and familiar to us by the doings of King
+Ahasuerus and Queen Esther.&nbsp; In other words, the scene is
+changed from the palace of Babylon to the palace of Persia.</p>
+<p>In this vision, Pesia is typified by a ram, the two horns of
+which represented Persia and Media, for they formed one Empire at
+this time, under the powerful rule and reign of Cyrus, who,
+coming from the East, pushed his conquests &ldquo;Westward, and
+Northward, and Southward.&rdquo;&nbsp; &ldquo;The two <!-- page
+85--><a name="page85"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 85</span>horns
+were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher came
+up last.&rdquo;&nbsp; From history we know that Media conquered
+Persia, and we know, also, that finally Persia gained ascendancy,
+so that the higher came up last, and is even in existence to-day
+as the small kingdom of Persia; but Media has long since
+disappeared.</p>
+<p>While the seer Daniel was considering, behold an he-goat came
+from the West.&nbsp; This goat had a notable horn between his
+eyes.&nbsp; Horn generally symbolises power; here it symbolises a
+king of peculiar power, Daniel tells us.&nbsp; Goat-like, it
+bounded over the earth rapidly, pushing and goring its
+adversaries.&nbsp; Can any one at all acquainted with history
+fail to see how fitly and grandly this description of the goat
+forecasts the origin and progress of the Greek Empire?</p>
+<p>Substitute Alexander the Great for the notable horn, and you
+at once mate history and this vision.&nbsp; Surely God has not
+left Himself without witnesses.&nbsp; &ldquo;Then the magicians
+said unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of God.&rdquo;&nbsp; So we
+may freely say unto the historians and students of history,
+Truly, in these things we see the finger of God.</p>
+<p>Could any historian describe more faithfully and accurately
+the invasions, conquests, and victories of Alexander the Great,
+especially his assault on the Persians?&nbsp; How marvellous and
+simple the description by Daniel: &ldquo;And he came to the ram
+that had two horns (Persia), which I had seen standing before the
+river, and ran unto him in the fury of his power; and I saw him
+come close unto the ram, and he was moved with choler against
+him, and smote the ram, and brake his two horns; and there was no
+power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the
+ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could
+deliver the ram out of his hand.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>And with the same majestic simplicity we have the downfall of
+Alexander and the division of his Empire described.&nbsp;
+Listen!&nbsp; &ldquo;Therefore the he-goat waxed very great; and
+when he was <!-- page 86--><a name="page86"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 86</span>strong the great horn was broken; and
+for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of
+heaven.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>To fully understand the sacred writer here, you must call to
+mind a little of history, more and better, for all knowledge only
+aids us the better and better to read the Bible.</p>
+<p>What beast save the goat could characterise Alexander and his
+reign?&nbsp; He was the son of Philip of Macedon, born 356 <span
+class="smcap">b.c.</span>, and died in 323.&nbsp; He began his
+reign at twenty years of age, and closed it in twelve years and
+eight months.&nbsp; No man in the same time ever fought so many
+battles, won so many victories, and subdued so many people.&nbsp;
+No man, before or since, ever ruled over so many people and such
+a kingdom.&nbsp; Queen Victoria is in these things his only
+rival.&nbsp; But with his sudden death the fruits of his
+victories are re-distributed.&nbsp; His Empire was divided into
+four parts; the four Diadochi were his successors.&nbsp; What
+lessons may men and nations learn by studying the prophecies!</p>
+<p>&ldquo;For prophecy came not in old time by the will of man;
+but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy
+Ghost;&rdquo; and unto this sure word of prophecy we do well to
+take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is
+of any private interpretation&rdquo; (2 Peter i. 20).&nbsp; As
+naturally as nature responds to the seasons, so will providence
+to prophecy.&nbsp; We can discern Spring-time, Summer, Autumn,
+and Winter.&nbsp; The garden will reveal to us Winter as distinct
+from Summer, so in interpreting prophecy we must always look for
+an agreement between providence and the world.&nbsp; As naturally
+as the goat symbolises Alexander, so will providence in natural
+history respond.&nbsp; Winter, with its winds, storms, and frost;
+with its leafless trees and desolate gardens, proclaim, beyond a
+doubt, which season of the four is bearing rule.&nbsp; Such a
+thing cannot be of private interpretation; and prophecy, when
+fulfilled, is as easy seen, and is not of private
+interpretation.&nbsp; A man is as foolish <!-- page 87--><a
+name="page87"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 87</span>in forging
+prophecy as one would be in trying to forge Winter by putting
+artificial leaves on trees, and flowers on bushes.&nbsp; The
+thing is easily known if we exercise our reason.&nbsp; In this
+line of thought we are sorry to note that men have more faith
+than reason; hence the blunderings of prophetic writers, and the
+leaders of Adventism and Millenarianism.&nbsp; Prophecy
+unfulfilled commands and demands our faith&mdash;much more faith
+than reason, for it is impossible to see how some things can come
+to pass, but if they are subjects of prophecy they surely will,
+whether we understand them or not.&nbsp; A prophecy fulfilled,
+however, appeals more to reason than faith, for if fulfilled, it
+can readily be demonstrated.</p>
+<p>As naturally as the female and male birds know each other and
+mate together, so will events and prophecy.&nbsp; This kind of
+argument Isaiah uses: &ldquo;Seek ye out the Book of the Lord and
+read; no one of these shall fail, none shall want her mate, for
+My mouth it hath commanded, and His Spirit it hath gathered
+them&rdquo; (Isa. xxxiv. 16).&nbsp; I charge you to beware of
+prophetic dentists who put false teeth in the mouth of prophecy;
+who by their haste and impatience forestall prophecy and weaken
+men&rsquo;s faith instead of strengthening it.&nbsp; Prophetic
+evidence is very strong evidence, both for the Christian and the
+infidel.</p>
+<p>Some will fail to be convinced when prophecy is
+fulfilled.&nbsp; Jew-like, they will blind their eyes and shut
+their ears to the evidences and voice of fulfilled
+prophecy.&nbsp; The entire career of our Lord Jesus Christ was
+foretold and mapped out by the Old Testament writers.&nbsp; Moses
+declared His family; Micah the place of His birth; Isaiah the
+virginity of His mother; Zechariah His triumphant entry into
+Jerusalem; David His life, resurrection, and ascension, with many
+other kinds of evidence of a detailed and general character; yet
+the Jews, who claimed to be well versed in the Old Testament,
+rejected Christ.&nbsp; Keep these things in mind while we now
+consider the text more directly.</p>
+<p><!-- page 88--><a name="page88"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+88</span>You remember that out of the goat kingdom there came up
+four notable ones, and out of one them came forth a little horn,
+which waxed exceeding great toward the South, East, and pleasant
+land, or land of Palestine.&nbsp; Now this horn is not to be
+confounded with the little horn of the fourth kingdom spoken of
+in chapter vii., for that horn might justly be called the
+eleventh toe horn, as it comes into existence after the ten-toe
+kingdoms.&nbsp; The little horn of the text is explained in verse
+23 to be a king of fierce countenance.&nbsp; He was to appear in
+the latter time.&nbsp; It will be interesting for us to ascertain
+what king, people, and country this little horn stands for.&nbsp;
+Daniel has given us a very vivid picture of the king.&nbsp; He is
+to be of fierce countenance, to understand dark sentences, to
+stand up in power and might, not however in his own power; he
+will claim to be appointed and authorised of God, and will
+pretend to rule in God&rsquo;s name; he will destroy wonderfully
+even the mighty of the world and the holy people; he will be very
+prosperous and practical, giving a great impetus to trade.&nbsp;
+By means of his prosperity he will become proud and strong, and
+will destroy many.&nbsp; He will actually stand up in place of
+Jesus&mdash;Prince of princes.&nbsp; But finally he will be
+broken without a hand.&nbsp; Thus, you see, Daniel gives us
+twelve special features of his person and reign.&nbsp; Without
+doubt the mate of these descriptions will be found on the person
+of Mahommed, and his successors in religion Mahommedanism, and in
+people and country the Turks and Turkey.</p>
+<p>Mahommed had his religion and himself recognised about the
+year 622 at Mecca.&nbsp; From that time and place he went forth
+to waste and to destroy.&nbsp; As his religion prevailed, so he
+subdued the country or territory.&nbsp; He united in himself the
+rights and prerogatives of king, priest, and prophet, making it
+obligatory upon his followers to prepare a way and enforce his
+religion by the sword.&nbsp; He was indeed a king of fierce
+countenance.&nbsp; Thus sprang Mahommedanism and the Turkish
+nation <!-- page 89--><a name="page89"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 89</span>into existence.&nbsp; As a people,
+they are chiefly the descendants of Esau and Ishmael.&nbsp; If
+one desires to know the history and final destiny of this people,
+let him study the prophetic utterances concerning Esau and
+Ishmael.&nbsp; They are the descendants of Abraham, and so they
+very naturally fall into the prophetic line.</p>
+<p>The Hungarians came from this family through Lot.&nbsp; The
+Poles and Magyars are from Moab and Ammon.&nbsp; These things
+being so, it is no wonder the Hungarians and Turks should
+sympathise, nor that England should have a liking for Turks,
+England being the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel.&nbsp; Alliance and
+sympathy between England and Turkey has a deeper root and meaning
+than some are willing to admit.&nbsp; Turkey, however, as a
+distinct empire, is nearly at an end.&nbsp; The recognition of
+the Ten Lost Tribes, and their restoration with the Jews to
+Palestine, is connected with the downfall of Turkey.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Saviours are to come up on Mount Zion to judge the Mount
+of Esau, and the kingdom shall be the Lord&rsquo;s&rdquo;
+(Obad.).</p>
+<p>How clearly speaks Obadiah again when he says, &ldquo;How are
+the things of Esau searched out! how are his hidden things sought
+up!&nbsp; All the men of thy confederacy have brought thee even
+to the border; the men that were at peace with thee have deceived
+thee, and prevailed against thee; they that eat thy bread have
+laid a wound under thee; there is none understanding in
+him.&nbsp; Shall I not in that day, saith the Lord, even destroy
+the wise men out of Edom, and understanding out of the Mount of
+Esau?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>These are the latter times of the king of fierce
+countenance.&nbsp; Hear Daniel inquiring of the angel in this
+vision, &ldquo;How long shall be the vision concerning the daily
+sacrifice and the transgression of desolation, to give both the
+sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?&nbsp; And he
+said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred
+days.&rdquo;&nbsp; These days are generally allowed to stand for
+years.&nbsp; If so, Jerusalem was destroyed <!-- page 90--><a
+name="page90"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 90</span>70 <span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span>&nbsp; The time Daniel saw this vision
+was about 490 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>; take 70 from this
+leaves 420.&nbsp; From 2,300 take 420, and we have 1,880.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Then shall the sanctuary be cleansed.&rdquo;&nbsp; What
+means this?&nbsp; It means Jerusalem will recur back again into
+the hands of the Jews and Israel.&nbsp; Christ said that the Jews
+&ldquo;should fall by the edge of the sword, and be led away
+captive into all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of
+the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled&rdquo;
+(Luke xxi. 24).</p>
+<p>Now we know the Jews did fall by the sword when the Romans
+took Jerusalem.&nbsp; Second, we know they were scattered among
+the nations.&nbsp; Third, Jerusalem has been trodden under
+foot&mdash;so much so, that Christians have not been permitted to
+stand on Mount Zion, where now stands the Mosque of Omar.&nbsp;
+And this is the city of the great King.&nbsp; This is Mount Zion,
+from which is yet to go forth the law.&nbsp; This is Jerusalem
+that God promises to yet again make the chief place of the
+earth.&nbsp; &ldquo;Arise, shine, for the light is come, and the
+glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.&rdquo;&nbsp; When, we ask,
+will the fulness of the Gentiles come in?&nbsp; We answer,
+Soon.&nbsp; Think of what God has taught us in His Word.&nbsp;
+We, as the Lost Tribes, have indeed been ignorant of our origin
+and destiny.&nbsp; &ldquo;For I would not, brethren, that ye
+should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in
+your own conceits, that blindness in part is happened to Israel,
+until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in&rdquo; (Rom. xi.
+25).&nbsp; This time is nicely pointed out by John in Rev. xi. 2:
+&ldquo;But the court which is without the temple leave out, and
+measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles, and the holy
+city shall they tread under foot forty and two months;&rdquo; or,
+as explained in the following verse, a thousand two hundred and
+three-score days.&nbsp; Accepting a day for a year again, and we
+have 1,260 years.&nbsp; Taking Mahommed power to date from 622,
+or about, then 622 and 1,260 make 1,882.&nbsp; Now just as sure
+as Jerusalem is now trodden under foot, as certainly will it be
+free.</p>
+<p><!-- page 91--><a name="page91"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+91</span>&ldquo;Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on
+thy beautiful garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city; for
+henceforth there shall no more come into thee the uncircumcised
+and the unclean.&nbsp; Shake thyself from the dust; arise and sit
+down, O Jerusalem; loose thyself from the bands of thy neck, O
+captive daughter of Zion&rdquo; (Isa. lii. 1, 2).</p>
+<p>England is appointed of God to take possession of Palestine
+and restore Jerusalem.&nbsp; God has told us through Isaiah that
+He will lay vengeance upon Edom by the hand of Israel.&nbsp; The
+many days of the vision of Daniel are now gone; the time is
+nearly up.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;For Zion&rsquo;s sake will I not hold My peace, and for
+Jerusalem&rsquo;s sake I will not rest, until the righteousness
+thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a
+lamp that burneth; and the Gentiles shall see thy righteousness,
+and all kings thy glory.&rdquo;&nbsp; It is the duty of the
+watchmen of Zion to discern the signs of the times and become
+obedient unto heavenly instruction.&nbsp; &ldquo;Ye that make
+mention of the Lord, keep not silence, and give Him no rest till
+He establish, and till He make Jerusalem a praise in the
+earth&rdquo; (Isa. lxii. 1, 2, 6, 7).</p>
+<h2><!-- page 92--><a name="page92"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+92</span>LITTLE HORN AND ANTI-CHRIST.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> IX.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">PROPHETIC WONDERS&mdash;TWENTY MARKS OF THE
+MONSTER&mdash;THE BERLIN CONGRESS&mdash;ANTI-CHRISTS
+MANY&mdash;MISTAKES BY WRITERS.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;I considered the horns, and behold! there
+came up among them another little horn, before whom there were
+three of the first horns plucked up by the roots; and behold! in
+this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking
+great things.&rdquo;&mdash;Daniel vii. 8.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>In the visions and dream recorded by Daniel in this chapter we
+have the same subject matter as that contained in the dream of
+Nebuchadnezzar of the metallic image.&nbsp; In this the subject
+is carried further into the future, bringing to view some new
+items of interest, under different symbols and more of
+detail.&nbsp; The four kingdoms of the metallic image are in this
+dream presented by the symbolism of four beasts.&nbsp; Babylon by
+a lion which had eagle&rsquo;s wings, setting forth the strength
+and swiftness of the same.&nbsp; Persia by a bear raised up on
+one side.&nbsp; Persia at this time was composed of Media as
+well, but the one-sided position of the bear denotes the dying
+out of Media and the continuance of Persia.&nbsp; The same idea
+is conveyed in the eighth chapter and third verse: &ldquo;The ram
+had two horns, and one was higher than the other, and the higher
+came up last.&rdquo;&nbsp; Media was a kingdom before Persia, but
+Persia was to survive Media; all this history confirms.&nbsp;
+After the Medo-Persian Empire declined, Persia surviving, held on
+to Babylon, Lydia, and Egypt&mdash;that is, when the bear was
+raised up on one side, it held in its mouth three ribs, and was
+strong for a time.</p>
+<p>The Macedonian Empire Daniel saw under the type of a leopard,
+which had on its back four wings of a fowl; the beast also had
+four heads.&nbsp; Babylon was represented by two wings, <!-- page
+93--><a name="page93"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 93</span>but
+it is very fitting that Alexander and his empire should have four
+wings, for no conqueror ever flew so fast over the earth as this
+same monarch.&nbsp; In the metallic image he is represented by
+brass, in this by a leopard, and in the one we noticed in
+Discourse VII., by the goat.&nbsp; How wonderfully appropriate
+are these symbolisms.&nbsp; The four heads of this leopard stand
+for the four kingdoms into which the Macedonian Empire was
+divided on the death of Alexander&mdash;namely, first, Egypt
+under Ptolemy; second, Syria under Antigonus; third, Asia Minor
+under Lysimachus; fourth, Greece under Cassandar.&nbsp; These
+four kings were the four leading generals of Alexander.</p>
+<p>The fourth beast of this vision is a nondescript; for among
+all the animal creation there could not be found one that could
+suitably represent Rome.&nbsp; But one was made for the purpose,
+combining in itself all that is fierce and terrible.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;And behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and
+strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it devoured and
+brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it; and
+it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it
+had ten horns.&rdquo;&nbsp; Its teeth were of iron and its claws
+of brass.&nbsp; What a monster!&nbsp; The other beasts faithfully
+represented their respective kingdoms, and so did this.&nbsp;
+What a record!&nbsp; What a counterpart we have in history of
+this beast!&nbsp; &ldquo;Tell it not in Gath, publish it not in
+the streets of Askelon,&rdquo; lest the Pagan rejoice, and the
+heathen mock at us, and the infidel triumph over us.&nbsp; Blot
+out from Time&rsquo;s record the 24th of August, 1572.&nbsp; Let
+not our children learn the name of St. Bartholomew, for fear they
+should despise Christianity.&nbsp; Quench the flames of
+Smithfield, destroy the Inquisition, and divorce Christianity
+from such a kingdom, from such a beast.&nbsp; Thank heaven! the
+beast is dying; its teeth are worn to the very gum by the
+gnawings of centuries; its claws are not now sharp, so it cannot
+now crush the innocent, as in days gone by, nor tear with its
+brass claw the weak.&nbsp; Though the beast is growing old and
+weaker, yet let us remember <!-- page 94--><a
+name="page94"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 94</span>that its
+death struggle is yet to come.&nbsp; The beast has been wounded,
+but this shall only serve to intensify its rage.&nbsp; To be
+forewarned is to be forearmed, if we are wise.</p>
+<p>This beast, Daniel tells us, had ten horns, and these horns
+are ten kings&mdash;that is, kingdoms&mdash;that shall
+arise.&nbsp; Just here we may reasonably ask whether these ten
+kingdoms are yet in existence, and the answer is, No.&nbsp; Some
+of them may be; of course they are in existence, as was General
+Grant before the war, but not yet distinct or assigned their
+special work and place.&nbsp; The time, however, for them all to
+appear is near at hand.&nbsp; Of this we may rest satisfied, when
+once they are all in existence we will have no difficulty in
+knowing them.&nbsp; Prophecy unfulfilled is always more difficult
+to interpret than when it is fulfilling or fulfilled.&nbsp; We
+have no doubt but some of these horns are in existence, and from
+what we can glean from prophecy and history, some are not yet in
+their proper place.</p>
+<p>The special province of prophecy is to prepare us for what is
+coming.&nbsp; Searching into prophecy enables us to forecast the
+future with tolerable certainty, just as the scientists can
+tolerably forecast the weather by studying the laws, forces, and
+inclinations of nature.&nbsp; So the Christian student, by
+studying prophecy, Providence, and history, and comparing them,
+can know much of what is coining.&nbsp; On the Divine side all
+prophecy is certain, but on the human it can only be
+approximated.&nbsp; Prophecy furnishes the strongest kind of
+evidence in favour of the existence of God&mdash;inspiration of
+the Scriptures and Providence.&nbsp; The Lord Himself calls our
+attention to this kind of evidence frequently in the Bible.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Produce your cause, saith the Lord; bring forth your
+strong reasons, said the King of Jacob.&nbsp; Let them bring them
+forth and show us what shall happen; let them show the former
+things what they be, that we may consider them, and know the
+latter end of them; or declare us things for to come&rdquo; (Isa.
+xli. 21, 22).</p>
+<p>Prophecy does not interfere with the coming to pass of an <!--
+page 95--><a name="page95"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+95</span>event, or suppress man&rsquo;s freedom no more than the
+man at Washington, who gives us the weather probabilities, makes
+the weather or regulates nature.&nbsp; Even when men know the
+sequence of a thing they oftentimes persist in doing it.&nbsp;
+The soldiers who wrangled at the cross about the dividing of the
+garments of the crucified One, thought little and cared less for
+prophecy; but when they came to the Saviour&rsquo;s vest, they
+fell into the line of prophecy, for at once they cast lots for
+that, all of which had been fore-written for hundreds of
+years.&nbsp; Run and tell that young man that the place he is
+entering is the way of death.&nbsp; Tell him that the air is
+foul, that the furniture and painted humanity are all gotten up
+to deceive.&nbsp; Tell him that in a few years he will repent
+ever having seen such a place.&nbsp; And what is your
+reward?&nbsp; It is that you are laughed at and esteemed as one
+that interferes, and told to mind your own business.&nbsp; The
+young man is free and self-confident.&nbsp; Look in a few years
+for that same young man and you shall find him a terrible example
+of fulfilled prophecy.&nbsp; Diseased, worn, weak, and weary, he
+cries in the anguish of soul for his folly.&nbsp; &ldquo;And thou
+mourn at the last, when thy flesh and thy body are consumed, and
+say, How have I hated instruction, and my heart despised
+reproof?&rdquo; (Prov. v. 11, 12).</p>
+<p>The famous European Congress which met in Berlin, we foresaw
+would meet, near three years ago, and told you the conditions
+under which it would be called.&nbsp; In the dark days of the
+past did we not repeat to you our faith, as fostered from
+prophecy, that England could not go to war?&nbsp; Many of you,
+and persons in different parts of the country, advised me by
+letter when the telegraph despatches came crowding and
+threatening, that I had so said.&nbsp; The intention was to break
+my faith, or at least to remind me that I had not spoken
+correctly.&nbsp; What now? who is right?&nbsp; This Congress
+completed a prophetic period.&nbsp; After it was over new scenery
+appeared and a new act came upon the stage.&nbsp; But more of
+this by-and-bye.</p>
+<p><!-- page 96--><a name="page96"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+96</span>Among the results of this Congress will be an
+enlargement of England&rsquo;s power over Turkey and Egypt.&nbsp;
+For England must possess Constantinople, because to Israel it is
+promised that he shall possess the gates of his enemies, and this
+is one of the finest gates in the world.&nbsp; Palestine will
+come into the hands of England, and be opened up for the return
+of the Jews, who, when the time comes will go in multitudes, and
+the Lost Tribes representatively.&nbsp; &ldquo;I will take you
+one of a city, and two of a family, and I will bring you to
+Zion&rdquo; (Jer. iii. 14).&nbsp; In a few years men will
+understand why, in this country, as well as in England, people
+are hunting up their genealogy, and by tradition, history, and
+heraldry, trying to ascertain of what family they are.&nbsp; The
+re-settlement of Palestine by God&rsquo;s chosen people, the Lost
+Tribes, no one can deny who reads and believes the Bible.&nbsp;
+Hanging upon the fulfilment of this great fact are many other
+prophecies and events, which are of great interest to the Church
+and the world.</p>
+<p>1st.&nbsp; The ten-toed kingdom must be formed.&nbsp; These
+kings are to form an alliance with the beast, or Church of Rome,
+as representative of this beast.&nbsp; &ldquo;And the ten horns
+which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom
+as yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.&nbsp;
+These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto
+the beast&rdquo; (Rev. xvii. 12).&nbsp; Thus strengthened, the
+beast will make war with the saints, or chosen, but it will be
+her final struggle, for in struggling she will die.&nbsp; These
+ten kings will forsake her.</p>
+<p>2nd.&nbsp; Anti-Christ has to appear after the settlement of
+Palestine.&nbsp; Anti-Christ is represented by the other little
+horn spoken of in the text.&nbsp; This little horn is to come
+forth from one of the ten horns.&nbsp; He, too, will ally with
+the beast.&nbsp; The subject of Anti-Christ is a very interesting
+one; on it men have written and speculated much and wildly.&nbsp;
+In studying a subject of this kind, we should first ascertain the
+Scripture teachings on <!-- page 97--><a name="page97"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 97</span>it, then look for the preparative
+signs in the Church and world, and finally, for the counterpart,
+which, once in existence, no one can fail to recognise.&nbsp; The
+time, person, and work of Anti-Christ have been very clearly set
+forth in the Old and New Testaments, especially by Isaiah, in the
+fourteenth chapter and twelfth to sixteenth verses; by Daniel in
+the seventh and eleventh chapters, under the symbolism of this
+little horn; by Paul in second Thessalonians, second chapter and
+first to twelfth verses; also by John in Revelation, thirteenth
+chapter and nineteenth chapter and twentieth verse, besides many
+other references.</p>
+<p>Of Anti-Christ the early Christian fathers had different
+views.&nbsp; 1st. Some thought that he would be Satan assuming
+the appearance of a man.&nbsp; 2nd. Some thought he would be a
+hybrid, the offspring of Satan by a harlot; of this opinion were
+Lactantius and Sulspitius.&nbsp; 3rd. Hilary, Jerome, and others
+thought he would be Satan incarnated.&nbsp; 4th. Chrysostom,
+Theopolact, and Theodoret thought he would be a real man under
+the influence of the devil.&nbsp; This latter view we accept as
+being the nearest to the Scripture teaching.&nbsp; In the
+Scriptures he goes by the names of Lucifer, man of sin, son of
+perdition, and that wicked one.&nbsp; Now all these names are
+indicative of some special feature of his character.&nbsp; Man of
+sin points out the intensity of the person in wickedness.&nbsp;
+As some time ago a man was called &ldquo;the wickedest man in New
+York,&rdquo; so Anti-Christ will be called the man of sin, having
+been the greatest sinner of human kind.</p>
+<p>From the Scriptures we find that he will be characterised by
+some twenty peculiarities.&nbsp; These we will just enumerate: a
+cunning seducer, a vile imposter, a bold blasphemer, a great
+tyrant, a wonderful organiser and diplomatist; hence he will
+readily make alliances with other kings and strengthen himself; a
+pretentious and hypocritical Communist, dividing his lands,
+money, and treasure among the people; he will be very ambitious
+and aspiring, doing or being anything so he may gain his point;
+<!-- page 98--><a name="page98"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+98</span>he will be very self-willed; he will be very boastful,
+speaking great words; he will be very cruel, not heeding the plea
+of woman; he will be very sacrilegious, sitting in the temple of
+God&mdash;that is, the new temple, built by the returned
+Jews&mdash;and actually claim to be God; he will be a scientific
+spiritualist, able to work miracles, even to bring fire down from
+the clouds; he will be very powerful by his alliance, apparent
+generosity, and scientific deception; he will be a great liar,
+making treaties and breaking them whenever it suits him; he will
+be very wicked, guilty of all manner of crime; his reign will be
+short as a king, only about three-and-a-half years.&nbsp; Before
+this he will have been a man of power and position.&nbsp; He will
+suddenly be destroyed in the time of a fearful uprising of the
+people; he will remain unburied in the streets of Jerusalem for a
+time, then, finally, his remains will be burnt up.&nbsp; These
+and many other facts inspiration furnish us beforehand of this
+most wonderful character.</p>
+<p>Against this person our Saviour warned the Jews and all the
+Church, but especially the Jews, and He did so for special
+reasons, which will appear hereafter in this discourse.&nbsp;
+Christ said, &ldquo;I am come in My Father&rsquo;s name, and ye
+receive Me not; if another shall come in his own name, him ye
+shall receive.&rdquo;&nbsp; At the time of Anti-Christ&rsquo;s
+death there will be raging a fearful war, and coincident with
+this war there will be another Saint Bartholomew massacre in
+several of the ten-toed kingdoms.&nbsp; The beast and Anti-Christ
+are to be destroyed about the same time.&nbsp; It will be the
+last plot of the Jesuits, who are hounding to death poor Leo.
+XIII.&nbsp; A glimpse of that time the Saviour showed to His
+disciples, when He said: &ldquo;For then shall be great
+tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world, to
+this time, no, nor ever shall be; and except those days should be
+shortened, there should no flesh be saved; but for the
+elect&rsquo;s sake those days shall be shortened.&nbsp; Then, if
+any man shall say unto you, Lo! here is Christ, or there, believe
+it <!-- page 99--><a name="page99"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+99</span>not; for there shall arise false Christs, and false
+prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders, insomuch that,
+if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect.&nbsp;
+Behold!&nbsp; I have told you before&rdquo; (Matt. xxiv.
+21&ndash;25).</p>
+<p>What a warning the Saviour gave the Jews, but how little have
+they and the Church heeded it!&nbsp; In the second century
+appeared the famous Bar Cochebas, with his thousands of
+followers, who in his final struggle was slain with some sixty
+thousand of his adherents.&nbsp; Also, think of Antiochus
+Epiphanes and his terrible delusions, the thousands and tens of
+thousands who flocked to his standard.&nbsp; So marvellous was
+this delusion, that many have actually made him out to be
+Anti-Christ, but those who thus reason take the shadow for the
+substance, and do violence to all true Scripture exegesis.&nbsp;
+Antiochus Epiphanes could not be Anti-Christ, for he was out of
+time, and meets but few of the special conditions of
+Anti-Christ.&nbsp; History records the appearance of not less
+than twenty-five Anti-Christs, or persons who have claimed to be
+the Messiah of the Jews.&nbsp; How unbelief exposes a man or a
+people!</p>
+<p>Some have laboured to make it appear that Mahommed was
+Anti-Christ, but with all his badness, he is not bad enough to be
+Anti-Christ.&nbsp; He reviled not God, he never sat in His
+temple, he did not die in Jerusalem.&nbsp; He had an honourable
+burial.</p>
+<p>Some have tried to prove that Romanism and the Pope were
+Anti-Christ, but this cannot be, you will see at a glance.&nbsp;
+The beast has its own character; that was long ago written out by
+the prophets, and up to the present time it has filled in the
+outlines with a marvellous minuteness.&nbsp; In these things many
+good and wise men have erred in making prophecies fit certain
+persons, and nations, and times, instead of waiting for these
+things to fit on to prophecy.&nbsp; Let us not be prophetic
+forgers.&nbsp; Let no one deceive you in these matters.&nbsp;
+Adventism, Millerism, Shakerism, Spiritualism, are untimely
+excesses.&nbsp; As systems they are, as yet, out of place.&nbsp;
+This subject of Anti-Christ, <!-- page 100--><a
+name="page100"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 100</span>as to who
+he will be, and when he will appear, I shall be obliged to leave
+for next Sunday evening, as my time is up.&nbsp; May the good
+Lord guide us into the ways of truth and peace.</p>
+<h2>ANTI-CHRIST AND LITTLE HORN.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> X.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">SECOND DISCOURSE OF THE MONSTER&mdash;WHO HE
+WILL BE AND HIS NAME&mdash;HOW HE WILL OBTAIN POWER&mdash;TROUBLE
+FOR GERMANY, FRANCE, AND
+RUSSIA&mdash;COMMUNISM&mdash;ROMANISM&mdash;SHAKERS&mdash;MATTHIAS,
+WEST&mdash;CHESTER PROPHET.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Let no man deceive you by any means; for
+that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first,
+and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; who
+opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or
+that is worshipped, so that he, as God, sitteth in the temple of
+God, showing himself that he is God.&rdquo;&mdash;2 Thess. ii. 3,
+4.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>We may reasonably ask why Paul gave the Thessalonians this
+caution, and the answer will appear at once if we read his first
+epistle to this people.&nbsp; There you will find Paul writing to
+them about the second coming of Christ, which writing the
+Thessalonians had evidently misunderstood, and this
+misunderstanding was working mischief among them.&nbsp; They had
+false hopes and expectations.&nbsp; Their faith, instead of
+exciting them to holy activity in Church and State, had begun to
+paralyse all their efforts.&nbsp; &ldquo;For this we say unto you
+by the word of the Lord, that <i>we</i> which are alive and
+remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which
+are asleep; for the <!-- page 101--><a name="page101"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 101</span>Lord Himself shall descend from
+heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the
+trump of God; and the dead in Christ shall rise first (that is,
+before Christ descends); then <i>we</i> which are alive and
+remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to
+meet the Lord in the air; and so shall <i>we</i> ever be with the
+Lord&rdquo; (1 Thess. iv. 15&ndash;17).&nbsp; It was the frequent
+use of the pronoun &ldquo;we&rdquo; that had confused
+them&mdash;<i>we</i> who remain, <i>we</i> who are alive.&nbsp;
+The Thessalonians had inferred from this that the second coming
+of Christ would take place in their day.&nbsp; Hence, to correct
+this impression Paul thus writes in his second epistle.&nbsp; The
+two verses preceding the text show us Paul&rsquo;s intent.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord
+Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto Him, that ye be
+not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor
+by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is
+at hand.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then comes in the text, &ldquo;Let no man
+deceive you,&rdquo; &amp;c.</p>
+<p>In reasoning on such important subjects as Anti-Christ,
+resurrection, and second coming of Christ, we should always be
+mindful of the Scriptural order.&nbsp; When we sit down to take
+dinner, we follow the order that custom has prescribed, soup,
+fish, meats, and dessert.&nbsp; Children, however, if let alone,
+would reverse this order by beginning with the dessert
+first.&nbsp; So with many Christians, they reverse the order of
+things as laid down in the Bible.&nbsp; They make Christ to come
+before Anti-Christ, and Anti-Christ to come before the Jews and
+Ten Lost Tribes are gathered together again and settled after
+their first estate in Palestine.&nbsp; The Millerites could
+neither have deceived themselves nor others had they taken
+knowledge of the relation of things.&nbsp; The Jews and Lost
+Tribes had not been gathered together then, the temple had not
+been built in Jerusalem, as described in the last chapter of
+Ezekiel, neither had Anti-Christ appeared.&nbsp; But such was the
+folly of men then, and not less now than then.&nbsp; Four-fifths
+of the prophecies of the Bible refer <!-- page 102--><a
+name="page102"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 102</span>to the
+history of Judah and Israel in their own land, their captivity
+and return in the latter day.&nbsp; Still men take one-fifth and
+confuse themselves and everybody else.&nbsp; They have brought
+the prophets and prophecy into bad repute by ignorantly or
+wilfully interpreting the same.</p>
+<p>We freely avow now that the prophecy fulfilling at present is
+the finding of the Lost Ten Tribes, then their union with the
+Jews, then their restoration to Palestine, then after being
+settled there for some time, the Jews, as Jews, having built
+their new temple, and having established the Mosaic temple
+service again, and the Lost Tribes as Christians, then and there
+we may look for Anti-Christ&mdash;not before.&nbsp; Not for the
+sake of boasting, and yet without fear, we freely invite
+ministers or laymen anywhere to disprove these facts, and to such
+we will respond cheerfully if asked for farther proof.&nbsp; The
+Lost Tribes, we believe, are come to light, and may be found in
+the Saxon race chiefly as represented in this country and Great
+Britain.&nbsp; If this be so, then we may look for the
+preparatory signs in Providence and nations, and thank Heaven,
+these are at hand and in accord with the Divine Word.</p>
+<p>In Nebuchadnezzar&rsquo;s metallic image we saw Rome
+symbolised by the legs, composed of iron and clay.&nbsp; We saw,
+also, that the little stone cut out of the mountain began its
+destructive assault on the image, by striking the feet; these it
+would first break, so Rome politically has disappeared.&nbsp; The
+ten toes, however, symbolised ten kings or kingdoms that were to
+arise in the latter day, or at the time of the end.&nbsp; These
+ten kingdoms are also symbolised in Daniel&rsquo;s dream by ten
+horns that came out of the head of the nondescript animal that
+stood for Rome.&nbsp; It is out of one of these ten horns that
+another little horn grows, having eyes like a man and a mouth
+speaking great things&mdash;that is, Anti-Christ.&nbsp; It is at
+once plain, then, that ere Anti-Christ can appear, these ten
+kingdoms must be formed.&nbsp; How, when, and where will these
+ten kingdoms be formed?&nbsp; <!-- page 103--><a
+name="page103"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 103</span>The clay
+part of Rome is still alive, and is designated by Daniel, and by
+John in Revelation, under the name of beast; and here you need to
+be careful, for the word beast is sometimes given to Anti-Christ,
+so as not to confound it with the word beast when it stands for
+the Romish Church.&nbsp; They will be formed out of Spain, Italy,
+France, and part of Austria.&nbsp; Edom, Moab, and the sons of
+Ammon in Austria, are to be free&mdash;that is, the Poles,
+Magyars, and Hungarians.&nbsp; The setting up of these ten
+kingdoms will begin in France by a revolution.</p>
+<p>By the doctrine of infallibility, these countries are claimed
+by Rome, and wedded to her, and this doctrine of infallibility
+makes a divorce impossible.&nbsp; Rome waits only her time to
+reclaim her supposed own.&nbsp; And this doctrine of
+infallibility will make it a holy war, hence good and true
+Catholics everywhere will be obliged to sustain the same by their
+money, or presence, or prayers.&nbsp; This, to many of our
+Catholic friends, will sound strange.&nbsp; But this they know,
+if such an emergency ever does arise&mdash;they cannot well fight
+against the infallible Church&mdash;between commands and duties,
+they will readily prefer the Pope and Church to king and
+country.</p>
+<p>The Jesuits are now, and have long been, preparing for such an
+event: they expect it.&nbsp; By their plottings and intrigues
+they will again, as many times before, involve the Church in
+war.&nbsp; They are busy sowing the seeds of discord.&nbsp; In
+past time both the Church itself and nations have banished these
+crafty fellows from their pale and country.&nbsp; The United
+States alone, of the nations of the earth, is the only one that
+has not so done.&nbsp; But even among us they are plotting and
+man&oelig;uvring to such an extent that it will not be long
+before America will be tested and tried on this same subject.</p>
+<p>Among the preparatory signs of the coming of Anti-Christ we
+have Communism, which is destined to spread.&nbsp; In Europe it
+will unsettle every throne but one&mdash;that is, Israel,
+England.&nbsp; We fear that neither the Church nor State
+comprehend the <!-- page 104--><a name="page104"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 104</span>terrible power that is thus quietly
+organising in this and other lands.&nbsp; It is this uprising of
+the Communists and intriguing of the Jesuits in our own land,
+that will call General Grant once more to the front, as we
+pointed out to you months ago.&nbsp; The recent European Congress
+resulted in patching up a temporary peace between Russia,
+England, and Turkey.&nbsp; A place will be provided for the Duke
+of Edinburgh, who, having married the Czar&rsquo;s daughter, will
+enable the two Powers to agree.&nbsp; He may not be the first
+prince, still he and his seed are to find a kingdom in that
+place.&nbsp; Russia will be willing for England to have
+Constantinople, and exercise a provisional protectorate over
+Turkey, with a view of strengthening his daughter&rsquo;s
+chances.&nbsp; England will thus come peaceably in possession of
+Palestine.</p>
+<p>Germany, being tied to both the Russian and English thrones by
+blood and marriage, will also freely consent.&nbsp; Besides,
+Germany is going to pass through a severe trial.&nbsp; The old
+Emperor will soon die, and also Bismarck, then a new prince will
+advise the new king, new counsel, and new blood, near and on the
+throne.&nbsp; Germany will become a prey to internal strife,
+fanned by the discontented Catholics of the Empire, that number
+some 15,000,000, and weakened by the Communistic elements.&nbsp;
+Not much longer can Germany bear the strain of her immense army
+and enormous taxes in consequence.</p>
+<p>Russia also will have all she can do to stay the desire for
+reform, and the claims of the Nihilists or Communists.&nbsp; Thus
+will Providence prepare His people&rsquo;s way back to
+Palestine.</p>
+<p>If God promises once He does so fifty times, that He will
+restore Israel and Judah to their own land.&nbsp; To this one
+thing all Providence is concentrating, and this is the key that
+unseals prophecy and Providence.&nbsp; &ldquo;And I will cause
+the captivity of Judah and the captivity of Israel to return, and
+will build them as at the first&rdquo; (Jer. xxxiii. 7).&nbsp;
+They will form a free province, electing their own rulers and
+governors.&nbsp; They will be quite <!-- page 105--><a
+name="page105"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 105</span>democratic,
+doing away with all titles, being the children of the Lord.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;And the nobles shall be of themselves, and their governor
+shall proceed from the midst of them&rdquo; (Jer. xxx. 21); or,
+as stated by Isaiah, chap, i, verse 26, &ldquo;And I will restore
+thy judges as at the first, and thy counsellors as at the
+beginning; afterward thou shalt be called, The city of
+righteousness, the faithful city.&rdquo;&nbsp; Thus they will be
+a free province, managing their own affairs under the patronage
+and protection of England.&nbsp; Now it is this freedom that will
+open the door and prepare the way for Anti-Christ.&nbsp; He will
+be elected governor because of his supposed superiority in
+manners, science, and benevolence.&nbsp; He will appear as a lamb
+at first, according to John, but once in power his true character
+will appear.&nbsp; He will be a great scientist, and in the eyes
+and faith of the multitude He will be able to work
+miracles&mdash;to bring, scientifically, fire down from
+heaven.&nbsp; So clever will he be that he will deceive some of
+the very elect.</p>
+<p>Before his election he will have been a man of great power and
+influence.&nbsp; Once in power he will contrive to centre all
+power and interests in himself.&nbsp; He will pander to the
+Communists&mdash;to the Romish Church&mdash;to the scientific
+infidels of the day.&nbsp; In this feature he will draw heavily
+upon the Germans, and create quite a sympathy in England and this
+country.&nbsp; &ldquo;For some of them of understanding shall
+fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white even to
+the time of the end&rdquo; (Dan. xi. 35).</p>
+<p>The Scriptures having pointed out the special features of his
+character, we see that many of these features are already in the
+world.&nbsp; This is Anti-Christ.&nbsp; This is the spirit of
+Anti-Christ.&nbsp; And when God withdraws His restraining power,
+Anti-Christ will embody all these forces and characteristics in
+himself.&nbsp; And all men having these features, will sympathise
+with him, and aid him.&nbsp; God alone is now keeping back and
+down this spirit of Anti-Christ until His own chosen time.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;And now <!-- page 106--><a name="page106"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 106</span>ye know what withholdeth, that he
+might be revealed in his time; for the mystery of iniquity doth
+already work, only he who now letteth will let until he be taken
+out of the way (that is, till God withdraws Himself), and then
+shall that wicked be revealed.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Anti-Christ means one opposed to Christ.&nbsp; Also it means
+one opposed to Christ, and yet desires to be Christ&mdash;who
+wishes to be received as Christ.&nbsp; And when the time comes,
+he will be received by many.&nbsp; The Jews will be looking for,
+and expecting the coming of, their Messiah, hence many of these
+will be deceived.&nbsp; Many radical Adventists and Millenarians
+will accept him, because they are in haste in their expectations:
+many of these will follow him.&nbsp; Indeed, the whole world
+seems ripe to furnish him a quota.&nbsp; But who will he
+be?&nbsp; Answer: He will be a French Jew, who will intermarry
+into the Bonaparte family.&nbsp; His title will be Napoleon I. of
+Palestine.&nbsp; This word Napoleon, resolved into Greek
+equivalents, is equal to Apollyon, and as a number stands for
+666.&nbsp; &ldquo;Here is wisdom.&nbsp; Let him that hath
+understanding count the number of the beast, for it is the number
+of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six&rdquo;
+(Rev. viii. 18).</p>
+<p>Christ, when warning the Jews of Anti-Christ, said, &ldquo;I
+am come in My Father&rsquo;s name, and ye receive Me not; if
+another shall come in his own name, him ye will
+receive.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here, and in other discourses, we have to
+content ourselves at many points with mere statements, for to
+defend every point would take too long a time, and would not suit
+our purpose.&nbsp; It is our desire in all these discourses to
+incite you to study, to teach you to examine for yourselves; to
+prepare you against being unduly led away by Adventism,
+Communism, or Infidelity; to give you an interest in Providence
+and history.&nbsp; Do you ask if any will be led away by such a
+false pretender?&nbsp; We answer, Yes&mdash;unless humanity
+undergoes some radical change.&nbsp; Take a few
+instances:&mdash;</p>
+<p><!-- page 107--><a name="page107"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+107</span>Our Shaker friends believed in Mother Ann Lee.&nbsp;
+This woman in 1770, while living in Manchester, England,
+pretended to have a special revelation from Heaven, making known
+unto her that she was the female side of Christ&mdash;as Jesus
+was the revelation of the male side.&nbsp; As Eve was taken out
+of Adam, the female principle separated from the male, so she was
+separated from Christ.&nbsp; This, and much that is curious, do
+these sincere, honest, and industrious people believe.</p>
+<p>Take another example, nearer home, and of which some of you
+are cognizant, having known the pretender and many of his duped
+followers.&nbsp; We refer to Matthias, the prophet of Westchester
+County.&nbsp; This pretended lord began his labours in Albany,
+N.Y., in 1830.&nbsp; First he taught himself to be God&rsquo;s
+high priest, then the Saviour, then he claimed to be God.&nbsp;
+On being asked where he was from, he would answer: &ldquo;I am a
+traveller, and my legal residence is Zion Hill, Westchester
+County, New York State.&nbsp; I am a Jewish teacher and priest of
+the Most High God, saying and doing all that I do, under oath, by
+virtue of my having subscribed to all the covenants that God hath
+made with man from the beginning up to this time.&nbsp; I am
+chief high priest of the Jews of the Order of Melchizedec, being
+the last chosen of the twelve apostles, and the first in the
+resurrection which is at the end of 2,300 years from the birth of
+Mahommed, which terminates in 1830.&nbsp; I am now denouncing
+judgment on the Gentiles, and that judgment is to be executed in
+this age.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>He appeared in fine pontifical robes, with a rule six feet
+long in his right hand; with this he was to measure off
+God&rsquo;s holy city.&nbsp; In his left hand he had a two-edged
+sword.&nbsp; Underneath his pontifical robe he had a rich olive
+broadcloth cloak, lined and faced with silk and velvet; besides,
+he wore a brown frock coat, with several stars on each breast,
+with a splendid gold star on the left.&nbsp; His belt was of
+white cloth, fastened by a golden clasp, and surmounted with an
+eagle.&nbsp; He wore a cocked <!-- page 108--><a
+name="page108"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 108</span>hat of
+black beaver, trimmed with green, the rear angle being surmounted
+by the golden symbol of glory.</p>
+<p>He moved from Albany to New York, and here succeeded most
+wonderfully, winning over some of the finest families of Fifth
+Avenue, and the richest and best merchants of this city.&nbsp;
+His followers furnished him with plenty of money, carriages, a
+mansion in the city, and one in the country.&nbsp; Finally he was
+accused and detected of the worst crimes, and at last was sent to
+Sing Sing.&nbsp; While in jail he issued the following
+proclamation: &ldquo;As I live, there shall be no more sowing in
+the earth until I, the twelfth and last of the apostles, am
+delivered out of the house of bondage.&rdquo;&nbsp; For fear of
+this proclamation many of the farmers refused to sow, and they
+set to work to deliver him, and succeeded.&nbsp; He left the
+jail, and may be living yet to read what we now state to you.</p>
+<p>It is really wonderful how easily men are deceived in
+religious matters.&nbsp; Let us study the Word, ask God&rsquo;s
+guidance in knowing and doing His will.&nbsp; Time is gone.&nbsp;
+I have said but little, much more might be said.&nbsp; In my next
+discourse I will introduce you to two old men who will visit
+Anti-Christ.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 109--><a name="page109"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 109</span>THE TWO WITNESSES.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XI.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">TROUBLOUS TIMES&mdash;APPEARANCE OF THE
+WITNESSES&mdash;WHO ARE THEY?&mdash;HOW THEY CAN BE
+IDENTIFIED&mdash;THEIR MISSION, WORK, AND SUFFERING&mdash;THE
+TIME AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF CHRIST&rsquo;S COMING.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;And I will give power unto My two
+witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and
+three-score days, clothed in sackcloth.&rdquo;&mdash;Rev. ii.
+3.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>We will all agree that the person and work of Anti-Christ are
+yet in the future.&nbsp; For while Anti-Christ is ruling in
+Jerusalem, and battling with the saints of the Most High, having
+conquered and plucked up by the roots three of the ten-horned
+kingdoms by his victories and cunning craft, and his alliance
+with the beast or the Church of Rome, he will become proud,
+blasphemous, and arrogant, and will at once try to force the
+people to worship the beast.&nbsp; He will claim to be the
+promised Jewish Messiah.&nbsp; He will enter the new Jewish
+Temple and actually sit enthroned as God incarnated, commanding
+the people to worship him.&nbsp; He will be so received by the
+Jews, some of the Israelites and the Romish Church, by the
+Communists and scientific infidels, and by &ldquo;such as do
+wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by
+flatteries,&rdquo; men of understanding shall fall; indeed,
+Christianity will seem to be about destroyed.</p>
+<p>Russia will aid by her influence his pretensions with a secret
+purpose to take the spoils and gain her long-desired object,
+Jerusalem and Palestine.&nbsp; England will stand aloof for a
+time, waiting an opportunity to interfere.&nbsp; Then will be a
+time to try men&rsquo;s faith&mdash;to test the Church.&nbsp;
+England and America will stand alone as representing freedom and
+religious liberty.&nbsp; &ldquo;And then shall many be offended
+and shall betray one another, <!-- page 110--><a
+name="page110"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 110</span>and shall
+hate one another.&nbsp; And many false prophets shall arise and
+deceive many; and because iniquity shall abound, the love of many
+shall wax cold; but he that shall endure unto the end shall be
+saved.&rdquo;&nbsp; This is the time when Communism, infidelity,
+and Romish Jesuitism will combine against God and liberty, and,
+thank heaven, this is the time appointed when they all will be
+destroyed.&nbsp; Then the kingdoms of this world will be given to
+the saints of the Most High.&nbsp; The struggle will be fierce,
+long, and terrible, but victory will be on the Lord&rsquo;s
+side.</p>
+<p>In the very midst of these awful times there will appear two
+famous persons as witnesses for Jesus: one who will specially
+appear to the Jews, the other to Israel, and both testify for God
+and Jesus.&nbsp; These two witnesses will turn the tide of
+battle, confront Anti-Christ and his host, and give to the world
+new views of God and Providence.</p>
+<p>These two old men, or witnesses, will be endowed with
+miraculous power to bring fire down from heaven, or turn the
+water streams into blood, and smite the earth with all manner of
+plagues, as often as they will.&nbsp; Their presence and power
+will cast a gloom o&rsquo;er the nations of the earth, and
+Anti-Christ and his allies.&nbsp; They will finally be slain in
+the streets of Jerusalem.&nbsp; At the time of their death a
+great feast will be held to commemorate the victories of
+Anti-Christ, and to inaugurate the setting up of an image of him
+in the temple.&nbsp; So in the city there will be peoples,
+kindreds, and tongues of many nations.&nbsp; And they will see
+the dead bodies of the two witnesses lying exposed and unburied
+in the streets for three days and a-half, for Anti-Christ will
+not suffer them to be buried.&nbsp; On the wings of the wind, by
+the telegraph and by signals, the news of their death will spread
+rapidly abroad to all the nations of the earth.&nbsp; Infidelity,
+and Communism, and the Jesuits will be emboldened.&nbsp; Feasting
+and rejoicing will be the order of the day.&nbsp; &ldquo;And they
+that dwell upon the earth <!-- page 111--><a
+name="page111"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 111</span>shall
+rejoice over them and make merry, and shall send gifts one to
+another, because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt
+upon the earth.&rdquo;&nbsp; That will be the merry wake for
+you&mdash;a wake that will suddenly end, and that too, before the
+corpses are buried.&nbsp; The victories will be cut short and the
+rejoicing checked.</p>
+<p>The spirit of life from God shall enter into the two exposed
+and corrupting bodies, and they shall stand upon their feet to
+defy Anti-Christ and his host, and laugh at the pains of
+death.&nbsp; Great fear will fall upon them who saw the dead so
+raised.&nbsp; This time the telegraphs will be muffled, and the
+news is kept back from the nations as much as possible; but
+astonishment ends not here, for over the destroying and now
+idolatrous city of Jerusalem hangs a peculiar cloud, and voices
+peal as thunder through the air, to call the attention of the
+multitudes.&nbsp; And when every eye is skyward, the cloud moves
+and opens, as a chariot of fire and glory, and rising in majesty
+and composure up above roofs, temples, and pinnacles, will be
+seen the two witnesses of Christ; they enter in and are borne
+heavenward.&nbsp; &ldquo;And they ascended up to heaven in a
+cloud, and their enemies beheld them.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then, while
+the multitude are wrapt in wonder and all amazement, the
+pinnacles sway to and fro, the houses rock, the earth trembles,
+the walls of the city fall, and Olivet cleaves in twain.&nbsp;
+Then Anti-Christ is slain with many of his followers, and the
+remnant fear unto repentance.&nbsp; &ldquo;And the same hour
+there was a great earthquake, and a tenth part of the city fell,
+and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand, and the
+remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of
+heaven.&nbsp; And the seventh angel sounded, and there were great
+voices in heaven, saying, the kingdoms of this world are become
+the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He shall reign
+for ever and ever.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>These are some of the wonders yet to come.&nbsp; Then how say
+some that Anti-Christ has already been?&nbsp; The witnesses have
+<!-- page 112--><a name="page112"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+112</span>not yet appeared: they have not yet wrought their
+miracles.&nbsp; The Lost Ten Tribes and the scattered Jews have
+not yet been gathered from all countries whither the Lord God
+hath scattered them, and placed in their own land, to go out no
+more, to be plucked up no more.&nbsp; Jerusalem is yet being
+trodden under foot, the land is comparatively desolate, no temple
+yet adorns the city, nor priest, nor Levite, attend at the
+altar.&nbsp; Pshaw! upon the Biblical interpreters of this day,
+who wilfully or ignorantly careen through the line of prophecies,
+despising the order established by God.&nbsp; They are like the
+girl with her novel, who cannot wait to read through the book,
+and take events in their order, but she turns to the last leaf to
+find the destiny of her hero.&nbsp; So men, borne by passion and
+choice, skip by several of the prophecies, and harp everlastingly
+on the last&mdash;the coming of the blessed Jesus&mdash;&ldquo;He
+whom the heavens must receive until the times of restitution of
+all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all His holy
+prophets since the world began&rdquo; (Acts iii. 21).&nbsp; The
+world is not yet ready for Christ; it is yet too much upside
+down, too much confused.&nbsp; But God is in Christ reconciling
+the world unto Himself.&nbsp; It does not now look like God; so
+God and Christ, Providence and the Church, must work on till the
+house is in order for His return.&nbsp; &ldquo;<i>Hon dei ouranon
+men dexasthai archri chronon apokataseos panton</i>,&rdquo; whom,
+indeed, heaven must retain until the time of restoration of all
+things.&nbsp; If things are not now restored or reconciled, or in
+order, why, then, Christ cannot come.&nbsp; He will not come to
+put them in order; this He has left for and with the Church to
+do, and has promised to be with His Church to the end.</p>
+<p>A few Sunday evenings ago, a brother kindly asked me where the
+Church would be while Anti-Christ was reigning.&nbsp; I simply
+said anywhere and everywhere, wherever it happened to be.&nbsp;
+He thought the Church would be taken away by Christ; he referred
+me to several passages.&nbsp; I said, Come next Sunday <!-- page
+113--><a name="page113"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+113</span>evening, as those passages will be partly considered in
+my next sermon.&nbsp; He replied that he might be taken up by
+that time.&nbsp; All right, I said, then we will excuse
+you.&nbsp; Now, in the name of common sense, why have men, and
+why do men, down through the centuries, and now, entertain such
+views?&nbsp; Because every Bible reader must see that there are
+many prophecies that must be fulfilled before Christ can
+come&mdash;one of which is the appearance of the two witnesses of
+the text.&nbsp; They will be specially sent and commissioned to
+testify for Christ, as against Anti-Christ.</p>
+<p>Let us now ascertain who these two witnesses are, or are to
+be.&nbsp; I find on examining the subject all manner of views set
+forth.&nbsp; And, as is often the case in studying a subject of
+this kind, I find few that agree&mdash;so much so, that at last I
+found relief in turning from what men said and thought to what
+God in His Holy Word had written and said.</p>
+<p>First.&nbsp; They are two men.&nbsp; Second.&nbsp; They are
+sent to Jerusalem which, because of the wickedness of the city at
+the time of their visit, will be called Sodom and Egypt; but,
+lest we should mistake the place from these names, John adds:
+&ldquo;Where also our Lord was crucified.&rdquo;&nbsp; So Isaiah
+i. 10 says: &ldquo;Hear the word of the Lord, ye rulers of Sodom;
+give ear unto the law of our God, ye people of
+Gomorrah.&rdquo;&nbsp; This fixes safely the place.&nbsp;
+Besides, the place is pointed out from the fact that they oppose
+Anti-Christ, who at that time we know will be at Jerusalem.&nbsp;
+Third.&nbsp; They are sent.&nbsp; You ask where they are sent
+from?&nbsp; The answer is, From heaven, from standing before the
+God of the whole earth.&nbsp; Fourth.&nbsp; Who sends them?&nbsp;
+We answer, Jesus&mdash;because the Book of the Revelation is
+&ldquo;the Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto
+John.&rdquo;&nbsp; Fifth.&nbsp; What were they sent for?&nbsp; In
+the first place they were to be special witnesses for Jesus, for
+He calls them His two witnesses.&nbsp; In the second place, they
+were to prophesy, to be prophets in the fullest sense, to
+forecast the future, to <!-- page 114--><a
+name="page114"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 114</span>interpret
+past and present; to work miracles; to assume control in
+directing State affairs.&nbsp; Sixth.&nbsp; It is worth your
+careful notice to note that they are not constituted witnesses by
+being sent; they are sent because they are witnesses.&nbsp; They
+are not then to be endowed with miraculous power; &ldquo;these
+have power&rdquo; in the present tense.&nbsp; These facts, if
+nicely considered, will at once suggest the persons.</p>
+<p>Whoever they are, they must have gone from earth to heaven
+with their bodies, two persons who have escaped death, for their
+death takes place in Jerusalem.&nbsp; They must have been
+prophets before they left earth for heaven the first time.&nbsp;
+And in the third place, they must at some time and place have
+been special witnesses for Christ.&nbsp; In fact, they are two
+anointed ones, or, in other words, they are two persons who have
+been set apart and prepared for the very visit spoken of in the
+text.</p>
+<p>Daniel, when speaking of them, and the visit spoken of in the
+text, calls one &ldquo;the Ancient of Days;&rdquo; the other one
+was &ldquo;like the Son of Man.&rdquo;&nbsp; He represents these
+two persons as sitting in judgment on Anti-Christ, and the seven
+horns, or kingdoms.&nbsp; &ldquo;And the ten horns that were in
+his head and of the other which came up, and before whom three
+fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake
+very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows
+(this is Anti-Christ).&nbsp; I beheld, and the same horn made war
+with the saints and prevailed against them, until the Ancient of
+Days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most High,
+and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom&rdquo;
+(Dan. vii. 20).</p>
+<p>Many interpret &ldquo;the Ancient of Days&rdquo; and the
+&ldquo;one like the Son of Man&rdquo; to be Christ.&nbsp; They
+stagger not at the fact that there are two persons, and that they
+are introduced one to another, and that the Ancient of Days seems
+to be the greatest.&nbsp; It is nothing to such interpreters that
+there are two persons; these they make one.&nbsp; The one looking
+like the Son of Man they make out to be the Son of God, although
+Daniel says he <!-- page 115--><a name="page115"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 115</span>only looked like Him.&nbsp; The
+judgment spoken of by Daniel they make out to be the general
+judgment, when, in fact, Daniel tells on what and where they sat
+in judgment&mdash;namely, at Jerusalem.&nbsp; About
+Anti-Christ&mdash;and that Anti-Christ is soon destroyed after
+this&mdash;and &ldquo;as concerning the rest of the beasts (that
+is, the seven horns), they had their dominion taken away; yet
+their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+The vision and scene of the whole chapter belongs to this world,
+and the kingdom of the saints here spoken of is as much material
+and political as the other.&nbsp; The difference is, the rulers
+and people are Christians, they are called saints.</p>
+<p>Every throne should be double-kinged; that is God&rsquo;s
+purpose, that is Heaven&rsquo;s plan.&nbsp; Christ wants no
+earthly throne excepting that way.&nbsp; As the Creator is Lord
+of lords and King of kings, so Christ after His resurrection
+assumed His Father&rsquo;s place, and stands to us as God to the
+Jews of old.&nbsp; All power was given to Him in heaven and in
+earth, therefore, He, Christ, has long since begun His reign, and
+He must continue to reign until He hath put all enemies under His
+feet.&nbsp; When David was king over Israel and Judah, so was
+God.&nbsp; We repeat, every throne should be double-kinged.</p>
+<p>To this end will come these two witnesses.&nbsp; Who will they
+be?&nbsp; We answer, Moses and Elijah: these are the two brave
+old men now living and waiting to fulfil their mission.&nbsp; For
+hundreds of years they have been anointed.&nbsp; Moses is
+&ldquo;the Ancient of Days;&rdquo; the &ldquo;one like the Son of
+Man&rdquo; is Elijah the Tishbite.&nbsp; This interpretation
+chimes in with the Divine Word, without twisting and distorting
+to make both ends meet.</p>
+<p>We said these two were to be human: so they are.&nbsp; They
+being sent from heaven, we said they must have passed by death
+with their bodies; so they did.&nbsp; They were to be prophets;
+so they are, two of the grandest prophets of all.&nbsp; They were
+to have power over fire and water; so they had when they lived on
+earth.&nbsp; The bloody stream of the Nile gives witness for <!--
+page 116--><a name="page116"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+116</span>Moses.&nbsp; The parched land and time of drought
+speaks of Elijah in Ahab&rsquo;s time.&nbsp; They both called
+fire down on them who sought to hurt them.&nbsp; They were to be
+special witnesses of Christ; so they were on the Mount of
+Transfiguration.&nbsp; These two olive trees stood one on each
+side of the golden candlestick, Jesus; Peter, James, and John,
+testify to having seen Moses and Elijah.&nbsp; These two old
+veterans know Christ well, hence they will be sent to testify for
+Him against Anti-Christ.&nbsp; Moses is a Jew.&nbsp; He will
+appeal unto the Jews, who will be found in the new temple,
+performing according to the old Mosaic law.&nbsp; He will change
+and lead his people from Anti-Christ to Christ.&nbsp; Elijah is
+an Israelite.&nbsp; He will specially bear testimony to the
+Israelite, his long-lost, but then restored, brethren.</p>
+<p>More next Sunday evening on these two Christian heroes.</p>
+<h2>MOSES AND ELIJAH.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XII.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">MORE ABOUT THE TWO
+WITNESSES&mdash;MORMONISM&mdash;GOD RULING AMONG THE
+NATIONS&mdash;CAREER OF THE TWO
+WITNESSES&mdash;ANTI-CHRIST&mdash;THE THRONE AND HOUSE OF
+DAVID.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;And the seventh angel sounded; and there
+were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world
+are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He
+shall reign for ever and ever.&rdquo;&mdash;Rev. ii. 15.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Last Sabbath evening we called your attention to two special
+witnesses who are at a given time to appear at Jerusalem for a
+specific purpose.&nbsp; At the time of their appearance
+Anti-Christ will be reigning with great power and pomp.&nbsp; He
+will have <!-- page 117--><a name="page117"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 117</span>succeeded in persuading the Jews and
+many others that he is the promised Jewish Messiah; this claim he
+will be able to sustain and confirm in the eyes of the multitude,
+from the very fact that he will, to all appearance, work
+miracles.&nbsp; Nor need we query that such a thing can take
+place.&nbsp; Look at some of the facts of our own day, and see
+how pliable human nature is.&nbsp; There are millions of people
+who sincerely believe that Leo XIII. is God&rsquo;s vicegerent,
+and that he is infallible.&nbsp; Take into account the Mormonism
+of this day, and see how terrible a thing in the name of
+Christianity can be established and maintained.&nbsp; Aye, in the
+nineteenth century, and in the United States of America.&nbsp; Or
+look in upon the Spiritualists and consider their claims and
+pretensions.&nbsp; Thousands upon thousands of them are persuaded
+that they are <i>en rapport</i> with heaven and in communication
+with spirits and spirit-land.&nbsp; Then you will not be
+surprised at the pretensions, claims, and success of
+Anti-Christ.&nbsp; In our calm and unprejudiced consideration of
+these organisations, we are bound to admit that they have done
+more, and owe more for their success, to deception and error,
+than to truth and openness.&nbsp; Each in its turn has been
+caught in the act of deceiving, and has been frequently exposed,
+but of what avail?&nbsp; Truly but little.&nbsp; We do not mean
+that in these systems there is no good, for surely there is, but
+that the errors and deceptions are of so glaring a kind, that we
+wonder that anybody of common sense can be so easily led
+astray.</p>
+<p>With these facts before us, can we wonder any longer that
+Anti-Christ shall be so successful?&nbsp; The very occasion and
+peculiar times and incidents of the reign of Anti-Christ will
+call for some special manifestations on the part of the Divine
+One that shall soberly and clearly confront the hollow and
+hypocritical pretensions of that age.&nbsp; Hence the appearance
+of the two witnesses&mdash;Moses the Ancient of Days, and Elijah
+the Tishbite, who will look like the Son of God.</p>
+<p><!-- page 118--><a name="page118"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+118</span>Allow us to submit further evidence in proof that the
+two witnesses of John in Rev. xi. are none other than Moses and
+Elijah: for many passages of Holy Writ are sealed to the
+understanding till we comprehend who the two witnesses are, their
+mission and work.&nbsp; We will notice the attributive features
+of these witnesses as they are related by John in this
+chapter&mdash;that is, Rev. xi.</p>
+<p>In the first place, there are two persons or individualities;
+this appears plainly from the tenor of the whole record.&nbsp;
+They are spoken of as &ldquo;they, them, their mouth, their feet,
+as dying and being resurrected.&rdquo;&nbsp; But, strange to say,
+after all this plainness of speech, men have become so accustomed
+to spiritualise and generalise that Anti-Christ stood for Rome,
+and naturally enough, having generalised Anti-Christ, they must
+do the same with the two witnesses; hence they found them in the
+Churches of the Waldenses and Albigenses.&nbsp; In such an
+interpretation nearly all the attributive features of these
+witnesses are ignored.&nbsp; Such as that they had power to work
+miracles, to lie unburied in the streets of Jerusalem for three
+days and a half.&nbsp; Some have laboured to prove that the Old
+and New Testaments were these witnesses, others that they were
+symbolised by the law and Gospel.&nbsp; Again, some that the two
+sacraments, baptism and the Lord&rsquo;s supper, were these two
+witnesses, and so on almost without end.&nbsp; These instances
+will suffice for our present purpose; for surely any of you
+reading God&rsquo;s own Word need not so blunder.</p>
+<p>In the second place, Jesus calls them His two witnesses.&nbsp;
+Now, in what sense were they His? for such they are now.&nbsp;
+Not that they will be His when they appear, but they will appear
+to oppose Anti-Christ at Jerusalem because they are sent.&nbsp;
+The prophets are all witnesses; for, as Peter says, &ldquo;To Him
+give all the prophets witness.&rdquo;&nbsp; The apostles were
+witnesses, and all believers are witnesses for Jesus; yet these
+two are so in a special and pre-eminent sense.&nbsp; Let any one
+read <!-- page 119--><a name="page119"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 119</span>the account of the transfiguration
+of Jesus and the circumstances attendant thereon, and all will be
+plain.&nbsp; Moses and Elias (another spelling for Elijah) we
+find were present, as well as Peter, James, and John.&nbsp; When
+Christ was transfigured, &ldquo;Behold there appeared unto them
+Moses and Elias&rdquo; (Matt, xvii. 3).&nbsp; These two persons
+talked with Jesus, &ldquo;and spake of His decease which He
+should accomplish at Jerusalem.&rdquo;&nbsp; Thus, then, they
+were special witnesses for Christ, and so they will come again
+and witness for Him in the time appointed.</p>
+<p>The number of days we must take in a literal sense; here the
+1,260 days and 3&frac12; days are the days appointed for their
+work and death.&nbsp; It is well to remember that many of the
+prophetic numbers contain a double prophecy.&nbsp; Thus 1,260
+here may be coincident with the treading down of Jerusalem by
+Mahommedanism.&nbsp; But whether it is or not, does not vitiate
+the literal quantity when applied to these two witnesses.&nbsp;
+In the third place, they are called two olive trees and two
+candlesticks standing before the God of the whole earth.&nbsp;
+The figurative meaning will be found by finding some passage
+where two trees are mentioned in the interpretation
+given&mdash;such a passage by Zechariah iv.&nbsp; Here the
+prophet saw two olive trees and asked of the angel the meaning;
+and the angel said, &ldquo;Knowest thou not what these
+be?&rdquo;&nbsp; And I said, &ldquo;No, my Lord.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Then said he, &ldquo;<i>These are two anointed ones</i> that
+stand by the Lord of the whole earth.&rdquo;&nbsp; The simple
+meaning is, that the two olive trees mean two persons, who are in
+heaven at present, but are anointed&mdash;that is, set apart,
+selected for some distinct work for God.</p>
+<p>Moses and Elijah evidently were anointed and specially
+selected, for it is probable they both escaped death.&nbsp; The
+wonder connected with the disappearance of Moses and the
+translation of Elijah now finds some measure of
+explanation.&nbsp; None doubt the translation of Elijah.&nbsp;
+John the Baptist was not Elias, except he was to go before Christ
+in the spirit <!-- page 120--><a name="page120"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 120</span>and power of Elias; in this sense
+John stood for Elias.&nbsp; John the Baptist prepared the way of
+Christ the first time, so will Elias for Christ&rsquo;s second
+coming.&nbsp; The record of Moses&rsquo;s departure from this
+world is as mysterious as it is dramatic.&nbsp; But, certainly,
+neither the mysterious nor the dramatic have any meaning
+excepting we allow something Divinely special.&nbsp; To die as
+other people, would mean nothing on the line of specialities; but
+he did not so die.&nbsp; He went from the people alive; no one
+saw him die or dead.&nbsp; He went up into Mount Horeb and never
+returned.&nbsp; So, so far as the people were concerned, he was
+to them a dead man, for he went from them no more to
+return.&nbsp; The word death in Hebrew has not less than six
+meanings, one of which is simply to disappear.&nbsp; This is the
+meaning that we must attach to the death of Moses.&nbsp; Neither
+his grave nor body have ever been found.</p>
+<p>There is a peculiar passage in the book of Jude where
+&ldquo;Michael the archangel, when contending with the devil, he
+disputed about the body of Moses, durst not bring against him a
+railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Now, Satan then had power over death in some way Divinely
+permitted.&nbsp; Paul says (Heb. ii. 14), speaking of Christ,
+&ldquo;Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and
+blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that
+through death He might destroy him <i>that had the power of
+death</i>&mdash;that is, the devil.&rdquo;&nbsp; When God was
+translating Moses, passing him by death, Satan fought with
+Michael, who was God&rsquo;s messenger, to inflict the sting of
+death on Moses, and although Michael carried Moses on by death
+into the presence of God, Satan durst not bring a railing
+accusation against him.</p>
+<p>Jude, in his epistle, probably quoted from one of the now lost
+books of Revelation, which was entitled, &ldquo;The Ascension or
+Assumption of Moses the servant of God.&rdquo;&nbsp; The Church
+father, Origen, makes mention of this work, but, like the book
+and prophecies of Enoch, from which Jude makes a quotation, <!--
+page 121--><a name="page121"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+121</span>it has been lost, they having served their
+purpose.&nbsp; The fairest and most generous interpretation,
+then, is, that Moses did not die the ordinary death, but
+disappeared, was, in fact, translated, anointed, and set apart
+for a special work in connection with his own people, the Jews,
+in the days of the coming Anti-Christ.&nbsp; Thus, without any
+trouble, he could appear with Elijah on the Mount of
+Transfiguration.&nbsp; And it is worthy of note that before he
+disappeared in Horeb&mdash;the sacred writer is mindful to tell
+us &ldquo;Moses was an hundred and twenty years old when he
+died&mdash;<i>his eye was not dim nor his natural force
+abated</i>&rdquo; (Deut. xxiv. 7).&nbsp; But, supposing Moses
+died naturally, there is nothing unreasonable or irregular in
+concluding that God resurrected him as a mortal for future
+use.&nbsp; True, he will die again as a witness; so there are in
+heaven now eight persons who have died twice in this
+world&mdash;namely:</p>
+<p>The child raised by Elijah (1 Kings xvii. 21).<br />
+The child of Elisha (2 Kings iv. 35).<br />
+The Moabite soldier who came to life on touching the bones of
+Elisha (2 Kings xiii. 21).<br />
+The daughter of Jairus (Luke viii. 55).<br />
+The widow&rsquo;s son at Nain (Luke vii. 15).<br />
+Lazarus of Bethany (John xi. 44).<br />
+Dorcas or Tabitha by Peter (Acts ix. 40).<br />
+Eutychus by Paul (Acts xx. 10).</p>
+<p>Anti-Christ will be a great electrician; electricity by that
+time will be a fearful power in the hands of science.&nbsp;
+Edison with his genius and marvellous discoveries, and others of
+like gifts, will have perfected the use of this agent in a
+wonderful degree.&nbsp; Anti-Christ will make use of this power
+to cower his enemies and bring them in fear-subjection.&nbsp; He
+will bring fire down from heaven.&nbsp; The two witnesses,
+however, will be clothed with Divine power; they will be able to
+bring fire by a simple command&mdash;this they both understood
+and used when on earth.</p>
+<p><!-- page 122--><a name="page122"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+122</span>Moses called fire down upon the 250 rebellious
+Korahthites, as we read in Numbers xvi.&nbsp; Ahab, the King of
+Israel, thought to punish and compel the obedience of Elijah; but
+God gave fire from heaven in answer to the prophet&rsquo;s
+prayer.&nbsp; So when Ahaziah sent a captain and fifty men to
+bring Elijah into the king&rsquo;s presence, they found him
+sitting on the top of a hill and commanded him to come
+down.&nbsp; &ldquo;And Elijah answered and said to the captain of
+fifty, If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from heaven,
+and consume thee and thy fifty.&nbsp; And there came down fire
+from heaven, and consumed him and his fifty&rdquo; (2 Kings i.
+10).&nbsp; Thus will these two anointed ones be able to contend
+with Anti-Christ and all the powers of scientific infidels.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;If any man hurt these two witnesses, by the very means
+used so shall they be killed.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in
+the days of their prophecy, and have power over waters to turn
+them to blood.&rdquo;&nbsp; To whom would these gifts and
+attributes apply better than to Elijah, who in the days of the
+wicked King Ahab sealed the heavens against rain for three years
+and a half? and to Moses, who, when contending with Pharaoh,
+turned the sweet flowing Nile into a stream of blood?&nbsp; What
+two prophets had such a wide range of prophetic energy and
+liberty as Moses and Elijah?&nbsp; None.&nbsp; Well may the
+Revelator say, then, of them, that they can smite the earth with
+all manner of plagues as often as they will.</p>
+<p>By awful and sublime manifestations the world shall see that
+God rules in the heaven and on the earth.&nbsp; They shall learn
+that Anti-Christ is a false Christ.&nbsp; Then shall fear and
+repentance fall upon the people.&nbsp; The Jews shall be
+convinced, and converted, and persuaded by the appearance of
+their beloved Moses.&nbsp; They shall know of a truth that the
+Messiah has been, and is waiting to come again.&nbsp; Referring
+to that time the prophet Zechariah calls it a time of trembling,
+the time of a terrible siege.&nbsp; But he tells us that
+&ldquo;The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah <!-- page
+123--><a name="page123"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+123</span>first, that the glory of the House of David, and the
+glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem, do not magnify themselves
+against Judah.&rdquo;&nbsp; Thus we learn that the Jews, who have
+been so long despised and bereft of a king, country, and
+government, shall see through the great mystery of Providence
+first.&nbsp; The House of David is found in the royal family of
+England.&nbsp; The Jews, seeing this, will invite, in concert
+with all the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the English Government to
+take charge of their affairs.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Then shall the children of Judah and the children of
+Israel be gathered together and appoint themselves one
+<i>head</i>&rdquo; (Hosea i. 2).&nbsp; The Jews will then be
+Christians.&nbsp; &ldquo;For they shall look upon Him whom they
+have pierced, and they shall mourn for Him, as one mourneth for
+his only son.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>At this time the whole world will be amazed and confounded at
+the destruction of Anti-Christ and his host.&nbsp; The Jews, the
+House of David, and the Lost Tribes, Israel, the Saxons, will
+hold a council in Jerusalem.&nbsp; David&rsquo;s house, which God
+selected, and throne, both of which the Almighty promised
+perpetuity to, shall be found and recognised in the English
+throne and royal family.&nbsp; The Saxon race shall distinctively
+appear as long-lost Israel.&nbsp; So that the Jews, and
+David&rsquo;s House, and Israel, will unite and acknowledge
+Christ as Lord and Master.&nbsp; They will make known to America,
+who stands for Manasseh, and all the colonies, the decision of
+the said council; all parties will see, and accept, and federate
+for the world&rsquo;s conquest and peace.</p>
+<p>This federation of the ancient people, the literal seed of
+Abraham, will cause jealousies and alliances on the part or rest
+of the world, excepting some portions of France, Austria, and
+Prussia.&nbsp; The beast, dragon, and Anti-Christ&rsquo;s force,
+that will survive the shock of the two witnesses, will all unite
+for an onslaught upon England, but especially Palestine.&nbsp;
+Russia, though nominally Christian, will join the beast or Romish
+<!-- page 124--><a name="page124"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+124</span>Church.&nbsp; The dragon means the Pagan portion of the
+world.&nbsp; Thus will be inaugurated the battle of Armageddon,
+the issues of which we are permitted to know through
+Revelation.&nbsp; Then will the kingdoms of this world become the
+kingdoms of our Lord and His Christ.</p>
+<p>With many, and to many, these things are but as dreams; they
+are chimerical.&nbsp; But one thing is certain: the history of
+the Church and Providence in the future are appallingly
+grand.&nbsp; Providence was grand in leading forth His people of
+old from Egypt.&nbsp; But He will be no less grand when He shall
+set His hand a second time to recover His people as He has
+promised to do.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will
+raise unto David a righteous branch, and a king shall reign and
+prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the
+earth.&nbsp; In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall
+dwell safely, and this is His name whereby He shall be called,
+The Lord our Righteousness.&rdquo;&nbsp; (That is, the ruler of
+God&rsquo;s choice&mdash;a king, then, in fact, by Divine
+right.)&nbsp; &ldquo;Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the
+Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth, which brought
+up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; but, The Lord
+liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the House of
+Israel out of the North country, and from all countries whither I
+had driven them, and they shall dwell in their own land&rdquo;
+(Jer. xxiii. 68).</p>
+<p>God has now one of the seed of David on the throne, and He has
+a Jew doing her bidding, executing her decrees over and for
+Israel.&nbsp; For though Israel were to be numerous and powerful,
+yet to David&rsquo;s seed belongs the throne.</p>
+<p>The recent Congress was but a forerunner of the one yet to
+come.&nbsp; The crownless king, Disraeli, who forced the
+Congress, is, perhaps, an unconscious instrument in the hands of
+Providence.&nbsp; But whether he be or not, he is hastening on
+the day with lightning speed.&nbsp; Forth from the recent
+Congress he goes, having once again linked the destinies of
+England to the <!-- page 125--><a name="page125"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 125</span>Continent, which has been so
+strangely severed, till Russia, Italy, Austria, France, and Spain
+might each test the other, and each find their appointed
+place.&nbsp; Now, again, England pledges herself a Continental
+Power&mdash;nay, more&mdash;an Asiatic Power.&nbsp; She will come
+forth from the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the owner of
+Palestine.</p>
+<h2>BATTLE OF ARMAGEDDON.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIII.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">THE COMBATANTS ON BOTH SIDES&mdash;WHO
+&ldquo;THE KINGS OF THE EAST&rdquo; ARE&mdash;THE GREAT
+NAPOLEONIC IDEA&mdash;DISRAELI, LINCOLN AND
+GRANT&mdash;ENGLAND&rsquo;S POLICY IN TURKEY&mdash;FUTURE WARS
+AND INTRIGUES&mdash;THE GREAT BATTLE-FIELD&mdash;GATHERING OF THE
+NATIONS&mdash;EARTHQUAKES&mdash;JERUSALEM A SEAPORT.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;And He gathered them together into a place
+called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.&rdquo;&mdash;Rev. xvi.
+16.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Christian students and prophetic writers are generally agreed
+on three things touching this great event.&nbsp; First, that
+there is to be such a decisive battle fought.&nbsp; Second, that
+it will take place in some part of Palestine.&nbsp; Third, that
+this great struggle will be final, the end of war, the beginning
+of the Millennium morn.</p>
+<p>In the Scriptures the contestants are pointed out, as they
+rally under the standards of the <i>dragon</i>, the beast, and
+<i>Anti-Christ</i> on one side, and on the other, under the
+standard of David, will be the <i>called</i>, the <i>chosen</i>,
+and the <i>faithful</i>; or, in other words, the Ten Lost Tribes
+as found chiefly in the Saxon race, with all who sincerely
+believe on the Lord Jesus Christ.</p>
+<p><!-- page 126--><a name="page126"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+126</span>In another sermon we pointed out to you the plain fact
+of the existence of David&rsquo;s throne and David&rsquo;s seed
+as found and seen specially in the throne of England.&nbsp; We
+there see how faithfully God has kept His promise to David and
+His people.&nbsp; For God frequently told David that his throne
+should be established unto all generations, and of David&rsquo;s
+seed there should never be wanting a man to sit thereon.&nbsp; It
+is the permanence, the grandeur, and progressive character of
+this throne and people that make it a fitting type of Christ and
+His Church.&nbsp; Nay, more, it is on this throne that Christ now
+sits, so far as this world goes; and it is through this people
+that He reigns, and He will and must reign until He has conquered
+a universal peace.&nbsp; It is a delusion too long entertained by
+the Church to think that David&rsquo;s throne and seed have not
+now, nor for centuries had, an existence.&nbsp; It is a delusion
+that we should not entertain for a moment to think that the Ten
+Tribes of Israel are lost for ever, or that their work or mission
+is fulfilled.&nbsp; As surely as the Two Tribes, Judah and Levi,
+now exist, fulfilling and filling in the outlines of prophetic
+history, so surely are Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar, Dan,
+Gad, Asher, Naphtali, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh in
+existence, answering the purpose of an all-seeing Providence.</p>
+<p>Who are the kings of the East spoken of in the
+Scriptures?&nbsp; We answer, They are the royal ones of the House
+of David.&nbsp; The word king, both in Hebrew and Greek, means
+such.&nbsp; This seed God chose, and made them royal by that very
+selection.&nbsp; They have been away from their own land,
+Palestine, wandering and dwelling in the West.&nbsp; But God in
+Providence is preparing a way for their return.&nbsp; In
+connection with the pouring out of the sixth vial upon the great
+river of the Euphrates, or upon Turkey, as most writers agree,
+the waters are to dry up&mdash;that is, Turkey is to decay, to be
+absorbed.&nbsp; And why?&nbsp; &ldquo;That the way of the kings
+of the East might be prepared&rdquo; (Rev. xvi. 12).</p>
+<p><!-- page 127--><a name="page127"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+127</span>These kings have been away from the East, and their
+return is assured, and the preparation for such return is to be
+seen at this time and in connection with the decay of
+Turkey.&nbsp; If Turkey, as symbolised by the river Euphrates, is
+drying up, then these kings must be advancing Eastward; and so
+they are.</p>
+<p>The crownless king, Disraeli, who, like many other men God has
+raised up, is for these times an index finger pointing out the
+way of Providence.&nbsp; He is a receptive agent of Divine force,
+to the intent that he may interpret a Divine purpose.&nbsp; He
+may know, or he may not know, that he is so directed of
+heaven.&nbsp; The prophets of old were seldom permitted to
+interpret or understand their own prophecies.&nbsp; If they
+asked, like Daniel, the meaning, they were told to &ldquo;go
+their way,&rdquo; for oftentimes the words were &ldquo;closed up
+and sealed until the time of the end.&rdquo;&nbsp; No wonder this
+man, against all England nearly, and to the amazement of all the
+world, proclaims the Queen of England the Empress of India, for
+the way of the kings of the East must be prepared.</p>
+<p>Napoleon Bonoparte&rsquo;s grand idea was to prepare the way
+of the kings of the East and make himself and his descendants
+these kings.&nbsp; &ldquo;Conquer England and the world is
+ours,&rdquo; he said.&nbsp; But when his secret and well-prepared
+assault on England was revealed and frustrated by a chain of
+providential events, he hit upon another plan to get possession
+of Palestine.&nbsp; Seventy years ago he invited all the leading
+Jews of the world to a secret council in Paris; he wished them to
+aid him in getting possession of Palestine.&nbsp; He pretended to
+want their return.&nbsp; He gave them certain privileges and
+laboured to procure more from the other nations; he did much for
+the Jews in enlarging their liberties and taking away from them
+the curse of society.&nbsp; The one idea that is distinctly
+Napoleonic, is to possess Palestine.&nbsp; The late Napoleon had
+his idea, and in his day this idea had become a part of France;
+so much so, that France thought herself to be then and now the
+real protector <!-- page 128--><a name="page128"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 128</span>of Palestine.&nbsp; It was for this
+idea that she allied with England and Turkey in the Crimean
+war.&nbsp; It was to keep Russia back from possessing the holy
+places.&nbsp; Not till France was weakened could England advance
+on her way East rapidly; so Germany was used to destroy her
+prestige and cause her to stand aside till England proceeds on
+her way homeward.</p>
+<p>It was a comely sight, some five years ago, to see two Jews
+closeted together making a secret bargain&mdash;one had power,
+the other had money.&nbsp; The man of power asked the man of
+money to lend him twenty million dollars; it was done.&nbsp; At
+once the man of power purchases with this twenty millions part of
+his fatherland back again&mdash;the Suez Canal.&nbsp; This very
+canal is on the boundary of the land of Palestine as given to
+Abraham centuries ago.&nbsp; By this very route the old patriarch
+entered the Promised Land.&nbsp; It was fitting, indeed, that
+this should be the first piece purchased back.&nbsp; No one knew
+save those directly interested.&nbsp; England murmured and France
+protested, but the thing was done.&nbsp; Poor France, bleeding
+and divided, could do but little; for Disraeli and Rothschild had
+done the work.&nbsp; The way of the kings of the East must be
+prepared.&nbsp; So on they go.&nbsp; A man who executes a Divine
+purpose is always strong.&nbsp; Abraham Lincoln, in the history
+of our country, was so chosen and led of God.&nbsp; The
+politicians, and statesmen, and generals, and many of the people
+were against him at first; but the Lord was with him, so he
+marched on to victory, the country following in the wake.&nbsp;
+And though dead, not forgotten, the country and the civilised
+world are marching on after him, and now they have nearly
+overtaken him.&nbsp; Lincoln&rsquo;s ideas and the
+country&rsquo;s are nearly equal.&nbsp; A man led of God is
+generally a good distance behind, and the people led by such a
+man are equally as far behind him as he is behind God.&nbsp; But
+this nation and Abraham Lincoln are now one, and in those things
+in which they once were divided they are a unit, with more than
+the honoured Lincoln; for they are a unit with God and
+providence.&nbsp; <!-- page 129--><a name="page129"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 129</span>Thus follows the English nation in
+the wake of Disraeli, and the world is coming on behind, and the
+day will come when all will be a unit.&nbsp; It does not shock
+our idea of human honesty much when we learn that this crownless
+king played a double game with Russia and Turkey.&nbsp; It is
+intensely Jewish, but if it were only Jewish, then it would be
+very detestable; it is more, it is Divine in part.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Had the princes of this world known, they would not have
+crucified the Prince of Glory.&rdquo;&nbsp; Had the princes of
+the late Berlin Congress known the double game being played by
+one of the quietest of their number, they would not have done as
+they did.&nbsp; Turkey in Asia was given over to England&rsquo;s
+protection, aye, yes, that included Palestine.&nbsp; The island
+of Cyprus is given over entirely&mdash;surely the way of the
+kings of the East is being grandly prepared.</p>
+<p>Why did not the Congress hand over to England&rsquo;s
+protection Turkey in Europe?&nbsp; For reasons good and
+sufficient.&nbsp; Turkey in Europe will be the cause of much
+strife, of several wars, and of strange alliances; hence it would
+not have done for Israel-England to be mixed up with it.&nbsp;
+Constantinople alone, of European Turkey, England will
+keep.&nbsp; Israel is to be much preserved from war, until the
+great battle of Armageddon comes on.&nbsp; Against that time she
+will have to husband her strength and resources.&nbsp; It is
+marvellous now to think that what the Congress settled as
+belonging to England, none dispute&mdash;all is peace.&nbsp; But
+Russia&rsquo;s share and Austria&rsquo;s are in arms.&nbsp;
+Servia, Greece, Roumania, and all the Turkish provinces rebel and
+are in a state of disquietude, that portends war and strife again
+in a few years.&nbsp; But England will have nothing to do with
+it, excepting that Russia and Austria, with the consent of
+Germany, Italy, and France, are to set a precedent for England,
+which in a few years she will need.&nbsp; It is plain that if
+Russia and Austria can force by arms the conditions of the Berlin
+Congress, England will be at liberty to do the same without any
+<!-- page 130--><a name="page130"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+130</span>interference even from France.&nbsp; The Congress
+handed over to England&rsquo;s keeping Turkey.&nbsp; England,
+then, can make Turkey do her bidding by force of arms sustained
+by the very precedent already set.&nbsp; Thus will Israel-England
+open up Palestine for Christian settlement.&nbsp; The Mahommedans
+will murmur and resist to have the holy places taken from them,
+but no matter; England, when the time comes, will enforce
+it.&nbsp; It is just here that Turkey and England will dispute,
+and in each dispute England will find a reason for drawing the
+lines a little tighter around poor Turkey.</p>
+<p>The contestants on one side at the great battle of Armageddon,
+you remember, are the dragon, the beast, and Anti-Christ.&nbsp;
+Now what people is represented by the term dragon?&nbsp; We
+answer, the Pagan nations and authorities, just as the Chinese
+have on their standards to-day a dragon, as we have the
+eagle.&nbsp; The Mahommedans, Hindoos, Brahmins, Buddhists, and
+all Pagan idolaters, are summed up in the word dragon.&nbsp; At
+present, England is tolerant with the subjects and adherents of
+these different worshippers and religions; but the time will come
+when she will no longer tolerate the same; thus will they arraign
+themselves against her in the battle of Armageddon.&nbsp; This
+will come to pass as the gradual destruction of Mormonism in our
+country.&nbsp; This system has been fortified by law; now laws
+are being arraigned against it.&nbsp; It is now only tolerated,
+and in a short time it will be wiped out of existence.</p>
+<p>The final battle referred to in the text is to occur at a
+place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon, the literal meaning
+of which is at the mount of Megido.&nbsp; In olden times there
+was a city called Megiddon; it stood in what is now called the
+great plain of Esdraelon&mdash;a plain that lies midway between
+the Sea of Galilee and the Mediterranean.&nbsp; It was also
+called Jezreel.&nbsp; The prophet Hosea speaks of this place,
+battle, and time, all by this one word.&nbsp; Referring to the
+time when the children of Judah and of Israel are gathered
+together under one <!-- page 131--><a name="page131"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 131</span>head in their own land, he says,
+&ldquo;For great shall be the day of Jezreel&rdquo; (Hos. i.
+11).&nbsp; It is spoken of in the Scriptures and history as the
+valley of Jehoshaphat, because here Jehoshaphat, the King of
+Judah, gained a great victory; for here the Lord fought against
+the enemies of Israel, as He will in the coming battle.&nbsp;
+Joel iii. 12 says, referring to this coming struggle, &ldquo;Let
+the heathen be waked up and come to the valley of Jehoshaphat:
+for there will I sit to judge all the heathen round
+about.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>There is one name given to this time and battle that is very
+significant and striking.&nbsp; Have you ever noticed it?&nbsp;
+If not, let me call your attention to it.&nbsp; It is called
+&ldquo;That great day of God Almighty,&rdquo; by John in the
+chapter of the text.&nbsp; The day of the Lord of hosts by
+Isaiah.&nbsp; Ezek. xxx. 3: &ldquo;Howl ye!&nbsp; Woe worth the
+day!&nbsp; For the day of the Lord is near: it shall be the time
+of the heathen.&rdquo;&nbsp; And Joel says, &ldquo;Multitudes,
+multitudes, in the valley of decision; for the day of the Lord is
+near in the valley of decision.&rdquo;&nbsp; By the prophets
+Amos, Obadiah, Zephaniah, Zechariah, Malachi, and apostles Paul
+and Peter, it is called the day of the Lord.</p>
+<p>You ask if this battle may not have taken place.&nbsp; We
+answer, No.&nbsp; Of such a battle we have no record.&nbsp;
+Again, it will be the end of the war&mdash;the final overthrow of
+Paganism, the beast, and Anti-Christ.&nbsp; Malachi says,
+&ldquo;Behold I will send you the prophet Elijah before the
+coming of that great and dreadful day of the Lord.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Elijah has not yet been a witness.&nbsp; At the time of this
+great battle nature is to take a wonderful part.&nbsp; As when
+Christ was on the cross, the sun darkened, the rocks rent, the
+mountains shook, so in connection with this battle there shall be
+some strange wonders&mdash;earthquakes, thundering, lightning,
+hail and fire.&nbsp; The Mount of Olives will divide; the valley
+of the Dead Sea will fill with water and join to the
+Mediterranean; Jerusalem will become a seaport; an appointed
+centre from which, being central to all the world, will go <!--
+page 132--><a name="page132"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+132</span>forth the ships of the Lord.&nbsp; The city of
+Jerusalem, between this time and that, will be considerably
+enlarged, then it will divide into three parts.&nbsp; At the time
+of this dividing John says, &ldquo;That the cities of the nations
+are to fall&rdquo;&mdash;London, Paris, Berlin, Rome, St.
+Petersburg, and many others&mdash;that all may turn to Jerusalem,
+the capital appointed of Heaven.</p>
+<p>If you wish to know more of the particulars of this day, read
+the prophets, study what John the Revelator says under the sixth
+vial and sixth seal.&nbsp; With awful grandeur and with terrible
+majesty have the sacred writers set forth this day and time.</p>
+<p>That this day will come, who will deny?&nbsp; Look at the
+world ripening for this day.&nbsp; Here, in our own land, as well
+as others, the forces are maturing, the agents are at work.&nbsp;
+Many of the events of the past year we were permitted to forecast
+by looking into the future through the prophets, and onward yet
+we look.&nbsp; And the events coming are neither less in number,
+merit, or force, than those passed.&nbsp; Keep the events of
+prophecy in their proper order lest they confuse you.&nbsp; The
+Jews and Ten Lost Tribes are to be found and possess Palestine
+before this battle.&nbsp; Anti-Christ is to appear.&nbsp; The two
+witnesses, Moses and Elijah, are to appear.&nbsp; And Jesus, our
+beloved Master, will not come till the world is settled long in
+perpetual peace&mdash;till the house is prepared for the bride,
+then shall He come.&nbsp; But with lightning speed events are
+crowding on along the ages.&nbsp; The accumulative forces of
+centuries are pressing hard upon time present.&nbsp; The time of
+the end is near&mdash;not the end of time, but the time appointed
+of God in which certain great things are to be
+accomplished.&nbsp; Eighteen hundred years ago John cried out,
+&ldquo;Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river
+Euphrates.&nbsp; And the four angels were loosed, which were
+prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year&rdquo;
+(Rev. ix. 14).</p>
+<p>The Turkish Power originated on the banks of the
+Euphrates.&nbsp; <!-- page 133--><a name="page133"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 133</span>It first was divided into four
+Sultanies&mdash;namely, Bagdad, Aleppo, Damascus and
+Cesarea.&nbsp; These are typified under four angels.&nbsp; Their
+time was to be 396 years and a fraction&mdash;an hour, day,
+month, and year.&nbsp; Thus, taking a day for a year, 365 for the
+year, thirty for the month, one for the day, and we have
+396.&nbsp; So from the taking of Bagdad by the Turks in 1057,
+which was the overthrow of the Saracens, until the capture of
+Constantinople in 1453, which overthrew the Greek Empire, we have
+just 396 years.&nbsp; And the time for the drying up of Turkey is
+at hand; and so it comes to pass.</p>
+<p>Dear friends, how wonderful are the dealings of our God!&nbsp;
+Can we shut our eyes to His Divine revelation?&nbsp; Let us be
+wise in the day of grace, taking heed to the sure Word of
+prophecy, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place.&nbsp; The
+world indeed is dark, and all confusion.&nbsp; But His Word shows
+unto us order in all this confusion, blessed be His name.&nbsp;
+More next Sunday evening.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 134--><a name="page134"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 134</span>ARMAGEDDON AND THE PYRAMID.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIV.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">THE FORCES IN THE BATTLE&mdash;TIME OF ITS
+OCCURRENCE&mdash;MISTAKES OF ADVENTISTS&mdash;A CHURCH
+&ldquo;STRIKE&rdquo; WANTED&mdash;THE HARD TIMES AFTER
+1882&mdash;HISTORY OF THE WORLD TILL 1935&mdash;HINE&rsquo;S
+THEORY.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;These shall make war with the Lamb, and the
+Lamb shall overcome them; for He is Lord of lords and King of
+kings; and they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and
+faithful.&rdquo;&mdash;Rev. xviii. 14.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Last Sunday evening we considered the subject of the great
+battle of Armageddon.&nbsp; This evening we will take up the same
+subject for further consideration.&nbsp; This battle, we learn,
+is to be very terrible, such a one as the world has not
+had.&nbsp; Fearful as some of the wars of the past have been,
+this will overshadow them all in skill, fierceness, number,
+slaughter, devastation, and wide-spread ruin.&nbsp; It will, in
+some respects, be like one of the wars of olden times.&nbsp; For
+in this struggle God is again to take a direct part, as He did
+for His people Israel and Judah in times of old.&nbsp; Again
+shall the forces of nature do battle for God and His people;
+again they shall be full of instinctive revenge.&nbsp; Hear us,
+and believe us, Denis Kearney, Providence will then &ldquo;pool
+the issues&rdquo; of the <i>called</i>, the <i>chosen</i>, and
+the <i>faithful</i>.&nbsp; The called are the Jews, the chosen
+are Israelites, and the faithful embrace all of every nation who
+believe in Christ.&nbsp; Then many will wade in pools of blood
+and perish.&nbsp; The birds of prey are to hold high carnival on
+the dead bodies of the slain.&nbsp; The spirit of Satan, that now
+worketh in the children of disobedience, will pool the issues of
+hell and death in the hosts of the <i>dragon</i>, <i>beast</i>,
+and <i>false prophet</i>.&nbsp; For though these three powers are
+diverse in their aims, professions, and intents, yet we learn
+from many passages of the Divine Book that they will join hands
+and agree upon a common policy, federating together <!-- page
+135--><a name="page135"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+135</span>that they may contend with the called, the chosen, and
+the faithful.&nbsp; &ldquo;And I saw three unclean spirits like
+frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth
+of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.&nbsp;
+For they are the spirits of devils working miracles, which go
+forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to
+gather them to the battle of that great day of God
+Almighty&rdquo; (Rev. xvi. 13, 14).&nbsp; Here indeed will be a
+pooling of the issues, a pooling that will divide the whole world
+into two forces or parties.</p>
+<p>Now the canvass has begun, preparations are going on, party
+lines are being drawn, powers are concentrating, and men are
+rallying under their respective standards, getting the world ripe
+and ready for the coming generations, into whose hands the
+destinies of that day will be cast.&nbsp; Few of us now living
+can personally take part in that final battle, excepting as we do
+so by impressing the unborn millions with our ideas.&nbsp; Like
+as David prepared the material for the building of the temple,
+and his son Solomon carried forward the same, so the work of this
+generation is simply preparatory, and that of the coming will be
+executive.</p>
+<p>Several wars will take place before that of Armageddon, which
+in their nature will be fierce and terrible.&nbsp; Still these
+will all be preparatory&mdash;leading on to the day of decision
+and the battle final.&nbsp; On this point many err, and their
+error has a pernicious influence on the Church and the
+world.&nbsp; They interpret the preparatory signs as if they were
+final; hence the end with such is too near.&nbsp; A sincere
+anxiety takes possession of their soul, which utterly unfits them
+to judge aright the signs of the times and tokens of
+Providence.&nbsp; Thus were a portion of the Advent Church thrown
+into confusion the 8th of last July because they had fixed upon
+the seventh as the time for the ending of the world.&nbsp; And
+human folly and haste will repeat itself again on the 10th of
+April next, because another portion of the Advent brethren have
+fixed upon the 9th of April as the time of the <!-- page 136--><a
+name="page136"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 136</span>end.&nbsp;
+It is a wonder the first did not take the 4th of July instead of
+the seventh, for then a stranger might think the end was nigh in
+some of our cities; or why didn&rsquo;t the other party select
+the 1st of April, for no doubt it would have proved a more
+propitious day?&nbsp; But thus it is, and will be again before
+the appointed time of Heaven comes.&nbsp; Man is a creature of
+haste and sudden impulse, especially so in his religious
+experience.&nbsp; Kings and nations, Churches and sects, have
+laboured hard in times past to force the issues of Providence and
+give speed and certainty to times and events.</p>
+<p>The prophecies affecting our days are clear; so much so, that
+he who runs may read, if need be.&nbsp; But an impatient activity
+urges men on, bedazzling their eyes, which at once unnerves and
+unfits them for reading or judging.&nbsp; &ldquo;In your patience
+possess ye your souls,&rdquo; said the blessed Master to His
+disciples of old, and not less through them unto us.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Order is Heaven&rsquo;s first law,&rdquo; it has been
+said; and surely order pervades the prophecies.&nbsp; But the
+pulpits in general over-ride this order, and are not slow to
+malign such men as Edward Hine, of London, England, when the fact
+is, that his theory of the prophecies and mode of interpretation
+are vastly more natural, responsive, and reasonable than the
+ill-adjusted, unnatural, and non-responsive system of current
+theology.&nbsp; A person is under obligation to use that key for
+the unlocking of prophecy which fits the best, and that responds
+to providential events the most natural, without regard to the
+antiquated systems and mode of Church, sect, or college
+theology.&nbsp; Hine&rsquo;s theory, as it is called sometimes,
+is as much superior to the old system of interpretation, as the
+railway Pullman car is to the ricketty old stage coach.</p>
+<p>The Anglo-Saxon Israel theory neither destroys or introduces
+any new principle, but discovers and applies that which had been
+long hidden.&nbsp; The introduction of steam and electricity did
+not destroy or produce any new principle, but simply <!-- page
+137--><a name="page137"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+137</span>discovered and applied, in an improved form, that which
+had been in the world from Adam down till now.</p>
+<p>As men in science, mechanics, and practical life, throw
+overboard men and things of the past, so should we in theology,
+Church life, and experience, when we can do better.&nbsp;
+Reverence for persons, and respect for ideas, should not enslave
+us.&nbsp; Let us move on, doing better and better.&nbsp; We do
+not care to believe all the theology of a Martin Luther.&nbsp;
+When we can make an advance on men, or theories, we should do
+so.&nbsp; Bacon and Newton are now in part rejected, without
+intending, or in fact doing them any dishonour or
+disrespect.&nbsp; So are Calvin and Wesley, on the same
+principle, by every good theologian.&nbsp; If a theory be
+advanced that opens up the Scriptures, and especially the
+prophecies, better than those before existing, let the pulpit
+accept it, throwing aside its mawkishness and age-intrenched
+stupidity.&nbsp; I have no hesitation to say, after over
+twenty-five years of experience with preachers and pulpit, that
+the majority of preachers are lazy and indifferent in
+study.&nbsp; For this reason many of them are deterred from
+examining any new theory.&nbsp; Many have said to me, and written
+to me, that if they accepted the Lost Tribe theory it would
+destroy nearly all their old sermons, and necessitate the making
+of new ones&mdash;a work they were not willing to
+undertake.&nbsp; It will, therefore, be a long time before the
+pulpit is reformed.&nbsp; In these days there are many
+strikes.&nbsp; While in Canada, on my vacation, I agreed to
+lecture for a Church choir on the prophet Jeremiah&rsquo;s visit
+to Ireland.&nbsp; But some preachers banded together and stopped
+it; and, in consequence of it, the choir struck and refused to
+sing the following Sunday.&nbsp; Passing by this strike, I really
+wish the laymen would strike and call the pulpit to an account
+and rouse it from its lethargy, and demand that it should
+untrammel itself and be free and equal to the age and
+demand.&nbsp; I have met with miserly persons who didn&rsquo;t
+believe in beautiful churches, or the missionary cause, or any
+cause indeed that wanted money.&nbsp; <!-- page 138--><a
+name="page138"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 138</span>They would
+argue for plainness, and so on.&nbsp; The secret of their
+peculiar ideas on these matters was to be found in their
+stinginess and their love of money.&nbsp; They advocated such
+theories because it saved them from contributing.&nbsp; Like a
+man I met with on my vacation tour who said that he saved forty
+dollars a year by pretending to be angry with the minister or
+some of the deacons when they came round collecting money.&nbsp;
+Some ministers, no doubt the majority of them, talk about holding
+on to the old landmarks and being orthodox for the very reason
+that to make a move implies labour, which they are not willing to
+give, hence they prate about orthodoxy and landmarks as a pretext
+to cover over their indifference.&nbsp; He is the most orthodox
+who searches after the truth and keeps up with the age.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;Prove all things, hold fast that which is good,&rdquo;
+says Paul.&nbsp; These pretended followers of Paul say:
+&ldquo;Prove nothing, hold fast what you have got.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>It is as plain as A, B, C, that the Bible teaches the return
+of the Jews and Ten Lost Tribes of Israel to the land of
+Palestine.&nbsp; Also, that after they are settled in this land
+Anti-Christ appears.&nbsp; The dragon and beast are already in
+existence, but Anti-Christ is not; the spirit of Anti-Christ
+is.&nbsp; When Israel and Judah are settled and prosperous in the
+old fatherland, then is to come on the battle of
+Armageddon.&nbsp; Thank Heaven! that though the struggle will be
+awful, it will be final, and victory will turn on the
+Lord&rsquo;s side.&nbsp; Then will be set up a kingdom that shall
+endure in abiding peace and prosperity for at least a thousand
+years.&nbsp; The world will nestle in regaling plenty and great
+assurance.&nbsp; This kingdom is to be set up in the latter days
+of the four kingdoms spoken of by Daniel.&nbsp; By this we
+understand that these kingdoms will have their day, and by
+succession, after a time, run out.&nbsp; These
+kingdoms&mdash;namely, Babylon, Persia, Greece, and
+Rome&mdash;are now disappearing.&nbsp; Rome, politically, is
+gone, Persia will soon be absorbed, also Greece.&nbsp; Babylon,
+being continued in <!-- page 139--><a name="page139"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 139</span>the Empire of Russia, has yet a
+glorious future before it for the next fifty years or so, then
+she will disappear to rise no more.&nbsp; The cry will go forth,
+&ldquo;Babylon is fallen.&rdquo;&nbsp; In Nebuchadnezzar&rsquo;s
+image you will remember that the stone cut out of the mountain
+began to destroy the metallic image upward, hence these kingdoms
+will disappear in reverse order to their origin.&nbsp; First
+Rome, which has gone; next Greece, which is nearly gone; then
+Persia, and then Russia.&nbsp; The new kingdom will fill the
+world.&nbsp; Already it foreshadows the outlines of possession by
+its immense territory of to-day.&nbsp; Then a scion of the House
+of David shall be enthroned in Jerusalem.&nbsp; All the other
+great capitals will have been destroyed.&nbsp; It is surprisingly
+grand to read of that day, king and kingdom.&nbsp; Let me read to
+you a few verses from Jeremiah, chapter xxiii.: &ldquo;Behold,
+the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a
+righteous branch, and a King shall reign and prosper, and shall
+execute judgment and justice in the earth.&nbsp; In His days
+Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely; and this is
+His name whereby He shall be called: the Lord our
+Righteousness.&nbsp; Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the
+Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth, which brought
+up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; but, The Lord
+liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the House of
+Israel out of the North country, and from all countries whither I
+had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own
+land.&rdquo;&nbsp; The words, &ldquo;that day,&rdquo; are often
+used, and if we desire to know when that day is, we have data in
+the great fact that it is the other side of Armageddon, and
+Armageddon is the other side of the settlement of Israel and
+Judah in Palestine.</p>
+<p>I wish, just here, to correct many of you, as well as some of
+the public journals.&nbsp; Of late I have frequently seen it
+stated in the papers that I predicted the end of the world in
+1882.&nbsp; And many persons have actually asked if I did really
+think so.&nbsp; The truth of the matter is, in my sermons on the
+Great Pyramid <!-- page 140--><a name="page140"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 140</span>I pointed out to you the remarkable
+fact that the Grand Gallery was 1,882 inches long.&nbsp;
+Beginning with the birth of the Saviour, these inches stand for
+years.&nbsp; This gallery suddenly ends, excepting that it is
+continued in a narrow passage, the narrowest in the whole
+building, for fifty-three inches.&nbsp; Then comes the
+King&rsquo;s Chamber, which before you enter, you pass under a
+portcullis in the form of an olive leaf.&nbsp; In this chamber
+all is equal, quiet, and central.&nbsp; Now, what I believe this
+pillar of witness in Egypt teaches (see Isa. xix. 19) is, that in
+1882 the whole world will enter upon a time of great trouble,
+war, pestilence, and famine, and for fifty-three years these
+troubles will continue more or less.&nbsp; Then about 1935 will
+occur the battle of Armageddon, which will be the finishing
+touch, the end of wars.&nbsp; I arrive at this, when I follow the
+teachings of the Pyramid, by adding 1882 and 53, which gives me
+1935.&nbsp; Even then the world will not end, but only begin the
+millennium morn, which will last for a thousand years or
+more.</p>
+<p>Now corresponding to these facts are the events of
+Providence.&nbsp; As when Spring is nigh we know by certain
+signs, so we know from the Scriptures, Providence, and Pyramidal
+teaching, where we stand and the season we are in.&nbsp; &ldquo;O
+ye hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky, but can ye not
+discern the signs of the times?&rdquo; said Jesus to the proud
+and critical Pharisees and learned and doubting Sadducees.&nbsp;
+These parties affected to be specially wise and discriminating in
+their knowledge of the times and seasons, and interpreting the
+prophets and writings of Moses.&nbsp; Yet their conduct betrayed
+their ignorance, for they saw not the end of that grand old
+prophetic age, nor the fading symbolism of the temple, nor the
+departing glory and decay of their nation.&nbsp; They knew not
+the fulness of the time in which they lived, though it bulged out
+like a mountain.&nbsp; They did not know that <i>one time hath
+ended</i>, another <i>time begun</i>, for they still dated their
+documents 4032 of the world, when it was the year of our Lord and
+their Lord 32.</p>
+<p><!-- page 141--><a name="page141"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+141</span>The antediluvians stand condemned because they were
+willingly ignorant of the Providential tokens and signs of the
+times.&nbsp; They set at naught the teachings and warnings of
+Noah, and in exulting pride they rejected the idea of a special
+Providence.&nbsp; Their faith, like many in this day, was planted
+and nourished by the laws of nature, and the analogous
+continuance of the same, not accepting the doctrine of a Divine
+Providence.&nbsp; They cried aloud, &ldquo;Where is the promise
+of His coming?&nbsp; For since the fathers fell asleep, all
+things continue as they were from the beginning of the
+creation.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Do you, like the Jews of old, demand more signs, when those
+given you are not understood, or, if understood, they are
+undervalued?&nbsp; The prophets have been lavish in portraying
+the calamities of the <i>last days</i>, or the times into which
+we are entering.&nbsp; For the words <i>last days</i> are the few
+years preceding the battle of Armageddon.&nbsp; The calamities of
+these days are of four kinds: First, social disorders; second,
+religious feuds and wars; third, wonderful political
+disturbances; fourth, temporal or physical disasters.&nbsp; Of
+the social condition of these last days, Paul instructs us:
+&ldquo;This know, also, that in the last days perilous times
+shall come.&rdquo;&nbsp; Then he groups together nineteen immoral
+attributes of the social state of these last days: &ldquo;Men
+shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud
+blasphemers, disobedient (to parents especially), unthankful,
+unholy, without natural affection, truce breakers, false
+accusers, incontinent, fierce despisers, traitors, heady,
+high-minded, lovers of pleasure more than God, formal in
+religion&rdquo; (2 Timothy iii.).&nbsp; What, we ask, will be the
+state of society when the social condition becomes such?</p>
+<p>The religious feuds and persecutions of the last days we can
+but faintly conceive.&nbsp; It was terrible when the beast, two
+hundred years ago, held sway.&nbsp; The Inquisition, the rack,
+the stake, and all the horrors of a wise age will be brought to
+bear.&nbsp; For in these days to come, the beast will be joined
+by Anti-Christ, <!-- page 142--><a name="page142"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 142</span>who will burn with rage, and vent
+his displeasure on Christ&rsquo;s followers.&nbsp; Also the
+barbarism and savage disposition of the Pagans will be let
+loose.&nbsp; Then will the dragon tear and destroy.&nbsp; This
+will, indeed, be a day or time of visitation.&nbsp; The political
+disturbances will be terrible.&nbsp; Nation against nation
+plotting and deceiving; internal strife and outward
+dangers.&nbsp; These are of a kind to appal one in reading
+them.&nbsp; Then come the temporal or physical evils.&nbsp; These
+are to be a horrible train of ills in the form of pestilence,
+famine, and earthquakes.&nbsp; The plague of yellow fever is as
+nought to some of the scourges that will then go forth.&nbsp;
+Gibbon, the historian, tells of a plague that swept away
+two-thirds of Europe and Asia.&nbsp; At that time the dead lay
+unburied by thousands.&nbsp; In Constantinople, for three months,
+five and even ten thousand persons died daily.&nbsp; The famines
+in India and China give us some idea of those yet to come.&nbsp;
+Of the earthquakes, such as have been will be repeated in
+increasing terror, violence, and destruction.&nbsp; To all these
+shall be added fire from heaven, hail, whirlwinds, and
+floods.&nbsp; These are times that will try men&rsquo;s
+souls.&nbsp; Read the prophets for yourselves, and range
+yourselves on the Lord&rsquo;s side.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 143--><a name="page143"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 143</span>WONDERS OF THE FUTURE.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIV.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">PURPOSE OF THE FLOOD&mdash;THE ABRAHAMIC
+CURRENT&mdash;RENDING MOUNT OLIVET&mdash;FORMER
+EARTHQUAKES&mdash;BOUNDARIES OF PALESTINE&mdash;DAN AND GAD TO
+GUARD THE &ldquo;GATES&rdquo;&mdash;GAD THE SCOTCHMAN&mdash;THE
+FUTURE JERUSALEM&mdash;THE DEAD SEA AND MEDITERRANEAN TO BE
+JOINED&mdash;MISTAKE OF SPIRITUALISING EVERYTHING.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;And His feet shall stand in that day upon
+the Mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the East: and
+the Mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the
+East and toward the West, and there shall be a very great valley;
+and half the mountain shall remove toward the North, and half of
+it toward the South.&rdquo;&mdash;Zech. xiv. 4.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Some four thousand years ago the earth was washed with the
+regenerating waters of a terrible flood.&nbsp; Millions were
+suddenly cut off, with their handiwork and antediluvian
+civilisation.&nbsp; The swelling floods subsided, and the
+God-avenging waters retired to their appointed place.&nbsp; The
+earth again stood forth in virgin strength, lonely, bare, and
+citiless, but with a potency and promise inviting and
+grand.&nbsp; Across these swelling floods one craft had been
+safely borne; in it was stored the seed-stock of a new world of
+man and beast.&nbsp; The destruction had been complete and
+terrible.&nbsp; If we credit Dr. Gurney and others who have
+written on this subject, the population far exceeded the
+inhabitants of to-day.&nbsp; But whether they did or did not, we
+know that many must have perished, and civilisation must have
+been hurled back to a primitive beginning.&nbsp; No doubt the
+present seas and oceans cover over the ruins of that age.&nbsp;
+Eliphaz, the Temanite, when addressing Job, said: &ldquo;Hast
+thou marked the old way, which wicked men have trodden, which
+were cut down out of time? <i>whose foundation was overflown with
+a flood</i>?&rdquo;&nbsp; Now is it not reasonable to <!-- page
+144--><a name="page144"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+144</span>suppose that in this and every other great change in
+nature God has a purpose&mdash;a design agreeable with His own
+exalted character?&nbsp; He is too wise to err, and too good to
+be unkind.&nbsp; The flood came for the same reason that He only
+gave Adam one wife.&nbsp; And what was that reason?&nbsp; It was
+that He might fill the world with a godly seed.&nbsp; &ldquo;And
+did not He make one?&nbsp; Yet had He the residue of the
+Spirit.&nbsp; And wherefore one?&nbsp; That He might seek a godly
+seed&rdquo; (Mal. ii. 15).&nbsp; The same Spirit which made one
+Eve could have made twenty, for the residue of the Spirit was
+with Him.&nbsp; It was in the interest of morality and godliness
+that the flood came.</p>
+<p>When this design began to fail of being accomplished by the
+increased wickedness of the post-diluvians, then God called
+Abram, and through Abraham and his seed designed that this
+purpose should flow on and be fulfilled.&nbsp; Through this
+Abrahamic channel flow all the purposes of a Divine Providence in
+this world.&nbsp; Through his seed all the nations of the earth
+are to be blessed.&nbsp; The children of Abraham are the
+appointed and Divinely authorised agents of God.&nbsp; Through
+them, as primary, he has, and is, and will evangelise the
+world.&nbsp; Abraham stands to the generations of earth as the
+Gulf-stream to Europe and the isles of the sea.&nbsp; This
+Gulf-stream is our largest river; being the longest, broadest,
+and deepest.&nbsp; Its bottom and banks are cold water.&nbsp;
+Compressed by the straits of Florida, it rushes forth to warm and
+replenish the earth and isles of the sea.&nbsp; So the forces of
+a Divine Providence compressed in Abraham go forth to bless
+mankind.&nbsp; The Gulf-stream is water in water, and
+Abraham&rsquo;s seed are men among men.&nbsp; Providence is at
+once clear and intelligible, and history is at once plain,
+reasonable, and harmonious, when interpreted in harmony with the
+Abrahamic covenant.&nbsp; The scattering and returning of Israel
+and Judah to Palestine, and the intervening history, from the
+time of dispersion to the Return, is clear as noon-day.&nbsp;
+Their location, oppression, prosperity, <!-- page 145--><a
+name="page145"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 145</span>and
+victories, have long been foretold by prophets inspired of
+God.</p>
+<p>Through all the changes in nature God has a design.&nbsp; He
+prepared the world for Adam and his seed, and He did so by some
+wonderful upheaving and overturning; this scientists will
+admit.&nbsp; This world, in its present shape and condition,
+indicates fierce and protracted struggles.&nbsp; The outlines of
+strange and sublime revolutions are imprinted on her rock-ribbed
+bosom.&nbsp; Look at her cloud-capped mountains, her snow-crowned
+peaks, her wild and rocky wastes, her barren plains and sandy
+deserts, her fruitful hills and luxuriant valleys, her mighty
+oceans and swelling seas, her inland lakes and rolling rivers;
+these tell us of a time long ago&mdash;of the time when the
+Mighty One went forth to work a work, to build a house and make a
+home for His creature, man.&nbsp; And as it was necessary in the
+preparatory stage to tune nature to the coming man, so all along
+through the history of the centuries we find nature holding a
+subordinate relation to man.&nbsp; The world is not run on one
+principle and man on another, but both are permeated by a Divine
+force and led on to a Divine end.&nbsp; All things are ours, and
+we are Christ&rsquo;s, and Christ is God&rsquo;s; this is the
+established order of subordination.&nbsp; Most certainly it
+cannot be unscientific in the Author of nature to make the same
+His messenger for good or evil.&nbsp; It is not unscientific to
+throw a line from the shore to a ship in distress, even though
+thrown from the mouth of a cannon, nor is it counted unscientific
+to use that same cannon in war to destroy men.</p>
+<p>The earthquake spoken of in the text is, indeed, a small
+affair in comparison to some that have occurred in this world;
+and if the same God be living now as then, surely He can rend in
+twain the little mountain of Olivet.&nbsp; And if we grant to the
+infidel scientist of to-day the fact that there is no God, still
+the thing prophesied of is neither unreasonable or impossible,
+<!-- page 146--><a name="page146"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+146</span>because what has been may be again; and as the demand
+in this case is small in comparison to what has been, surely this
+thing may come to pass.&nbsp; In times past Providence and the
+wants of the Church have been timely aided by convulsions in
+nature, and if they were only so accidentally, why then
+accidentally they may all agree again.&nbsp; To the scientist,
+especially the geologist, there can be no great difficulty in
+crediting the miracles of the text when we think of the
+successive revolutions that have taken place.&nbsp; Fires, and
+floods, and earthquakes, have done sublime service in the past,
+whether we credit the same to Nature or to God.&nbsp; That an
+earthquake, or any peculiar expression of nature, should be timed
+to meet a special condition of the Church or the special purposes
+of a Providence, is not strange.&nbsp; In such an event there
+really is no more wonder than that a man should set an alarm on
+his clock to go off at three minutes past four in the
+morning.&nbsp; Some men can swallow big things if you will only
+allow them to make out the author to be Nature.&nbsp; But whether
+we attribute the things past to Nature or to God, we know that
+wonderful things have happened.</p>
+<p>Seismology, the science of earthquakes, is by no means void of
+interest.&nbsp; The earthquake catalogue of the British
+Association takes notice of, and records the occurrence of, over
+6,000 that happened between 1606 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+and 1842 <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>&nbsp; Some of these have
+been terrible in force, destruction, and extent, oftentimes
+changing the whole face of a country, its climate, and river
+courses.&nbsp; The great earthquake of 1783 in Calabria, probably
+caused the death of 100,000 people; it was felt over a great part
+of Europe.&nbsp; The city of Lisbon was visited on the morning of
+November 1st, 1755, with an earthquake so severe that in a few
+minutes 60,000 persons perished, and most of the city was
+destroyed and buried beneath the water of the bay some 600
+feet.</p>
+<p>The country given to Abraham embraces all of what we call <!--
+page 147--><a name="page147"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+147</span>Syria.&nbsp; It is central, and specially adapted for
+the future purposes of God through Abraham&rsquo;s seed.&nbsp;
+Beginning with the North-west corner, the boundaries will be
+Mount Taurus, river Euphrates, Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Red
+Sea, River Nile, and Mediterranean, enclosing Syria, Arabia
+Deserts, Arabia Felix and Arabia Petr&oelig;a.&nbsp; Thus it will
+be seen that the Abrahamic inheritance is surrounded by water,
+except at two points&mdash;namely, the North-west land boundary,
+which is between the Euphrates and the Mediterranean Sea.&nbsp;
+The entrance is through the mountain range of Taurus, and forms a
+natural gate or mountain pass from Europe and Asia into
+Palestine.&nbsp; Here, when the Tribes are resettled in the land
+of Palestine, this gate will be in the allotment of Dan.&nbsp;
+Our Irish brethren will again be in the North-west, where they
+will have to fight and defend the land and the truth, as in days
+of old, for their brethren.&nbsp; The fact is, &ldquo;Dan shall
+judge his people as one of the Tribes of Israel,&rdquo; said old
+Jacob.&nbsp; The judge in olden times sat in the gate.&nbsp; So
+will Dan sit.&nbsp; Moses said that Dan was a lion&rsquo;s
+whelp.&nbsp; Among Israel it is customary to put lions as guards
+at gateways.&nbsp; The Southwest corner, between the
+Mediterranean and the Sea of Suez, forms the other land
+boundary.&nbsp; Through this gate will come the teeming millions
+of Africa.&nbsp; At this gate will be the Tribe of Gad&mdash;that
+is, a portion of the Scotch, the lowlanders.&nbsp; The Tribes
+will be hemmed in one by another so that they cannot enlarge
+their territory; but Gad can, for a vast country opens up beyond
+the gate.&nbsp; It is barren; still the desert is to blossom as a
+rose.&nbsp; Of Gad it was said by Moses, &ldquo;Blessed be He
+that enlargeth Gad; he dwelleth as a lion and teareth the arm
+with the crown of the head.&nbsp; And he provided the first part
+for himself, because there, in a portion of the lawgiver, was he
+seated.&rdquo;&nbsp; You remember that Sinai is in this
+portion.&nbsp; What sight and foresight Jacob and Moses
+had!&nbsp; The land as thus bounded would be 600 miles broad from
+the Red Sea to the River <!-- page 148--><a
+name="page148"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 148</span>Euphrates,
+and 1,390 between the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, and from the
+Mediterranean to the Arabian Sea, 1,600.&nbsp; These boundaries
+you will glean by taking note of the several promises to Abraham
+and his seed, as recorded in Gen. xv. 10, and Exod. xxiii. 31,
+and Deut. xi. 24.&nbsp; The land so promised and given specially
+to Abraham and his seed, the descendants of Abraham never yet
+occupied, no, not half of it, even in the palmy days of King
+Solomon.&nbsp; Will it ever be?&nbsp; We answer, Yes, as sure as
+the seasons and night and day.&nbsp; He is faithful that has
+promised, and will do it.</p>
+<p>This remarkable peninsula will be the theatre of the future
+glory of Israel and Judah.&nbsp; As finely described by the Rev.
+A. B. Grimaldi, it will be found to be most exactly and suitably
+placed to enable them to fulfil their high destiny to all
+nations, and become the centre of all lands, the praise and
+beauty of the whole earth.&nbsp; This land has, in fact, a
+central position for communication, commerce, and all other
+advantages of civilisation not enjoyed by any other portion of
+land in the whole world; while the peculiar geographical
+formation is such that it has an immense seaboard, and is
+therefore fitted for vaster commercial and naval operations than
+have ever yet been seen, commanding, as it does, the three most
+important seas and the two largest rivers of the whole world.</p>
+<p>This land, as laid out by Ezekiel, will be divided into
+thirteen longitudinal strips, sixty miles long, and twenty
+broad.&nbsp; In the very centre will be a portion, some fifty
+miles square, which will be divided and apportioned to what is
+called the holy oblation&mdash;namely, in the very middle will be
+the temple, a mile square, or larger than ever the whole city of
+Jerusalem has yet been.&nbsp; Then the city will be ten miles
+square.&nbsp; On one side will be a portion for the priests; on
+another, a portion for the Levites; and on the other two sides,
+the prince&rsquo;s or king&rsquo;s portion.&nbsp; This portion,
+which will be on the East and West sides, will be sixty miles
+long by ten broad, or some 600 miles <!-- page 149--><a
+name="page149"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+149</span>square.&nbsp; But it is clear he will need it, for he
+will not be supported by taxes.&nbsp; He will have to judge the
+land.&nbsp; He cannot take any more land.&nbsp; He will have to
+support his own family.&nbsp; No public grant to his
+children.&nbsp; He will have to be liberal with the temple.&nbsp;
+He will have sixty miles of sea coast to defend and sixty miles
+of land frontier to protect, and thus cover some of the weaker
+tribes.&nbsp; The city will have 720 square miles as a suburb, in
+which to raise supplies specially for itself.&nbsp; It will in
+reality be in two parts&mdash;one called by the prophets the
+profane; here will the commercial business be done.&nbsp; The
+other part will be sacred.&nbsp; Into it strangers will not
+enter; it will be holy&mdash;a quiet habitation.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;There the glorious Lord will be unto us a place of broad
+rivers and streams, wherein shall go no gaily with oars, neither
+shall gallant ships pass thereby.&rdquo;&nbsp; The city proper
+will be some thirty miles North of the present city of
+Jerusalem.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 150--><a name="page150"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 150</span>NINETEEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY-SEVEN.<br
+/>
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XVI.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">&ldquo;SIGNS OF THE TIMES&rdquo;&mdash;THE
+RETURN TO JERUSALEM&mdash;FORCES OF RUSSIA AND
+ENGLAND&mdash;PRESENT LOCALITY OF ANCIENT NATIONS&mdash;ORIGIN OF
+AMERICAN REPUBLICANISM&mdash;FEDERATION OF THE NATIONS
+COMING&mdash;EVOLUTION AND DEVOLUTION.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to
+the thousand three hundred and five and thirty
+days.&rdquo;&mdash;Daniel xii. 12.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>So according to the prophet Daniel there is a time to come in
+which it will be blessed to live.&nbsp; The prophecies of Daniel
+are generally of a material character&mdash;that is, they have
+special reference to this world politically, and to this end he
+had direct and special reference to certain kingdoms in existence
+at the time of writing, as well as others that were to come into
+being.&nbsp; Of all the prophets he concerns himself the most
+with positive data of the rise and fall of nations.&nbsp; The
+figures of the data used, we freely confess, are difficult to
+understand and interpret.&nbsp; The Church and times are greatly
+in need of some man competent on this point.&nbsp; All prophetic
+students know the diversity and confusion in this department of
+theology.&nbsp; Of all the difficult departments of theology none
+exceed the numerical.&nbsp; The numerical symbolism of the Bible
+is as yet but little understood.&nbsp; True, indeed, we are
+improving.&nbsp; Aided by Providence, we are enabled to interpret
+some dates by data&mdash;that is, certain events occurring locate
+us and point out the prophetic period we are in.&nbsp; Like the
+captain who is unable by his certain and usual modes of
+calculating to find his whereabouts, does so by currents, the
+Gulf-stream, islands, colour of waters, &amp;c., did we know the
+exact quantity of Daniel&rsquo;s two thousand and three hundred
+days, his times, time, and half <!-- page 151--><a
+name="page151"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 151</span>a time, his
+seventy weeks, his thousand two hundred and ninety days, and the
+thousand three hundred and five and thirty days, then we could
+deal with the prophecies with a definitiveness to which as yet we
+are strangers.</p>
+<p>The times, however, are peculiarly interesting from the very
+fact that the Church is waking up to the importance of prophetic
+study.&nbsp; &ldquo;Coming events cast their shadows
+before,&rdquo; is a trite but true saying, and here as true as
+anywhere.&nbsp; Men feel in their fears and hopes the pressure of
+prophecy.&nbsp; The Church is remarkably anxious and
+unrest.&nbsp; Governments are suspicious and confused.&nbsp; The
+populace are restless and threatening.&nbsp; Indeed, everything
+conspires in Church, State, and people, to forecast the
+future.&nbsp; A thunderstorm is felt before it is seen or
+heard.&nbsp; It shadows the mind, thrills the nerves, and pains
+the rheumatic limbs.&nbsp; Many in 1858 felt war coming in our
+own country.&nbsp; Many were at a loss to interpret their
+fears.&nbsp; Some, however, interpreted the signs of the time and
+sounded an alarm.</p>
+<p>The few years to come are pregnant with angry forces.&nbsp;
+Men are busy in Russia, Germany, France, England, and America,
+sowing the winds, and the harvest will surely be
+whirlwinds.&nbsp; But, beyond all, the sky is clear.&nbsp; War
+ceases, commerce revives, the nations accept a settled peace,
+science and religion join hand in hand to prepare the wastes and
+woes of war.&nbsp; The beast is overcome, Anti-Christ is slain,
+and the dragon is banished from the earth.&nbsp; Jerusalem again
+rises in splendour from the grave of desolation.&nbsp; Again
+Canaan will become the glory of all lands, and Jerusalem the
+glory of Canaan.&nbsp; Here, again, after centuries of wandering,
+shall the throne of David find rest, and on it one of
+David&rsquo;s seed, chosen and anointed of God, accepted of men,
+and served by the nations.&nbsp; Crowned and imperial Salem shall
+become the home of her long-captive sons and daughters.&nbsp;
+Israel and Judah shall meet together, and shall be one stick, one
+people, having one head, one throne, one city, one Lord, even
+Jesus.&nbsp; &ldquo;Therefore, they shall come and <!-- page
+152--><a name="page152"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+152</span>sing in the height of Zion, and shall flow together to
+the goodness of the Lord, for wheat, and for wine, and for oil,
+and for the young of the flock and of the herd; and their soul
+shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not sorrow any more
+at all&rdquo; (Jeremiah xxxi. 12).</p>
+<p>No one can read the prophecies that find their fulfilment
+after the battle of Armageddon&mdash;or, as the prophets have it,
+&ldquo;after those days&rdquo;&mdash;without being ravished with
+delight.&nbsp; Israel in her palmy days, and Judah in her
+glory!&nbsp; A nation called of God, and ruled by God through
+David or Solomon; how inviting!&nbsp; When Heaven was their
+Defence and Provider; when the fidelity of men to God was enough
+of defence, and the morality of a people was a rich manure giving
+an abundant harvest in field, stall, and orchard; then we see the
+true position of a nation, its grandeur and prosperity.&nbsp; I
+am convinced that morality has a more intimate relation with the
+forces and wealth of nature than we are in the habit of
+believing.&nbsp; God can give increased measure to the harvest,
+fruitfulness to the vine, plenty in the orchard, increase in the
+stall, and addition to the household.&nbsp; Time upon time are
+these blessings promised by the prophets to Israel and Judah in
+the latter day.</p>
+<p>Take notice of a few statements of the prophets responding to
+those times&mdash;the times that will ensue after the Ten Lost
+Tribes of Israel and the Jews are again possessed of, and settled
+in, Palestine.&nbsp; Jeremiah, in the 30th chapter and 31st,
+refers to those times: &ldquo;For lo, the days come, saith the
+Lord, that I will bring again the captivity of My people, Israel
+and Judah, saith the Lord; and I will cause them to return to the
+land that I gave to their fathers, and they shall possess
+it&rdquo;&mdash;referring to this time and the battle of
+Armageddon, in which Israel will be tested as we have before
+shown.&nbsp; &ldquo;Alas! for that day is great, so that none is
+like it; it is even the time of Jacob&rsquo;s trouble; but he
+shall be saved out of it.&rdquo;&nbsp; Now, we ask, <!-- page
+153--><a name="page153"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+153</span>why will it be specially a time of trouble?&nbsp; We
+answer, Because of the strength of the combined forces that will
+be arrayed against Israel&mdash;that is, England.&nbsp; The
+forces, as set forth in the Scriptures, are <i>thirteen on one
+side</i>, <i>led by Russia</i>, and <i>four on the other</i>,
+which will be <i>led by England</i>.&nbsp; The <i>thirteen</i>
+are: 1st, Gog; 2nd, Magog; 3rd, Rosh; 4th, Meshech; 5th, Tubal;
+6th, Persia; 7th, Ethiopia; 8th, Libya; 9th, Gomer; 10th,
+Togarmah; 11th, the Beast; 12th, the Dragon; and 13th,
+Anti-Christ.&nbsp; The <i>four</i> are: 1st, Sheba; 2nd, Dedan;
+3rd, Merchants of Tarshish with all their young lions; 4th, the
+Jews and Israelites settled in Palestine, that will not be led
+astray by Anti-Christ.</p>
+<p>To understand the prophets when forecasting the future, we
+must keep in mind that in speaking of a nation&rsquo;s destiny in
+the future, they would speak of it by the name it had at that
+time, if such a nation had an existence at that time.&nbsp; But
+in course of time, such nations would change their name, and
+sometimes locality; in such a case they must be found.&nbsp; For
+instance, if one desires to know the destiny of Turkey, he will
+find it set forth by the prophets under the name of Edom and
+Esau.&nbsp; Moab and Ammon are found in the Poles and Hungarians;
+they were the sons of Lot.&nbsp; In all parts of the world the
+children of Abraham have an attachment for each other.&nbsp; Thus
+India was peopled at first by the descendants of Abraham; hence
+they will mix with, and accept English rule sooner than any other
+people.&nbsp; &ldquo;But unto the sons of the concubines which
+Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac
+his son, while he yet lived, Eastward, unto the East
+country&rdquo; (Gen. xxv. 6).&nbsp; If we trace back the origin
+of a people to their head or founder, we will better understand
+their peculiarities and national idiosyncrasies.&nbsp; Study
+Ishmael to understand the Arabs, Esau to understand the Turks,
+Ammon and Moab to understand the Poles and Hungarians.&nbsp;
+Study the character and condition of Manasseh in Egypt, as <!--
+page 154--><a name="page154"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+154</span>being brought up in a palace, and being the lawful
+heir, but deprived of his birthright by a Providence which he
+could not understand, and you have at once a key to the Pilgrim
+character, and the characteristics of a real American&mdash;why
+he hates titles, kings, and aristocracies.&nbsp; But he forgets
+not the place of his youth when he had the great seal made; for
+on the reverse of the great seal of the United States you will
+have the figure of a Pyramid crowned with the All-seeing
+eye.&nbsp; No Tribe but the Tribe of Manasseh could say, or did
+say, &ldquo;We are a great people.&rdquo;&nbsp; Yet so this Tribe
+said to Joshua (see Josh. xvii.).&nbsp; So we often say,
+&ldquo;We are a great people.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Rachel and Leah, the two wives of Jacob, are the real source
+of the separation of the Ten Tribes of Israel from Judah.&nbsp;
+Each wife sought to have her son as a leader.&nbsp; Thus between
+Judah and Joseph began the spirit of rivalry.&nbsp; Ephraim took
+up the cause of Rachel.&nbsp; David and Saul&rsquo;s bitterness
+lies here.&nbsp; David stood for Leah, and Saul for Rachel.&nbsp;
+The descendants of the North of Ireland, being from the Tribe of
+Dan, have ever been distinct from the rest of the Irish in
+features, enterprise, spirit and religion; for the others are the
+Canaanites of old, the Philistines.</p>
+<p>Who do the thirteen enemies stand for to-day?&nbsp; Let me
+answer you briefly.&nbsp; Gog stands for the Caucasians or
+mountain tribes of Caucasus.&nbsp; Magog covers the inhabitants
+and country North of the Caucasian mountains, and they are known
+as Tartars.&nbsp; Rosh, or Roosh, means the real Russians.&nbsp;
+Their ruler is called by the Prophet Ezekiel <i>Nasi
+Roosh</i>.&nbsp; We translate it the chief prince of
+Meshech.&nbsp; This portion, or people of Russia, are the old
+Babylonians, hence the hate and rivalry between England and that
+nation.&nbsp; Meshech means the Muscovites, who made Moscow what
+it is.&nbsp; Tubal is found in the Siberians.&nbsp; Meshech and
+Tubal are generally mentioned together in the Scriptures, and,
+strange to say, they are found together in history to-day.&nbsp;
+Moscow is the capital of Meshech, <!-- page 155--><a
+name="page155"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 155</span>for though
+to the world St. Petersburgh seems to be, yet every imperial
+document is signed and dated Moscow.&nbsp; Tobolski is the
+capital of Tubal or Siberia.&nbsp; Persia still retains its
+ancient name, and will be easily recognised.&nbsp; Also the same
+with Ethiopia.&nbsp; Libya takes in a portion of the African
+race.&nbsp; Gomer stands for the Germans in part, for those who
+descended from Gomer.&nbsp; From this word Gomer is Gomeron,
+Gemren, and the country Germia, hence, Germany and Germans.&nbsp;
+Togarmah includes the people of Independent Tartary.&nbsp; The
+Dragon includes China.&nbsp; The Beast, the Jesuits and their
+followers, which will take in France, Spain, Italy, and South
+America; and at first divide even England, especially Ireland,
+and the United States.&nbsp; Anti-Christ will be chiefly
+sustained by the Jews, who will have been settled in
+Palestine.</p>
+<p>The four opposing forces led by England: Sheba represents
+India, who is already training for this time of battle.&nbsp;
+Dedan embraces Arabia, especially that part occupied by the
+Sultan of Muscat.&nbsp; Merchants of Tarshish and all the young
+lions, means England and her colonies, in which is embraced the
+United States.&nbsp; Manasseh will have to stretch out a helping
+hand to Jacob in the time of his trouble, for she cannot allow
+liberty to be enslaved, and freedom of worship and conscience to
+be trampled under foot.&nbsp; The plague will come here sooner
+than we think, by a civil and internal division among ourselves,
+which will force us to take part.&nbsp; The Jews that are not
+carried away with Anti-Christ will join with their brethren of
+Israel.&nbsp; The called, the chosen, and the faithful, will be
+one party, and they will be on the Lord&rsquo;s side.</p>
+<p>If during the late Turkish war we could have had our
+despatches agreeable to ancient names of people and country, they
+would have sounded queer.&nbsp; Instead of reading of the
+Russians passing the Caucasus, and moving upon Erzeroum by way of
+Kars, we should have read: Rapid advance of the Babylonians under
+the chief prince of Meshech.&nbsp; Successful <!-- page 156--><a
+name="page156"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 156</span>passage of
+the Pison.&nbsp; The whole land of Havilah occupied.&nbsp; The
+men of Togarmah rally at Gihon.&nbsp; Fierce fighting in
+Eden.&nbsp; The invaders defeated in the mountains of
+Ararat.&nbsp; For according to ancient names of people and
+country, such was the fact.&nbsp; It is comforting to all
+God&rsquo;s people to know from His Word that there is a time of
+peace; that there is a golden age in the near future.&nbsp; Dr.
+McKay has the Christian idea in his poem:</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;There is a good time coming, boys,<br />
+Wait a little longer;<br />
+Let us aid it all we can,<br />
+Every woman, every man,<br />
+The good time coming.&rdquo;</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>When will the 1,335 days of years, spoken of in the text,
+end?&nbsp; We answer, About the year 1957.&nbsp; And why that
+year?&nbsp; Because these days evidently date there, beginning
+from the time the daily sacrifice is taken away and the city
+trodden under foot.&nbsp; The little goat horn of Daniel viii. 9
+stands, we have before shown you, for Turkey.&nbsp; &ldquo;And
+out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed
+exceeding great toward the South, and toward the East, and toward
+the pleasant land.&rdquo;&nbsp; It stands for Mahommedanism,
+which was to overturn Christianity for a given period, a time,
+times, and a half time, or in figures, 1260.&nbsp; Now Mahommed
+was accepted and crowned at Mecca in the year 622.&nbsp; If we
+add 1260 and 622, we have 1882&mdash;a time that is very plainly
+pointed out in the Pyramid.&nbsp; Daniel says, &ldquo;Seventy
+weeks are determined upon Thy people and upon Thy holy
+city,&rdquo; Jerusalem.&nbsp; These weeks put into prophetic
+years make 490, which, of course, brings us to the time when
+Jerusalem was destroyed by Titus.&nbsp; Daniel asked how long the
+vision concerning the daily sacrifice and transgression of
+desolation to give the sanctuary and people to be trodden
+down?&nbsp; The answer was, Unto 2,300 days, taking a day for a
+year.&nbsp; Jerusalem was destroyed in the year 70.&nbsp; Take
+this from 490 <!-- page 157--><a name="page157"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 157</span>and we have 420.&nbsp; Now these 420
+years taken from 2,300 will bring 1880.&nbsp; Then the sanctuary
+is to be cleansed&mdash;that is, Jerusalem will be in the
+possession of England.&nbsp; She now is.</p>
+<p>From about 1880, or 1882, England will possess
+Jerusalem.&nbsp; In the twelfth chapter of Daniel, eleventh
+verse, we find thirty days added to the 1,200, making 1,290;
+these added thirty years denote the time England will have to
+contend for her right to Palestine.&nbsp; It will finally be
+acknowledged, however, by all nations.&nbsp; In 1935 the battle
+of Armageddon will end, but Palestine will not be fully settled
+down to a peaceful possession till 1957.&nbsp; Then the
+government will be fully established and acknowledged all over
+the world.&nbsp; The kings and Gentile nations will have gone up
+to Jerusalem and given in their adherence.&nbsp; Then all the
+world will be federated to David&rsquo;s throne.&nbsp; The year
+1957 I arrive at by the same rule as the other&mdash;1,335 when
+added to 622, makes 1,957.&nbsp; &ldquo;Blessed,&rdquo; says
+Daniel, &ldquo;are they who see that time.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The world is to undergo some marvellous changes these next few
+years&mdash;mechanically, politically, socially, and morally; the
+telephone, the phonograph, the microphone, the telemachole and
+coming improvements will transform our modes of labour and
+learning beyond our present conception.&nbsp; God times
+inventions and improvements to the advancement of His
+kingdom.</p>
+<p>I do not regard inventions as mere accidents, but as the
+outcoming of a Divine intent through human agencies.&nbsp; Watts
+and Wesley both did good service for the Church and the
+world.&nbsp; Edison and others of kindred minds are scientific
+prophets.&nbsp; &ldquo;The earth is the Lord&rsquo;s and the
+fulness thereof.&rdquo;&nbsp; All is made subservient to the
+progress of the kingdom of heaven.&nbsp; The doctrine of the
+evolution of man as taught by Darwin is neither complimentary to
+man or God; but the doctrine of devolution is.&nbsp; Man is a
+developing creature; a creature who takes centuries to grow
+in.&nbsp; The devolution of God is through man by means of all
+the increasing facilities <!-- page 158--><a
+name="page158"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 158</span>and
+agencies that make man stronger, wiser, and better.&nbsp; The
+secret powers and forces of nature are revealed to man in the
+ratio of his ability to apply them, on the same scale as we
+instruct our children.</p>
+<p>In the latter days, or the period spoken of by Daniel, nature
+will be Divinely prompted with an impulse of generosity not now
+known, for then men will be wise enough, strong enough, and good
+enough, to use the same and not abuse.&nbsp; The prophetic
+teachings glow with promises of regaling plenty, peace and good
+will in those days.&nbsp; &ldquo;I will multiply upon you man and
+beasts; and they shall increase and bring fruit; and I will
+settle you after your old estates, and will do better unto you
+than at your beginnings; and ye shall know that I am the
+Lord&rdquo; (Ezek. xxxvi. 11).&nbsp; Again: &ldquo;I will
+multiply the fruit of the tree, and the increase of the field,
+that ye receive no more reproach of famine, among the
+heathen.&rdquo;&nbsp; I submit and believe that all this God will
+do by what men are pleased to call natural law.&nbsp; The Divine
+will not rudely break in upon His own established laws.</p>
+<p>Sin impairs the energy and growth of man, and so infringes
+upon Nature.&nbsp; As man frees himself from the bondage and
+sequences of sin, he will rise higher and higher in his command
+and authority over Nature&rsquo;s forces.&nbsp; Three several
+times the earth has been cursed, which curse is gradually removed
+as man returns unto his God in loving and obedient service.&nbsp;
+&ldquo;And now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened
+her mouth to receive thy brother&rsquo;s blood from thy
+hand.&nbsp; When thou tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth
+yield unto thee her strength&rdquo; (Gen. iv. 11).&nbsp; The
+secret of a world&rsquo;s wealth and peace lies here, and it were
+well if reformers and agitators understood this.&nbsp; For they
+work best who work in harmony with God and His laws.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><!-- page 159--><a
+name="page159"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 159</span>
+<a href="images/p159.jpg">
+<img alt="Pyramid picture" src="images/p159.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;In that day there shall be an altar to the
+Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the
+border thereof to the Lord; and it shall be for a sign and for a
+witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of
+Egypt.&rdquo;&mdash;Isaiah xix. 19.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<h2>THE STONE WITNESS. <a name="citation159"></a><a
+href="#footnote159" class="citation">[159]</a><br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XVII.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">THE GREAT PYRAMID&mdash;WHO JOB WAS&mdash;WHO
+BUILT THE PYRAMID&mdash;WHAT IT WAS BUILT FOR&mdash;AN EPITOME OF
+THE EARTH&mdash;THE HISTORY OF MAN CONTAINED IN IT, PAST AND
+FUTURE&mdash;SCIENCE AND THE BIBLE, ETC., ETC.</p>
+<p>The wonderful discourses of the Rev. Dr. Wild, of Brooklyn,
+were continued last Sunday evening, before a thronged
+congregation in Elm Place Church.&nbsp; Under the organ gallery,
+behind the pulpit, was a representation of the Pyramid, or as the
+learned doctor terms it, &ldquo;the stone Bible,&rdquo; its
+massive rectangular dark stone foundation and some of the most
+interesting of its interior passages, chambers, and
+mysteries.&nbsp; All eyes were fastened in scrutiny upon it, well
+knowing that some revelation of unusual Christian interest would
+be made by the Doctor from it as soon as his lecture
+commenced.&nbsp; The preliminary exercises of singing <!-- page
+160--><a name="page160"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 160</span>by
+a well-trained choir and prayer were therefore impatiently
+listened to by many whose thoughts were concentrated on the
+wonders of the Pyramid and its astounding confirmation of the
+prophetic Scriptures.&nbsp; Dr. Wild read a lesson from Job
+xxxviii., remarking that the author of that book was also the
+engineering director or architectural author of the Pyramid and
+identical with Shem and Melchisedec.&nbsp; The book of Job is the
+oldest book in the world by 200 or 300 years.&nbsp; Shem, or Job,
+was ninety-eight years old when he entered the ark, and he lived
+thirty years after Abraham, with whom therefore he shook hands,
+as well as with Methuselah, who shook hands with Adam.&nbsp; Only
+one man, therefore, stood between Adam and Shem, and only two, or
+not quite two, between Adam and Abraham.&nbsp; The book of
+Berosus, of Babylon, is the only one that compares with Job in
+antiquity.&nbsp; This was the age of tradition before Moses
+compiled the first portions of it.&nbsp; In the days of Abraham,
+Shem was the patriarch, or oldest, of his family; and it was
+therefore to him he did homage, according to the patriarchal
+custom, under the name of Melchisedec, when returning from the
+slaughter of the kings.&nbsp; Shem had brought with him from the
+days before the flood much of the knowledge and wisdom which had
+been accumulated in the earth during the 2,000 years previous to
+that event, and which was swept away when only eight persons were
+saved in the ark.&nbsp; We have been told that the human race has
+gradually improved, and that our ancestors in far off ages were
+monkeys, or something of that sort, but the remains of the ruins
+and knowledge of antiquity show everything the reverse of this to
+be the truth.&nbsp; Look at that Pyramid.&nbsp; We could not
+build it to-day, with all our boasted science.&nbsp; It will bear
+in every respect the closest scientific scrutiny.&nbsp; Our
+greatest scientists are only beginning to comprehend the depths
+of its mysteries, yet it is over 4,000 years old.&nbsp; The
+capstone on top of it is a Pyramid in itself, in miniature,
+unlike anything of the kind or any other building on the
+earth.&nbsp; The <!-- page 161--><a name="page161"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 161</span>reverend gentleman then continued to
+read from Job xxxviii., and shew that the writer of it was master
+of astronomical and geographical science and the builder of the
+Pyramid, which is a miniature of the measurement of the earth and
+indicates the history of the human race.&nbsp; After this
+preliminary dissertation he took for his text Isaiah xxviii. 29:
+&ldquo;This also cometh forth from the Lord of hosts, which is
+wonderful in counsel, and excellent in working.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The Bible is a growing book, being more read and better
+understood as the years pass by; and as men shall increase in
+knowledge and power, so the Bible will gain in influence and
+authority.&nbsp; Opposition to its teaching, and vaunting denial
+of its authority, shall be made subservient to its interests by
+goading on the Church to a wiser and more noble defence and
+exposition of the same.&nbsp; No theology can levy upon the
+well-defined facts of science in confirmation of the sublime
+teachings of inspiration.&nbsp; The Christian student need not
+hold himself in timid dread for fear the scientist will discover
+aught in the realms of nature that will contradict the Word of
+God: for as sure as God is the Author of both, so surely shall we
+find an agreement between revelation and science at every point
+truly understood&mdash;increased light means increased
+evidence.&nbsp; Nations and men, nature and Providence, are
+united witnesses for God, and the Scriptures, and the more we
+know of the past, the better shall we understand the present and
+forecast the future.&nbsp; Let us recognise the future.&nbsp; Let
+us recognise the important difference between the Bible
+subjectively and objectively&mdash;that is, between what the
+Bible really is and what men think it is.&nbsp; Let us be free
+enough, bold enough, and wise enough, to claim the Bible
+itself.&nbsp; Let us unyoke it from tradition, which claims to be
+superior, or even equal.&nbsp; Let us divorce it from councils,
+from creeds, from sects and denominations; let us lift it up out
+of the ecclesiastical rut of ages.&nbsp; Let us with a
+commendable pride count ourselves <!-- page 162--><a
+name="page162"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 162</span>worthy and
+able to formulate our own creeds, make our own prayers and
+confessions, accounting that the liberties of our fathers have
+been bequeathed to their children, and that the same God who gave
+them liberty and power is no less gracious to us, their
+offsprings.&nbsp; Traditions, councils, creeds, and degrees are
+worth much unto us as aids to a higher life, and a nobler
+civilisation.&nbsp; The Christian fathers, the Luthers, Calvins,
+Knoxes, Wesleys, and others, were our servants, as we will be the
+servants of coming generations.&nbsp; They worked grandly, they
+wrought well, they procured for us a goodly heritage; to them we
+are indebted.&nbsp; Yet it was not their purpose nor the design
+of Providence to enslave us, or to stereotype the Church for the
+ages to come.&nbsp; Increased light is increased evidence,
+enabling us the better to understand the Word of God.&nbsp; When
+a publisher has stereotyped a book, he is naturally loath to make
+any change or correction; so Churches who have stereotyped the
+Bible are very unwilling to change, to receive light.&nbsp;
+Hence, they are sometimes found opposing the march of a better
+civilisation, proving and sustaining all manner of institutions
+and tyrannies: the torturing and terrible Inquisition of Spain,
+the punishment and hanging of supposed witches by England and New
+England, the bondage and slavery of the South.&nbsp; So, to prove
+their creeds and systems correct, they each have a mode of their
+own, Catholic, Episcopalian, Baptist, Congregational, Methodist,
+&amp;c.&nbsp; <i>So also</i>, theologians have often been
+impatient to reconcile the Scriptures with history, even to
+suggest mistakes in the sacred record.&nbsp; Instance Daniel
+being made the <span class="smcap">Third Ruler</span>.&nbsp;
+<i>They supposed it meant second</i>, but later researches show
+that Babylon had two rulers at that time&mdash;namely,
+Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar&mdash;so Daniel was made a
+third.&nbsp; See the remains of Borsippia, near Babylon (Dan. v.
+29).&nbsp; Now we know that both Daniel and Berosus, the old
+Babylonian historians, were right, and the Bible was right in
+using the word third.&nbsp; God in His revelation has always been
+equal to man&rsquo;s need.&nbsp; Tradition&mdash;Abraham <!--
+page 163--><a name="page163"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+163</span>saw Shem, for Shem lived some thirty years after
+Abraham&rsquo;s death.&nbsp; Shem, and Melchisedek, and Job, are
+likely the same person.&nbsp; Certainly, Shem and Melchisedek are
+the same, and by Egyptian historians called Philitis.&nbsp; This
+Philitis was the builder of the Great Pyramid.&nbsp; Now Shem saw
+Methuselah and Methuselah Adam.&nbsp; Thus, then, tradition would
+be sufficient.&nbsp; As tradition failed, the written Word
+began.&nbsp; There is little doubt now but that <i>Shem</i>,
+called also Melchisedek, was the builder of the Pyramid, being
+instructed of God, as his father Noah had been in building the
+ark, and as Moses with the tabernacle, and Solomon with the
+temple, as the prophet in the text and context shows that the
+wisdom of the man is often the gift of God.&nbsp; <i>See Moses
+also</i>.&nbsp; &ldquo;And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying:
+See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the son of Uri, the son of
+Hur, of the Tribe of Judah; and I have filled him with the Spirit
+of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in
+all manner of workmanship: to devise cunning works, to work in
+gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to
+set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of
+workmanship.&nbsp; And, behold, I have given him Aholiab, the son
+of Ahisamach, of the Tribe of Dan; and in the hearts of all that
+are wise-hearted I have put wisdom that they may make all that I
+have commanded thee&rdquo; (Exodus xxxi. 1&ndash;6).</p>
+<p>Let us look at this building, for it is a special revelation
+for these times.&nbsp; For this precise and scientific day God
+has provided.&nbsp; Science and the Bible are interlocked in this
+building; they agree, they testify for the same God, yet they
+witness to the same Christ, the Providence and history of His
+chosen people.&nbsp; This stone book could not be read till now;
+it even takes the most precise scientific men of the day to read
+it.&nbsp; For thousands of years there has been no one in the
+court of the world able to question and interpret this witness of
+the Lord in Egypt.&nbsp; The scientists have been asking for some
+<!-- page 164--><a name="page164"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+164</span>other revelation than the Bible, for the supernatural
+in a scientific form, for something beyond man, for something all
+could see, for something that would answer to pure science, for
+something that could be seen, handled, measured, tested, and
+amenable to mathematics; something superhuman, for something in
+which the human and the Divine blend.&nbsp; Thank Heaven, all
+they ask is granted in this stone monument.&nbsp; Here we have
+science forecast for thousands of years; here we have the
+grandest of problems in science solved, and the sublimest
+phenomena of religion and science crystalised, symbolising and
+teaching the most marvellous facts in religion, sociology, and
+astronomy.&nbsp; It is not a tomb, nor granary, nor temple, but a
+pillar and witness unto the Lord of hosts.&nbsp; Think of a few
+facts.&nbsp; 1. Its location, the centre of the land surface of
+the whole earth.&nbsp; Hence the best zero point on earth for
+meridianal and latitudinal calculations.&nbsp; Central to
+clime&mdash;here is no rust, moss, nor frosts to destroy, nor
+earthquake&mdash;a well-chosen spot for such a pillar.&nbsp; 2.
+Its form and size&mdash;symbolising the earth quantity in its
+weight of five millions of tons&mdash;the freight of 1,250 of the
+largest steamers leaving New York.&nbsp; Its shape, or
+inclination from base to apex, the same as from the pole to the
+equator.&nbsp; To express this the builder sloped in ten feet for
+every nine in height.&nbsp; On this building the sun can shine
+upon the whole of it twice a year without a shadow.&nbsp; This
+building is the most correctly orient of any structure on the
+earth.&nbsp; It is the highest, largest, and oldest building on
+earth, rising to the height of 486 feet and a fraction, which
+height if multiplied by ten nine times gives the distance of the
+earth from the sun; or pile a thousand million pyramids one on
+the other, and the last would touch the sun.&nbsp; As it stood
+perfect it was the circle squared; for the height is the radius
+of a circle, whose circumference, if divided into four equal
+parts, each part would equal one of the surface sides of the
+base&mdash;closer in approximation than Walli&rsquo;s
+Indivisibles, or Newton&rsquo;s Fluxions, or <!-- page 165--><a
+name="page165"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+165</span>Liebnitz&rsquo;s Calculus.&nbsp; The door of entrance
+was some forty-nine feet from its base, and 300 inches East of
+the centre, so as at once to express the tilt of the
+earth&rsquo;s axis from the plane of its orbit, and by its height
+from the ground express the Precession of the Equinoxes.&nbsp;
+What a witness outwardly, when complete, of polished marble,
+covering some thirteen and a half acres, within and without clean
+and free from idolatrous marks.&nbsp; But God foretold the place
+and purpose of this huge pile through the prophet Isaiah (xix.
+19, 20): &ldquo;In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord
+in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border
+thereof to the Lord.&nbsp; And it shall be for a sign and for a
+witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of Egypt.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Here we see the <i>altar and pillar</i> are <i>one</i> and the
+same, and a scientific fact is expressed when the prophet says it
+shall be in the midst and on the border.&nbsp; The position of
+the Pyramid is such, being at the sector point of Upper and Lower
+Egypt, thus being on the border of both, yet in the midst.&nbsp;
+The sector point of the arm is where the wrist joins the
+hand.&nbsp; The spreading hand represents Lower, and the arm
+Upper Egypt.&nbsp; (See on frontispiece the sector plate.)</p>
+<p>May we ask what the pillar and witness&mdash;the
+Pyramid&mdash;has to say on the Jewish question, for it has not
+left this fact unnoticed?&nbsp; At the junction of the first
+ascending passage with the Grand Gallery, on the left-hand side,
+or East, there is a horizontal passage-way leading to what is
+called the Queen&rsquo;s Chamber.&nbsp; This chamber is on the
+twenty-fifth course of masonry.&nbsp; Now, it is allowed, the
+Grand Gallery expresses the time of Christ&rsquo;s advent and
+fulness of time&mdash;enlarged liberty.&nbsp; The ascending
+passage being only four feet high, men were cramped in passing
+up, but on reaching the Grand Gallery they were free, for it is
+twenty-eight feet high.</p>
+<p>The passage to the Queen&rsquo;s Chamber is only four feet,
+and is it not strange that it is altogether Jewish?&nbsp; This
+low horizontal passage terminates in a grand Sabbatic room, <!--
+page 166--><a name="page166"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+166</span>which symbolises the Jewish Sabbath-week, feasts, and
+time periods.</p>
+<p>From this passage we learn that the Jews rejected Christ, and
+went off by themselves, refusing the liberty of Christ.&nbsp; So
+as truly as the coming of Christ had been forecast in this
+Pyramid, so had His rejection by the Jews.</p>
+<p>The very mortar in this chamber is mixed with salt.&nbsp; The
+chamber is seven-sided.&nbsp; The last seventh of the passage-way
+sinks down, giving more room to move in.&nbsp; Salt was an
+article used freely with the Jews in sacrificing.&nbsp; Seven was
+a sacred number.&nbsp; The sinking of the last seventh part of
+the passageway floor may mean the enlarging privilege of the Jews
+in this latter day.&nbsp; Of the civilised nations, only Russia
+and Spain forbid them citizenship.&nbsp; Even Turkey admits them
+now as citizens.</p>
+<p>The Jews have been represented as being blind in part.&nbsp;
+The passage-way and chamber have been difficult to explore
+because of foul air, there being no ventilating tubes as in the
+King&rsquo;s Chamber.</p>
+<p>But, strange to say, a gentleman exploring this chamber a
+short time ago, found two tubes by an accident in striking the
+side wall with a hammer.&nbsp; The tubes had been left entirely
+closed over with a thin unbroken scale.&nbsp; These tubes
+extended inward through the masonry, and into the stones forming
+the walls of the room, all nicely cut, but for about one inch
+they were not cut through into the room itself.&nbsp; Thus the
+whole was designed is evident.&nbsp; This thin scale no doubt
+symbolises the condition of the Jew.&nbsp; His eyes are now open,
+the time of his wandering nearly spent, as told by this
+Pyramid.</p>
+<p>The curses foretold upon the Jews have been terribly
+fulfilled.&nbsp; So shall the blessings foretold now in
+reserve.&nbsp; It was foretold that he would reject Christ; so he
+did.&nbsp; But it is also foretold that he will yet look upon Him
+whom he pierced, and mourn and repent, and accept the true
+Messiah.&nbsp; Lo-ruhamah <!-- page 167--><a
+name="page167"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 167</span>represents
+Lost Israel; Lo-Ammi represents cursed Judah; Ruhamah represents
+Israel found; Ammi represents the curse removed from the
+Jews.&nbsp; So now we must say, as the prophet Hosea long ago
+instructed us&mdash;we Saxons&mdash;&ldquo;Say ye unto your
+brother, Ammi,&rdquo; and you Jews, &ldquo;say to your sisters,
+Ruhamah.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>We have esteemed the Jews as cursed; we will soon esteem them
+blest.&nbsp; The Jews have never thought we were their brethren,
+the descendants of Abraham.&nbsp; But God is revealing in this
+latter day His own great plan; and Christ will be the Saviour of
+both.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall
+dwell safely.&nbsp; Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the
+Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth, which brought
+up the children of Israel out of Egypt; but, The Lord liveth,
+which brought up, and which led the seed of the House of Israel
+out of the North country, and from all countries whither I had
+driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land&rdquo; (Jer.
+xxiii. 6&ndash;8).</p>
+<p>Glorious times are near at hand for the Church and the
+world.&nbsp; Great things hath God promised, all of which He will
+in His own good time bring to pass.</p>
+<p>The very dimensions of the doorway are of thrilling import,
+expressing in square inches the time of the Adamic world, which,
+when added to other figures, forecast the time of the end, or the
+6,000 years, and point out the date of the beginning of the
+Millennium morn, or Sabbath of the earth&mdash;the period spoken
+of by Daniel when he says, &ldquo;Blessed is he that waiteth, and
+cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty
+days.&rdquo;&nbsp; This period we approximated in our last
+Discourse, and made it out to be about 1,957.&nbsp; The door-way
+in square inches is 1,949; take these inches for years, and we
+have, before the building of the Pyramid, of years 1949 <span
+class="smcap">a.m.</span>, time of building 2170 <span
+class="smcap">b.c.</span>, and length of Grand <!-- page 168--><a
+name="page168"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 168</span>Gallery,
+1,882, and we get a total of 6,001.&nbsp; This is indeed a close
+approximation.</p>
+<h2>SIGNS AND WONDERS.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XVIII.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">THE STONE PROPHET IS THE WILDERNESS&mdash;NO
+WAR FOR FOUR YEARS&mdash;THE GREAT STRUGGLE TO COMMENCE IN
+1882&mdash;PRUSSIA ANCIENT ASSYRIA&mdash;ENGLAND, GERMANY, AND
+EGYPT TO BE ALLIES&mdash;THE FUTURE HISTORY OF THE
+WORLD&mdash;THE PHILISTINES THE SOUTHERN IRISH&mdash;WHO THEIR
+GREAT ANCESTOR WAS, ETC.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;The great, the mighty God, the Lord of
+hosts, is His name.&nbsp; Great in counsel, and mighty in work;
+for Thine eyes are open upon all the ways of the sons of men; to
+give every one according to his ways, and according to the fruit
+of his doings; which has set signs and wonders in the land of
+Egypt, even unto this day.&rdquo;&mdash;Jer. xxxii.
+18&ndash;20.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>Egypt is intimately connected with Palestine in providential
+history, both past, present, and future.&nbsp; No student can
+have a proper knowledge of the Jewish and Israelitish nation
+unless he be familiar with the early civilisation and power of
+Egypt.&nbsp; From this land went forth the Caphtorim to settle
+Palestine, led forth by the great and good Melchisedek, after he
+had built the Pyramid.&nbsp; Under his reign they first settled
+Palestine, built and made Jerusalem their capital.&nbsp; On the
+death of Melchisedek they lost their allegiance to God, they
+became an idolatrous people, and were rejected by Jehovah as His
+special agents.&nbsp; They are known in after history under the
+name of Philistines, which simply means the followers or subjects
+of Philitis&mdash;a name which the early historians of Egypt gave
+to the builder of <!-- page 169--><a name="page169"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 169</span>the Pyramid, which was none other
+person than Melchisedek.&nbsp; By the Israelites they were driven
+out of Palestine, and finally settled in the South of Ireland, as
+Irish historians allow.</p>
+<p>Another member of the family of Shem was called&mdash;namely,
+Abraham, from whom came God&rsquo;s chosen people&mdash;Israel
+and the Jews.&nbsp; They also had to sojourn in Egypt, and they,
+too, were sent to Palestine, and graffed on to the purpose of
+God, where the Philistines had been broken off.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Have not I brought up Israel out of the land of Egypt,
+and the Philistines from Caphtor?&rdquo; (Amos ix. 7).</p>
+<p>Egypt has played a noble part in the providence of God through
+Melchisedek, Abraham, Joseph, and Moses.&nbsp; Even the blessed
+Jesus is said to be called from this land.&nbsp; &ldquo;Out of
+Egypt have I called My Son.&rdquo;&nbsp; The Egyptians gave to
+the world the first translation of the Hebrew Bible, and it was
+for centuries the stronghold of Christianity after the
+destruction of Jerusalem.&nbsp; The best of the Christian fathers
+were Egyptians, and in the coming struggle, the great war, which
+will begin about 1882, again Egypt will become conspicuous with
+England and Prussia.&nbsp; For the Prussians are the Assyrians as
+the English art the Lost Tribes of Israel.&nbsp; Bismarck may
+man&oelig;uvre as he please, and be as pro-Russian as Dr. Storrs,
+yet when the time comes he and his people will fall in with the
+providential purpose, and become an ally with Israel-England; and
+timid and bankrupt Egypt will then come forth to take her place
+once more among the nations of the earth as an independent
+Power.&nbsp; Hear what the prophet Isaiah says in chap. xix.:
+&ldquo;And the Lord shall smite Egypt, He shall smite and heal
+it, and they shall return even to the Lord, and He shall be
+entreated of them, and shall heal them.&nbsp; In that day shall
+there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria, and the Assyrians
+shall come into Egypt and the Egyptians into Assyria, and the
+Egyptians shall serve with the Assyrians.&nbsp; In that day shall
+Israel be the third with Egypt and with Assyria, even a blessing
+<!-- page 170--><a name="page170"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+170</span>in the midst of the land, whom the Lord of hosts shall
+bless, saying, Blessed be Egypt My people, and Assyria the work
+of My hands, and Israel Mine inheritance.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>&ldquo;<i>In that day</i>&rdquo; refers to this day, now at
+hand.&nbsp; To this the Great Pyramid is witness.&nbsp; For in
+verses 19 and 20 of this chapter we read: &ldquo;In <i>that
+day</i> shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the
+land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the
+Lord.&nbsp; And <span class="smcap">it</span> shall be for a
+<span class="smcap">sign</span> and for a <span
+class="smcap">witness</span> unto the Lord of hosts in the land
+of Egypt.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The word translated pillar is from the Hebrew word Matzaybhah,
+and means a large structure&mdash;some monument that is
+pre-eminent.&nbsp; The Hebrew word Ammood is translated pillar
+also, and corresponds to the English word pillar much better.</p>
+<p>The word <i>altar</i>, in Hebrew, means lion, carrying with it
+the same meaning as pre-eminence.&nbsp; And is not this Pyramid
+preeminent? and is it not the lion of monuments, pre-eminent as
+being the oldest, pre-eminent as being the highest, pre-eminent
+as being the largest, pre-eminent in location&mdash;being
+<i>central</i> to all the land surface of the earth, pre-eminent
+in construction, unlike any other buildings, except such as have
+been modelled after it, pre-eminent in orientation&mdash;that is,
+being exactly East, North, West and South.</p>
+<p>Perfect orientation men in past ages and countries have tried
+to express in temples, churches, observatories, and monuments,
+yet none have succeeded so well as the Pyramid builders.</p>
+<p>The famous Uranibourg Observatory, built by aid of the
+European Governments, under the skilful supervision of the
+learned Tycho Brahe, was found to be five minutes of a degree
+askew in its orientation when finished.</p>
+<p>A few years ago our Government determined to have one perfect
+point of orientation, fixing upon Mount Agamenticus in the State
+of Maine.&nbsp; They, at a great cost, and time, and labour,
+concluded their work, and found they were in error <!-- page
+171--><a name="page171"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+171</span>somewhere about the four-hundredth part of a second;
+although they tried to solve the problem by three distinct
+processes&mdash;namely, differences of zenith distance, absolute
+zenith distances, and by transits in prime vertical.</p>
+<p>How then came these ancient architects so early in the
+world&rsquo;s history and progress to build so skilfully?&nbsp;
+How were they able some 4,000 years ago to find the poles, and
+determine the latitude and longitude so precisely?&nbsp; Answer,
+ye godless scientists, and tell us how these monkey-men were so
+skilled.&nbsp; How did they know without your instruments and
+instruction which parallel of latitude to choose so as to be on
+that line which would mark the half-way of the world&rsquo;s
+surface between the equator and the poles?</p>
+<p>And why did they lay bare and make smooth the lime-stone table
+rock on which they built close to its Northern edge?&nbsp; Why
+press so closely to the brink of the hill on the North side when
+there was plenty of room on the South side?</p>
+<p>Truly this witness of God is against you.&nbsp; In this
+building are &ldquo;signs and wonders&rdquo; even to this day,
+and as surely also are the eyes of Jehovah open upon all the ways
+of the children of men.</p>
+<p>Know ye not that the accumulated forces and results of
+centuries have been bequeathed to the present generation as a
+legal heritage for culture and profit?</p>
+<p>Happily for us God has not left Himself without
+witnesses.&nbsp; Long before God made bare His arm through Moses,
+and wrought miracles to convince Pharaoh and the Egyptians, He
+had wrought one miracle, a miracle which would cover the ages;
+not to be seen by a few only, or last for a day, but to be seen
+by the millions and last for centuries.</p>
+<p>In this Pyramid we have a valuable inheritance.&nbsp; Its
+finish, its beauty, its magnitude provokes our criticism, and yet
+must command our admiration.&nbsp; This watchman on the walls of
+time, this sentinel in charge of the secrets and treasures of
+<!-- page 172--><a name="page172"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+172</span>the sires of long ago, this prophet in the wilderness
+in rugged garb, proclaiming the will of Heaven, as then made
+known, and now manifest, this Daniel who can interpret for us the
+future, this mile-stone of the ages, we do revere.</p>
+<p>By it we are enabled to adjust our chronological dates,
+rectify history in some of its most important points, and judge
+more correctly of the attainments of our ancestors; nay, more and
+better, to form a truer estimate of ourselves and discern the
+finger of God in the manipulations of men, and an overruling
+Providence in the rise and fall of nations.</p>
+<p>These signs and wonders confirm God&rsquo;s Word, for they
+prove inspiration a fact; inspiration of a kind and in the very
+manner demanded by the unbelieving scientists.&nbsp; Here is a
+building superhuman, and of course in part supernatural, like the
+Bible.&nbsp; In this building the human and the Divine blend.</p>
+<p>If any deny this, it remains with them to account for it, and
+show how a people so far back in the world&rsquo;s history could
+be so wise and learned; how they could embody so much of the
+sciences.&nbsp; One thing is certain, if the Divine had nothing
+to do with this building, then we are left to the conclusion that
+man was much superior to what the Darwinian theory admits.&nbsp;
+If void of the Divine, then the development theory is
+destroyed.&nbsp; If we admit the Divine, then it follows that
+inspiration is a fact.</p>
+<p>The building is there, and it was there in the day of
+Egypt&rsquo;s oldest historians.&nbsp; It has been counted as one
+of the seven wonders of the world.</p>
+<p>It did not embody the ideas of the Egyptians in science,
+astronomy, meteorology, or religion.&nbsp; As their historians
+allow, it was built by foreigners which they hated.</p>
+<p>Nothing idolatrous was carved on it, within or without.&nbsp;
+It was a witness pure and clean.&nbsp; The Egyptians proclaimed
+and believed the earth to be square&mdash;this building
+proclaimed the earth round.&nbsp; The builders bevelled the face
+of the rock in a <!-- page 173--><a name="page173"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 173</span>ratio of eight inches to the
+mile&mdash;the very quantity that science to-day admits to be the
+curviture of the earth&mdash;and accepts in surveying.&nbsp; It
+was their knowledge of this fact that kept the building sound,
+without the cracking of a joint, through centuries, though so
+high.&nbsp; The Egyptians did not use the sacred amma, or cubit,
+which is about twenty-five of our inches.&nbsp; They used a
+profane cubit, as Sir Isaac Newton shows.</p>
+<p>This sacred cubit was a well and easily established proportion
+of the earth&rsquo;s diameter&mdash;the very standard now used by
+the English Government in surveying.</p>
+<p>The stones of the Pyramid were twelve feet long, eight feet
+broad, and five deep, making twenty-five total.&nbsp; The
+building itself was a five-faced figure.&nbsp; The Egyptians
+hated five.&nbsp; No wonder that Moses harnessed the Israelites
+in fives as they left Egypt, or that he should divide his book
+into five parts.</p>
+<p>No wonder that the Queen&rsquo;s Chamber should be on the
+twenty-fifth course of masonry, and the King&rsquo;s Chamber on
+the fiftieth course, which is the year of jubilee, or
+deliverance&mdash;which year, as indicated in the Pyramid, is the
+year 1935.</p>
+<p>The Egyptians calculated from the moon in their
+chronology.&nbsp; But this building takes its calculations from
+the sun circle.&nbsp; The Egyptian year was 354 days, with an
+intercalary month of thirty-three days added every three
+years.</p>
+<p>The year embodied in the Pyramid was 365 days, five hours,
+forty-eight minutes, forty-seven and seven-tenths seconds.&nbsp;
+If a person took a rod of a cubit length, and measured one of the
+base sides of the Pyramid, he would find this twenty-five inch
+measure to be contained as often as there are days in the year,
+with the same fraction in inches as the hours, minutes, and
+seconds.</p>
+<p>Is it impious to ask how these builders knew the solar year so
+completely?&nbsp; They knew the sun&rsquo;s circle of 448 years,
+which completes a circle of time without any excess or
+deficiency.&nbsp; This they ran into weights and measures as
+God&rsquo;s religion does.</p>
+<p><!-- page 174--><a name="page174"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+174</span>The Pyramid, having four sides, would divide this
+circle into four parts, which make 112 pounds, or a
+hundred-weight; or, if multiplied by five, the faces of the
+Pyramid, 448 would give 2,240, or a ton.</p>
+<p>In the descending and ascending passages a person must stoop
+to pass through them, but when the Grand Gallery is reached, they
+can stand upright, for this gallery enlarges seven times the
+proportions of the others.&nbsp; The first passages are only four
+feet high; this is twenty-eight.</p>
+<p>The first ascending passage is 1,542 inches in
+length&mdash;the time, taking inches for years, from the exodus
+of Israel from Egypt to Christ.</p>
+<p>Christ brings enlarged liberty.&nbsp; He was symbolised by the
+ton&mdash;the end of weight scale.&nbsp; &ldquo;When the fulness
+of time was come, God sent forth His Son.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Again, thirty-three inches in this gallery is an open
+sepulchre with fifty-six empty graves in miniature, carved out,
+telling, again, by a strange coincident, the life years of the
+Saviour and His resurrection; also the number of those who rose
+immediately after.&nbsp; For &ldquo;the graves were opened, and
+many bodies of the saints which slept arose and came out of the
+graves after His resurrection&rdquo; (Matt. xxvii. 52).</p>
+<p>Another remarkable feature is, that at the end of this
+gallery, the wall bulges forward about four inches, as if it were
+going to fall in.&nbsp; This gallery, on the floor is 1,882
+inches; on the roof, 1,878 inches.&nbsp; This explains to us our
+very times.&nbsp; The shadow of war&mdash;Russia and England
+appearing as if they would fight every day.&nbsp; But they know
+not the counsels of God, nor His sublime purpose.&nbsp; Surely,
+as the text declares, &ldquo;Our God is great in counsel and
+mighty in work; and His eyes are open upon all the ways of the
+sons of men.&rdquo;&nbsp; More next Sunday evening, God willing,
+about His own marvellous witnesses.&nbsp; Let us praise and adore
+Him.</p>
+<blockquote><p><!-- page 175--><a name="page175"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 175</span>&ldquo;<i>And the remnant of Jacob
+shall be among the Gentiles</i>, <i>in the midst of many people
+as a</i> <span class="smcap">Lion</span> <i>among the beasts of
+the forest</i>, <i>as a</i> <span class="smcap">Young Lion</span>
+<i>among the flocks of sheep</i>: <i>who</i>, <i>if he go
+through</i>, <i>both treadeth down and teareth in pieces</i>,
+<i>and none can deliver</i>.&rdquo;&mdash;Micah v. 7.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p175.jpg">
+<img alt="Coat of Arms with Lion and Unicorn"
+src="images/p175.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;<i>His glory is like the firstling of his
+bullock</i>, <i>and his horns like the</i> <span
+class="smcap">Horns of Unicorns</span>: <i>with them he shall
+push the people together to the</i> <span
+class="smcap">ends</span> <i>of the</i> <span
+class="smcap">earth</span>.&rdquo;&mdash;Deut. xxxiii. 17.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<h2>THE THRONE OF DAVID.<br />
+<span class="smcap">Discourse</span> XIX.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">ENGLAND&rsquo;S PROPHECY FULFILLED IN THE
+BERLIN CONGRESS&mdash;THE HARP OF TARA THE HARP OF
+ISRAEL&mdash;THE FUTURE EUROPEAN ALLIANCES&mdash;ROYAL SUCCESSION
+OF THE HOUSE OF ISRAEL.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;I will overturn, overturn, overturn it; and
+it shall be no more, until He comes whose right it is; and I will
+give it Him.&rdquo;&mdash;Ezekiel xxi. 27.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>The closing of the famous European Congress will now freely
+permit us to canvass the work and results of the same, and to
+compare the sequences with the teachings of the prophets and
+intentions of Providence.&nbsp; The results of the Congress have
+taken the world by surprise.&nbsp; The very fact that one should
+have been held under the enforced conditions of the crownless
+king, Disraeli, was a wonder in itself.&nbsp; But the wonder is
+not <!-- page 176--><a name="page176"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 176</span>confined to the meeting and work of
+the Congress, for outside of, and in spite of the Congress, a
+treaty has been made which converts wonder into amazement.&nbsp;
+Back in the middle of last May (1878), England and Turkey formed
+an alliance, offensive and defensive.&nbsp; Nay, more, for Turkey
+cedes to England the fruitful and strategic island of
+Cyprus.&nbsp; What a triangle of strongholds&mdash;Cyprus, Malta,
+and Gibraltar!&nbsp; Shades of Bonaparte!&nbsp; Where is France
+in these days?&nbsp; She is renewing her strength, and is wisely
+standing aside so as not to oppose Providence.&nbsp; In all this
+there is nothing new or strange to the prophetic student.&nbsp;
+For long ago it was written of Israel that she should be a
+company of nations, and possess the gates of her enemies.</p>
+<p>It is not by might, nor power of human origin, that these
+events must be judged, or that they come to pass.&nbsp; But
+surely by the Spirit of God.&nbsp; &ldquo;There is a spirit in
+man, and the inspiration of the Almighty giveth it
+understanding.&rdquo;&nbsp; Here Job gives us the key to unlock
+the mysteries of the crownless king and his success.&nbsp; The
+apothegm of Bonaparte is as false as he was
+unsuccessful&mdash;namely, that Providence is always on the side
+of the strongest battalions.&nbsp; In Israel, in time of old,
+this was seldom true.&nbsp; In fact, it was not true in the
+experience and campaigns of Bonaparte.&nbsp; The logic of such a
+faith has been the ruin of lovely France more than once, and will
+be again.&nbsp; For it must needs be that France break her
+alliance with England, though now they are friends.&nbsp; France
+in a few years will ally with the Beast, the Roman Church, in its
+last struggle for rule and supremacy; and she will join hands
+with Anti-Christ.&nbsp; France will repeat the follies of
+&rsquo;93.&nbsp; She will again seek to dethrone Religion, and
+enthrone Reason.&nbsp; Her Marats, Desmoulens, Herberts,
+Clootzes, and Robespierres are at hand ready to overturn.&nbsp;
+And the Church of her choice is patiently waiting to re-enact the
+scenes of blood and terror of St. Bartholomew.&nbsp; Her time of
+opportunity will appear to have come in a few years.&nbsp;
+Bismarck and Kaiser William will be out <!-- page 177--><a
+name="page177"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 177</span>of the way,
+and Germany will languish for want of two equal successors.&nbsp;
+And France will not forget to pay back the debt of revenge she
+owes to Germany, and seek to reclaim her prestige in councils,
+and especially to restore her lost influence over Egypt, Turkey,
+and the Mediterranean.</p>
+<p>Last year it would not have been so easy to see how France and
+England were to become once again enemies.&nbsp; This Cyprus
+wedge has cleft open a little farther the dark and mysterious
+way.</p>
+<p>Last Monday we received the astounding telegram of the treaty
+between England and Turkey.&nbsp; It evidently was a surprise, we
+have no doubt, even to Rev. Dr. Storrs, and the <i>New York
+Herald</i>, as well as to many others who could see nothing but
+defeat and shame for Israel-England.&nbsp; From Dr. Storrs we
+have not heard what he now thinks of his child of promise,
+Russia.&nbsp; From the <i>Herald</i> we did hear, for, by the
+way, the <i>Herald</i> is one of our morning papers.&nbsp; By an
+editorial of a column and a half the <i>Herald</i> struggled
+nobly to wriggle out of the tight corner in which its sympathies
+for Russia had crowded it.&nbsp; We like and admire the
+<i>Herald</i>, because of its tact and ingenuity in getting news
+first from any part of the world.&nbsp; Still this time she was
+behind time.&nbsp; Two years ago, from this pulpit, we announced
+the exciting facts of the past week.&nbsp; Last Sunday evening we
+closed our discourse in these words: &ldquo;Now, again, England
+pledges herself a Continental Power, nay, more, an Asiatic
+Power.&nbsp; She will come forth from the Congress the virtual
+ruler of Turkey, the owner of Palestine.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>If the Saxons be the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel&mdash;and most
+certainly they respond to all the features that were to
+distinctly mark them when found, as written in the
+Bible&mdash;then the English throne is a continuation of
+David&rsquo;s throne, and the seed on it must be the seed of
+David, and the inference is clear&mdash;namely, that all the
+blessings attaching by holy promise to <!-- page 178--><a
+name="page178"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+178</span>David&rsquo;s throne must belong to England.&nbsp; This
+is the key that unravels and makes plain the marvellous and
+sublime history of the English nation and throne.&nbsp; We know
+many scout the idea of the Lost Tribes ever being found, although
+over thirty times God declares by the prophets that they must
+return; surely before they return they must be found.&nbsp; God
+has not cast away His people for ever.&nbsp; No, no.&nbsp; He
+declares Israel to be His inheritance, and that this people He
+had formed for Himself.</p>
+<p>The Two Tribes forming the Jews of to-day are said by the best
+calculation to number about nine millions.&nbsp; If, then, the
+Two Tribes number nine millions, how many ought we to expect the
+Ten Tribes to number?&nbsp; If the Two Tribes have stood and
+survived the shock and persecution of centuries when known, and
+therefore open to assault, is it not reasonable to suppose that
+the Ten Tribes will be in existence, a numerous and powerful
+people, for they have been hid, and thus have they evaded the
+persecution that a knowledge of their nationality would have
+entailed upon them from the Gentile and Pagan nations?</p>
+<p>Some, indeed, persist in looking for God&rsquo;s chosen
+seed&mdash;His people, His inheritance&mdash;among the bushmen of
+Africa, the Indians of America; indeed wherever they can find a
+people mean, and few, and very low in the scale of
+civilisation.&nbsp; They overlook the fact that Israel, not the
+Jews, were to be the most powerful and prolific people on the
+face of the earth, to be as sands of the sea, as the stars of
+heaven.&nbsp; Especially were these promises to be true in the
+latter day&mdash;for then God promises to multiply them, men,
+beasts, and the fruits of the field.&nbsp; This is one of the
+signs of the times, and it is a remarkable one.&nbsp; See our
+harvest, see our cattle, and see the Saxon race&mdash;doubling,
+at least, every forty years.&nbsp; No other nation is doubling at
+that rate.&nbsp; Germany comes the nearest, and both in Prussia
+and Austria they only double every one hundred years.&nbsp; In
+one hundred years from to-day the Saxons will control the world
+for peace and Christ.</p>
+<p><!-- page 179--><a name="page179"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+179</span>To this end God is overturning, and will overturn until
+the whole world shall be federated around one throne, and that
+throne is David&rsquo;s&mdash;the only throne God ever directly
+established, and the only one He has promised perpetuity
+to.&nbsp; God has a land&mdash;Palestine.&nbsp; He has a
+people&mdash;Israel.&nbsp; He has a throne&mdash;David&rsquo;s,
+and for that throne He has a seed, just as the seed of Levi was
+selected for Temple service.</p>
+<p>This kingdom is the fifth kingdom, to be set up in the latter
+days of those kings, says Daniel.&nbsp; The kingdom was never to
+be left unto other people.&nbsp; It is typified by the stone cut
+out of the mountain that is to fill the world.&nbsp; Why then
+stand amazed at the cession of Cyprus to England, if she be
+Israel.&nbsp; To her was promised the isles of the sea, the
+coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places&mdash;the
+heathen and uttermost parts of the earth, as a possession.&nbsp;
+Already out of the fifty-one million square miles which composes
+the earth, England, including the United States, now owns about
+fourteen millions, or say one-fourth.&nbsp; She bears rule over
+one-third of the people of the earth; she adds a colony every
+four years on an average.&nbsp; At the present rate it will not
+be long before the kingdoms of this world will be given to the
+saints of the Most High.&nbsp; It is no marvel in the light and
+instruction of prophecy that this throne and people should be so
+stable and prosperous.</p>
+<p>Turn your attention to the founding of this throne of
+David.&nbsp; You will find the throne and seed unconditionally
+federated, the place and measure of prosperity conditioned on the
+obedience of the people and throne to God.&nbsp; &ldquo;The Lord
+has sworn in truth unto David; He will not turn from it; of
+<i>the fruit of thy body</i> will I set upon thy throne&rdquo;
+(Psalm cxxxii. 11).&nbsp; Again, &ldquo;I have sworn unto David,
+thy seed I will <i>establish for ever</i>, and build up thy
+throne to <i>all</i> generations&rdquo; (Psalm lxxxix. 3,
+4).&nbsp; This promise is to all generations&mdash;not a part,
+nor simply for sixty years.&nbsp; For the kingdom was rent in
+twain when Rehoboam, the grandson of David, began to reign.&nbsp;
+The throne <!-- page 180--><a name="page180"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 180</span>of David would be about the poorest
+type of Christ&rsquo;s throne and rule, and reign, if we can only
+see it in Palestine.&nbsp; There it was soon divided, very
+corrupt.&nbsp; &ldquo;If ye can break My covenant of the day and
+night in their season, then may also My covenant be broken with
+David My servant, that he should not have a son to reign upon his
+throne . . . Thus saith the Lord: If My covenant be not with day
+and night, and if I have not appointed the ordinances of heaven
+and earth, then will I cast away the seed of Jacob and David My
+servant, so that I will not take any of <i>his seed</i> to be
+rulers over the seed of Abraham&rdquo; (Jer. xxxiii. 25,
+26).&nbsp; Let anybody of the same mind read the seventh chapter
+of the second book of Samuel, and they will see that God promised
+to David that his house and kingdom should be established for
+ever, and that God would set up the seed of David after
+him.&nbsp; Well might David exclaim when he sat before the Lord,
+&ldquo;Who am I, O Lord God, and what is my house, that Thou hast
+brought me hitherto?&nbsp; And this was yet a small thing in Thy
+sight, O Lord God; but Thou hast spoken also of Thy
+<i>servant&rsquo;s house for a great while yet to
+come</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp; It is a pity men will not take and
+interpret the Bible by the rules of common sense.</p>
+<p>David at this time was king over all the Tribes and was at
+peace, and settled and prospered.&nbsp; But God told him that
+&ldquo;He would appoint a place for <i>My people Israel</i>, and
+will plant them that they may dwell in a place of their own and
+move no more.&rdquo;&nbsp; This promise was to Israel.&nbsp; If
+the promises of the multitudinous seed were to be fulfilled to
+Israel, then it would be necessary to find them another place,
+for Palestine wouldn&rsquo;t hold them.&nbsp; So God has planted
+them.&nbsp; God never promised to find the Jews another country;
+Palestine is specially reserved for them.&nbsp; They have been
+without country, king, or government.&nbsp; In the year 725 <span
+class="smcap">b.c.</span> the Jews and Israelites were separated,
+and since that time they have never been united.&nbsp; But the
+day is coming, says the prophet, when they shall dwell <!-- page
+181--><a name="page181"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+181</span>together and appoint one head over them.&nbsp; The
+Israelites are only to return to Palestine representatively (Jer.
+iii. 14).</p>
+<p>When Nebuchadnezzar carried the Jews captive, he took the
+king, Zedekiah, with him, and destroyed all his family, and all
+the real royal seed of David.&nbsp; Zedekiah died in
+Babylon.&nbsp; He placed upon the throne of David,
+Gedaliah.&nbsp; Now Gedaliah was not of the seed royal: but God
+was displeased and permitted the crown to go to others.&nbsp;
+Ezekiel was taken captive to Babylon in the reign of Jehoiachim,
+the father of Zedekiah.&nbsp; The prophecy of the text was
+written in Babylon, and refers to Zedekiah, whom Ezekiel calls
+the &ldquo;wicked prince of Israel, whose day is come, iniquity
+shall have an end.&nbsp; Thus saith the Lord God, Remove the
+diadem and take off the crown, this shall not be the same; exalt
+him that is low, and abase him that is high.&nbsp; I will
+overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no more until He
+comes whose right it is; and I will give it to Him.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Now all this is plain if we keep in mind that Zedekiah was the
+last prince of the House of David that ever reigned in
+Palestine.&nbsp; God removed the diadem.&nbsp; But in the course
+of time a lawful heir of the seed of David shall appear, and the
+throne and the seed will be established again in Jerusalem.&nbsp;
+It is to this end Providence is overturning Turkey to make way
+for this seed royal.&nbsp; But where is this seed royal?&nbsp;
+Answer: It is on the English throne.&nbsp; Listen carefully to
+the following:</p>
+<p>Jeremiah tells us that with him he had the daughters of
+Zedekiah, who had by some means escaped the destroying edicts of
+Nebuchadnezzar (Jer. xliii. 6).&nbsp; And from Jer. xliv. 14, we
+learn that they visited Egypt, and from Jer. xliv. 28, we learn
+that a small number escaped.&nbsp; Now Jeremiah, being the only
+prophet in Judah at that time, had a right to take charge of the
+royal seed.&nbsp; He could not stay in Egypt, nor in Palestine,
+nor would he go to Babylon.&nbsp; Where, then, did the prophet
+go?&nbsp; He no doubt took ship with the Danites, and sailed for
+Cornwall, in <!-- page 182--><a name="page182"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 182</span>England, for this place was called
+Tarshish.&nbsp; We learn from Ezekiel the ships of Dan traded in
+tin, and other things.&nbsp; History and tradition both agree
+that there landed on the coast of Ireland in the North, a divine
+man and a princess.&nbsp; God had promised to Jeremiah his life
+wherever he went.&nbsp; &ldquo;But thy life will I give thee for
+a prey in all places whither thou goest&rdquo; (Jer. xlv. 5).</p>
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<a href="images/p182.jpg">
+<img alt="Jacob&rsquo;s Stone" src="images/p182.jpg" />
+</a></p>
+<p>The North of Ireland had been settled with the Tribe of Dan;
+they at once understood who their visitor was.&nbsp; They called
+him Olam Folla, meaning a Divine man or teacher.&nbsp; The
+princess was called Tea Tephi, the beautiful one from the
+East.&nbsp; This princess was married to Heremon, of Ulster, the
+king of Lothair Croffin, for such was the name of the city of
+Tara.&nbsp; This word Tara is Arat spelled backward.&nbsp; The
+Hebrew reads from right to left; English left to right.&nbsp;
+Lothair Croffin was changed into Tara at the time of the
+wedding.&nbsp; Tara means law.&nbsp; Thus began the seed of David
+to take root, and from there it spread over all Ireland, then to
+Scotland, thence to England, and Jacob&rsquo;s Stone in
+Westminster Abbey marks the journey of David&rsquo;s throne, and
+has always kept with the seed, and they have been always crowned
+on it.&nbsp; Ezekiel&rsquo;s riddle is at once solved.&nbsp; The
+tender twigs were Zedekiah&rsquo;s daughters.&nbsp; One <!-- page
+183--><a name="page183"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 183</span>of
+these twigs was planted by the great waters in a land of
+traffic.&nbsp; Our Episcopalian friends intended by their
+beautiful service to aid the members of their communion to read
+in order, and through the Bible, or a given portion of each
+chapter, once per year.&nbsp; But strange to say, this 17th
+chapter of Ezekiel, they have left out both of the Old and New
+Lectionary.&nbsp; It is itself a riddle, why this should so
+happen, that the only two chapters of the Bible left out or
+proscribed are the 17th and 21st of Ezekiel.&nbsp; Surely
+blindness in part has happened to Israel, and what we esteemed as
+accidental in the increased light of Revelation, stands to view
+as the ordered purposes of an all-seeing God.</p>
+<p>The royal standard of England has nine lions on it and a
+unicorn.&nbsp; Let anyone set this standard before him as a map,
+the right hand will represent East, the top North, left West, the
+bottom South.&nbsp; The unicorn comes from the East, it has a
+chain round its neck.&nbsp; So the Tribe of Benjamin came that
+way, and, as Normans, were finally attached to the throne.&nbsp;
+The big lion comes from the West, so it did from Ireland to
+Scotland and London.&nbsp; On the top we have a crown, and on the
+top of this we have a lion.&nbsp; On the first quarter are three
+lions, second quarter one, on the third a stringed harp with an
+angel&rsquo;s head, and on the fourth three lions, the total of
+lions nine, and an unicorn.&nbsp; The fact is, this standard, had
+we time, teaches a world of history, and with the Psalmist we may
+say: &ldquo;Thou hast given a banner to them that fear Thee; that
+it may be displayed because of the truth&rdquo; (Psalm lx.
+4).&nbsp; The genealogy and descent of Queen Victoria from
+Zedekiah we will furnish you.&nbsp; This genealogy has been got
+up by the faithful and very persevering labours of Rev. F. R. A.
+Glover, M.A., and Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, M.A., two Episcopalian
+clergymen of England.&nbsp; The chart is supposed to be as near
+perfect as any such thing can be.&nbsp; If any of you find any
+defect be kind enough and let me know.&nbsp; In the following
+genealogy those <!-- page 184--><a name="page184"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 184</span>who reigned have K.
+prefixed&mdash;the dates after private names refer to their birth
+and death, those after Sovereign&rsquo;s names to their accession
+and death.</p>
+<h3>ADAM TO VICTORIA.<br />
+GENERATIONS.</h3>
+<p>1.&nbsp; Adam (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+4000&ndash;3070), Eve.</p>
+<p>2.&nbsp; Seth (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3873&ndash;2978).</p>
+<p>3.&nbsp; Enos (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3765&ndash;2860).</p>
+<p>4.&nbsp; Cainan (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3675&ndash;2765).</p>
+<p>5.&nbsp; Mahalaleel (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3605&ndash;2710).</p>
+<p>6.&nbsp; Jared (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3540&ndash;2578).</p>
+<p>7.&nbsp; Enoch (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3378&ndash;3013).</p>
+<p>8.&nbsp; Methuselah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3313&ndash;2344).</p>
+<p>9.&nbsp; Lamech (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+3126&ndash;2344).</p>
+<p>10.&nbsp; Noah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2944&ndash;2006), Naamah.</p>
+<p>11.&nbsp; Shem (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2442&ndash;2158).</p>
+<p>12.&nbsp; Arphaxad (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2342&ndash;1904).</p>
+<p>13.&nbsp; Salah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2307&ndash;2126).</p>
+<p>14..&nbsp; Heber (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2277&ndash;2187).</p>
+<p>15.&nbsp; Peleg (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2243&ndash;2004).</p>
+<p>16.&nbsp; Reu (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2213&ndash;2026).</p>
+<p>17.&nbsp; Serug (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2181&ndash;2049).</p>
+<p>18.&nbsp; Nahor (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2052&ndash;2003).</p>
+<p>19.&nbsp; Terah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+2122&ndash;2083), Amtheta.</p>
+<p>20.&nbsp; Abraham (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+1992&ndash;1817), Sarah.</p>
+<p>21.&nbsp; Isaac (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+1896&ndash;1716), Rebekah.</p>
+<p>22.&nbsp; Jacob (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+1837&ndash;1690), Leah.</p>
+<p>23.&nbsp; Judah (b. <span class="smcap">b.c.</span> 1753),
+Tamar.</p>
+<p>24.&nbsp; Hezron.</p>
+<p>25.&nbsp; Aram.</p>
+<p>26.&nbsp; Aminadab.</p>
+<p>27.&nbsp; Naashon.</p>
+<p>28.&nbsp; Salmon.</p>
+<p>29.&nbsp; Boaz (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> 1312),
+Ruth.</p>
+<p><!-- page 185--><a name="page185"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+185</span>30.&nbsp; Obed.</p>
+<p>31.&nbsp; Jesse.</p>
+<h3>KINGS OF ISRAEL.</h3>
+<p>32.&nbsp; K. David (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+1085&ndash;1015), Bathsheba.</p>
+<p>33.&nbsp; K. Solomon (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+1033&ndash;975), Naamah.</p>
+<p>34.&nbsp; K. Rehoboam (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b.
+1016, d. 958), Maacah.</p>
+<p>35.&nbsp; K. Abijam (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+958&ndash;955).</p>
+<p>36.&nbsp; K. Asa (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+955&ndash;914), Azubah.</p>
+<p>37.&nbsp; K. Jehoshaphat (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+914&ndash;889).</p>
+<p>38.&nbsp; K. Jehoram (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+889&ndash;885), Athaliah.</p>
+<p>39.&nbsp; K. Ahaziah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+906&ndash;884), Zibiah.</p>
+<p>40.&nbsp; K. Joash (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+885&ndash;839), Jehoaddan.</p>
+<p>41.&nbsp; K. Amaziah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 864,
+d. 810), Jecholiah.</p>
+<p>42.&nbsp; K. Uzziah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 826,
+d. 758), Jerushah.</p>
+<p>43.&nbsp; K. Jotham (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 783,
+d. 742).</p>
+<p>44.&nbsp; K. Ahaz (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 787, d.
+726), Abi.</p>
+<p>45.&nbsp; K. Hezekiah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 751,
+d. 698), Hephzibah.</p>
+<p>46.&nbsp; K. Manasseh (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 710,
+d. 643), Meshullemeth.</p>
+<p>47.&nbsp; K. Amon (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 621, d.
+641), Jedediah.</p>
+<p>48.&nbsp; K. Josiah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span> b. 649,
+d. 610), Hamutah.</p>
+<p>49.&nbsp; K. Zedekiah (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+599&ndash;578).</p>
+<h3>KINGS OF IRELAND.</h3>
+<p>50.&nbsp; K. Heremon fl. (<span class="smcap">b.c.</span>
+580), Q. T. Tephi.&nbsp; She was Zedekiah&rsquo;s daughter.&nbsp;
+Reigned 15 years.</p>
+<p>51.&nbsp; K. Irial Faidh (reigned 10 years).</p>
+<p>52.&nbsp; K. Eithriall (reigned 20 years).</p>
+<p>53.&nbsp; Follian.</p>
+<p>54.&nbsp; K. Tighernmas (reigned 50 years).</p>
+<p>55.&nbsp; Eanbotha.</p>
+<p>56.&nbsp; Smoirguil.</p>
+<p>57.&nbsp; K. Fiachadh Labhriane (reigned 24 years).</p>
+<p>58.&nbsp; K. Aongus Ollmuchaidh (reigned 27 years).</p>
+<p><!-- page 186--><a name="page186"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+186</span>59.&nbsp; Maoin.</p>
+<p>60.&nbsp; K. Rotheachta (reigned 25 years).</p>
+<p>61.&nbsp; Dein.</p>
+<p>62.&nbsp; K. Siorna Saoghalach (reigned 21 years).</p>
+<p>63.&nbsp; Oliolla Olchaoin.</p>
+<p>64.&nbsp; K. Giallchadh (reigned 9 years).</p>
+<p>65.&nbsp; K. Aodhain Glas (reigned 20 years).</p>
+<p>66.&nbsp; K. Simeon Breac (reigned 6 years).</p>
+<p>67.&nbsp; K. Muireadach Bolgrach (reigned 4 years).</p>
+<p>68.&nbsp; K. Fiachadh Tolgrach (reigned 7 years).</p>
+<p>69.&nbsp; K. Duach Laidhrach (reigned 10 years).</p>
+<p>70.&nbsp; Eochaidh Buaigllcry.</p>
+<p>71.&nbsp; K. Ugaine More the Great (reigned 30 years).</p>
+<p>72.&nbsp; R. Cobhthach Coalbreag (reigned 30 years).</p>
+<p>73.&nbsp; Meilage.</p>
+<p>74.&nbsp; K. Jaran Gleofathach (reigned 7 years).</p>
+<p>75.&nbsp; K. Conla Cruaidh Cealgach (reigned 4 years).</p>
+<p>76.&nbsp; K. Oiloilla Caisfhiaclach (reigned 25 years).</p>
+<p>77.&nbsp; K. Eochaidh Foltlenthan (reigned 11 years).</p>
+<p>78.&nbsp; K. Aongus Tuirmheach Teamharch (reigned 30
+years).</p>
+<p>79.&nbsp; K. Eana Aighneach (reigned 28 years).</p>
+<p>80.&nbsp; Labhra Luirc.</p>
+<p>81.&nbsp; Blathuchta.</p>
+<p>82.&nbsp; Easamhuin Eamhna.</p>
+<p>83.&nbsp; Roighnein Ruadh.</p>
+<p>84.&nbsp; Finlogha.</p>
+<p>85.&nbsp; Fian.</p>
+<p>86.&nbsp; K. Eodchaidh Feidhlioch (reigned 12 years).</p>
+<p>87.&nbsp; Fineamhnas.</p>
+<p>88.&nbsp; K. Lughaidh Raidhdearg.</p>
+<p>89.&nbsp; K. Criomhthan Niadhnar (reigned 16 years).</p>
+<p>90.&nbsp; Fearaidhach Fion Feachtnuigh.</p>
+<p>91.&nbsp; K. Fiachadh Fionoluidh (reigned 20 years).</p>
+<p><!-- page 187--><a name="page187"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+187</span>92.&nbsp; K. Tuathal Teachtmar (reigned 30 years).</p>
+<p>93.&nbsp; K. Conn Ceadchathach (reigned 20 years).</p>
+<p>94.&nbsp; K. Art Aonfhir (reigned 30 years).</p>
+<p>95.&nbsp; K. Cormc Usada (reigned 40 years).</p>
+<p>96.&nbsp; K. Caibre Liffeachair (reigned 27 years).</p>
+<p>97.&nbsp; K. Fiachadh Sreabthuine (reigned 30 years).</p>
+<p>98.&nbsp; K. Muireadhach Tireach (reigned 30 years).</p>
+<p>99.&nbsp; K. Eochaidh Moigmeodhin (reigned 7 years).</p>
+<p>100.&nbsp; K. Nail of the Nine Hostages.</p>
+<p>101.&nbsp; Eogan.</p>
+<p>102.&nbsp; K. Murireadhach.</p>
+<p>103.&nbsp; Earca.</p>
+<h3>KINGS OF ARGYLESHIRE.</h3>
+<p>104.&nbsp; K. Feargus More Mac Earca (<span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span> 487).</p>
+<p>105.&nbsp; K. Dongard (d. 457).</p>
+<p>106.&nbsp; K. Conrad (d. 535).</p>
+<p>107.&nbsp; K. Aidan (d. 604).</p>
+<p>108.&nbsp; K. Eugene IV. (d. 622).</p>
+<p>109.&nbsp; K. Donald IV. (d. 650).</p>
+<p>110.&nbsp; Dongard.</p>
+<p>111.&nbsp; K. Eugene V. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+692).</p>
+<p>112.&nbsp; Findan.</p>
+<p>113.&nbsp; K. Eugene VII. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+721), Spondan.</p>
+<p>114.&nbsp; K. Etfinus (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+761), Fergina.</p>
+<p>115.&nbsp; K. Achaius (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+819), Fergusia.</p>
+<p>116.&nbsp; K. Alpin (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+834).</p>
+<h3>SOVEREIGNS OF SCOTLAND.</h3>
+<p>117.&nbsp; K. Kenneth II. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+854).</p>
+<p>118.&nbsp; K. Constantin II. (d. <span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span> 774).</p>
+<p>119.&nbsp; K. Donald VI. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+903).</p>
+<p>120.&nbsp; K. Malcolm I. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+958).</p>
+<p>121.&nbsp; K. Kenneth III. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+994).</p>
+<p><!-- page 188--><a name="page188"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+188</span>122.&nbsp; K. Malcolm II. (d. <span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1003).</p>
+<p>123.&nbsp; Beatrix m. Thane Albanach.</p>
+<p>124.&nbsp; K. Dunkan I. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1040).</p>
+<p>125.&nbsp; K. Malcolm III. Canmore (<span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1055&ndash;1093), Margaret of
+England.</p>
+<p>126.&nbsp; K. David I. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1153), Maud of Northumberland.</p>
+<p>127.&nbsp; Prince Henry (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1152), Adama of Surrey.</p>
+<p>128.&nbsp; Earl David (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1219), Maud of Chester.</p>
+<p>129.&nbsp; Isobel m. Robert Bruce III.</p>
+<p>130.&nbsp; Robert Bruce IV. m. Isobel of Gloucester.</p>
+<p>131.&nbsp; Robert Bruce V. m. Martha of Carrick.</p>
+<p>132.&nbsp; King Robert I. Bruce (<span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1305&ndash;1329), Mary of Burke.</p>
+<p>133.&nbsp; Margery Bruce m. Walter Stewart (I.).</p>
+<p>134.&nbsp; K. Robert II. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1390), Euphemia of Ross (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1376).</p>
+<p>135.&nbsp; K. Robert III. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1406), Arabella Drummond (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1401).</p>
+<p>136.&nbsp; K. James I. (<span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1424&ndash;1437), Joan Beaufort.</p>
+<p>137.&nbsp; K. James II. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1360), Margaret of Gueldres (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1463).</p>
+<p>138.&nbsp; K. James III. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1488), Margaret of Denmark (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1484).</p>
+<p>139.&nbsp; K. James IV. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1543), Margaret of England (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1539).</p>
+<p>140.&nbsp; K. James V. (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1542), Mary of Lorraine (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>
+1560).</p>
+<p>141.&nbsp; Q. Mary (d. <span class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1587),
+Lord Henry Darnley.</p>
+<h3>SOVEREIGNS OF GREAT BRITAIN.</h3>
+<p>142.&nbsp; K. James VI. and I. (<span
+class="smcap">a.d.</span> 1603&ndash;1625), Ann of Denmark.</p>
+<p>143.&nbsp; Princess Elizabeth (1596&ndash;1613), K. Frederick
+of Bohemia.</p>
+<p><!-- page 189--><a name="page189"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+189</span>144.&nbsp; Princess Sophia m. Duke Ernest of
+Brunswick.</p>
+<p>145.&nbsp; K. George I. (1698&ndash;1727), Sophia Dorothea
+Zelle (1667&ndash;1726).</p>
+<p>146.&nbsp; K. George II. (1727&ndash;1760), Princess Caroline
+of Auspach (1683&ndash;1737).</p>
+<p>147.&nbsp; Prince Frederick of Wales (1707&ndash;1751),
+Princess Augusta of Saxe-Gotha.</p>
+<p>148.&nbsp; K. George III. (1760&ndash;1830), Princess Sophia
+of Mecklenburgh Strelitz (1744&ndash;1818).</p>
+<p>149.&nbsp; Duke Edward of Kent (1767&ndash;1820), Princess
+Victoria of Leiningen.</p>
+<p>150.&nbsp; Q. Victoria (b. 1819, cr. 1838), Prince Albert of
+Saxe-Coburg.</p>
+<p>Thus do we see how God has kept His word to David, and with
+this view, English and American history are at once
+understandable.&nbsp; The future is assuring and grand.&nbsp; God
+will assuredly overturn till His throne once more is planted in
+Jerusalem.</p>
+<h2><!-- page 190--><a name="page190"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 190</span>JEREMIAH AND ST. PATRICK.<br />
+Discourse XX.</h2>
+<p class="gutsumm">THE PROPHET&rsquo;S COMMISSION&mdash;HIS
+LIFE&mdash;THE TRIBES IN HIS DAY&mdash;LANDING OF JEREMIAH IN
+IRELAND&mdash;WHAT HE BROUGHT WITH HIM&mdash;COLONISATION OF
+IRELAND&mdash;JEREMIAH THE FOUNDER OF THE ANCIENT IRISH
+GOVERNMENT AND RELIGION&mdash;TEA TEPHI AND HEREMON&mdash;THE
+ANCIENT IRISH FLAG&mdash;THE HARP AND LION&mdash;SEASON OF
+IRELAND&rsquo;S HISTORICAL PRESTIGE&mdash;CAUSES OF HER
+DECLINE&mdash;ST. PATRICK A BENJAMITE&mdash;HOW ROME DESTROYED
+JEREMIAH&rsquo;S MEMORY AMONG THE IRISH&mdash;DESTRUCTION OF
+TARA&mdash;ULSTER NEVER CONQUERED&mdash;IRISH
+INDEPENDENCE&mdash;ARK OF THE COVENANT&mdash;RUINS OF TARA.</p>
+<blockquote><p>&ldquo;See, I have this day set thee over the
+nations and over the kingdoms, to root out, and to pull down, and
+to destroy, and to throw down, to build, and to
+plant.&rdquo;&mdash;Jer. i. 10.</p>
+</blockquote>
+<p>In these words we have set forth the Divine commission given
+to the prophet Jeremiah.&nbsp; Never before, or since, was such a
+commission given to mortal man.&nbsp; It is not that Jeremiah is
+constituted a prophet for his own people, or over his own nation,
+and country, but he was Divinely appointed and set over the
+nations and kingdoms of the earth, with an authority &ldquo;to
+root out, pull down, destroy, and throw down.&rdquo;&nbsp; Surely
+he was rightly named, for the word Jeremiah means the exalted, or
+appointed one of the Lord.&nbsp; By common consent, the Jews gave
+him the first place and name among the prophets.&nbsp; Up to the
+time of the Babylonian captivity he was second, Isaiah being
+first.&nbsp; But after the captivity, on the re-arrangement of
+the holy canon, his name was put first, and ever after he was
+regarded and accepted as the patron saint of Judea.&nbsp; He was
+born of a priestly family, about 641 <span
+class="smcap">b.c.</span>, in the priestly town of Anathoth,
+which was situated a few miles North of Jerusalem, in the
+territory of Benjamin.&nbsp; His work and commission awaited him,
+because they antedated his birth, <!-- page 191--><a
+name="page191"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 191</span>for he says
+(chap. i. 4), &ldquo;Then the word of the Lord came unto me,
+saying, Before I formed thee in the belly I knew thee; and before
+thou camest forth out of the womb I sanctified thee, and I
+ordained thee a <i>prophet unto the nations</i>.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Jeremiah&rsquo;s life-work, extent, and devotion, can only find a
+parallel in the majesty and compass of his commission.&nbsp; It
+is the extent of this commission that I wish you would specially
+notice, for it is neither tribal nor national in its
+limitations.&nbsp; He was ordained a prophet unto the
+nations.&nbsp; Hear the voice of his wailing (chapter xv. 10),
+&ldquo;Woe is me, my mother, that thou hast borne me a man of
+strife and a man of contention to the <i>whole
+earth</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Consistent with the vastness of this commission is the
+recorded fact that he was forbidden to marry in his own land, for
+&ldquo;the Word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Thou shalt not
+take thee a wife, neither shalt thou have sons and daughters in
+this place&rdquo; (Jeremiah xvi. 2).&nbsp; The claims of a wife
+and cares of a family could only have been harshly fitted on to
+such a work and commission.&nbsp; Indeed, every peculiar fact in
+the life of Jeremiah may be best accounted for by taking into
+consideration the greatness of his commission.&nbsp; To discard
+this is simply to invite confusion, and yet, strange to say, many
+prefer confusion rather than admit that he performed the
+<i>r&ocirc;le</i> assigned him of Heaven.&nbsp; For this very
+reason writers, even Jewish historians, are at a loss to account
+for the latter half of the prophet&rsquo;s life.&nbsp; They do
+not seem to know where he spent his last days; they know not the
+time, manner, nor place of his death.&nbsp; And why, you
+ask?&nbsp; We answer, Because they selfishly and persistently
+limited his life and labours to his own land.&nbsp; They have not
+been willing to allow that he was set as a prophet over nations
+and kingdoms.&nbsp; Then again, they have been willing to allow
+him to be a puller down and destroyer, but not a builder and
+planter.&nbsp; To grant that he was a builder and planter, would
+have obliged them to have found the place of his building and the
+objects of his planting.&nbsp; These they well knew <!-- page
+192--><a name="page192"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+192</span>could not be found in Palestine, and they were as loath
+as many are unwilling to-day to permit Jeremiah to leave his own
+land.&nbsp; A man who would be equal to the Bible must be
+large-hearted, generous, and free, not fettered and bound by the
+errors of youthful training, the selfishness of sectarianism, the
+bigotry of orthodoxy, or the indifference of infidelity, but seek
+the truth, no matter from whence, or what it upsets or overturns
+of preconceived ideas.&nbsp; The command is, &ldquo;Prove all
+things, and hold fast that which is good.&rdquo;&nbsp; To hear
+some people talk and lament, you would think that the command
+was, Prove nothing, but hold hard on to what you have got.</p>
+<p>Try now, and reasonably and patiently follow me while I trace
+the wanderings of Jeremiah to Old Ireland.&nbsp; You will be
+surprised to find how intimate Irishology and theology are.</p>
+<p>Ireland and the Tribe of Dan have a peculiar history, which
+history only can be made plain by reference to the Bible.&nbsp;
+Ireland has had much to undergo, yet of it God says, &ldquo;To
+the islands He will repay recompense: so shall they fear the name
+of the Lord from the West.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Ireland&rsquo;s first name was Scuite&rsquo;s Land, or the
+Island of the Wanderers.&nbsp; Her second name was Scotia Major,
+and Scotland was Scotia Minor, and England was Tarshish, and
+Dannoii and Baratamac, or Land of Tin.&nbsp; Yar in Eirin means
+the land of the setting sun.&nbsp; Hibernia is an Hebrew word,
+and means from beyond the river of waters.</p>
+<p>Two colonies settled in Ireland; the first, the
+Ph&oelig;nicians, who were the Philistines or ancient Canaanites;
+the second settlers were the Tuath de Danan, meaning the Tribe of
+Dan.&nbsp; The words are Hebrew, yet in Irish.&nbsp; For further
+information let any one read &ldquo;Pinnock&rsquo;s Catechism on
+Ireland.&rdquo;&nbsp; The Ph&oelig;nicians were a sea-faring
+people; pressed by Israel, Egypt, and Assyria, they finally left
+Canaan, and settled in Ireland.&nbsp; We find nine-tenths of
+Irish historians agreeing on this.&nbsp; Then the monuments teach
+the same&mdash;ancient inscriptions, one of <!-- page 193--><a
+name="page193"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 193</span>which
+written was, &ldquo;We are Canaanites who have fled from Joshua,
+the son of Nun, the robber.&rdquo;&nbsp; The people who show
+tourists the seven churches of Glendenlough, say they are
+Hittites and Hivites.&nbsp; Again, ruins of Baal temples,
+Cromlechs, round towers, go to confirm the same.&nbsp;
+Customs&mdash;Baal fires, on May eve, in Irish Ninna-baal-tinne;
+funeral wakes, or cup of consolation, forbidden to Israel when
+they sought to copy after the Philistines.&nbsp; &ldquo;Neither
+shall men give them the cup of consolation to drink for father or
+mother&rdquo; (Jer. xvi. 7).&nbsp; The Irish language came from
+the Ph&oelig;nician, the alphabet of both being composed of
+sixteen letters originally, the only alphabet in the world so
+agreeing.&nbsp; From the Irish came the Gaelic, Welsh, Cornwall,
+and the Manx from them all.</p>
+<p>The second settlement of Ireland is what puzzles historians of
+to-day&mdash;not the old historians, for they, nine out of ten,
+admit that the Formorians, Firbolgs, and Tuath de Danans, were
+one and the same people.&nbsp; They were a divine folk.&nbsp; The
+Tribe of Dan was a sea-faring Tribe, trading from Tyre to
+Tarshish for tin, and so became acquainted with the British
+Isles, and during Ahab&rsquo;s persecution many of them fled; so
+of the Simeonites who settled in Wales.&nbsp; This shows us why
+the North and South of Ireland should be so distinct to this day
+in religion, enterprise, and general characteristics.&nbsp; When
+the Tribe of Dan finally left Palestine, they with the other Nine
+Tribes went North, settling in Denmark, as in the North of
+Ireland, leaving their names on rivers, hills, cities, and
+things.</p>
+<p>It is this that accounts for so many words of an Hebrew origin
+being found in the Irish language.&nbsp; General Vallancy has
+compared thousands and finds them thus related to the
+Hebrew.&nbsp; Instance: Jobhan-Moran, Chief Justice; Rectaire,
+Judge; Mur-Ollam, School of the Prophets; Ollam-Folla, Divine
+Teacher; Mergech, a Depository; Tara, Law; Tephi, Prince of the
+East; Lia-Fail, Stone of Destiny; Eden Gedoulah, Precious
+Stone.</p>
+<p><!-- page 194--><a name="page194"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+194</span>If to Irish history we join Bible history, all is
+plain.&nbsp; God promised David repeatedly that he should always
+have his throne and on it his seed.&nbsp; The permanence of
+David&rsquo;s throne makes it a fit type of Christ&rsquo;s.&nbsp;
+Now, Jeremiah took charge of Zedekiah&rsquo;s daughter when
+Nebuchadnezzar took the Jews captive.&nbsp; He went to Egypt,
+then escaped, God promising to keep him whithersoever he
+went.&nbsp; So he disappears.&nbsp; No account of his death in
+the Bible.&nbsp; He had charge of the ark of the covenant, royal
+seed and Jacob&rsquo;s pillow&mdash;the stone of Israel.&nbsp;
+Irish histories, some twenty of which we find agree, say that
+about 585 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>, a divine man landed in
+Ulster, having with him the king&rsquo;s daughter, stone of
+destiny, and ark, and many other wonderful things.&nbsp; The
+people of Ulster, of Dan, understood the old adventurer.&nbsp;
+Jeremiah married Tephi, Zedekiah&rsquo;s daughter, to Eoiacaid,
+who agreed to abandon Baal worship and build a school for the
+prophets.&nbsp; So he did.&nbsp; He then assumed the title of
+Heremon of Tara.&nbsp; From Tara, which was changed from Lothair
+Croffin into Tara.&nbsp; From Tephi comes our goddess of Liberty,
+on old coins, sitting on a lion.&nbsp; Now, at Tara, Jeremiah
+buried the ark of the covenant, tables of law, &amp;c., and
+instituted the nine-arch degree of Masonry, to keep in mind its
+hiding-place,&mdash;so all may understand Jer. iii. 16:
+&ldquo;And it shall come to pass, when ye be multiplied and
+increased in the land, in those days, saith the Lord, they shall
+say no more, The ark of the covenant of the Lord; neither shall
+it come to mind; neither shall they remember it; neither shall
+they visit it; neither shall that be done any more.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+This means that when the ark is found the ceremony will end; for
+the ark has to be found and go before the Jews when they return
+to their own land.&nbsp; Jeremiah was the first Grand
+Master.&nbsp; He, too, is the real St. Patrick&mdash;simply the
+Patriarchal Saint, which became St. Patriarch, then St.
+Patrick.&nbsp; The Roman Church introduced St. Patrick to offset
+the St. Patriarch.</p>
+<p>Jeremiah well knew where the Tribes of Israel were in his <!--
+page 195--><a name="page195"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+195</span>day.&nbsp; He knew that Judah, Levi, and Benjamin, were
+in Babylon, filling in the seventy years of captivity, and the
+small remnant that Nebuchadnezzar left of them in Judah were
+scattered hither and thither.&nbsp; The Nine Tribes, or Israel,
+were settled in Central Asia, and were spreading Northward and
+Westward.&nbsp; This he knew, as easily as Peter did centuries
+after, when he wrote his epistle to the brethren, scattered
+abroad in Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, and Asia; or as James, who
+dedicated his epistle to the Twelve Tribes which were scattered
+abroad; or as the Blessed Master who commissioned and sent His
+disciples after the lost sheep of the House of Israel.&nbsp; The
+place and locality of the Nine Tribes were known to the Jewish
+nation in the time of Josephus, the historian, for he speaks of
+them, and gives them a fraternal letter which the House of Judah
+sent unto the House of Israel.&nbsp; You are to keep in mind that
+it is after this the Tribes of Israel are to be lost.&nbsp; All
+prophecies after 700 <span class="smcap">b.c.</span>, up to this,
+our day, and till about 1882 <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>,
+that had reference to Israel, plainly mark out the dwelling-place
+of these Tribes, and yet these prophecies not being understood,
+till these latter days, Israel was as actually lost as if there
+had been no such prophecies.&nbsp; These prophecies were first
+sent North, then West, and then to the &ldquo;isles of the
+sea.&rdquo;&nbsp; The law of the Gospel of Jesus would be sent to
+these Tribes; till then the &ldquo;isles had to wait for the
+law.&rdquo;&nbsp; In due time this law was carried to them by the
+missionary Tribe of Benjamin.&nbsp; This very thing and time the
+prophet had foretold, for he says: &ldquo;Wherefore glorify ye
+the Lord by the Urim; the name of the Lord God of Israel in the
+islands of the Western sea.&rdquo;&nbsp; How true, indeed
+&ldquo;the isles of the sea saw it and feared.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Jeremiah knew that the Tribe of Dan were a seafaring people, and
+in their trading they had become acquainted with Northern Europe
+and the British Isles.&nbsp; During the persecutions of Ahab
+thousands of them had left Palestine, settling in
+Denmark&mdash;this word Denmark means the circle of Dan.&nbsp; In
+course of time they <!-- page 196--><a name="page196"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 196</span>crossed the sea and took possession
+of the North of Ireland, settling in the province of
+Ulster.&nbsp; The Tribe of Simeon, that had ever cast its lot
+with Dan, left Palestine and settled in Wales.&nbsp; Read the
+prophetic benedictions of the patriarch Jacob in the light of
+these historical facts, and they will stand out in sunlight
+brightness.&nbsp; &ldquo;Dan shall judge his people as <i>one</i>
+of the Tribes of Israel.&rdquo;&nbsp; In his <i>oneness</i>, all
+alone he shall go out first, mark out and prepare the way of the
+other Tribes; and the royal seed, the ruling power, shall hide
+itself in him.&nbsp; &ldquo;Dan shall be a serpent by the way; an
+adder in the path that biteth the horses&rsquo; heels so that his
+rider shall fall backward.&rdquo;&nbsp; Yes, Dan will be hid
+among the Gentiles.&nbsp; He will bite them, sting them,
+frustrating their purposes.&nbsp; Then exclaims Jacob: &ldquo;I
+have waited for Thy salvation, O Lord.&rdquo;&nbsp; Dan did wait,
+until the prophet Jeremiah landed in his midst with Tea Tephi,
+the daughter of Zedekiah, the royal seed, with the ark of the
+covenant, the tables of the law, the Urim and Thummim, which
+would enable Dan to judge his people, with the stone of Jacob,
+the pillar witness, which is now in the royal chair in
+Westminster Abbey; and also with the standard of Judah.&nbsp;
+Thus the prophet, who was the rightful custodian of all these
+things, carefully cared for the same, leaving them in charge of
+Dan.&nbsp; All but the stone have been concealed till the latter
+day.&nbsp; For on this stone have been crowned all the kings and
+queens of David&rsquo;s line.</p>
+<p>Now just here we must take up history&mdash;especially Irish
+history&mdash;for in this matter and at this very point, you will
+find profane and sacred histories agreeing.&nbsp; One will
+beautifully explain the other; nor can anybody understand Irish
+history unless they get the key from sacred history.&nbsp; To
+take this key later writers have been unwilling, and, therefore,
+they have been unable to solve the problem embodied in this race
+and nation.&nbsp; No people on the face of the earth have been
+less understood and more misrepresented.&nbsp; The real
+allophyllians of <!-- page 197--><a name="page197"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 197</span>Ireland&mdash;that is, the first
+native settlers&mdash;are unknown.&nbsp; The present inhabitants
+are not autochthonal, no more than we are the first settlers of
+this country.&nbsp; On one point all old historians are
+agreed&mdash;namely, that Ireland has been settled by two
+distinct colonies of people; and from these two colonies came the
+present Irish race.&nbsp; These two colonies were distinct in
+features, manners, customs, enterprise, and religion, and after
+all these centuries have passed away, these differences are
+discernable in some degree, especially so in enterprise and
+religion.&nbsp; And though, of course, in these latter years,
+they have become considerably mixed, yet an appeal on either of
+these points will mark out the Danite from the
+Ph&oelig;nician.&nbsp; From the loud boasting of the
+Ph&oelig;nician Irishman in Ireland, when speaking of America,
+you would think that he would pluck out his eyes and give them
+for a gift if need be.&nbsp; Well, a few years ago, Chicago was
+bitterly scourged with a fire.&nbsp; The need and distress thus
+caused appealed to the nations of the earth for help.&nbsp; The
+response was grand and glorious.&nbsp; Even hateful old John Bull
+did well.&nbsp; But what did Ireland do?&nbsp; Take two of her
+leading cities as an example; one in the North, the other in the
+South.&nbsp; Belfast in the North, of the Tribe of Dan; Dublin in
+the South, of the Ph&oelig;nicians.&nbsp; Belfast sent 36,000
+dols.; Dublin, 2,000 dols.&nbsp; Why this difference?&nbsp; We
+answer, Forsooth, the people of Belfast are Danites; they of
+Dublin are Ph&oelig;nicians.</p>
+<p>The Ph&oelig;nicians, or Philistines, were the ancient
+Canaanites.&nbsp; They took early possession of Ireland.&nbsp; On
+this point the old as well as the new historians generally
+agree.&nbsp; But there was another early settlement in the North
+of Ireland whom the historians called <i>Tuath de Danan</i>,
+which simply means the folks of the Tribe of Dan.&nbsp; They
+introduced into the Irish language hundreds of Hebrew words, with
+many customs and legends of the Hebrews.&nbsp; They were very
+distinct in their enterprise and religion from the other
+settlers.&nbsp; About the year 580 <span
+class="smcap">b.c.</span> there <!-- page 198--><a
+name="page198"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 198</span>appeared
+before this people a strange man, whom the historians call
+<i>Ollam-Folla</i>, which means a divine teacher; the name or
+title is in Hebrew.&nbsp; This man, whoever he was, soon wielded
+great power in their midst.&nbsp; What he commanded they seemed
+ready to do.&nbsp; He very soon inaugurated wonderful
+reforms.&nbsp; He gave them a parliament, made them give up their
+idolatrous customs.&nbsp; He founded a college to train students
+to teach and preach his religion.&nbsp; It was called
+<i>Mur-Ollam</i>, school of the Divine.&nbsp; Here again the name
+is Hebrew, although in Irish.&nbsp; This wonderful man had with
+him a fair young princess, whose name in Hebrew-Irish was <i>Tea
+Tephi</i>, which means the beautiful one from the East.&nbsp;
+This lovely princess was married to the governor of Ulster,
+Heremon.&nbsp; He resided in the City of Lothair Croffin.&nbsp;
+In the agreement of the marriage, among many things, he was to
+accept her religion, give her joint authority, and build the
+Mur-Ollam, or college, and sustain it.&nbsp; Also to change the
+name of his city from <i>Lothair Croffin</i> to <i>Tara</i>,
+which means law; to adopt her standard or banner emblem, the harp
+and lion, and to be crowned on the wonderful stone called in
+Irish-Hebrew, <i>Lia-Fail</i>, which means stone of destiny,
+sometimes called <i>Eben Gedoulah</i>, the precious stone.&nbsp;
+From this Tea Tephi we get our female goddess of liberty, who on
+old coins is seated upon a lion with the Davidian harp in her
+hand.</p>
+<p>Our text tells us that Jeremiah was to plant and build
+up.&nbsp; Here he planted, and here he did build.&nbsp; He
+planted and built a throne, a college, and a religion.&nbsp; Turn
+to Ezekiel, chapter xvi., and read the famous riddle.&nbsp; Tea
+Tephi is the tender twig that was cropped off from the high
+cedar, King Zedekiah, and planted among the merchants by great
+waters on the mountain of Israel.&nbsp; She was the tender one
+that was to take root downward.&nbsp; To Jeremiah, the Lord said,
+&ldquo;Verily it shall be well with thy remnant.&rdquo;&nbsp;
+Nay, more, He told him that He would give him his life for a prey
+whithersoever he went.&nbsp; And in 2 Kings xix. 30, we read:
+&ldquo;And the remnant that is escaped of the <!-- page 199--><a
+name="page199"></a><span class="pagenum">p. 199</span>House of
+Judah shall yet again take root downward, and bear fruit
+upward.&nbsp; For out of Jerusalem shall go forth a remnant and
+they that escape out of Mount Zion; the zeal of the Lord of hosts
+shall do this.&rdquo;&nbsp; And Ezekiel, in his captivity, sent
+forth a prophecy referring to the wicked prince, Zedekiah, saying
+of his throne in the name of Jehovah: &ldquo;I will overturn,
+overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no more until He comes
+whose right it is, and I will give it Him.&rdquo;&nbsp; So was
+this throne overturned, and was never after established in
+Jerusalem.&nbsp; You will notice that there are three
+overturnings, and as Scriptural language is emphatic and not
+superfluous or tautological, these overturnings mean
+something.&nbsp; Turn to history, and you will find this throne
+has been turned over just three times&mdash;first, from Jerusalem
+to Ireland; second, through King Fergus to Scotland, and, third,
+through King James, from Scotland to England.&nbsp; This throne
+can never be turned over again, for Jerusalem will be
+incorporated into the British Empire.&nbsp; The throne has turned
+over till it got home again; hence, as surely as we live,
+Palestine will go into the hands of England.&nbsp; The throne,
+religion, and education established by the prophet have ever kept
+together.&nbsp; This is the secret of Ireland&rsquo;s prestige
+and marvellous pre-eminence in centuries past.&nbsp; The college
+of Armach could boast of 7,000 students at a time.&nbsp;
+Missionaries went forth from Ireland through all Europe, teaching
+Christianity, and founding schools.&nbsp; Few men can compare to
+Virgilus, Eregina, Columbanus, and Columba.&nbsp; In olden times
+she was known as the &ldquo;Isle of the Saints.&rdquo;&nbsp; The
+day of Ireland&rsquo;s weakness and distress came to her when she
+permitted her religion to be corrupted and controlled by
+foreigners; and by these same Italian intriguers she is now
+impoverished and enslaved.&nbsp; But for this the throne might
+have remained with her to-day, and England and Scotland have been
+under her.&nbsp; But when a nation loses her religion, she loses
+the right arm of power, and the ability to preserve freedom.</p>
+<p><!-- page 200--><a name="page200"></a><span class="pagenum">p.
+200</span>Jeremiah was the patron-saint for Ireland for a long
+time.&nbsp; Simeon (the Welsh) had and have David; and as surely
+as the Welsh have kept their saint, so surely ought
+Ireland.&nbsp; St. Patrick is looked upon by many as a mythical
+person.&nbsp; I believe, however, that he was a veritable
+man.&nbsp; The best authorities make out that he was born at
+Bonavena, in ancient Gaul, near what is now called Boulogne, some
+time about 387 <span class="smcap">a.d.</span>&nbsp; He is
+reported as having died March 17th, 465, in the county
+Down.&nbsp; His father&rsquo;s name was Calpurnius.&nbsp; Young
+Calpurnius, or St. Patrick, as he was afterwards called, had a
+hard life of it in youth.&nbsp; I believe him to have been a
+Benjamite, a Christian; for the Benjamites began to fill in that
+part of France about that period.&nbsp; This Tribe were by nature
+missionaries.&nbsp; This prompted him to desire to redeem his
+brethren in Ireland.&nbsp; In Ulster he began his labours.&nbsp;
+From this same Tribe others had visited Ireland.&nbsp; History
+mentions four who preceded St. Patrick.&nbsp; The name of St.
+Paul, by many, is connected with a visit to Ireland.&nbsp; It is
+very easy to see how Jeremiah, the patron-saint of Judah, would
+be installed in such a relation with the Danites after his
+death.&nbsp; He was the real sainted patriarch of Ireland.&nbsp;
+And by a crafty design of Rome, young Calpurnius was created
+sainted patriarch, or St. Patrick, and by this means Rome linked
+the greater part of the Irish nation on to herself.&nbsp; Anybody
+honest and familiar with history knows that St. Patrick was a
+Christian, and in no sense of the word a Roman Catholic.&nbsp;
+The fact is, Rome began early to covet Ireland.&nbsp; Once they
+got possession, it was necessary for them to destroy the
+influence of Jeremiah.&nbsp; This they did, in part, by
+substituting the name of St. Patrick in the place of the
+prophet&rsquo;s; and more, they then set to work to destroy even
+the old and famous capital city of Tara.&nbsp; In 565 St.
+Ruadham, along with a <i>posse</i> of bishops and chiefs of the
+South of Ireland, cursed the city, so that neither King nor Queen
+might ever rule or reign therein again.&nbsp; They forced the
+government, monarchy <!-- page 201--><a name="page201"></a><span
+class="pagenum">p. 201</span>and people to abandon the
+place.&nbsp; From thence Tara was deserted, and the harp sounded
+no more through Tara&rsquo;s halls.&nbsp; The city thus cursed
+crumbled to ruins, and remains to this day buried, awaiting a
+glorious resurrection.&nbsp; Rome caught her prize at last; but
+neither Rome nor any other power ever enslaved or conquered
+Ulster.&nbsp; Beyond the pale&mdash;that is, the dividing line,
+running from the Boyne to the Shannon&mdash;Rome never got, nor
+never will.&nbsp; Irishmen clamour for independence, to be free
+from England, and wonder why they are not.&nbsp; The reason is
+that God cannot trust liberty to them; for a people that yoke
+themselves to a foreigner, and give themselves over to be
+governed in spiritual matters, would make a poor effort if
+trusted with their temporal government.&nbsp; We all know that if
+Ireland had been free, she would not long have remained so, for
+body, as well as soul, she would have committed to the
+Italians.&nbsp; Why Irish Catholics should ask for freedom when
+they so voluntarily bind themselves to a foreigner, I fail to
+see.&nbsp; As the Protestants of the North have asked, and had
+granted, spiritual freedom in the severance of Church and State,
+so let the men of the South ask and demand, and stop not short of
+freedom from Rome.&nbsp; A free religion is the parent of a free
+State, and a free State of free school.&nbsp; A people who are
+not wise enough to take care of their own religion, are very
+poorly prepared to be the guardians of liberty.&nbsp; My belief
+is that Ireland ought to be free.&nbsp; She ought to be an
+independent province, with responsible government, as other
+English provinces.&nbsp; And once she becomes free religiously,
+it will not be long before she will be free politically.&nbsp;
+Substitute Jeremiah for St. Patrick, and the Lord Jesus for the
+Pope, then the day of freedom will not long tarry.</p>
+<p style="text-align: center"><span class="smcap">London</span>:
+<span class="smcap">Printed by Robert Banks</span>, <span
+class="smcap">Racquet Court</span>, <span class="smcap">Fleet
+Street</span>, <span class="smcap">E.C.</span></p>
+<h2>Footnotes:</h2>
+<p><a name="footnote23"></a><a href="#citation23"
+class="footnote">[23]</a>&nbsp; Essay on &ldquo;Manasseh and the
+United States,&rdquo; by the author, published by Robert Banks,
+price 2d.</p>
+<p><a name="footnote159"></a><a href="#citation159"
+class="footnote">[159]</a>&nbsp; This Discourse we give to the
+reader as reported.&nbsp; In all the others we have excluded the
+reporter&rsquo;s introduction and personal references.</p>
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***</p>
+<pre>
+
+
+***** This file should be named 27177-h.htm or 27177-h.zip******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/7/1/7/27177
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+</pre></body>
+</html>
diff --git a/27177-h/images/coverb.jpg b/27177-h/images/coverb.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..603faef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/images/coverb.jpg
diff --git a/27177-h/images/covers.jpg b/27177-h/images/covers.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc5b813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/images/covers.jpg
diff --git a/27177-h/images/p0b.jpg b/27177-h/images/p0b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e46835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/images/p0b.jpg
diff --git a/27177-h/images/p0s.jpg b/27177-h/images/p0s.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c8327e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/images/p0s.jpg
diff --git a/27177-h/images/p159.jpg b/27177-h/images/p159.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a936c0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/images/p159.jpg
diff --git a/27177-h/images/p175.jpg b/27177-h/images/p175.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..246cf8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/images/p175.jpg
diff --git a/27177-h/images/p182.jpg b/27177-h/images/p182.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c363cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177-h/images/p182.jpg
diff --git a/27177.txt b/27177.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f4bcef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6566 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882, by Joseph Wild
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Lost Ten Tribes, and 1882
+
+
+Author: Joseph Wild
+
+
+
+Release Date: November 6, 2008  [eBook #27177]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***
+
+
+credit
+
+
+
+Transcribed from the 1880 Robert Banks edition by David Price, email
+ccx074@pglaf.org
+
+                            LONDON: PRINTED BY
+             ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
+
+                          [Picture: Book cover]
+
+
+
+
+
+                                   THE
+                             LOST TEN TRIBES,
+                                   AND
+                                  1882.
+
+
+                                    BY
+                         REV. JOSEPH WILD, D.D.,
+                  PASTOR OF UNION CONGREGATIONAL CHURCH,
+                              BROOKLYN, N.Y.
+
+                                 LONDON:
+             ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET.  E.C.
+                                  1880.
+
+                [Picture: Great seal of the United States]
+
+This device of the great Seal was adopted by act of the Continental
+Congress, on June 20th, 1782, and re-adopted by the New Congress,
+September 15th, 1789.  The act provided for an _obverse_ and a _reverse_,
+as set forth in this plate; the _reverse_ is not used.  This is a plate
+of the first and original Seal, which, by use, has been worn out.  The
+one now in use is the second; it differs from the first that, by an
+accident, seven arrows were left out of the eagle's talon.
+
+                          _BY THE SAME AUTHOR_.
+
+                      Price 2s., post free 2s. 3d.,
+                           THE FUTURE OF ISRAEL
+                                AND JUDAH.
+                       WITH A PORTRAIT OF DR. WILD.
+
+   PHILO-ISRAEL says:--"We recommend most strongly that all our friends
+ should obtain the book.  Once in their hands, we know they will read it
+                               to the end."
+
+            LONDON: ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The following Discourses are presented to the public in book form,
+agreeable to the request of numerous friends.  I have selected twenty
+from one hundred and thirty which I have given to my own congregation
+during the past three years.  I have tried to have them lean one against
+another, to the end that the argument might be continuous and somewhat
+complete.  The reader will remember, however, that the vast subject of
+which they treat, cannot be fairly and completely presented in such a
+volume as this.  Also, it should be borne in mind that the language,
+style, and structure, are sermonic.  Pulpit literature, in these things,
+is peculiar and distinctively characteristic.
+
+When I first entered the ministry, I made up my mind that I would try and
+thoroughly understand the Scriptures.  I soon found that a large portion
+was of a prophetic nature.  I set to work according to the usual method,
+but to my sorrow I soon discovered that the method and rules in general
+use for Scripture exegesis, among what they called orthodox authors, were
+very defective and unsatisfactory.  The fact was forced upon me that the
+true method, or key of interpretation, was not in use.  I was always
+persuaded that the Bible was a unit, and that the principles contained in
+such a unit were beautifully related; and because of such a faith, I
+wondered more and more as I grew older why we had not a better key of
+interpretation.  Men spiritualised at random, without any kind of rule,
+except their own fancy.  In this manner they expounded the material
+history of the Old Testament.  The whole arrangement was a Babel.
+
+I had faintly discerned that the Scriptures made a distinction between
+the House of Israel and the House of Judah, and that the prophecies
+belonging to one could not, in fairness, be applied to the other; and
+that some prophecies applied to both.  It always seemed strange to me,
+that the people which God said He had chosen for Himself, should not be
+known.  The Jews were always known, but where was "Israel, His
+inheritance?"  Again, I could see no point in the Lord swearing so
+positively about David's seed and throne lasting to the end of time.
+Taking them in a typical sense, they were about the poorest types that
+could have been selected, because of the shortness of their existence,
+according to the general mode of interpretation.  Just at this point of
+my experience I came across a book, entitled "Our Israelitish Origin," by
+the late John Wilson, the reading of which confirmed me in my
+convictions, and aided me to a better knowledge of the good Book of
+Providence.
+
+After some twenty years of experience, I began to teach the principles of
+interpretation embodied in these discourses.  Some three years ago I
+began to give a series of sermons on the Ten Lost Tribes.  I soon found
+my own congregation, as well as the public, were interested and profited
+with the same, as was manifest from the large and constant attendance
+thereon.  By personal interviews and letters, I have been gratified to
+learn that many have been savingly and truly converted to God through
+these Discourses.  Especially has this been the case with those who were
+infidel in faith and action towards God and His Word.  I have received
+hundreds of letters thanking me that the key of interpretation presented
+had made the Bible an interesting and easily understood book.  The
+interest created gave rise to numerous requests for copies of my sermons.
+The notice by the public press now and again intensified the interest and
+increased the demand.  To meet this desire I made arrangements with the
+editor and proprietor of a weekly paper called the _Champion_ to publish
+my evening Discourses.  At once the arrangement was found to be
+profitable to him, agreeable to me and admirably suited to the public.
+So for more than a year the _Champion_ has been my faithful messenger on
+this line, and will continue to be.  It is a weekly paper, published at
+132, Nassau Street, New York; price one dollar per year.  I am not
+personally interested more than this.  With its politics and other matter
+I have nothing to do; but for the sermonic matter I hold myself
+responsible.  I feel free to express my pleasure in the wonderful
+increase of its circulation.  I am glad it goes all over the States, the
+Dominion of Canada, and is in goodly demand in Great Britain.
+
+After I had been preaching on this subject for some time, I made,
+fortunately, the acquaintance of a name-sake of mine, Mr. Joseph Wild, of
+Bay Ridge, near Brooklyn.  On this subject I found him remarkably well
+posted.  He had lots of books, pamphlets, papers, and maps on the matter,
+any or all of which he gave me liberty to use.  Through him my attention
+was called to the valuable writings of our English brethren on this
+point, Edward Hine, Rev. Mr. Glover, M.A., Rev. Mr. Grimaldi, M.A.,
+Philo-Israel, and a host of others, whose writings have helped me very
+much.  Our English friends have now a vast store of this kind of
+literature; while, so far as I know, we have no home production.  This is
+one reason I feel satisfied in sending forth this volume.
+
+For years I have been greatly interested in Pyramidology, in the
+teachings of the Great Pyramid at Gizeh in Egypt.  Twenty years ago I had
+confidence to lecture frequently on the subject, and a few years since it
+was in my mind to publish a small work on it.  The necessity of such work
+was wisely and competently taken out of my hands, however, by the
+appearance of a book entitled, "The Stone Miracle," by Rev. Dr. Seiss, of
+Philadelphia.  This is a book admirably suited to beginners on this line
+of study.  And if one wants to go further and be specially informed on
+Pyramidology, why let them get "Our Inheritance in the Great Pyramid," a
+work by Professor Piazzi Smyth, Astronomer-Royal of Scotland.  To this
+man God has given a fine mind and a large heart for a special place and
+work.  But what pleases me above all, is that this Pyramid, being the
+_Lord's Pillar_, and _His Witness_, should so finely tally with the
+Scriptures and Providence; that the teachings of this monument are in
+harmony with the principles of interpretation, as applied to the
+prophecies in these Discourses.
+
+By several small engravings I have sought to aid the mind of the reader
+through the eye.  In the Royal Arms of England there is considerable of
+history; the position of the lions, unicorn, crown, and indeed all
+connected with it is significantly expressive.  In these things, the
+accidental grouping, so far as man was concerned, were as much under
+Divine supervision as the blundering of the Jews in the crucifying of
+Jesus.  So, Divinely considered, they Divinely reveal.  We know not the
+mind of our fathers in the matter of selecting and composing the items
+that make up the great seal, but we know the mind of Providence.
+
+The plate of the ragged old stone, called Jacob's pillow, is not very
+distinct, but it is the best we could do.  As it is, it will aid the
+reader in forming a better idea.  The stone in shape is an oblong square,
+about 32 inches long, 13 broad, and 11 inches deep.  At each end is an
+iron ring, much worn and rusted.  It is a bluish steel-like colour, mixed
+with some veins of red.  It has been in its present resting place 583
+years.
+
+The main idea I wish to convey in this book, is that God is conducting
+His Providence through His ancient chosen people, Israel, whom I believe
+are found in the Saxon race.  And His throne on earth, through which flow
+the purposes of Providence, is David's throne, which I believe to be at
+present the English throne.  Queen Victoria (and God bless her) I believe
+to be of David's seed.  The United States fulfils the _role_ of the Tribe
+of Manasseh.  Therefore, to understand the prophecies, Providence, and
+the present movement of nations, as well as the future lot and destiny of
+each, we must read the Scriptures in this light.  God has made the
+children of Israel and throne of David His executive, in time, on earth.
+They are His executive for civilisation, evangelisation, order, and
+conquest.  Through them God will conquer the world to an universal peace.
+As Moses was to God, so is Israel.  Moses being a Divine executor, was to
+the people a god--so is Israel to all mankind.  Spiritual Israel will
+come through literal Israel.
+
+I have expressed myself freely, and shall cheerfully grant reviewers,
+critics, and readers, the same privilege.  I send forth this book with a
+pure desire that it may do good.  Amen, so mote it be.
+
+                                                              JOSEPH WILD.
+
+Brooklyn, May 1st, 1879.
+
+
+
+
+KEY DISTINCTIONS.
+DISCOURSE I.
+
+
+    "We have a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye
+    take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, until the
+    day dawn, and the day star arise in your hearts.  Knowing this first,
+    that no prophecy of the Scripture is of any private
+    interpretation."--2 Peter i. 19, 20.
+
+I am about to give you a few Discourses on Prophecy, and in doing so I
+desire, in the first place, to point out to you a few very important
+distinctions included in the prophecies.  Suppose the Bible to be a great
+palace, with its royalty, royal children, servants, and subjects.  You
+desire to go through it and view it intelligently, and to understand all
+about its inhabitants and laws of government; now to do so, you must have
+keys, and you must learn who is who, their place, authority, and work.
+If not so qualified, you could not pass from room to room, and you might
+confound the King with some servant, and visitors might be mistaken for
+the children of the household.  Thus your ideas would be considerably
+mixed; you would be guilty of talking about the King, when you really
+meant some servant, and of prophesying for the royal children in the name
+of the visitors.  The years would come and go, but events would not
+happen as you had prophesied.  Each generation would take your report and
+follow in your footsteps, thus confusion and disappointment would keep
+pace with the passing generations.
+
+What is here made a matter of supposition, has been a solemn fact on the
+line of human experience.  Men have studied the Bible and Providence in
+this ignorant and confused way.  Theologians have thrown aside all
+restraints, and well-defined limitations and distinctions of the Bible in
+their assumed liberty of expounding and spiritualising the same.  No
+matter to them that there is a God-revealed distinction between Judah and
+Israel, Manasseh and Ephraim, Samaritans and Gentiles, and the throne of
+David and the throne of the heathen.  Writers and speakers are guilty of
+using the words Judah and Israel in a synonymous sense, though the words
+stand for different people, history, and prophecies, soon after the
+descendants of Jacob settled in Palestine.  To aid you in seeing this
+historical confusion and folly, let me call your attention to them
+separately.
+
+
+
+JUDAH.
+
+
+What does this word stand for in the Bible?  In the _first_ place it is
+the name of the fourth son of Jacob.  In the _second_ place it was the
+name of his direct descendants or Tribe.  In the _third_ place it became
+the name of the portion of the country occupied by this Tribe in the
+Promised Land.  In the _fourth_ place it became the name of a kingdom and
+government; this fourth name included the Tribe of Benjamin and their
+territory.  In the _fifth_ place it became the name of the whole country
+of Palestine, and is now often so used.  To-day this word stands for
+those we call Jews, who, as they allow among themselves, represent and
+only include Judah and Levi.
+
+On the death of Solomon the country and Tribes finally separated into two
+Houses, kingdoms, and governments.  Nine Tribes went with Jeroboam, and
+three with Rehoboam--namely, Judah, Levi, and Benjamin.  The nine-tribed
+House was called Israel, the three-tribed House Judah.  This separation
+was about 975 B.C. (1 Kings xii.).  From that day to this these two
+Houses have never been united; but they are to be, as scores of
+statements to that effect are in the good Book (Hosea i. 11).  About 580
+B.C. the House of Judah was taken captive into Babylon, remaining 70
+years, then they returned to their own land and remained till the year of
+our Lord 70, when Jerusalem was destroyed and they were scattered.
+
+Prophecies referring to the Jews are numerous and in striking contrast to
+those that refer to Israel.  1. The Jews were to be a scattered people.
+2. A specially persecuted people.  3. To be without a nationality.  4. To
+be without government.  5. Not to be owners of landed property, though
+they will have money, until toward the latter days.  6. They were to be a
+proverb.  7. They were to be few in number.  8. They are to retain a
+special type of features.  9. They were to be repeatedly robbed.  10.
+They were to reject Christ.  11. To retain the Mosaic service till
+returned to their own land.  12. They are to keep their name, and many
+such distinctions, none of which should be applied to Israel.  All these
+things have been and are fulfilled, or fulfilling, and though men are
+wonderfully given to spiritualising, few, if any, venture to spiritualise
+Judah's curses.  Men and ministers calling themselves Gentiles, are rude
+enough to spiritualise the blessings of Judah, and stealing them, apply
+them to themselves.
+
+
+
+ISRAEL.
+
+
+1. A name given to Jacob after wrestling with the Angel.  2. A term
+applied sometimes to all the descendants of Jacob.  3. In a spiritual
+sense, those who believe in Christ.  4. A name that covered and included
+the nine Tribes which went with Jeroboam and formed the kingdom of
+Israel.  They remained a distinct kingdom, and till now a nationality.
+From 975 to 725 B.C. they had some 19 kings.  They were finally carried
+captive into Assyria by Shalmanezer (2 Kings xvii.).  From that captivity
+they have never returned; as a body they never can, only representatives,
+as stated in Jer. iii. 14, "One of a city, and two of a family."
+
+Now prophecy points out that it was Israel that was to be lost for a
+while, and come to light in the latter day.  They are known in the
+Scriptures in contradistinction from others by such terms as the
+following: "_All Israel_," "_All the House of Israel wholly_," "_The
+House of Israel_," "_Men of Israel_," and God calls them His "_Servants_,
+_Witnesses_, _Chosen People_, _Inheritance_, and _Seed_."  The lot,
+course, and providential portion of this people are very marked from any
+other, especially from the Jew, with whom they are so often confounded.
+The history of the two peoples have been wide apart and as different as
+they well could be.
+
+1.  They were to be _lost_.  2.  They were to be _divorced_ from the
+Mosaic law.  3. They were to lose their _name_.  4. They were to lose
+their _language_.  5. They were to _possess_ the isles of the sea, coasts
+of the earth, waste and desolate places, to inherit the portion of the
+Gentiles, their seed, land, and cities. 6.  They are to be great and
+successful _colonisers_.  7. Before them other people are to _die out_.
+8. They are to be a _head_ nation.  9. To be a _company_ of nations.  10.
+To be _great_ in war on land or sea.  11. To be _lenders_ of money.  12.
+To have a _monarchy_.  13. To be _keepers_ of the Sabbath.  14. To have
+David's _throne_ and seed ruling over them.  15. They are to _possess_
+Palestine, and invite their brethren of Judah to return.  And thus I
+might repeat some sixty positive marks and distinctions setting forth
+Israel; and yet men wilfully persist in confounding them with the Jews,
+or looking for this great and favoured people of the Lord among the
+lowest of human kind, Indians, Africans, and so on.
+
+
+
+SAMARITANS.
+
+
+The Samaritans were not Jews or Israelites, strictly speaking.  They of
+course became Jewish in their customs and worship.  Originally they were
+Assyrians.  When the nine Tribes were carried captive, they were brought
+and put in their place.  "And the King of Assyria brought men from
+Babylon and from Cuthah, and from Ava, and from Hamath, and from
+Sepharvaim, and placed them in the cities of Samaria, instead of the
+children of Israel" (2 Kings xvii. 24).  The Jews and the Samaritans
+never wholly mixed; one was always distasteful to the other.  They never
+were taken captive, and to this day they live in and about Mount Scychar,
+numbering between three and four hundreds.
+
+
+
+BENJAMIN.
+
+
+The Tribe of Benjamin has a singular and special place in the history of
+Israel and Judah.  Neither the Old or New Testament can be well
+understood unless one understands the place of this Tribe in Providence.
+They were always counted one of the Ten Tribes, and reckoned with them in
+the prophetic visions.  They were only loaned to Judah about 800 years.
+Read 1 Kings xi.  They were to be a light for David in Jerusalem.  God,
+foreseeing that the Jews would reject Christ, kept back this one Tribe to
+be in readiness to receive Him, and so they did.  At the destruction of
+Jerusalem they escaped, and after centuries of wanderings turn up as the
+proud and haughty Normans.  Finally they unite with the other Tribes
+under William the Conqueror.  A proper insight into the work and mission
+of Benjamin will greatly aid one in interpreting the New Testament.  He
+was set apart as a missionary Tribe, and at once set to work to spread
+the Gospel of Jesus.  Most of the disciples were Benjaminites.  Then,
+after 800 years of fellowship with Judah, they were cut loose and sent
+after their brethren of the House of Israel.  It was needful that the
+Lion and the Unicorn should unite.
+
+
+
+MANASSEH AND EPHRAIM.
+
+
+The history of these two representative characters is worth your careful
+study.  The whole of the circumstances of Jacob blessing them must be
+accepted as Divinely directed.  Manasseh was to be a great people, and so
+I believe he is.  In the United States I find this promise literally
+fulfilled.  This is the Key to the settlement of this land; to the
+agitations of the Pilgrims and Puritans in England.  The mission, work,
+and place of the United States may be found in the prophecies relating to
+this Tribe.  Let anyone examine the great seal of the United States, and
+study its design, and surprise will fill the mind that facts, Providence,
+and prophecies do so wonderfully agree.  Take the obverse side.  Here you
+have an eagle with outstretched wings; the bird is perfect, not double
+headed and deformed, as in other cases where the eagle has been or is the
+national bird.  The striped escutcheon on its breast, in its beak a
+scroll, inscribed with a motto, "_E pluribus Unum_"--one out of many, as
+Manasseh was, and as the country is building up a grand nationality and
+oneness out of all nations nearly.  Over the head of the eagle there is a
+_glory_--the parting of clouds by light; in the opening appear 13 stars,
+forming a constellation argent, on an azure field.  In the dexter or
+right talon is an olive branch, a symbol of peace; in the sinister or
+left talon is a bundle of 13 arrows.  But it is on the reverse side of
+the great seal that we have a wonder.  Here we have an unfinished
+Pyramid; a portion of the top is gone, exactly the same as the Great
+Pyramid in Egypt is at this day--anticipating this very day (Isa. xix.
+19): "In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord.  And it shall be
+for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of
+Egypt."  Now it is somewhat singular that the Congress of 1782 should
+have adopted so remarkable a sign, one that would witness to God and tell
+of their origin.  The reverse side is the under side, and shows from
+whence the nation came, and on what it is built.  In the zenith--that is,
+above the top of the Pyramid--is a triangle surrounded by a glory; and in
+the centre is an all-seeing eye.  Over the eye we have _Annuit Coeptis_,
+which means, "_He prospers our beginning_."  On the base of the Pyramid
+we have in letters, 1776, and underneath the following motto--"_Novus
+ordo seclorum_," meaning a "New era in the ages."  The suggestion of the
+items upon the great seal was from Sir John Prestwich, Bart., an
+Englishman.  He gave the suggestions to the American Minister, John
+Adams, and thus the same were conveyed to Congress and adopted.
+
+We have in the facts of the great seal a series of coincidents that
+connect this country with the Tribe of Manasseh.  When the Tribes
+marched, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh went together on the West side
+of the ark, for their homes were Westward.  On their battalion banner was
+the figure of a youth, denoting activity, with the motto, "The cloud of
+Jehovah rest on them, even when they go forth out of the camp."  Here we
+have the origin of the cloud on the seal.  And when we remember that
+Manasseh was brought up at the foot of the Pyramid, and could see it from
+his palace home at Memphis, then we get a cue to the figure of the
+Pyramid on the seal. {23}
+
+
+
+PYRAMID.
+
+
+The Pyramid is a wonderful witness for God and His people.  This building
+in Egypt has stood for 4,000 years; finished and complete, it stood for
+about 3,000 before anybody ventured to find a way into it.  Then, at a
+great cost of men, money, and time, a way was forced in by an Arab chief.
+There surely is something remarkable that the only thing found in it
+should be a stone trough, and more singular to my mind, that the Ark of
+the Covenant and this stone trough should be of equal capacity; and the
+laver in which the priest washed his feet in the temple was exactly of
+the same size.  And Solomon's molten sea contained just as much water as
+would fill the King's Chamber in which this trough was found.  Can any
+man know these things and believe them to be accidental?  Verily not.
+They do most assuredly pledge a God and Providence.
+
+
+
+EPHRAIM.
+
+
+This word is not only the name of Joseph's son and the Tribe, but it is
+used quite frequently in a generic sense, and stands for the Ten Tribes
+and Manasseh.  To Reuben by birthright was the lead politically, but it
+was taken from him and given to Joseph, and so to Ephraim.  From Judah
+came the Chief Ruler--that is, Christ; but the birthright was Joseph's (1
+Chron. v. 1).
+
+
+
+THRONE OF DAVID.
+
+
+To this throne God pledged under oath a perpetuity.  Also He pledged that
+some one of David's seed should always be on it.  The throne and seed are
+pledged an unconditional existence.  This being so, it follows that they
+must be now in existence, and that finally all thrones will be swallowed
+up by this one.  Queen Victoria is of David, and the English throne is
+David's.  Hence all the promises and prophecies referring to David's
+throne may be found on this line.  For prophecy not being of private
+interpretation such facts may be proven.
+
+
+
+GENTILES.
+
+
+The word Gentile generally embraces all those nations and people outside
+of the Twelve Tribes.  Keeping these few distinctions in mind, you will
+be enabled to read the Bible interestingly and with the proper
+understanding.  Prophetic evidence is a strong kind of proof.  Study the
+Word on this line and you will find Providence and history lending
+glorious confirmation to the same.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND THE GATES.
+DISCOURSE II.
+
+
+ISRAEL--HOW THE GATES OF HIS ENEMIES ARE TO BE GIVEN HIM--BY THIS SIGN
+LOST ISRAEL MAY BE KNOWN--THE GIVING WILL CORRESPOND TO THE
+MULTIPLYING--THE PROMISE, IN THIS DAY, IS RAPIDLY FULFILLING--ENGLAND,
+DISRAELI AND "TANCRED," AND RUSSIA.
+
+    "That in blessing I will bless thee; and in multiplying, I will
+    multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is
+    upon the sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his
+    enemies."--Gen. xxii. 17.
+
+Under a Divine oath was this prophetic promise made to Abraham.  At the
+time it was given Abraham had, by command, offered his only son Isaac,
+which offering, to all human appearance, would leave the old patriarch
+again childless; but his faith staggered not, for human incompetence does
+not circumscribe the bounds of Divine sufficience.  The God who commanded
+Abraham to offer, recalled the command at a certain stage of the
+fulfilment, counting the faith of Abraham for righteousness.  In
+Abraham's faith Isaac was really sacrificed; hence the Divine approval:
+"By Myself have I sworn, saith the Lord; for because thou hast done this
+thing, and hast not withheld thy son, thine only son, that in blessing I
+will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars
+of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore; and thy seed
+shall possess the gate of his enemies."  An oath with men in this day
+does not mean much in the way of confirmation, but not so with God's
+oath.  An oath ought to be sacred, and should be the end of doubt and
+strife.  God made a promise to Abraham, and because He could swear by no
+greater, He sware by Himself.  And Abraham lived to see the promise begin
+to fulfil, and to-day the heirs of Abraham may look and see the same
+promise fulfilling, for, as Paul says in Heb. vi. 17: "Wherein God,
+willing more abundantly to show unto the heirs of promise the
+immutability of His counsel, confirmed it by an oath."
+
+Who are the heirs of promise?  For to them belong many and precious
+promises, both spiritual and temporal.  Spiritually, they are to lead and
+be responsible for the evangelisation of the world.  Temporally, they are
+to be a numerous seed, a powerful people.  They are to occupy the ends of
+the earth, the uttermost parts of the earth, the coasts of the earth, the
+waste and the desolate places of the earth, the isles of the sea, the
+heathen, as an inheritance.  They are to inherit the Gentiles, and make
+the desolate cities to be inhabited; they are to be the chief of nations;
+they are to be a company of nations; they are to be a great people; they
+are to possess the gates of their enemies.  Surely such a people should
+be found, for all these things make it impossible for them to be hid in a
+corner.  One cannot help saying with the Psalmist: "Blessed is the nation
+whose God is the Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen for His own
+inheritance."
+
+In the English Court of Chancery are vast sums of money, large fortunes
+waiting for heirs.  The court frequently advertises for them, and many in
+every land respond and are eager to prove their claims; they are anxious
+to be known and accepted as the descendants and lawful heirs of certain
+testators.  It is oftentimes difficult to establish their claims and
+prove satisfactorily their identity.  The court demands that the
+evidences of heirship be very definite.  In this they are right.  But we
+venture to say that even the English Court of Chancery would not turn
+away a claimant who had all the distinct marks and abounding evidence of
+identity that mark and characterise the children of Abraham, especially
+so in the latter day, for then these characteristics are to be clearer
+and fuller.
+
+The Jews are known; they have been known all down the centuries; they
+have not been able to hide themselves.  In keeping with the Word of God
+they have fulfilled up to the present time the prophecies attaching to
+them.  In all the world they are estimated to number some nine millions.
+The Jews include the children of Judah and Levi; these Two Tribes only.
+The Jews themselves consent to this statement, and allow that the
+descendants of Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher,
+Naphtali, Joseph, and Benjamin, are lost, but not extinct.  They are in
+the world, for God has not cast away His people for ever.  If the Two
+Tribes give us nine millions, how many should we expect the Ten Tribes to
+furnish?  Most certainly not less than forty-five millions.  To the Ten
+Tribes the special promises of fruitfulness were given.  To the Ten
+Tribes belong a greater portion of prophecy; and in the history of the
+world more is allotted to Israel than to Judah.  Indeed, the world's
+history pivots on the Ten Lost Tribes.
+
+I believe you know the God-revealed distinction between the words Israel
+and Judah.  You know that they have a distinct history.  Their place and
+work, promises and blessings, chastisements and rebukes, are as distinct
+and different as silver and gold.
+
+The spiritual heirs of Abraham are all who are embraced in the saving and
+atoning covenant of grace in Christ.  I do not say all who believe, for
+there will be more in heaven without faith than those with--namely, all
+those who have died before the years of responsibility, with many of the
+Pagan world who, never having heard of a Saviour, have therefore never
+denied Him.  In a spiritual sense, they are children.  I believe in this
+matter with Paul, who says, when writing to the Romans, chap. ii.: "There
+is no respect of persons with God; for as many as have sinned without law
+shall also perish without law, and as many as have sinned in the law
+shall be judged by the law.  For when the Gentiles, which have not the
+law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the
+law, are a law unto themselves; which show the work of the law written in
+their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts
+the meanwhile accusing, or else excusing one another."  Thus, under the
+law which governs the Pagan, I presume many will be saved and many lost,
+just as under the law of the Gospel.  In Abraham all nations were to be
+blessed, spiritually.  In this sense Abraham's seed embraces persons of
+every age, clime, and race.
+
+But who are the seed of Abraham according to the flesh?  We answer, the
+descendants of the Twelve Tribes.  Now to the natural seed the Bible
+assigns a distinct work and place.  This natural seed is divided in the
+Bible, the word Israel standing generally for the Ten Tribes, and Judah
+for Two Tribes.  These divisions have separate paths appointed them to
+walk in through the centuries.  "All the House of Israel wholly," "the
+whole House of Israel," "all the House of Israel," have a special work.
+The Ten Tribes are especially called in the Scriptures the seed of
+Abraham.  Sometimes "My chosen," again "Mine inheritance," and "My
+servant."  God, in referring to them in their scattered state, and of His
+gathering them together, says (Isa. xli. 8): "But thou, Israel, art My
+servant, Jacob, whom I have chosen; the seed of Abraham My friend--thou
+whom I have taken from the ends of the earth, and called thee from the
+chief men thereof, and said unto thee, Thou art My servant; I have chosen
+thee and not cast thee away."  The Ten Tribes are sometimes designated by
+the word Jacob.  If we once get a clear idea who the seed are, then we
+can search among the people of the earth to find them, because in the
+latter day they were to be so different from other people, and distinctly
+marked, we will have no great difficulty in finding them.  Of the special
+marks, one was they were to possess the gates of their enemies.  The
+multitudinous seed and other characteristics we will pass by for the
+present.
+
+This seed were to possess the gates of their enemies; of this we are
+assured by the oath of God.  The word gate here, you will admit, is used
+in a generic sense.  It means a place of prominence, a position of
+strength, a strategetic point, as the entrance into a city.  Remembering
+that in olden times the cities were walled around, the gate was an
+important point of defence; or, as the narrow entrance into a bay, like
+the entrance into New York Bay or port, the Narrows we call them.  Here
+the cities of New York and Brooklyn could best and first be defended.
+Again, a gate in the general vernacular means any stronghold: a tower, an
+island, a mountain pass.  Now, of this seed it is plainly stated that
+they shall possess the gates of their enemies.
+
+The text would be very finely illustrated if we supposed that Mexico held
+Governor's Island, in the middle of our bay, and defiantly dictated to us
+doctrines of trade, politics, and religion.  As arrogant and as impudent
+as this would seem, yet such is the case with this seed of Abraham and
+other nations.  Believing that the Saxon race are the Ten Lost Tribes, it
+then follows that the English nation is the chief representative of these
+Tribes, and that they should be in possession of the gates of their
+enemies.  Are they?  We answer, yes.  And every year confirms and makes
+more clear the answer.  This you say is a theory.  Grant it.  You know
+that in science a theory is formed and then applied.  If you form a
+theory about the tides or formation of the planets, or this world, your
+theory with others is applied to known facts to see if it will fit them,
+to see if it will account for them, and to see if it is in harmony with
+the same.  Now science accepts that theory which applies best, that which
+accounts for facts the most reasonably, and harmonises the most
+naturally.  Such theory is then the science of the day, and will be so
+accepted and so taught until it is supplanted by a better.  Try, then,
+the theory I have advanced by these rules.
+
+Take the Islands of Jersey and Guernsey in the English Channel, between
+England and France, nearer to the French shore than England; the
+inhabitants, being a majority of them French, speaking French.  Yet when
+France was England's greatest and most dangerous enemy, England held
+then, as now, the gates of her enemies.  Properly speaking, and adjudged
+by any human rule, they belong to France--as naturally as the island of
+Heligoland, at the month of the Elbe, belongs to Germany.  Gibraltar,
+Malta, Cyprus, Suez Canal, Island of Perim in the Straits of Babelmandeb
+in the Red Sea, and Socotra, in the same sea; also Aden in the Red Sea,
+covering Arabia; Peshawur, the very entrance of or from India into
+Afghanistan.  In and around the vast empire of India you have Bombay,
+Calcutta, Madras, with many similar strongholds; Rangoon, on the Irawady
+river, commanding and even menacing Burmah.  The vast empire of China is
+carefully guarded and held in check by such gates as Singapore, Malacca,
+Penang, Hong Kong and Cowloon.  Sarawak in Borneo, and Labuan off the
+coasts, are such gates.  Africa is being gradually gobbled up; her
+strongholds and vast areas of country are falling into the hands of
+England; the coasts are fast coming under British rule.  Recently England
+has come into possession of three gates--namely, the island of Socotra,
+near the Red Sea, the island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean, and the
+Sublime Porte, the lofty gateway, Constantinople.  And it is now rumoured
+that England is negotiating with Portugal for Delogoa Bay in
+South-eastern Africa; price, three million dollars.  But this people are
+not satisfied with all these gates.  They want--and they will get what
+they want in a very short time, thank Heaven; not what they
+deserve!--they want the famous Khyber Pass.  This pass is a narrow road
+between mountain rocks that rise over two thousand feet at the lowest
+point.  It is some twenty-eight miles long, while for twenty-two miles
+the average width is only 150 feet.  The Eastern end the English already
+hold, called the Peshawur Pass.
+
+Afghanistan is a country in Asia.  It is about the size of England, 460
+miles from North to South, and 430 from East to West.  On the North it is
+bounded by Turkestan, East by India, South by Beloochistan, and West by
+Persia.  The population numbers about 7,000,000.  They are as wild as the
+country is broken and irregular.  They are chiefly agriculturists.  The
+country is rich in minerals and timber.  In time past they have seldom
+been at peace, being very generally at war among themselves.  Afghan is a
+Persian word, and means that which is wrapped around--no doubt having
+reference to the mountain chain that hems in the whole land.  The people
+themselves, however, name their country Vilayet, which means the land of
+our ancestors.  They claim that in their country lived Adam and his
+children, also Noah and his.  They say they had in their possession once
+the ark of the covenant, but they have lost it.  While it was with them,
+if they took it into battle, victory was sure to be theirs.  At the
+present time they have Noah's ark.  It is embedded in the ground, with a
+portion protruding out, which pilgrims to the top of Dera Ismael
+Khan--that is, the sacred mountain of Israel--are permitted to see and
+touch.  Many have supposed the Afghans to be the Ten Lost Tribes.  It has
+been the folly of many of the learned, in time past, to hunt for, and
+actually expect to find, the chosen of God in some out-of-the-way place;
+to find them few, poor, and deluded--the poorer, the fewer, and the more
+wretched, the better.  Hence, the wild Indians of the continent, the
+bushmen of Africa, the aborigines of Australia, the Laplanders of the
+North, and many such have been chosen of men--though not of God.
+
+The Afghan country, no doubt, once had intercourse with Palestine.
+During Solomon's reign many Jews left the land as merchants.  Solomon
+built store cities in Hamath, Tadmor in the wilderness, and many others.
+These store cities were on the great highway which he made through the
+desert, so as to bring the trade of Dedan and Sheba to Jerusalem.  That
+Hebrew names are given to the mountains, places, rivers, and persons, no
+one can deny; but such does not prove them to be the Lost Tribes--it
+shows away back Jewish influence and intercourse.  They do not speak the
+Hebrew, but two languages called the Pukhtu and Pushtu.  In either
+language there are few, if any, traces of the Hebrew.  No doubt the Lost
+Tribes, after being scattered into Central Asia, when taken captive about
+725 B.C., wandered, some of them into Afghan, and probably for a time
+settled there, and gave names to the country.  The Afghans themselves
+went into the country from India, and as the Tribes moved Westward they
+left the Afghans in possession.
+
+The Afghan country comes now into great importance because it is on the
+highway of the march of Israelitish civilisation and progress.  England
+wants it; and I predict she shall get it.  Russia wants it, and at
+present seems to have the upper hand; but Russia or England, or the
+world, can avail nothing against the purposes of Jehovah.  The gates are
+promised to Israel, therefore she will get them.  The English have
+already an army of 35,000 men in the Peshawur Valley.  Russia is
+gathering a force, and ere long the two countries will be brought face to
+face.  The end of the whole muddle will be that England will take charge
+of Afghan.  Thirty-three years ago Disraeli wrote his novel called
+"Tancred."  In this novel he makes the Queen of England the Empress of
+India, and one of her favourite officers is made Earl Beaconsfield; so
+far fancy has become fact.  But in that same novel the future of the
+present strife has been set forth.  It has been very finely put by the
+London _Spectator_:--
+
+"There is a story going about, founded, we believe, on good authority,
+that when some one quoted 'Tancred,' two or three months ago, in Lord
+Beaconsfield's presence, the Prime Minister remarked: 'Ah!  I perceive
+you have been reading "Tancred."  That is a work to which I refer more
+and more every year--not for amusement, but for instruction.'  And if
+anyone will take the trouble just now to refresh his memory of 'Tancred,'
+he will see how much Lord Beaconsfield has borrowed from it in relation
+to his policy.  Turn, for instance, to this passage: 'If I were an Arab
+in race as well as in religion,' said Tancred, 'I would not pass my life
+in schemes to govern mere mountain tribes.'  'I'll tell you,' said the
+Emir, springing from his divan, and flinging the tube of his nargileh to
+the other end of the tent, 'the game is in our own hands if we have
+energy.  There is a combination which would entirely change the whole
+face of the world and bring back empire to the East.  Though you are not
+the brother to the Queen of the English, you are, nevertheless, a great
+English prince, and the Queen will listen to what you say, especially if
+you talk to her as you talk to me, and say such fine things in such a
+beautiful voice.  Nobody ever opened my mind like you.  You will
+magnetise the Queen as you have magnetised me.  Go back to England and
+arrange this.  You see, gloss over it as they may, one thing is clear, it
+is finished with England . . . Let the Queen of the English collect a
+great fleet, let her stow away all her treasure, bullion, plate, and
+precious arms; be accompanied by all her court and chief people, and
+transfer the seat of her empire from London to Delhi.  There she will
+find an immense empire ready-made, a first-rate army, and a large
+revenue.  In the meantime I will arrange with Mehemet Ali.  He shall have
+Bagdad and Mesopotamia, and pour the Bedouin cavalry into Persia.  I will
+take care of Syria and Asia Minor.  The only way to manage the Afghans is
+by Persia and by the Arabs.  We will acknowledge the Empress of India as
+our suzerain, and secure for her the Levantine coast.  If she like, she
+shall have Alexandria, as she now has Malta.  It could be arranged.  Your
+Queen is young.  She has an _avenir_.  Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel will
+never give her this advice; their habits are formed.  They are too old,
+two _ruses_.  But you see! the greatest empire that ever existed; besides
+which she gets rid of the embarrassment of her chambers! and quite
+practicable!  For the only difficult part, the conquest of India, which
+baffled Alexander, is all done.'  Who can avoid seeing that Lord
+Beaconsfield has been quite recently referring to this passage--'not,' as
+he said, 'for amusement, but for instruction?'  These are all the ideas
+of his recent policy in germ--especially the treatment of the British
+Empire as having its centre of gravity in the far East--the use of the
+Indian Army for conquest to be made in Western Asia--the acquisition of
+the Levantine coast for Great Britain--the active alliance between the
+British power and the Mohammedan power--and last, not least, the getting
+rid, to a great extent at least, by the help of Indian leverage, of 'the
+embarrassment of the chambers.'  For the last eight months, at least,
+English policy has evidently been borrowed from 'Tancred.'  The monarch,
+for anything we know, has been 'magnetised.'  The Cabinet assuredly have.
+Lord Derby and Lord Carnarvon have been treated much as the Emir in
+'Tancred' would have treated 'Aberdeen and Sir Robert Peel'--thrown aside
+as two 'ruses.'"
+
+England has indeed adopted an Oriental policy, and forward she must go to
+execute Jehovah's purpose.  Russia is preparing on a gigantic scale.  In
+Prussia the most flourishing branch of trade among the Germans at present
+is the manufacturing of arms for Russia.  Though the late war be over,
+still Russia is buying ships, and fitting them out in this country.  She
+feels bitterly her defeat through English diplomacy: England taking
+Cyprus, assuming protection over Asiatic Turkey, and making Russia yield
+back to Turkey 30,700 geographical miles which was contained in the
+original Treaty of San Stefano.  The following from the Government organ
+of Russia will give you some idea of her chagrin.
+
+The St. Petersburg _Golos_ says that the Treaty of Berlin has produced an
+almost crushing impression on the Russian public.  "It is felt that
+Russia has not attained her object; that she has been deceived by her
+friends, and that she has foolishly helped her enemies with her victories
+. . .  What is the reason of our failure?  One-half per cent. of our
+population have perished in the war, hundreds of millions have been
+expended, and yet the Eastern Question is not solved and the Treaty of
+Berlin is merely a truce.  The last war has clearly shown all our
+national peculiarities as well as our moral and material strength . . .
+All the military requirements which depended on the inbred qualities of
+the Russian soldier were brilliantly carried out; but where knowledge and
+preparation were demanded we were not equal to the task.  It was probably
+for this reason that we felt so much hurt on reading of the boldness of
+Lord Beaconsfield, who doubtless reckoned on the superior culture of
+Englishmen to that of Russians.  All classes of Russian society are
+responsible for this.  We do not estimate culture and knowledge at their
+true value.  Most of us say that mental work does not bring money, and
+that culture is a means of corruption . . . In Western Europe, on the
+other hand, people have arrived by hard experience at the conviction that
+intelligence, capacity, culture, and energy, bring men to the front, and
+give them peace at home and power abroad.  It is the knowledge of how to
+make the best possible use of their energy and abilities that has enabled
+the English to derive success from our victories and sacrifices.  May
+this be a lesson to us."
+
+But enough; one knows the end ere they begin, for the Word of God is
+true.  We do not argue that the English are so much smarter than other
+people; no, but we account for their success because they are the
+executive nation of Divine Providence.  It falls to the lot of those who
+do not believe this theory to account for their success without allowing
+them to be smarter.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND TERRITORY.
+DISCOURSE III.
+
+
+PROMISES TO ISRAEL--MATERIAL NATURE--LOCATION OF THE TRIBES IN CHRIST'S
+DAY--GOD'S PROVIDENCE--BRITISH AND AMERICAN RULE--LIFE FROM THE
+DEAD--TEACHING THE NATIONS PEACEFUL ARBITRATION--ENGLAND AND
+RUSSIA--AFGHANISTAN FALLS TO ANGLO-ISRAEL--GOD'S POLITICAL
+GEOGRAPHY--ANGLO-SAXON EVANGELISATION--RUSSIA OPPOSING IT--BRITISH AND
+RUSSIAN OUTPOSTS IN CONTACT--WAIL OF JUDAH--EARTH'S GIRDLE.
+
+    "Enlarge the place of thy tent, and let them stretch forth the
+    curtains of thine habitations; spare not, lengthen thy cords, and
+    strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt break forth on the right hand
+    and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make
+    the desolate cities to be inhabited."--Isa. liv. 2, 3.
+
+In the writings of the prophets the feminine gender is often used when
+speaking of the House of Israel, and the masculine when denoting the
+House of Judah.  Quite frequently Israel is spoken of as a divorced
+woman, as being cast off, and as being barren.  Judah remaining faithful
+to the throne of David and the temple service, and abiding in the land
+much longer than Israel, is presented as one married.  So you will
+understand Jeremiah iii. 8, when he says: "And I saw, when for all the
+causes whereby backsliding Israel committed adultery I had put her away,
+and given her a bill of divorce."  Again, Isaiah l. 1: "Thus saith the
+Lord, Where is the bill of your mother's divorcement whom I have put
+away?"  Yet, though Israel was divorced, forsaken, cast off, and
+desolate, she was to have more children than married Judah.  So the verse
+preceding the text says: "Sing, O barren, thou that didst not bear; break
+forth into singing, and cry aloud thou that didst not travail with child;
+for more are the children of the desolate than the children of the
+married wife, saith the Lord."  Then come the words of the text bidding
+her enlarge the place of her tent, or dwelling-place, to stretch forth
+her curtains, so as to cover over the new-gotten habitations.  To spare
+not--that is, to be not tardy, or slow--in lengthening out her
+cords--that is, her influence--and strengthen her stakes--that is, her
+authority; but to break forth on every hand where there is an opening,
+and inherit the seed of the Gentiles, and make the languishing and
+poverty-stricken cities of the nations to be inhabited; in this conquest
+to go on and fear not.
+
+These exhortations are given, and promises are made to Israel after she
+had left Palestine.  No one can say truthfully that they have yet been
+fulfilled in no degree or sense, unless they find such fulfilment in the
+conquests of the Saxon race.  These predictions cannot apply to the Jews,
+for they are few, nationless, and without a government.  Touching the
+past history of both Judah and Israel in Palestine, we shall find it to
+be barren of victories, territory, acquisition, and number, in comparison
+to other nations.  They have never occupied the land given to Abraham in
+fulness.  In Solomon's time they bare rule only over a part of it.  The
+Gentiles and heathens have occupied it more and longer than the sons of
+Abraham.  But what failed to be accomplished in the past, is held grandly
+in reserve for this day, the next few years.  God will remember His
+promise to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and David.  He will remember it to
+fulfil it, in spite of hell or earth.
+
+We have been blind and guilty in the past, unconscious of our origin, and
+as a natural consequence, ignorant of our place and special work.  In
+interpreting the Word of God we have been lavish in spiritualising, and
+greedy in materialising, overlooking the fact that nine-tenths of the Old
+Testament is a material history about one people, and that through them
+God's special providence was to flow to all other nations; and the New
+Testament plants the life and prosperity of the Gentile world upon the
+course and progress of Israel.  God said to Abraham, "In thee shall all
+the families of the earth be blessed:" and more, "and in thy seed shall
+all the nations of the earth be blessed."  Israel, being scattered and
+cast off, became a blessing to the world.  They gave to the surrounding
+nations the only true idea of God, for in their lowest condition and
+idolatry they preserved the name and knowledge of Jehovah, and Christ
+sent His disciples after them through one of their own Tribe--namely,
+Benjamin--telling them not to go into the way of the Gentiles, nor into
+the cities of the Samaritans, "but go rather to the lost sheep of the
+House of Israel."  To these sheep Christ declares He was sent.  Where
+were these sheep?  They were scattered about in Central Asia--in
+Scriptural language in Cappadocia, Galatia, Pamphylia, Lydia, Bithynia,
+and round about Illyricum.  From these very regions came the Saxons: from
+here they spread abroad North and West, being the most Christian of any
+people on the face of the earth then, as well as now.  Their reception of
+the Gospel gave them power over the surrounding nations, to whom they
+were, as it had been foretold, witnesses for Jesus and providence in a
+very special manner.  What then, we say with Paul, will be the blessing
+of Israel--recognized and fully restored to God's favour?  If so much
+good was carried and bestowed upon the Gentile nations because Israel was
+scattered, how much, and what are the blessings in store for those
+nations when Israel and Judah be restored?  Paul compares it to a
+resurrection--like as when the barrenness and desolation of a Winter is
+supplanted by the fruits and beauties of Summer.  "If the casting away of
+them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them
+be, but life from the dead?" (Rom. xi. 15).
+
+It is reasonable to suppose that this world is subject to the providence
+of God.  Such a supposition is grandly sustained by the laws and
+operations of nature without, and the experience and intuitions of the
+mind within; and I believe this providence to be all-comprehensive,
+bounding, and cognising all things, past, present, and future, both small
+and great; claiming the ages for its measure, the universe for the field
+of its operations, and the Infinite as the source of power.  "The Lord
+Jehovah reigns, let the earth rejoice."  Let me persuade you to
+thoroughly believe in the precision, the intimacy, and the completeness
+of this providence.  This doctrine we need to fully learn and accept.
+"In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth," and it is He
+"who hath measured the waters in the hollow of His hand, and meted out
+heaven with a span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure,
+and weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a balance."  Aye,
+and more, yet closer still does this providence approach us in our
+affairs.  "By Him kings reign and princes decree judgment.  He bringeth
+the princes to nothing; He maketh the judges of the earth as vanity."
+Even closer yet, for without His permission a sparrow cannot fall to the
+ground; and so intimate is He with us, that He knoweth the number of the
+hairs of the head.  Now all this kind of Bible instruction is intended to
+teach the nearness of God to us, and His interest and intimacy with
+nations and nature.  Let us not think for a moment that nations can rush
+to war and be outside this circle of providence.  Let us study to know
+God's mind, His plans and purposes with the nations; for rest satisfied
+that His plan will finally be accepted by men and nations, and His
+purposes will prevail.  Kings may plan, diplomatists may diplomatise,
+scientists may analyse, theologians may teach and preach their isms, and
+politicians may make platforms and construct rings, yet none, nor all
+combined, can stay the hand of God.  "He doeth according to His will in
+the armies of heaven and among the inhabitants of the earth."  He can
+initiate, permit, modify, and destroy.  Once we truly recognise the
+sovereignty of God over us, conceit will lie dead at the feet of
+humility.
+
+The Church at large has but a slender hold upon this great doctrine.
+They look upon the great movement of wars and strife, rising and falling
+of nations, as looks the country stranger upon a railway engine the first
+time, the whirling wheels, the steam and smoke and burnished boiler rivet
+his attention so completely, that he sees not the driver in his car.  So
+men are dazed with the show of pomp of courts and councils, with the
+harangues of legislators and march of regiments, that they discern not
+the master hand behind that directs all.  "Verily, Thou art a God that
+hidest Thyself."  No, no, friends; English bravery, nor American
+ingenuity will not account for all that England has done on the line of
+victories, and the marvellous and rapid growth of these United States.
+As God said long ago through Moses, so He could say to-day--for heavenly
+counsel was given to the children of Israel on entering the Promised
+Land, with a design of suppressing their pride and enabling them to form
+a correct idea of their success in driving the strong and greater nations
+of Canaanites and Philistines--"Speak not thou in thine heart, after that
+the Lord thy God hath cast them out from before thee saying: For my
+righteousness the Lord hath brought me in to possess this land; but for
+the wickedness of these nations the Lord doth drive them out from before
+thee.  Not for thy righteousness, or the uprightness of thine heart, dost
+thou go to possess the land, but for the wickedness of those nations the
+Lord thy God doth drive them out from before thee, that He may perform
+the word which the Lord sware unto thy fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and
+Jacob.  Understand, therefore, that the Lord thy God giveth thee not this
+good land to possess it for thy righteousness, for thou art a
+stiff-necked people" (Deut. ix. 4).
+
+By the same rule and for the very same reason that Israel conquered
+Palestine, does England go on from conquest to conquest.  And because God
+remembered to perform His promises made to the patriarchs upon their
+seed, America was opened for the Puritans, who are without doubt the
+descendants and representatives of Manasseh, of whom God said "he should
+be a people, a great people."
+
+The rule of England and America over other people, is to be as life from
+the dead--that is, whatsoever country England conquers and rules, it is
+better for the people, and the country, and the world.  They give to the
+people a liberty that they would not have given to themselves; they
+develop the resources of the country as never before, and by trade and
+commerce bless the people and cause them to be a blessing unto others.
+And better still, they make known to the conquered ones, in due time, the
+riches of faith in Christ.  So we have no hesitation in saying, a thing
+patent to every unprejudiced observer, that the aborigines of the
+conquered colonies of Great Britain are treated better by their
+conquerors than they ever treated themselves.  The Africans, in the
+conquered colonies of Africa, are better off under British rule than
+those colonies or portions unconquered are.  The hosts of India enjoy
+more, fare better in every grace and virtue in all that goes to adorn and
+develop mankind, under the British government and protection than they
+ever did or would under self-government.  So the French, Germans,
+Italians, Russians, Spaniards, and the numerous progeny of emigrants to
+this country, fare better in every way with Manasseh, than they did in
+their own lands.  Of course, both in England's rule and America's, there
+are many defects; but taking all in all, the good will out-weigh the bad;
+and more so as the years roll on.
+
+True, an arbitrary purpose and an individualism is seen on the surface,
+yet under it all there is the hand of God.  The farmer is free as to what
+he sows, but the Divine, without interfering with his freedom, regulates
+the harvest to plenty or famine.  The Saxon people, England and America,
+stand in a new light to the world by the teachings of the Bible.  Being
+Israel or the Ten Lost Tribes, they become at once the chosen agents of
+God for the glorious purpose of evangelising the whole world, and
+finally, by reducing the whole earth to the plane of universal liberty
+and peace.
+
+It was necessary that these two nations should first be taught the art of
+mediation, for the ends of peace; that they should learn and show to the
+world that national disputes and grievances can be settled without an
+appeal to the sword.  Hence we have, and what is much better, the world
+has, Geneva and Alabama and the fish bounty treaty of Canada and the
+United States.  Not all the press did on either side, nor all the carping
+and blustering of individuals, could prevent the happy consummation of
+both these treaties.  To God be praise, for they are prophetic harbingers
+of a better day coming.
+
+No hand nor power, nor combination of powers, can stop the onward march
+of Israel to her God-ordained goal.  Her future is to spread on the right
+hand and on the left.  Island after island, colony after colony, will
+fall into her hands for mutual benefit.  Russia may contest this march,
+and will, for she is as much the appointed agent of contest from Heaven
+as England is to advance.  In a few years she will try to take the place
+of England among the nations, as she has just done in Afghan.  Russia
+promised, no doubt, that she would and could protect the Ameer against
+England, but the bargain was outside of the aims of Providence, hence it
+could not be sustained.  It is ordained of Heaven that Afghan fall into
+the hands of England, if England be Israel.
+
+Against this fate-like division of the world Russia is going to contend
+and fight whenever she gets a chance.  It would pay Russia and many other
+countries to read that "When the Most High divided to the nations their
+inheritance, when He separated the sons of Adam, He set the bounds of the
+people according to the children of Israel" (Deut. xxxii. 8).  These
+bounds God will maintain wherever they run; whatever country they cut in
+two, no matter, the earth must finally conform to this Divine geography.
+This purpose is strongly set forth by Isaiah xliv. 7: "And who, as I,
+shall call and shall declare it, and set it in order for Me, since I
+appointed the ancient people? and the things that are coming and shall
+come."  This same sturdy fact is taught by Paul when speaking to the
+Athenians, telling them that God "hath made of one blood all nations of
+men to dwell on the face of the earth, _and hath determined the times
+before appointed_, _and the bounds of their habitations_."  National
+destinies are not so much things of chance, or prizes for the sword, as
+many think.  God promised to David, when both Israel and Judah were
+prosperously settled in Palestine under David's reign, that He would
+appoint a place for His people Israel, and plant them there, and they
+should not be moved, neither should the wicked afflict them, as aforetime
+(2 Sam. vii. 10.)  This promise God has kept.  He has given them the
+British Isles, where none can afflict them, as they were wont to do when
+Israel was scattered in Asia and Europe.  God has found Manasseh a home
+in this land of blessings and rich acres.
+
+England, by a necessity, was forced to find new countries to provide for
+her multiplying population.  Then she is forced to enter other nations as
+a missionary.  She, with Manasseh, is chiefly responsible for the
+evangelisation of the world, and of course they are at work all over the
+world, for England and the United States send out more missionaries than
+all the world beside.  Russia needs no land for colonisation, for now her
+inhabitants number only thirty-four to the square mile, while England
+numbers 889.  If we take in all the territory under Russia and England,
+even then England has more to the square mile than Russia.  Russia
+comprises about 8,000,000 square miles, and England, with her late
+additions, leaving out the United States, numbers about 9,000,000.
+Joining Ephraim and Manasseh together, they own one-fourth of the whole
+world--namely, about 13,000,000 square miles; the whole earth numbers
+51,340,800 square miles.  Besides, Russia is not a missionary country.
+She neither sends any, nor accepts any, being at present the only nation
+closed to missionary operation and toleration.  The past few years Russia
+has gained rapidly in territorial power.  With the conquest of Bokhara
+and portions of Turkestan, or Independent Tartary, she has added some
+800,000 square miles.
+
+At the beginning of the last century the Russian advance forts were 2,500
+miles distant from those of England.  At the close of the century the
+distance was 2,000.  Then in 1810 it was reduced to 1,000.  And since
+1855 it has been reduced to 400.  And now, of course, they want it
+reduced to nothing by getting control of Afghan.
+
+How wonderfully clear are the fulfilling events of the prophecy.  This
+king of the North is to become a strong king, who, when Israel and Judah
+are settled in Palestine, will have spirit and power to attack them.  So
+he is ripening, growing, and gathering power ready.  Russia now comprises
+nine crowns, eight of which are crowns of conquest.  Russia's one grand
+desire is to possess Palestine, especially Jerusalem.  The Crimean war
+was waged for rights and extended privileges in this holy city.  To-day
+Russian pilgrims swarm thither by the thousands every year.  A few years
+ago she built outside the Jaffa gate what she called an hospice, which
+was designed to be nothing more nor less than a fort.  It is in a
+position commanding the whole city, and is a place of great strength.
+Often she has tried to possess the city and land.  By-and-bye she will be
+permitted by Providence to pour her troops into this "land of unwalled
+villages," and when having nearly achieved the ambitious plan of ages,
+and nearly realised her one great national idea, she will perish, to rise
+no more, "on the mountains of Israel."  Her history is set forth by
+Ezekiel xxxviii. and xxxix. chapters.
+
+Palestine and Jerusalem have borne undeniable evidence for prophecy and
+Providence.  The whole land and the Book have been wonderfully agreed
+during the past eighteen centuries.  How significant and telling the
+wailings and lamentations of the devout Jews, who crowd under the walls
+of the mosque of Omar, the site of the ancient temple.  Here, each
+returning Sabbath, groups of Jews may be heard dolefully crying: "_Ali
+bene_, _Ali bene_; _bene bethka_; _bekarob_, _bimheira_, _bimheira_;
+_beyamenue_, _bekarob_," which, being interpreted, means, "Lord build,
+Lord build; build Thy house speedily, in haste, in haste; even in our day
+build Thy house speedily."  Yes, mourning brethren of Judah, the time is
+coming when the house shall be built and the voice of wailing no more
+heard in the streets.
+
+Can any student or inquirer after the truth fail to see that in our day a
+prophecy is being fulfilled?  Can any one shut their eyes to the
+wonderful fact that Israel is breaking forth on the left and on the
+right?  God has long ago said that Israel were the people of His
+inheritance, and that Jacob was the lot of His inheritance, or His
+girdle, or cord, as the word lot means.  Then, if you turn your attention
+to Great Britain and her colonies, including Manasseh, you will see this
+girdle or measuring line around the earth.  Let me aid you by pointing
+the same out for you.  Look at the Eastern hemisphere circle, enclosing
+the Gentile nations.  Begin with Great Britain; pass on to the Channel
+Islands, Gibraltar, Malta, Cyprus, West Coast African Colonies, St.
+Helena, Cape Colonies, Mauritius, Seychelles, Perim, Aden, Ceylon, India,
+Burmah, Straits Settlements, Labuan, Australian Colonies, Hong Kong, and
+the Dominion of Canada.  In the Western hemisphere commence the circle
+with Canada and United States, Fiji Islands, New Zealand, Falkland
+Islands, British Guiana, British Honduras, West India Islands, and
+Newfoundland.  Do we not plainly see that Israel is possessing "the isles
+of the sea," "coasts of the earth," "waste and desolate places?"  These
+things are not hid in a corner; they proclaim the intentions of God, an
+over-ruling Providence; and who and where the Lost Tribes are.  A miracle
+and prophecy are fulfilling before our eyes.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND POPULATION.
+DISCOURSE IV.
+
+
+PROPHETIC LATTER DAYS--OUR BEARINGS IN THE AGES--UNWISE
+IMPATIENCE--ISRAEL TO BE ALWAYS A NATION--HER EMPIRE--HISTORIC CAREER OF
+AND FUTURE OF ENGLAND, AMERICA, AND JUDAH--RELATIVE INCREASE OF
+POPULATION--THE INFIDEL SAXON--JEWISH, BRITISH, AND AMERICAN INTERESTS
+ONE--A FULL END OF ALL NATIONS BUT ISRAEL--FAMINE HENCEFORTH ONLY FOR THE
+HEATHEN--ARBITRATION TO BE ENFORCED BY ISRAEL--AMERICAN
+ABSORBTION--STARTLING FIGURES OF FUTURE POPULATION--THE BALANCE OF POWER.
+
+    "Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the
+    sea, which cannot be measured or numbered; and it shall come to pass
+    that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people,
+    there it shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living
+    God."--Hosea i. 10.
+
+A period of time is frequently referred to in the Scriptures as being the
+"latter days."  It is, therefore, very important for the prophetic
+student, and the Church of Christ at large, that the time of days spoken
+of should be known.  For connected with these days are a number of
+prophecies waiting fulfilment, and they are of such a nature that their
+fulfilment may easily be discerned.  In breadth and scope they cover much
+territory and include many people.  They cannot be hid in a corner, for
+the parts are so numerous and the interests so great.  The fulfilment of
+these prophecies will make a radical and fundamental change in Church and
+State.
+
+I take it for granted we are now entering into the time of the latter
+days--a time that precedes by a natural consequence the millennium.  It
+is, therefore, unwise on the part of any person to claim that Christ may
+come any day, and that His millennial reign may be begun at any moment.
+It is but fair that we should carefully consider our bearings in the
+circle of Providence and our position in the ages.  The story and work of
+redemption are grand, full of interest and thrilling incidents; still we
+must take things in their order.  Some stories we read are very
+fascinating.  The plot culminates, the characters and incidents converge
+toward and centre in the hero.  At such a point we are often carried away
+with our sympathy for the hero; we become anxious for him, and desires to
+know the issues, and so are tempted to skip a few pages and get at the
+end unwisely and unlawfully.  Thus I think many are carried away by a
+loving desire for the millennium; they become anxious for the return of
+the Hero of redemption; they skip a few pages of Providence, and come to
+the end too soon.
+
+These days are preparative, and in such a preparative stage we are
+warranted to look for the fulfilment of certain prophecies; for
+prophecies, indeed, of such a nature and character that no Bible student
+need be mistaken as to the time, place, and conditions of fulfilment.  We
+have called your attention to one of these prophecies, and pointed out to
+you how the same was literally fulfilling before the eyes of all.  God,
+in olden times, made promises to Abraham, the patriarchs, and their seed.
+These promises were nothing more nor less than prophecies.  He attested
+the same by His own oath.  He called to witness the sun, moon, stars,
+sea, night, day, the seasons, seedtime and harvest.  These He called His
+ordinances.  These ordinances may depart from before Him, but the seed of
+Israel should not cease to be a nation.  They were not only to be a
+nation, but a company of nations.  To this end, in the latter days, they
+were to come in possession of the isles of the sea, the coasts of the
+earth, waste and desolate places; to inherit the seed of the Gentiles,
+and cause their desolate cities to be filled.  They were to possess and
+rule over the heathen.  In the latter days they were to possess Edom and
+Esau--that is, Turkey--and so come in possession of their own land,
+Palestine.  Now I call you to witness, and ask you if these things are
+so?  Before your eyes, before mine, before the eyes of all the world, God
+is fulfilling His promises made to the fathers.
+
+The very exceptions to the sweeping and comprehensive possessions of the
+seed of Jacob are pyramidal witnesses to the same.  The House of Judah
+was to become homeless, without a nation and without a government, after
+they left Palestine; but to be a people known by the race feature, and by
+their unwavering adherence, attachment, and fidelity to the Mosaic
+worship.  This exception all can see, and none can truthfully deny.  They
+have had money and men enough to buy and rule a nation, but as yet they
+have none.  Their talent, their ability, and their money, have been the
+chief factor in the rule, prosperity, and greatness of many nations in
+the past as well as now.  And the second conception is not less grand and
+conclusive.  Let any one inquire what was to be the portion of the Tribe
+of Manasseh, and they will find that Manasseh was to be a distinct
+people, a great people; for so said the dying patriarch Jacob.  Now such
+a people, a great people, we hold Manasseh to be at this day in the
+people of the United States.  Some sixty colonies England has overrun,
+established, or conquered, and she is busy at work yet conquering and
+gathering in.  But is it not remarkable that she has never lost one of
+the many save the United States?  Will any one give an earthly reason for
+this marvellous exception?  I presume no one can.  There is, however, a
+Divine reason.  Moses, when giving his prophetic benediction to the
+Tribes of Israel, gives us an insight into this question.  Speaking of
+Joseph and the wonderful blessing in store for his sons Ephraim and
+Manasseh, he says: "His glory is like the firstling of his bullock, and
+his horns are like the horns of unicorns; and with them he shall push the
+people together to the ends of the earth; _and they are the ten thousands
+of Ephraim_, _and they are the thousands of Manasseh_" (Deut, xxxiii.
+17).  And further light is thrown on this subject when we notice what
+Isaiah says in the forty-ninth chapter.  The children of Israel, when
+settled in some Isles, would lose a portion of themselves, and still the
+"children which thou shalt have _after thou hast lost the other_, shall
+say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me, give place to me
+that I may dwell."  The simple and natural interpretation of such a
+passage is, that the Isles referred to were the British Isles.  The
+children lost refer to Manasseh, the Pilgrims, and Puritans who came from
+England.  And the cry for more room after they have left, shall lead
+England to look for lands in which to colonise her surplus population,
+all of which she has done and is doing.
+
+Surely in these things there is something more than chance.  Yes, there
+is a divine purpose fulfilled.  Seeing, then, that God will put the land
+into Israel's hand, there will run another blessing parallel with
+this--namely, a peculiar increase of the seed, or children of Israel, so
+that they may occupy and control these lands.  These two prophecies are
+to be fulfilling on a parallel line at the same time.  Are they so
+fulfilling?  We answer, Yes; and the answer all the world may verify, for
+the facts are of such a nature that if they are not so fulfilling it can
+be very easily disproved.
+
+The prophet tells us in the text that the children of Israel are to be
+numerous--to be numerous in an extraordinary degree--so much so that it
+shall appear partly miraculous when such increase is compared to other
+people or judged by the common methods of reasoning.  Hosea had three
+children; the first a son.  He called him Jezreel.  This son was set for
+a witness that God would cause to cease the House of Israel in
+Palestine--that Israel should cease to be a nation for a time.  This idea
+Isaiah points out under the type of an abandoned wife.  God styles
+Himself the Husband of Israel, and that He had given the wife a bill of
+divorcement.  Thus the two prophets agree, and history ratifies both.
+
+Hosea's second child he calls Lo-Ruhamah.  She was set for a witness that
+God would take away His mercy from the House of Israel for a time, and
+that God would utterly take them away out of the land.  So He did; for a
+few years after this we find the children of Israel were carried captive
+into Assyria by Shalmaneser, and the Assyrians were brought and put in
+their place.  And from these Assyrians, who were planted in the cities
+and country left by the children of Israel, we get the Samaritans, who
+were, as you see, not Jews nor Israelites by generation--they were
+manufactured Jews only.  "And the Lord removed Israel out of His sight,
+as He had said by all His servants the prophets.  So was Israel carried
+away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day" (2 Kings xvii. 23).
+During this captivity, which is even in force till now, barren Israel,
+the divorced one, was to have more children than the married one--namely,
+Judah.
+
+We find that the third child born to Hosea is called Lo-ammi, meaning,
+"Ye are not My people."  This child pro-figured the casting out of the
+Jews; that they would refuse to accept God in Christ, and He therefore
+would reject them.  Thus the Jews became wanderers from their own land.
+And the land rests in desolation, enjoying her Sabbath of rest, while her
+sons and daughters are being chastised and trained for their return.
+
+The time will come when God will call Israel to Him, and have mercy upon
+her, when the divorced one shall be restored to her husband.  "And it
+shall be at that day, saith the Lord, that thou shalt call Me Ishi, and
+shalt call me no more Baali" (Hos. ii. 16).  Now Ishi means husband, and
+Baali stands for Lord.  Saxons have been looked upon as being infidels by
+the rest of the world.  The Mohammedans and Buddhists never reckoned the
+Saxons as being the sons of God; and Catholic Europe and Greek Russia
+have looked upon England as infidel and heretical.  And the Saxons
+themselves never went so far in their knowledge as to know who they were,
+their origin and work.  But the prophet says: "It shall come to pass that
+in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people, there it
+shall be said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God."  And the
+time will come when Lo-Ruhamah shall become Ru-hamah, which means to have
+obtained mercy.  And Lo-Ammi shall become Ammi, which means that this is
+My people.  And Jezreel, which was a sign of dispersion, shall be the
+sign of gathering.  "Then shall the children of Judah and the children of
+Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head, and they
+shall come up out of the land; _for great shall be the day of Jezreel_."
+Then the Jews (Ammi) will call the Saxons their sister, long lost, but
+found at last.  The Saxons (Ru-hamah) will call the Jews their brother,
+those whom in the past they have hated and persecuted; and thought
+themselves far removed from Jewish blood.  Now they both will acknowledge
+a common generation, and Abraham their father.  And one with his eyes
+half open can see this part of the prophecy fulfilling.  The Jews,
+England, and United States, from this and henceforth, are one in
+interest, policy, and destiny.
+
+These being the latter days, let us look for the signs of the multiplying
+of the seed so that they be as the sea sands God promised to Abraham,
+saying: "That in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will
+multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven and as the sand which is upon
+the sea-shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies" (Gen.
+xxii. 17).  Old Jacob foretold that Joseph would be a fruitful bough,
+whose branches would run over the wall--that is, colonise.  This increase
+is to be seen in two ways.  Let me direct your attention to one of these
+ways, in a special manner, because it is so singular and unique, so
+distinct and discernable.  In Jeremiah xxx. 10, 11, we find a remarkable
+statement: "Fear not, O Israel, for I am with thee, saith the Lord, to
+save thee.  Though I make a full end of all nations whither I have
+scattered thee, yet will I not make a full end of thee; but I will
+correct thee in measure, and will not leave thee altogether unpunished."
+That Israel has been punished and corrected no one will deny who is
+acquainted with her history and sojourn from the time she was carried
+captive to this day.  But has the other part of the saying been
+fulfilled?  We answer, Yes--as the law of colonisation has progressed.
+The Ancient Britons are no more; Saxon Israel has entirely supplanted
+them, just as Manasseh in the United States is supplanting the aborigines
+or Indians.  They perish and disappear like snow before the rising sun.
+Not all we can do on the line of legislation, philanthropy, and religion,
+is sufficient to stay the ravages of this long-ago declared decree of
+Heaven.  Go to Canada, and you find they are perishing; in Newfoundland
+they are entirely gone, and in every other province they are fast
+disappearing, save such as are saved by incorporation, by marriage, and
+salt stayed by the power of Christianity; but both these remedies are
+only temporal--they perish in spite of all in the heated atmosphere of
+Israel's civilisation.  Some few tribes may hold their own and seem to
+increase, but such does not invalidate the evidence of the decree.  For
+they have perished in such numbers, and so uniformly, when in contact
+with Israel, that history proclaims the decree fulfilled.
+
+The native inhabitants of Van Dieman, called Tasmanians, have entirely
+become extinct.  The Maories of New Zealand are rapidly diminishing.
+Fifty years ago they were 200,000 strong; now only about 50,000.  In a
+few more years they will be gone.  The same is true in all the other
+Australian provinces.  The same is true of many isles of the sea, also of
+the African colonies.  In these things, so exceptional, we can surely
+say, with the magicians of old who contended against Moses, "This is the
+finger of God."  Thus we see Israel increasing, by the law of diminution
+going on among the Gentiles.  Israel in the latter day was to be blessed
+with plenty in the orchards, stall, and field: "For I will lay no more
+famine upon you, saith the Lord."  The past year we learn that some
+10,000,000 of Chinese perished in famine.  India, in one part, has been
+greatly reduced in number by the same scourge.  This country will be
+partly protected from the operation of this law--for no doubt a large
+portion are from Abraham.  "But unto the sons of the concubines, which
+Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac his son,
+while he yet lived, Eastward, unto the East country" (Gen. xxv. 6).  This
+same scourge does not follow the colonising of other nations.  It did not
+follow Spain, nor the Dutch, nor France.
+
+If you turn to the prophets, you will soon learn how they are to increase
+in the latter days--not by a comparison on the line of diminution only,
+but in and from themselves.  "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that
+I will sow the House of Israel and the House of Judah with the seed of
+man and beast" (Jer. xxxi. 27).  Have these days come?  We again say,
+Yes; and these kind of prophecies are being fulfilled in this day in so
+special a manner as to make certain the times we live in.  Through
+Israel, Judah, and Manasseh, the earth is to find the equilibrium of
+peace.  The Jews will furnish the money, for in the increasing
+ascendancy, and multiplying power, and authority of England and America,
+the Jews will draw closer to them and invest more and more their money
+with them, because of greater security and profit.  The balance of power
+and even compulsion will be in the hands of England and America, to force
+arbitration on disputing nations, and they will do so, having set the
+precedents themselves in the Alabama and fish treaties.  At present, many
+will refuse this idea, and point to the famous Monroe doctrine.  Now that
+doctrine has had its time, nearly; and it has served a good purpose for
+the country.  The mercantile growth, and general producing power of this
+country, will cause us to abandon our selfish protection policy; for of
+all other people on the face of the earth we will want free trade; for we
+will have the greatest surplus of mercantile and agricultural
+productions, and in a short time our very position and ability will push
+away all competitors.  Once our mercantile and agricultural interests are
+cast in other nations, we will then have an interest in their wars and
+peace, and will be led to interfere.
+
+The chief way in which the balance of power will fall into English and
+American hands is in the fulfilling of the blessings of the text: the
+multiplying of this people, first by natural increase, and second by
+incorporation and absorption.  Look at this law of absorption; how
+vigorous and sure!  If you turn into a field of grass fowls, pigs,
+horses, and cows, you get chicken-meat, pork, horseflesh, and beef.  The
+individualism in each creature absorbs and converts the same field of
+grass into themselves.  So into this country are coming people of every
+nation and race, but the individualism of Manasseh will in due time make
+them all Manassehites.  The children of the Russians, Poles, Spanish, and
+so on, become American in taste, manners, and sympathies.  They are being
+grafted into the tree of Manasseh.
+
+But look at the law of increase naturally.  Take the population of
+several countries as given in the last census, and carefully note the
+relative increase, and how long it takes each nation to double its
+number.  Russia, eighty-six millions, doubles every 100 years; Germany,
+forty-two millions, doubles every 100 years; Turkey, forty-seven
+millions, doubles every 550 years; Austria, thirty-seven millions,
+doubles every 100 years; France, thirty-six millions, doubles every 140
+years; Great Britain, thirty-three millions, doubles every 55 years;
+United States, forty millions, doubles every 25 years; Italy,
+twenty-seven millions, doubles every 125 years; Egypt, seventeen
+millions, doubles every 150 years; Spain, sixteen millions, doubles every
+112 years; English colonies, ten millions, doubles every 25 years.  Now
+make a calculation for 100 years, from 1878 to 1978, and see how these
+countries stand in population and their relative position.  Russia will
+have one hundred and seventy-two millions; Germany, eighty-four; Turkey,
+fifty-six; Austria, seventy-four; France, fifty-nine; Great Britain, one
+hundred and thirty-seven; Italy, forty-one; Egypt, twenty-nine; Spain,
+twenty-eight; United States, six hundred and forty; and the English
+colonies, one hundred and sixty--and that is not reckoning the natives in
+the colonies, only the descendants of the English.  Of course, in a
+country like India, the natives will be a considerable number, and they
+might properly be reckoned in with the colonial items, and so swell the
+number of Israel's power.
+
+Now these figures show a wonderful conclusion.  In simple language, we
+find that in 1978, the English-speaking race, or Israelites, will number
+937 millions, while all of Russia, Germany, Turkey, Austria, France,
+Italy, Egypt, and Spain, will only number 543 millions.  Where then, we
+ask, will be the balance of power?  And why should this certain law come
+into operation at this time, if it be not the blessing foretold by the
+prophets?  And can we not see that these are the latter days, and that
+God is fulfilling His promises to Israel?
+
+The blood of Abraham and the faith of Abraham have been wonderfully
+preserved and projected down through the centuries with telling effect.
+And on this line the Darwinian theory of election is very true, for the
+survival of the fittest is the proclaimed law of Heaven.  There is power
+in land possession and there is power in number, and if these two factors
+maintain their force for one hundred years, then we infer of certainty
+that the sceptre of rule and destiny of the world will be in the hands of
+Israel, unless the laws of nature are reversed, and the promises of God
+fail.  The Word of God cannot fail or return unto Him void; it must
+accomplish that whereunto He sent it and prosper in things designed, or
+as Jeremiah xxiii. 20 says: "The anger of the Lord shall not return until
+He has executed and till He has performed the thoughts of His heart; in
+the latter days ye shall consider it perfectly."
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND LANGUAGE.
+DISCOURSE V.
+
+
+LATTER DAY PROPHETIC PROMISES--TIME OF ISRAEL'S REVIVAL--PYRAMID
+TESTIMONY--BRITISH ISLAND POPULATION IN 1882--AFFINITY BETWEEN ENGLISH
+AND HEBREW--CELL OF THE HONEYBEE--ORIGIN OF LANGUAGE--LION OF
+LANGUAGES--FOREIGN TESTIMONY--ALL TONGUES INDIGENOUS BUT ENGLISH--THE
+PRE-MILLENNIAL TOKENS.
+
+    "For then will I turn to the people a pure language, that they may
+    all call upon the name of the Lord, to serve Him with one
+    consent."--Zephaniah iii. 9.
+
+In the last two discourses we called your attention to two prophecies
+that are now fulfilling; they are on parallel lines of time and
+territory.  The first had reference to the rapid accumulation of the
+lands of the earth by Israel.  Accepting the Anglo-Saxons as being the
+children and descendants of Jacob, it naturally follows that the
+prophetic blessings and promises made to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and their
+heirs, should find a fulfilment in these, the latter days, and that such
+fulfilment should be found in the English nation, among the Jews, and in
+the United States.  It is easy to see and believe that the curses
+prophetically pronounced on Judah and Israel have been fulfilled,
+especially on the House of Judah.  The promises to the House of Israel
+are now being grandly realised.  England is in possession of the isles of
+the sea, the coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places, the
+heathen is her inheritance, and she is inheriting the seed of the
+Gentiles, and causing their desolate cities to be inhabited.  From the
+taking of Jamaica, by General Penn, in 1655, to the peaceful cession of
+Cyprus, the course of this little island nation has been onward and
+upward.  And if her conquests and progress are not amenable to prophecy,
+for an interpretation, then the wonder is still greater.  The facts are
+with us, and must be accounted for some way.  The second had reference to
+the multitudinous seed of Israel in the latter days.  Till two hundred
+years ago the Anglo-Saxons were not in this respect distinct from other
+races; indeed, for centuries they were distinct rather for their weakness
+in multiplying power and number.  Many other races have exceeded them in
+this particular.  But no sooner do we come abreast of the latter day time
+than we find the laws of centuries changed.  In thermal science it is an
+axiom that heat expands all bodies, and of course that cold contracts
+them.  But to this general rule there is one beautiful and benevolent
+exception: it is in water; for if we start with water at thirty-two
+degrees, we find the remarkable phenomenon of cold expanding all below
+thirty-two, and heat expanding all above.  If we take water at 212
+degrees and withdraw it from the heat, it will continue to contract till
+we reach thirty-two; then the law is reversed, and the water expands.
+Now the reversion of this law, at this particular point, is wonderfully
+expressive of Divine forethought and benevolence.  By such a change ice
+is made to float in water, and so save our lakes, streams, and wells from
+being frozen solid.  As this exception is to thermal science, so is the
+law of reproduction to Israel in this day.  This people, who have been
+behind other races, now, at an appointed time, step to the front.  The
+law seems to be reversed, and that too for a benevolent purpose--for the
+very purpose that they might be able to fulfil the mission assigned them
+in these last days, to occupy the new lands and evangelise the world.
+One prophecy seems to call for the other, for what would be the use of
+the lands without the people, or the people without the lands?  It is an
+amazing fact that Queen Victoria should bear rule over one-third of the
+population of the whole earth, and that Israel, including Manasseh,
+should own one-fourth of the land.
+
+But this amazing fact is made reasonable when we accept the Queen as
+being of the seed of David, and an heir to the promises attaching to
+David's throne, and when we accept the Anglo-Saxons as being the Ten Lost
+Tribes of Israel.  Then prophecy, Providence, and facts, are a
+trinity--they are one sublime whole.  God, speaking through Moses, said
+He would punish to reform Israel for seven times--and seven times
+prophetically understood, means 2,520 years.  If we allow that Israel
+were carried captive in the year 725 before Christ, then Israel would
+come into freedom, or be reformed, about 1795; because if we add 725 to
+1,795, we get 2,520.  Up to this point they were to be robbed of their
+children and to be few in number (see Lev. xxvi. 22).  In the year 1795
+Israel were to be relieved from these curses; and about this time this
+special law of reproduction came into operation; or, if we take the
+lamentations of Hosea vi. 1-3: "Come and let us return unto the Lord, for
+He hath torn, and He will heal us; He hath smitten, and He will bind us
+up; after two days will He revive us; in the third day He will raise us
+up, and we shall live in His sight.  Then shall we know if we follow on
+to know the Lord.  His going forth is prepared as the morning, and He
+shall come unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the
+earth."  By this passage, our day and the special providences of this
+period are mournfully and graphically referred to.  Here a day stands for
+a thousand years, "for a day with the Lord is as a thousand years;" so
+that when two thousand years should have passed by, Ephraim, who stands
+for Israel, was to be revived and blessed with fruitfulness sometime
+during the third day, or thousand years.  In ancient time a day was
+counted when it had a majority--that is, when it had passed the half.
+The prophet here says we were to be revived, or raised up, on the third
+day.  So, if you again take these three thousand-year days, you will find
+that two of them are to be completely passed, and during the third we
+were to be raised.  The number we have given, 2,520, exactly meets the
+interpretation--2,000 complete, and 520 make a majority for the third day
+by the twenty over the half.  These prophetic figures tally well with the
+existing state of things.  About the beginning of this century England
+assumed to lead the world.  It is a remarkable coincidence that, in the
+last century, the question of how to multiply the population was a
+subject of debate and legislation in the British Parliament.  But what
+legislation failed to do, God in His providence did at the appointed
+time.
+
+It is a curious fact, and well worth noticing, that the famous witness of
+the Lord of hosts in Egypt, the Great Pyramid, forecasts what the number
+of Israel and Judah would be in the year 1882.  As Israel is symbolised
+in the Grand Gallery, it is found that the cubic contents of the same, in
+inches, is about 36,000,000; thus by some this is interpreted to mean
+that inches stand for individuals, and if so, then England proper will
+have this number in 1880.  Whether this is a true interpretation or not,
+we all know that these figures will be about right.  The Queen's Chamber
+of the Pyramid symbolises the number and condition of the Jews.
+
+From these two prophecies, so sublimely fulfilling, let me invite your
+attention to another that is now maturing.  It, too, is parallel with the
+other two.  We refer to the peculiar growth, power, and progress of the
+English language.  After Israel went into captivity, they were to lose
+their language and take or form another.  "For with stammering lips and
+another tongue will He speak to this people" (Isa. xxviii. 11).  We will
+all agree that the English language is not the Hebrew; and if we are
+Israelites, then indeed God is speaking to us in another tongue, for few
+of us read His Word in Hebrew.  It is read to the millions in the
+English; hence the millions hear God speak to them in another tongue than
+that of Hebrew.  Between the English and Hebrew languages there is an
+intimate relation, especially back a few years, before the English had
+grown so much.  The Hebrew was a very limited language; not numbering
+more than 7,000 words.  The English is now said to number about 80,000.
+The most lavish writer does not use over 10,000; the common average is
+about 3,000.  In the English we have not less than 1,000 Hebrew roots.
+This, comparing the languages a few years back, is a large percentage.
+In names of persons and places the Hebrew is very prominent in England.
+
+I take it for a fact that language is of Divine origin.  Men have written
+on the origin of language from every standpoint; the majority of them
+trying to account for its existence without allowing so noble a source.
+The first man, Adam, I believe, could talk as easily and naturally as he
+could see, and hear, and taste.  Speech was a part of his endowment.
+There is nothing more wonderful in a man talking than a bird singing,
+save that speech is a higher order of utterance.  Dumb nature performs
+marvels every day as mighty and wonderful as man's talking.  The
+honey-bee builds its cells, ignorant of the fact that such construction
+is the solution of a problem which had troubled men for centuries to
+solve.  At what point shall certain lines meet so as to give the most
+room with the least material and have the greatest strength in the
+building?  This problem is said to have been worked out by a Mr.
+McLaughland, a noted Scotch mathematician, who arrived at his conclusion
+by laborious and careful fluxionary calculation.  To his surprise, and to
+the surprise of the world, such lines and such a building were found in
+the common bee cell.  Now I hold that the same Creator who gave to the
+bee the mathematical instinct could endow man with the instinct of
+speech.  Even to animal instinct we find a certain variation and
+permitted latitude in what is called adaptive instinct.  So in man we
+find this same instinct of adaptation in a higher sense.  The instinct
+comes into play when we suppose a number of persons separated from
+others, each living in different quarters of the globe.  In such a
+condition, though of the same language when first separated, they would
+not remain so long--that is, in the primitive state of society.  Thus,
+among the tribes of Africa, at this day, languages are widening and
+varying from a once common centre.  So Israel in captivity would lose the
+Hebrew gradually.  The language of the people among whom they settled was
+the Sanskrit, from which a score of languages have come--the German,
+French, and Italian, Saxon and others.  The Saxon of to-day, compared
+with the Saxon of 2,000 years ago, is very different; so much so that for
+us to learn and speak it would be equal to learning a new language.  Thus
+the English language is a thing of growth.  In the year 1362 the Saxon
+was made the court language of England.  From that time onward its growth
+has been wonderful.
+
+The prophetic outlines and Divine place of this language may be seen in
+the germal foundations, which give unto it such vigour, tenacity, and
+capabilities of expansion.  All the features of this language go to show
+that it is destined to be the medium of a world's intercourse, and that
+it very suitably belongs to Israel, in whose hand will be the destiny of
+the world.  It is the lion of languages.  It will grow anywhere, and by
+reason of its tenacity when once it gets a foothold it abides.  It is
+peculiarly suited to the humanities of every race, clime, and condition;
+there is no limit to its expansive adaptability.  It is in a special
+manner voracious in the destruction of other languages; wherever it goes,
+it sounds the death-knell of all the rest.
+
+Soon as this language entered Britain, it began its work of destruction.
+Before it has disappeared the real British, the Cymric or Welsh, Erse or
+Irish, the Gaelic of Scotland, and the Manx of the Isle of Man.  The
+British Keltic is entirely gone; the rest are entirely local.  Beside
+these it ousted from the island the Norse, the Norman-French, and several
+other tongues that tried to transplant themselves on English soil.  It is
+at work in every part of the globe, planting itself and displacing
+others.  A few years ago French was the language best suited for a
+traveller on the Continent.  But this has changed.  Now the English is by
+far superior.  And why is it that the English is supplanting all others?
+To answer such a question in a scientific way, one cannot do better than
+quote from the great and learned German philologist, Prof. Grimm, of
+Berlin.  He says of it: "It has a thorough power of expression, such as
+no other language ever possessed.  It may truly be called a
+world-language, for no other can compare with it in richness,
+reasonableness, and solidity of texture."  But perhaps the most definite
+and distinct testimony given by a foreigner touching the future ubiquity
+of the Anglo-Saxon race and language, is that put forward by Provost
+Paradol, a learned Frenchman.  He says "that neither Russia nor united
+Germany, supposing that they should attain the highest fortune, can
+pretend to impede that current of things, nor prevent that solution,
+relatively near at hand, of the long rivalry of European races for the
+ultimate colonisation and domination of the universe.  The world will not
+be Russian, nor German, nor French, alas! nor Spanish."  He concludes
+that it will be Anglo-Saxon.
+
+A British poet has presented in poetry the special features of several of
+the European languages, which we give:--
+
+    "Greek's a harp we love to hear;
+    Latin is a trumpet clear;
+    Spanish like an organ swells;
+    Italian rings its bridal bells;
+    France, with many a frolic mien,
+    Tunes her sprightly violin;
+    Loud the German rolls his drum
+    When Russia's clashing cymbals come;
+    But British sons may well rejoice,
+    For English is the human voice."
+
+There are eight languages in the bounds of Christian civilisation that
+may be accounted powerful, because they are the tongues of vigorous
+people; they are the English, Russian, German, French, Spanish, Italian,
+Portuguese, and Scandinavian.  But of these all are indigenous, except
+the English, so that they die if transplanted.  Look at this country and
+behold what a cemetery it is for languages.  Once the French had strong
+hold and promised to abide here; but it is now nearly gone, even from the
+state of Louisiana and Canada, the last places of retreat.
+
+If we take note of the population according to these several languages,
+we shall see the prophetic future of the English.  It is spoken by about
+ninety millions, Russian seventy-five, German fifty-six, French forty,
+Spanish thirty-eight, Italian twenty-nine, Portuguese fourteen, and
+Scandinavian nine.  Within the control of the governments of these
+languages we find England to have rule over 255,000,000 people, who do
+not as yet speak English, and we find that the other seven have only
+seventy-five millions outside of themselves.  Here is an important
+difference.  If we look at them by territorial limits, leaving out
+Russia, we find the English language to own 13,382,686 square miles,
+Germany 449,684, French 571,578, Spanish 4,694,811, Italian 114,466,
+Portuguese 4,028,311, and Scandinavian 1,308,830.  The aggregate number
+of square miles possessed by these six languages, is 11,167,620, which
+altogether, you see, own 2,215,066 miles square less than the English.
+The balance itself is more than Germany, France, and Spain put together.
+The English language is divided only into two governments, but the other
+six are divided into twenty-six, all of which governments are bitter one
+toward the other; each trying to supplant one another, while England and
+the United States are at peace, and will ever remain so.  In one hundred
+years from now the English language will be spoken by a thousand million
+people.  Thus we need no stretch of fancy to see that what the prophet
+speaks of in the text will be accomplished in due time.
+
+This language will soon be universal; by common consent it will become
+the language of the world.  All the changes going on among nations
+forecast its ubiquity.  China, by an imperial decree, has just added to
+her language 700 English words.  Her sons by the thousand are with us,
+and by the thousand they are learning our mother tongue.  The Japanese,
+till a few years ago, carried on their foreign correspondence through the
+Dutch, but now they have changed to the English.  Besides, in the 50,000
+schools in Japan English is being taught.  If science has an answer for
+this strange phenomenon, so have we.  Ours is, that it is the will of
+Heaven.  Confusion of tongues came at Babel as a punishment.  By this
+means Heaven scattered the unwilling descendants of Noah.  When Noah came
+forth from the Ark, God bade him multiply and replenish the earth--that
+is, fill it up.  Babel, however, was built as a monument of
+centralisation, for the builders gave as a reason for building it, "Lest
+we be scattered abroad upon the face of the earth."  By a confusion of
+tongues they were scattered.  Since then we have had some 1,500 distinct
+languages, and some 3,500 colloquials, or say 5,000 different forms of
+speech.  At the present time 600 of the primary are dead, so that there
+are about 900 languages now spoken on all the earth, with about 2,500
+colloquials.
+
+When these means have answered their end--namely, to make us occupy all
+parts of the earth--then they will die out.  It then follows that as the
+world fills, languages must disappear.  So they do.  The English and
+German were the last languages to come into existence.  No new ones are
+now being made.  Alphabets are increasing, because missionaries are
+reducing spoken languages among the heathen into a written form.  The
+Bible is translated into two hundred different tongues.  This itself will
+only lead the millions back to English.  All ship papers are now made out
+in English excepting the French, and no doubt they will soon have to
+follow in the wake.
+
+The day of Pentecost foreshowed the universality of some language.
+Pentecost was a type, and the English is the antitype.  The strangers
+from Phrygia, Pamphylia, Libya, Pontus, and Cappadocia, mingled with the
+Parthians, Medes, Elamites, Cretes, and Arabians.  They all heard the
+Gospel in their own tongue.  The different tongues make a wall of
+division, making them strangers one with another; but the Holy Ghost took
+away this wall, and they were all face to face, able to understand one
+another.  The same power that here multiplied the gift of tongues--giving
+to some several--surely could give to Adam one.  Away with a faith that
+cannot give God credit with being the Author of language.
+
+No sooner do we see England in guardian possession of Syria than the idea
+enters into the scheme of reform of extending the English language.  The
+Board of Directors of the Syrian Protestant College at Beyrout have shown
+their appreciation of the new era of British influence by a recent vote,
+which is to the effect that on January 1, 1879, all instruction in the
+college shall be through the English language.  The Arabic will only be
+taught as any other dead language.  This remarkable action shows that
+British influence in Syria is hereafter to be more than simply
+diplomatic; it is to be an all-pervading and controlling power, affecting
+every interest of Society.  Truly another Pentecostal day is drawing
+nigh--a day when all the world shall hear the Gospel in the language of
+Israel.  In all these things we see the lively tokens and pre-millennial
+agencies hastening on the day of the Lord.
+
+
+
+
+ISRAEL AND GENTILE FULNESS.
+DISCOURSE VI.
+
+
+MEANING OF GENTILE FULNESS--BLESSINGS THROUGH JUDAH AND EPHRAIM--BEST
+RELIGION--JEWS OUTWITTED--WHY BENJAMIN WAS KEPT AT JERUSALEM--FRENCH
+PROTESTANTISM--GENTILE FULNESS CONTEMPORARY WITH TO-DAY--WHAT IT
+IS--EXCEPTIONAL TURKEY.
+
+    "Now, if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the
+    diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles, how much more their
+    fulness."--Rom. ii. 12.
+
+Paul, the author of this epistle to the Romans, tells us that he was an
+Israelite of the seed of Abraham and of the Tribe of Benjamin.  The fact
+so conveyed it is necessary that we keep in mind, if we would interpret
+aright this epistle.  He introduces to our notice three parties: the
+Jews, who include at this time the Tribes of Judah and Levi; the
+Israelites, who embraced the Tribe of Benjamin and the other nine Tribes
+that had been in captivity for about eight hundred years--the whole
+together are generally known as the Ten Lost Tribes.  In the third party
+we have the Gentiles.  This word Gentile usually denotes and includes the
+non-Jewish nations and people.  The Hebrew word _goyim_, in early Bible
+history, was equivalent to our word nation.  It finally began to denote
+any people who were not of the sacred seed of Abraham.  The Greek word so
+rendered is _ethnos_, which means a multitude or nation.  In the New
+Testament another word is sometimes used in a more limited sense--namely,
+_hellenes_, which is translated Greeks.  Ignorance of these three
+parties, their place in Providence, and relation one to the other, has
+given rise to much needless controversy and division in the domain of
+theology.  Men have argued for an election and a reprobation, laying
+great stress on the 9th, 10th, and 11th chapters of Romans, that is in no
+wise taught.  The election Paul deals with is a literal one, having
+reference to a distinct people, whom God has elected for a special work
+in this world.  This people God calls "His people," "His inheritance,"
+"His chosen," "His witnesses," "His servants."  "This people have I
+formed for Myself; they shall shew forth My praise" (Isa. xliii. 21).
+Hence exclaims the Psalmist, "Blessed is the nation whose God is the
+Lord; and the people whom He hath chosen for His own inheritance."
+
+It will be evident to any careful Bible reader that God called Abraham
+from Ur, in Chaldea, from his own kindred, for a special design.  Through
+Abraham's seed Jehovah designed that blessings, temporal and spiritual,
+should flow to all nations.  He selected this seed for His own training,
+instruction, and culture, to the end that they might train, instruct, and
+evangelise the rest of mankind.  Through Judah was to come spiritual
+blessings, because from Him was the Messiah; and through Ephraim, as
+representative of the Ten Tribes, was to come temporal blessings.  And
+this in the past has been the order of providential procedure; it is the
+present order, and it is to be the future.  Look and verify this
+statement and order by an examination of the nations of the earth at this
+time, by asking yourselves the question: What form of religion among the
+many on earth is best suited to develop man, to conserve his truest
+interest, and crown him with the greatest measure of peace, plenty,
+liberty, and security?  Surely to this question there can be but one
+answer--it is the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ.  And it is evident
+that Christ came of the Tribe of Judah.  If we seek among the nations for
+the best form of civilisation and the best government, we shall find the
+same to be in the bounds of Israel and Manasseh--England and America.
+Here we shall find individualism the best developed, and liberty the
+fullest grown.  In this conclusion the intelligent of every other nation
+will concur.  We assume no risk in making this statement.  Thus, without
+doubt, the world at large is greatly indebted to the religion of Jesus,
+who was of Judah, and to the Anglo-Saxons, for the best and purest forms
+of political organisations or governments.  The Anglo-Saxons being the
+Ten Lost Tribes, it therefore follows that God has carried out the design
+included in Abraham's call, and the promise made that in his seed should
+all the nations of the earth be blessed.  To us it seems to have been a
+roundabout way.  Had Israel been obedient to God in Palestine, and had
+Judah received Jesus as the true Messiah, the state of the nations most
+certainly would have been very different to what it is now.  Still,
+through all, and for all, the purpose of heaven has been carried forward.
+
+In studying Providence it is always well to remember that God is not
+dependent on the harmonious co-operation of His creatures for the
+accomplishment of His purpose.  He can gain His ends either through our
+hate or love, resistance or co-operation.  When the Jews had crucified
+Christ, they naturally thought they had cut short His career and cut off
+His influence; for so it would appear by all human reasoning.  Even the
+disciples did not see how He could be the Messiah and Deliverer of Israel
+when He allowed Himself to be crucified.  The hope of Israel was buried
+with the dead Christ.  They had hoped that it had been He who should have
+redeemed Israel; but this hope was then dead.  But by His resurrection
+they saw through the secret of Providence, and they saw that God was
+faithful in devising a way of escape, and able to bring to pass His own
+glorious purpose.  So Peter voices their experience when he says,
+"Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which, according
+to His abundant mercy, hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the
+resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead."  The Jews soon found out
+they had made a mistake in crucifying Jesus; for the risen Christ was
+mightier than the teaching Jesus.  They had crushed a seed to the earth
+which sprang forth in renewed beauty and grace; whose death was life and
+whose loss was gain.  In common parlance they had been outwitted.  They
+slew a man and He rose a God.  They in wrath offered a sacrifice once and
+for all, even for the very sin in which they were then indulging.  They
+unknowingly abolished death, and brought life and immortality to light.
+The critical and unbelieving Sadducees, who denied another life than
+this, gave aid in proving another and a better; for Christ risen
+condemned their unbelief.  The proud and ritualistic Pharisee, who loved
+the temple and its gorgeous ceremony, destroyed one and made the other of
+none avail, for in the planted death of Jesus they laid the foundation of
+another and grander temple--one composed of living stones--and made the
+temple service meaningless; for the anti-type had swallowed up the type;
+the real, the ideal.  In all this they had reasoned on a human plan,
+which is not high enough to wholly overlook and explore the kingdom of
+God.  Paul, in 1 Cor. ii. 7, makes this matter plain: "But we speak the
+wisdom of God in a mystery; even the hidden wisdom which God ordained
+before the world unto our glory, which none of the princes of this world
+knew; for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of
+glory."  Jesus committed His life to the wave-tide of their rage, and was
+floated to death and victory.  On the man side there was purpose and
+hate, and for this they were responsible; and on the Divine side we have
+wisdom and love working out the salvation of a lost race.
+
+Jesus came to His own and they did not receive Him.  Who were His own?
+We answer, the Jews; for He was of Judah.  But if His own did not receive
+Him, we ask, who did?  The answer is, that Israel received Him.  The
+Israelites in the land at that time were the Tribe of Benjamin.  They had
+been providentially selected for this work nearly a thousand years
+before.  This one Tribe of Benjamin has a very peculiar history; and it
+you will study it over, it will greatly serve to confirm your faith in
+the Divine inspiration of the Bible and the unity and forethought of
+Providence.  The original theocracy of Israel consisted of Twelve Tribes.
+This theocracy was divided under Rehoboam, Solomon's son and successor.
+Ten Tribes seceded, and formed a kingdom, which is ever after called the
+kingdom of Israel; their first king was Jeroboam.  But it is very
+singular to notice, that one of these Ten Tribes is lent to the kingdom
+of Judah, and this one Tribe is Benjamin.  In this was the Divine
+provision for the time of Christ.  We find in the first book of Kings,
+eleventh chapter, that Solomon displeased the Lord by his wicked ways,
+and the Lord said: "Forasmuch as this is done of thee, and thou hast not
+kept My covenant and My statutes which I have commanded thee, I will
+surely rend the kingdom from thee, and I will give it to thy servant
+(Jeroboam was Solomon's servant at that time); notwithstanding in thy
+days I will not do it, for David thy father's sake; but I will rend it
+out of the hands of thy son.  Howbeit I will not rend away all the
+kingdom, but will give one Tribe to thy son, for David My servant's sake,
+and for Jerusalem's sake, which I have chosen."  All the kingdom
+evidently meant the Ten Tribes.  The same truth Ahijah, the Shilonite,
+taught when he rent his new garment into twelve pieces, and gave to
+Jeroboam ten.  "And he said to Jeroboam, Take thee ten pieces; for thus
+saith the Lord, the God of Israel: Behold, I will rend the kingdom out of
+the hands of Solomon and will give Ten Tribes to thee."  Then comes in
+the reserve clause again: "But he shall have one Tribe for My servant
+David's sake, and for Jerusalem's sake, the city which I have chosen out
+of all the Tribes of Israel."  And the reason for the reservation of this
+Tribe is clearly expressed in verse 36: "And unto his son will I give one
+Tribe, that David My servant may always have a light before Me in
+Jerusalem."  Now it is plain why this Tribe was an exception.  The city
+of Jerusalem, God says, He has chosen out of all the cities of Israel,
+because to this city would the Messiah come.  And beautifully agreeing
+with the forethought is the fact that when the Tribes had their lots
+assigned them in Palestine, the city of Jerusalem fell in the portion of
+Benjamin.
+
+The Tribe then were owners of the city, and they received Christ.  The
+disciples and first followers and converts were chiefly from this Tribe
+of Benjamin.  After this Tribe received Christ, then their work was done
+in Jerusalem.  So they were to separate from the kingdom of Judah, and
+seek out their own brethren and unite with them.  The time of their
+separation had been foretold by the prophet, and pointed out by the
+Saviour.  The time of their departure would be coincident with the siege
+and destruction of their beloved city.  So cried Jeremiah down through
+the centuries, "Oh, ye children of Benjamin, gather yourselves to flee
+out of the midst of Jerusalem, and blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set up
+a sign of fire in Beth-haccerem, for evil appeareth out of the North and
+great destruction "(Jer. vi. 1).  If any of you are mindful to examine
+history, you will find that war came, that the destruction was terrible,
+and more, you will find that the Benjaminites escaped.  These points
+profane historians thoroughly confirm.  Having fulfilled their
+God-appointed mission with the kingdom of Judah and in Jerusalem, Heaven
+gave them to be light-bearers to the whole world; first to specially find
+their own brethren of the House of Israel, and carry them the Gospel, and
+they would carry it unto all the earth.  Thus the Saviour said, "Go not
+in the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye
+not.  But go rather to the lost sheep of the House of Israel."  Peter in
+his epistle tells where these lost sheep were scattered.  Agreeable to
+the Saviour's command they went forth, and preached as they went, and so
+carried the Gospel of Jesus with them.  As a Tribe they finally settled
+in Normandy, and gave to France her Protestantism, which, from that day
+to this, Catholicism has not been able entirely to uproot, though it has
+made several desperate attempts.  They finally, however, as a Tribe,
+under the Norman conquest, entered England and united with the other nine
+Tribes.  Their advent, and the way they came, is very graphically
+symbolised in the unicorn on the royal arms of England.  The unicorn is
+looking Westward, and is attached to the crown by a chain--showing that
+it came from the East.
+
+With these facts in one's mind, read those difficult passages in Romans,
+and all will be plain.  Take, for instance, Romans xi. 17: "And if some
+of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert
+grafted in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of
+the olive tree."  Here it is manifest that we have three parties
+mentioned.  The branches broken off mean Judah and Levi, the wild olive
+stands for the Gentiles, the people in among whom they were grafted, or
+root of whose fatness they were partakers, mean the Israelites.  The hope
+of Jewish restoration is nicely set forth in verse 24: "For if thou wert
+cut out of the olive tree, which is wild by nature, and wert grafted
+contrary to nature into a good olive tree, how much more shall these,
+which be the natural branches, be grafted into their own olive tree."
+Again, the wild olive stands for the Gentiles, the good olive tree for
+Israel, the branches broken off, but which may be grafted in again, for
+the Jews.  Thus to this theory of interpretation the whole Bible responds
+easily and reasonably.  With this kind of interpretation one need not
+twist and distort the sacred Word in order to understand it.  I trust the
+day is near when men will expound the sacred Scriptures by the rules of
+common sense.
+
+The calamity that happened to the nine Tribes of Israel in been carried
+captive has been turned into good by our heavenly Father--into good for
+them and all the world.  "Therefore the Lord removed Israel out of His
+sight, as He had said by all His servants the prophets.  So was Israel
+carried away out of their own land to Assyria unto this day" (2 Kings
+xvii. 23).  Keeping back the Tribe of Benjamin is a marvel of goodness.
+And with Paul we may exclaim: "Now if the fall of them be the riches of
+the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles, how
+much more their fulness."  If Israel had been able to contribute so much
+of Christianity to the world, and evolve in her imperfect state such an
+equitable form of government, what will her contribution be when
+gathered, restored, and once again put into a theocratic relation to God?
+"For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what
+shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?"  This people who
+have been scattered among the Gentiles God is collecting out from among
+them for His own glorious purpose and work.  Thus scattered they have
+been a mystery--a mystery among the Gentiles.  Paul to the Colossians
+says: "To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of
+this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you the hope of
+glory."
+
+When will the fulness of the text take place?  We answer.  Before long.
+The fulness here stands over against the Gentile fulness.  In the three
+last discourses we called your attention to Israel's maturing fulness in
+land, people, and language.  And now, if you will consider the state of
+the Gentile nations, it will be apparent to you that the time of Gentile
+fulness is now present.  These Gentile nations are now overflowing.  Take
+China with her teeming millions, and ask why she has not peopled the
+world? for surely she could have done so long ago.  But she barred her
+own doors by making it unlawful for any of her subjects to leave the
+flowery kingdom--forbidding heaven to such as should die outside.  Now,
+however, she must permit emigration or perish by famine.  Take the
+countries of Europe, and is it not strange that Israel's fulness of land,
+people, and language is made the fuller by these nations contributing
+towards the same?  The fulness of the Gentiles is made to flow into the
+fulness of Israel.  These countries, outside of Israel-England, have no
+colonies to send their overflow to; hence, they are filling up the domain
+of Israel and so hastening on her fulness.  The French, Germans,
+Italians, and Spaniards forsake their land and language, thus adding to
+Israel's fulness; for they chiefly settle down within the bounds of
+Israel.  To this Gentile fulness there was to be one strange
+exception--that was in the Turkish nation.  This nation is set forth by
+the prophet under the figure of the River Euphrates.  In their first
+appearance they were to be very numerous.  In the eleventh century they
+began to invade Europe.  The historian Gibbon, speaking of them, says:
+"Myriads of Turkish horsemen overspread the whole Greek empire, until at
+last Constantinople fell into their hands."  From 1453 till now have they
+held this grand capital.  John, in Rev. ix., pictures this invasion, and
+speaks of the number of horsemen.  He speaks of them as having power in
+their mouths and tails.  This language is very expressive when we
+remember the Moslem's war-cry, which was "The sword of Mahomet and of
+God."  And in one of the first of their great battles they lost their
+standard; but, not long baffled, the commander-in-chief cut off the tail
+of his beautiful steed, and, putting it on the end of a pole, hoisted it
+as a standard.  This ensign they long used.  This kingdom, however, is to
+dry up--that is, to disappear gradually, as a river dries up.  All this
+is taking place.  Turkey sends emigrants nowhere.  They are literally
+dying out.  In number they are fewer each year.  Turkey will pass away
+for want of Turks.  Her territory will be taken away from her gradually.
+How remarkable the dealings of Providence with men and nations!
+
+Up to the point of Gentile fulness, Israel was to be partly blind, for
+God's plans, through Israel, were to remain a mystery for a time.  "For I
+would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye
+should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened
+to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in."  Our idea is
+that the Gentile fulness is now in, and if so, it is natural, then, that
+Israel should be found, and about this time have her eyes opened.  Up to
+this time of fulness, Jerusalem was to be trodden down.  "And they shall
+fall by the edge of the sword, and be led away captive into all nations;
+and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of
+the Gentiles be fulfilled" (Luke xxi. 23).  Now, the Jews did fall by the
+edge of the sword, as the Saviour foretold; they were carried captive
+into all nations; Jerusalem has been trodden under foot.  Thus, then, do
+we see three parts of His prophecy literally fulfilled; and so surely
+will the fourth part be, which is, that in connection with Gentile
+fulness this treading shall cease, and proud, imperial Salem shall lift
+her head once more free from tyrant hands and heathen tramping, to become
+the city of God and His chosen ones.
+
+When Moses was sent to deliver the children of Israel from Egypt, he was
+equipped with miraculous power that he might convince Pharaoh and the
+Egyptians what was the will of Jehovah; but not more so than are the
+prophetic students of this day; for the presence of the Divine gleams
+forth all around in the miracles of prophecy now so wonderfully
+fulfilling in this our day.
+
+
+
+
+DREAM IMAGE OF NEBUCHADNEZZAR.
+DISCOURSE VII.
+
+
+FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD--THE DESTRUCTION OF THE PAPACY
+COMMENCED--IRELAND TO BE FREE AND INDEPENDENT OF ENGLAND AND ROME--FUTURE
+GLORY OF BRITAIN AND THE UNITED STATES.
+
+    "Thou, O King, sawest and beheld a great image.  This great image
+    whose brightness was excellent, stood before thee; and the form
+    thereof was terrible."--Dan. ii. 31.
+
+About 2,500 years ago the kingdom of Babylon was strong, great, and
+prosperous.  The king of this vast empire is known in history as
+Nebuchadnezzar.  His reign had been marked with great victories over the
+surrounding nations.  The mighty Empire of Assyria he had conquered;
+Egypt he had wasted and almost destroyed; Palestine he had reduced to
+strange and pitiable desolation, having carried the Jewish inhabitants
+captive into the region of Babylon.  Among these captives we find Daniel,
+the prophet of Judah.  In the second year of Nebuchadnezzar's
+consolidated reign, as king over Babylon and Assyria, he dreamed a dream
+which gave him much anxiety of mind and troubled him very much.  This
+dream he could not remember nor explain, save that it had left a terrible
+impression on his mind.  The wise men were confounded, for they could
+neither declare the vision or its meaning.  The king, in his rage,
+decreed them all to death.  At this point appears Daniel, one of the
+captives of Judah.  Moved of God, he presents himself before the king and
+makes known to him the vision and interpretation.
+
+The king had seen a great metallic image, excellent in brightness and
+terrible in form.  It was a human figure of massive proportions, standing
+erect with outstretched arms, and of a mixed and strange composition.
+The head was of fine gold.  The breast and arms were of silver.  The
+belly and thighs of brass.  The legs of iron, the feet part of iron and
+part of clay.  While the king was gazing on this monstrous figure with
+intense interest, his attention was arrested by the appearance of a small
+stone--this stone was alone; there appeared no hands handling it or
+moving it.  It was cut out of the mountain without hands.  In this stone
+there appears to be a good deal of the supernatural.  At once this little
+stone assaults the image, beginning at the feet.  The battle is surely
+unequal; the battle continues, and during the struggle the stone actually
+grows; the image falls to pieces--the feet, thigh, breast, and head--and
+victory is with the stone.  By the time the image is wholly destroyed the
+stone has become a mountain; or, as Daniel said to Nebuchadnezzar, "Thou
+sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image
+upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces.  Then
+was the iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken to
+pieces together, and became like the chaff of the Summer
+threshing-floors; and the wind carried them away, that no place was found
+for them; and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain and
+filled the whole earth."
+
+In this vision and interpretation we have a line of history laid bare so
+clearly that we need not err.  The beginning is the time and kingdom of
+Nebuchadnezzar.  The image stands for four great earthly monarchies,
+extending down through the centuries even to this time and day--and a
+little further; for these monarchies are not yet wholly destroyed, and
+the stone-kingdom does not yet fill the world.  Of this fifth, or stone
+kingdom, there is to be no end by conquest, or decay, or succession.
+Daniel says that this kingdom shall not be left to other people--that is,
+it shall never be succeeded.
+
+The peculiar features of the stone-kingdom make it interesting to
+ascertain what kingdom, monarchy, and people stand for it; for such
+kingdom, though small at the beginning, is to grow, prosper, and continue
+to the end of time.  Guided by the Scriptures and history, let us look
+for these four earthly monarchies; and the better to accomplish our task,
+let us stretch the giant figure on his back; then his head of gold will
+rest in Babylon, his silver breast and arms will take in Media and
+Persia, his belly and thighs will take in Greece, and his legs and feet
+will take in Rome.  Thus, then, the gold head stood for Babylon, and is
+now in this day represented and found in Russia--for Russia is a
+continuation of Babylon.  The _Czar_ is on the line of Nebuchadne_zzar_.
+This gold-headed kingdom will be the last destroyed--the destruction
+begins at the feet.  Russia, therefore, has yet a lease of life and
+prosperity; but, finally, she too will yield the contests and disappear
+before the stone-kingdom.  The gold stands for work and endurance, as the
+head is significant of supremacy; but the stone will finally destroy it.
+
+The silver, next in value and endurance, of which were the arms and
+breast, stands for Persia.  Centuries ago Persia was the great Power of
+the earth.  At one time it would seem as if she never would decay or ever
+have a rival; but her day came, and she has dwindled down to the little
+kingdom and monarchy--the Persia of to-day.  Her power is gone, she is
+consumptive, and will soon disappear as a separate kingdom.  The present
+visit of the King of Persia to the Czar at St. Petersburg is not without
+meaning.  The gold head of Russia will need the assistance of the arms of
+Persia by-and-bye.
+
+The brass parts stand well and appropriately for ancient Greece--an
+Empire once so gigantic and powerful, a people so polished and learned,
+but long ago their time, and work, and place were marked out.  And now
+the time is nearly gone and the work done, hence they will soon
+disappear.  The present little kingdom of Greece is all that is left.
+Brass is in itself corrosive, so the Greek Empire has gradually eaten
+itself away.  What sublime lessons the prophets of old taught us!
+
+The iron and clay, of which were the legs and feet, stand for the great
+Roman Empire, which in its day was so solid and grand with its law and
+order, its soldiers and statesmen.  This Empire that tried the hopeless
+experiment of mixing clay and iron--that is, Church and State as
+inaugurated by Constantine.  This nation that tried to fuse together
+Paganism and Christianity.  This nation that tried to stand on two equal
+feet, and to encompass the whole of man, body and spirit.  Well might
+Daniel say of this brittle Empire that it should be partly strong and
+partly weak.  In conscience and the empire of the soul Christ alone is
+King.  No wonder that the Roman Empire has disappeared.  The iron part is
+now entirely gone.  The Pope and the Church of Rome foolishly arrogate to
+themselves to be this kingdom.  They still try and believe in mixing the
+iron and clay--they yet claim authority in the spirit realm.  Obedience
+to Christ and the Pope cannot be on the spiritual or clay side.  No man
+can supremely serve two masters.  On the iron side no man can be loyal to
+his country and the Pope at the same time.  No man can serve two masters
+at the same time, both of which claim and demand supremacy.  These things
+cannot be mixed.  "And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay,
+they shall mingle themselves with the seed of men, but they shall not
+cleave one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay."
+
+How true the prophetic utterances of the prophet!  The Catholics and
+Protestants do not mix easily, not socially, not politically, nor
+educationally.  How are we to mix freely with those who think we are
+heretics and damnable?  How can we socially mix with a people so lordly
+in their claims and deficient in character as many are--a people who,
+when true to their profession, must be our secret or open enemies--who
+sink their manhood and parental claims, so as to depend upon the priest
+for forgiveness and on him for instruction?  Thus, at the priest's
+command, the coming generations are divided and embittered in the fact of
+separate schools for Catholics and Protestants.  These men of clay and
+lordly air, claim rights superior to the State, despising the State
+provision for education.  Daniel said, "The dream is certain, and the
+interpretation thereof sure."  If so, as sure as the iron part has
+disappeared, so will the clay.
+
+Now a clearer view, a purer faith and greater liberty are dawning upon
+our Catholic friends, which is making many of them feel too manly and
+noble to be longer slaves to priest or Pope.  Bereft of temporal power,
+they henceforth will have to win and fight their way, as others, on the
+purity of their doctrines and practice.  In such a strife we can but wish
+them, and all who love the Lord Jesus Christ, great success.
+
+Thus in the short outline of these four kingdoms we see enough to show us
+that God has kept His word.  How marvellous are His ways! how complete
+His work!
+
+Let us now look at this stone kingdom.  This fifth kingdom is as much
+material and political as the other four, and stands for a king, country,
+and people.  It does not come into existence until the image is perfect.
+For it is while Nebuchadnezzar was looking at the image he saw the stone
+cut out of the mountain--its growth was gradual.  Its work was to destroy
+this image and fill the world.  As these kingdoms became weaker and
+smaller, it would become stronger and larger.
+
+What king, country, and people respond to this kingdom?  The answer is as
+easy as to find the other, if we keep our minds free from prejudice and
+open to truth.
+
+First, this kingdom was of Divine origin.  Second, it was small at first.
+Third, the more it fights the more it grows.  Fourth, it breaks in pieces
+this image, beginning at the feet.  It is in fact the sworn enemy of all
+the four kingdoms.  Fifth, it is to fill the world and thus become a
+universal kingdom and monarchy.  In this latter sense it will be a fit
+type of the kingdom of Christ.
+
+Just such a kingdom as this did God repeatedly promise to Abraham and his
+descendants.  David's throne and seed royal are to be established before
+Him for ever.  He promised to David's throne perpetuity, and that David's
+seed should always be on the throne--not in a spiritual sense as some
+think--but naturally and actually in this world.
+
+God promised to Israel, as a people and a kingdom, such pre-eminence in
+origin, power, and growth.  The answer, then, is simple and
+plain--England, as representing the Lost Tribes of Israel, and Queen
+Victoria being a direct descendant from David.  For she came of James
+VI., of Scotland--he from Bruce and Duncan, and Malcolm, and Kenneth, and
+Kenneth through the kings of Argyleshire, Alpin, and Donald, and Fergus.
+Then through the long line of Irish Kings from Earca to Heremon, of Tara,
+and he married Tea Tephi, the daughter of Zedekiah, who, through Jeremiah
+the prophet, had been hid from the destroying vengeance of
+Nebuchadnezzar.  He killed all her brothers and kindred, and put out the
+eyes of Zedekiah and took him a captive to Babylon, where he died.
+
+Look also at the British nation, learned as they are, yet no historian
+can tell who the English were originally.  Sharon Turner, the best and
+most trustworthy on the origin of the Saxons, fails to solve the
+question.  He traces them into Central Asia, but there he stops.  They
+here form part of the Aryan race, speaking the Sanscrit language, from
+which came the Greek and Latin.  And from this place and people came
+forth the Goths and their language, and also the Saxons and their
+language came to view here.  The German and Saxon both seem to have come
+forth from the Aryan stock.
+
+The very place the Saxons came from is the very place where the Lost
+Tribes were carried captive to by the King of Assyria, about 725 years
+before Christ, as we read in the second book of Kings, seventeenth
+chapter.  Take the very word Saxon.  This word comes from the Sanscrit:
+Saka Suna.  Saka means era, epoch, or date, and Suna means void, without.
+Hence the word Saxon means a people whose origin is unknown--void of
+date.  True, Nebuchadnezzar saw no hands cutting the little stone out
+from the mountain.  The origin of the English nation is hid because God
+cast away His people for a time--not for ever.  It is this view of the
+stone kingdom that corresponds to the prophets, to history, especially to
+the English history.
+
+The very island itself is insignificant, and no doubt was once joined to
+the continent of Europe.  The formation on both sides of the English
+Channel--that is, on the French and English coasts, are the same--namely,
+chalk.  The ocean in time past washed through a passage, and thus
+prepared a place for exiled Israel to rest in, and renew their strength.
+
+Why should this small island and a few and scattered people become so
+powerful, so as to sweep the sea, and dictate on land, constantly engaged
+in war, and though small, winning victory upon victory, and like the
+stone, growing stronger and stronger, after fighting the whole of Europe,
+giving liberties in religion that oftentimes imperilled her safety at
+home, opening her ports to all the world, and venturing to compete in
+trade with all nations?
+
+How came they to take India, a country of so vast an extent, so powerful,
+rich, and chivalrous a country, at that time composed of sixteen separate
+and powerful nations, speaking thirty-six different languages, and
+numbering in population some 200,000,000?
+
+With all her faults, still to her the world owes much.  She has stood for
+liberty in person and conscience.  The world has little to-day which
+ennobles men and nations but what she has produced or aided in producing.
+
+The right foot of the image stands for France, while the left signifies
+Spain.  On these two feet long stood Rome, as all know.  When these two
+feet were broken, then soon followed the downfall of Rome as an empire,
+and as they are conquered for Jesus, so will the empire of Rome, as a
+Church, fall.
+
+In the year 1346 took place the battle of Cressey, led by Edward III.
+Then the little stone fell on the right foot, and since then it has
+fallen on that same foot victoriously 218 times.  On the left foot,
+Spain, thirty-five times.  All this time this stone has been growing.  In
+1665 the English, under General Penn, took Jamaica, and every four years
+since they have added a colony.  Now that little stone bears rule over
+fifty-five colonies, one empire, namely, India, and one dominion, Canada.
+And yet, mighty as England was, she could not subdue the American
+provinces, feeble and scattered colonists as they were.  Then they sought
+to fight against Providence.  Old Jacob blessed the sons of Joseph,
+Ephraim, and Manasseh, and then predicted their destiny, saying of
+Manasseh, "He also shall become a people, and he also shall be great; but
+truly his younger brother shall be greater than he, and his seed shall
+become a multitude of nations."  So they are; and so Manasseh is a great
+people in the American nation.
+
+This stone cut out of the mountain has much to do and destroy; it is
+still watching the head of gold.  Israel and Babylon are still face to
+face.  Greece will first disappear, although England is trying to revive
+it.  Next, Persia will go, then Babylon, or head of gold.  Russia will
+have grown to giant-like proportions, and will finally measure swords
+with England.  The stone will win.  England will then move her royal
+residence and throne to Jerusalem.  Every country and province may then
+be independent, like Canada, but federated to the central government.
+Ireland will then be free, yes, doubly free--free from Rome and free from
+England as a State, but still federated to the central government.  It is
+thus this stone will fill the earth.  America will federate, the central
+government will be destroyed.  State rights increase.  These are some of
+the things suggested and taught by this vision.
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE HORN AND TURKEY.
+DISCOURSE VIII.
+
+
+THE TURKS THE ISHMAELITES--ENGLAND AND RUSSIA TO PARTITION THE MAHOMMEDAN
+EMPIRE--WHY ENGLAND SYMPATHISES WITH TURKEY.
+
+    "And out of one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed
+    exceeding great, toward the South, and toward the East, and toward
+    the pleasant land."--Daniel viii. 9.
+
+Nebuchadnezzar had a dream, in which he saw a great metallic image of
+human form.  The head of gold stood for Babylon; the silver arms and
+breast for Persia; the brass belly and thighs for Greece; the iron legs
+and feet of iron and clay for Rome.  To all this we find history has
+faithfully and beautifully responded.
+
+A few years after this we find that Daniel has a dream, which is
+interpreted to him by an angel.  From it we learn that the ten toes
+symbolised ten kingdoms which were to arise out of the Roman Empire.
+
+In the chapter from which we take our text, we are introduced into the
+secrets of a vision which Daniel had.  The place of the vision is on the
+banks of the River Ulai, in the province of Elam, and in the gorgeous
+palace of Shushan--a place and palace made famous and familiar to us by
+the doings of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther.  In other words, the scene
+is changed from the palace of Babylon to the palace of Persia.
+
+In this vision, Pesia is typified by a ram, the two horns of which
+represented Persia and Media, for they formed one Empire at this time,
+under the powerful rule and reign of Cyrus, who, coming from the East,
+pushed his conquests "Westward, and Northward, and Southward."  "The two
+horns were high; but one was higher than the other, and the higher came
+up last."  From history we know that Media conquered Persia, and we know,
+also, that finally Persia gained ascendancy, so that the higher came up
+last, and is even in existence to-day as the small kingdom of Persia; but
+Media has long since disappeared.
+
+While the seer Daniel was considering, behold an he-goat came from the
+West.  This goat had a notable horn between his eyes.  Horn generally
+symbolises power; here it symbolises a king of peculiar power, Daniel
+tells us.  Goat-like, it bounded over the earth rapidly, pushing and
+goring its adversaries.  Can any one at all acquainted with history fail
+to see how fitly and grandly this description of the goat forecasts the
+origin and progress of the Greek Empire?
+
+Substitute Alexander the Great for the notable horn, and you at once mate
+history and this vision.  Surely God has not left Himself without
+witnesses.  "Then the magicians said unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of
+God."  So we may freely say unto the historians and students of history,
+Truly, in these things we see the finger of God.
+
+Could any historian describe more faithfully and accurately the
+invasions, conquests, and victories of Alexander the Great, especially
+his assault on the Persians?  How marvellous and simple the description
+by Daniel: "And he came to the ram that had two horns (Persia), which I
+had seen standing before the river, and ran unto him in the fury of his
+power; and I saw him come close unto the ram, and he was moved with
+choler against him, and smote the ram, and brake his two horns; and there
+was no power in the ram to stand before him, but he cast him down to the
+ground, and stamped upon him: and there was none that could deliver the
+ram out of his hand."
+
+And with the same majestic simplicity we have the downfall of Alexander
+and the division of his Empire described.  Listen!  "Therefore the
+he-goat waxed very great; and when he was strong the great horn was
+broken; and for it came up four notable ones toward the four winds of
+heaven."
+
+To fully understand the sacred writer here, you must call to mind a
+little of history, more and better, for all knowledge only aids us the
+better and better to read the Bible.
+
+What beast save the goat could characterise Alexander and his reign?  He
+was the son of Philip of Macedon, born 356 B.C., and died in 323.  He
+began his reign at twenty years of age, and closed it in twelve years and
+eight months.  No man in the same time ever fought so many battles, won
+so many victories, and subdued so many people.  No man, before or since,
+ever ruled over so many people and such a kingdom.  Queen Victoria is in
+these things his only rival.  But with his sudden death the fruits of his
+victories are re-distributed.  His Empire was divided into four parts;
+the four Diadochi were his successors.  What lessons may men and nations
+learn by studying the prophecies!
+
+"For prophecy came not in old time by the will of man; but holy men of
+God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost;" and unto this sure word
+of prophecy we do well to take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a
+dark place.  "Knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture is of
+any private interpretation" (2 Peter i. 20).  As naturally as nature
+responds to the seasons, so will providence to prophecy.  We can discern
+Spring-time, Summer, Autumn, and Winter.  The garden will reveal to us
+Winter as distinct from Summer, so in interpreting prophecy we must
+always look for an agreement between providence and the world.  As
+naturally as the goat symbolises Alexander, so will providence in natural
+history respond.  Winter, with its winds, storms, and frost; with its
+leafless trees and desolate gardens, proclaim, beyond a doubt, which
+season of the four is bearing rule.  Such a thing cannot be of private
+interpretation; and prophecy, when fulfilled, is as easy seen, and is not
+of private interpretation.  A man is as foolish in forging prophecy as
+one would be in trying to forge Winter by putting artificial leaves on
+trees, and flowers on bushes.  The thing is easily known if we exercise
+our reason.  In this line of thought we are sorry to note that men have
+more faith than reason; hence the blunderings of prophetic writers, and
+the leaders of Adventism and Millenarianism.  Prophecy unfulfilled
+commands and demands our faith--much more faith than reason, for it is
+impossible to see how some things can come to pass, but if they are
+subjects of prophecy they surely will, whether we understand them or not.
+A prophecy fulfilled, however, appeals more to reason than faith, for if
+fulfilled, it can readily be demonstrated.
+
+As naturally as the female and male birds know each other and mate
+together, so will events and prophecy.  This kind of argument Isaiah
+uses: "Seek ye out the Book of the Lord and read; no one of these shall
+fail, none shall want her mate, for My mouth it hath commanded, and His
+Spirit it hath gathered them" (Isa. xxxiv. 16).  I charge you to beware
+of prophetic dentists who put false teeth in the mouth of prophecy; who
+by their haste and impatience forestall prophecy and weaken men's faith
+instead of strengthening it.  Prophetic evidence is very strong evidence,
+both for the Christian and the infidel.
+
+Some will fail to be convinced when prophecy is fulfilled.  Jew-like,
+they will blind their eyes and shut their ears to the evidences and voice
+of fulfilled prophecy.  The entire career of our Lord Jesus Christ was
+foretold and mapped out by the Old Testament writers.  Moses declared His
+family; Micah the place of His birth; Isaiah the virginity of His mother;
+Zechariah His triumphant entry into Jerusalem; David His life,
+resurrection, and ascension, with many other kinds of evidence of a
+detailed and general character; yet the Jews, who claimed to be well
+versed in the Old Testament, rejected Christ.  Keep these things in mind
+while we now consider the text more directly.
+
+You remember that out of the goat kingdom there came up four notable
+ones, and out of one them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding
+great toward the South, East, and pleasant land, or land of Palestine.
+Now this horn is not to be confounded with the little horn of the fourth
+kingdom spoken of in chapter vii., for that horn might justly be called
+the eleventh toe horn, as it comes into existence after the ten-toe
+kingdoms.  The little horn of the text is explained in verse 23 to be a
+king of fierce countenance.  He was to appear in the latter time.  It
+will be interesting for us to ascertain what king, people, and country
+this little horn stands for.  Daniel has given us a very vivid picture of
+the king.  He is to be of fierce countenance, to understand dark
+sentences, to stand up in power and might, not however in his own power;
+he will claim to be appointed and authorised of God, and will pretend to
+rule in God's name; he will destroy wonderfully even the mighty of the
+world and the holy people; he will be very prosperous and practical,
+giving a great impetus to trade.  By means of his prosperity he will
+become proud and strong, and will destroy many.  He will actually stand
+up in place of Jesus--Prince of princes.  But finally he will be broken
+without a hand.  Thus, you see, Daniel gives us twelve special features
+of his person and reign.  Without doubt the mate of these descriptions
+will be found on the person of Mahommed, and his successors in religion
+Mahommedanism, and in people and country the Turks and Turkey.
+
+Mahommed had his religion and himself recognised about the year 622 at
+Mecca.  From that time and place he went forth to waste and to destroy.
+As his religion prevailed, so he subdued the country or territory.  He
+united in himself the rights and prerogatives of king, priest, and
+prophet, making it obligatory upon his followers to prepare a way and
+enforce his religion by the sword.  He was indeed a king of fierce
+countenance.  Thus sprang Mahommedanism and the Turkish nation into
+existence.  As a people, they are chiefly the descendants of Esau and
+Ishmael.  If one desires to know the history and final destiny of this
+people, let him study the prophetic utterances concerning Esau and
+Ishmael.  They are the descendants of Abraham, and so they very naturally
+fall into the prophetic line.
+
+The Hungarians came from this family through Lot.  The Poles and Magyars
+are from Moab and Ammon.  These things being so, it is no wonder the
+Hungarians and Turks should sympathise, nor that England should have a
+liking for Turks, England being the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel.  Alliance
+and sympathy between England and Turkey has a deeper root and meaning
+than some are willing to admit.  Turkey, however, as a distinct empire,
+is nearly at an end.  The recognition of the Ten Lost Tribes, and their
+restoration with the Jews to Palestine, is connected with the downfall of
+Turkey.  "Saviours are to come up on Mount Zion to judge the Mount of
+Esau, and the kingdom shall be the Lord's" (Obad.).
+
+How clearly speaks Obadiah again when he says, "How are the things of
+Esau searched out! how are his hidden things sought up!  All the men of
+thy confederacy have brought thee even to the border; the men that were
+at peace with thee have deceived thee, and prevailed against thee; they
+that eat thy bread have laid a wound under thee; there is none
+understanding in him.  Shall I not in that day, saith the Lord, even
+destroy the wise men out of Edom, and understanding out of the Mount of
+Esau?"
+
+These are the latter times of the king of fierce countenance.  Hear
+Daniel inquiring of the angel in this vision, "How long shall be the
+vision concerning the daily sacrifice and the transgression of
+desolation, to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under
+foot?  And he said unto me, Unto two thousand and three hundred days."
+These days are generally allowed to stand for years.  If so, Jerusalem
+was destroyed 70 A.D.  The time Daniel saw this vision was about 490
+B.C.; take 70 from this leaves 420.  From 2,300 take 420, and we have
+1,880.  "Then shall the sanctuary be cleansed."  What means this?  It
+means Jerusalem will recur back again into the hands of the Jews and
+Israel.  Christ said that the Jews "should fall by the edge of the sword,
+and be led away captive into all nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden
+down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled" (Luke
+xxi. 24).
+
+Now we know the Jews did fall by the sword when the Romans took
+Jerusalem.  Second, we know they were scattered among the nations.
+Third, Jerusalem has been trodden under foot--so much so, that Christians
+have not been permitted to stand on Mount Zion, where now stands the
+Mosque of Omar.  And this is the city of the great King.  This is Mount
+Zion, from which is yet to go forth the law.  This is Jerusalem that God
+promises to yet again make the chief place of the earth.  "Arise, shine,
+for the light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee."
+When, we ask, will the fulness of the Gentiles come in?  We answer, Soon.
+Think of what God has taught us in His Word.  We, as the Lost Tribes,
+have indeed been ignorant of our origin and destiny.  "For I would not,
+brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be
+wise in your own conceits, that blindness in part is happened to Israel,
+until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in" (Rom. xi. 25).  This time
+is nicely pointed out by John in Rev. xi. 2: "But the court which is
+without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto
+the Gentiles, and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two
+months;" or, as explained in the following verse, a thousand two hundred
+and three-score days.  Accepting a day for a year again, and we have
+1,260 years.  Taking Mahommed power to date from 622, or about, then 622
+and 1,260 make 1,882.  Now just as sure as Jerusalem is now trodden under
+foot, as certainly will it be free.
+
+"Awake, awake; put on thy strength, O Zion; put on thy beautiful
+garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city; for henceforth there shall no more
+come into thee the uncircumcised and the unclean.  Shake thyself from the
+dust; arise and sit down, O Jerusalem; loose thyself from the bands of
+thy neck, O captive daughter of Zion" (Isa. lii. 1, 2).
+
+England is appointed of God to take possession of Palestine and restore
+Jerusalem.  God has told us through Isaiah that He will lay vengeance
+upon Edom by the hand of Israel.  The many days of the vision of Daniel
+are now gone; the time is nearly up.
+
+"For Zion's sake will I not hold My peace, and for Jerusalem's sake I
+will not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness,
+and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth; and the Gentiles shall
+see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory."  It is the duty of the
+watchmen of Zion to discern the signs of the times and become obedient
+unto heavenly instruction.  "Ye that make mention of the Lord, keep not
+silence, and give Him no rest till He establish, and till He make
+Jerusalem a praise in the earth" (Isa. lxii. 1, 2, 6, 7).
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE HORN AND ANTI-CHRIST.
+DISCOURSE IX.
+
+
+PROPHETIC WONDERS--TWENTY MARKS OF THE MONSTER--THE BERLIN
+CONGRESS--ANTI-CHRISTS MANY--MISTAKES BY WRITERS.
+
+    "I considered the horns, and behold! there came up among them another
+    little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked
+    up by the roots; and behold! in this horn were eyes like the eyes of
+    man, and a mouth speaking great things."--Daniel vii. 8.
+
+In the visions and dream recorded by Daniel in this chapter we have the
+same subject matter as that contained in the dream of Nebuchadnezzar of
+the metallic image.  In this the subject is carried further into the
+future, bringing to view some new items of interest, under different
+symbols and more of detail.  The four kingdoms of the metallic image are
+in this dream presented by the symbolism of four beasts.  Babylon by a
+lion which had eagle's wings, setting forth the strength and swiftness of
+the same.  Persia by a bear raised up on one side.  Persia at this time
+was composed of Media as well, but the one-sided position of the bear
+denotes the dying out of Media and the continuance of Persia.  The same
+idea is conveyed in the eighth chapter and third verse: "The ram had two
+horns, and one was higher than the other, and the higher came up last."
+Media was a kingdom before Persia, but Persia was to survive Media; all
+this history confirms.  After the Medo-Persian Empire declined, Persia
+surviving, held on to Babylon, Lydia, and Egypt--that is, when the bear
+was raised up on one side, it held in its mouth three ribs, and was
+strong for a time.
+
+The Macedonian Empire Daniel saw under the type of a leopard, which had
+on its back four wings of a fowl; the beast also had four heads.  Babylon
+was represented by two wings, but it is very fitting that Alexander and
+his empire should have four wings, for no conqueror ever flew so fast
+over the earth as this same monarch.  In the metallic image he is
+represented by brass, in this by a leopard, and in the one we noticed in
+Discourse VII., by the goat.  How wonderfully appropriate are these
+symbolisms.  The four heads of this leopard stand for the four kingdoms
+into which the Macedonian Empire was divided on the death of
+Alexander--namely, first, Egypt under Ptolemy; second, Syria under
+Antigonus; third, Asia Minor under Lysimachus; fourth, Greece under
+Cassandar.  These four kings were the four leading generals of Alexander.
+
+The fourth beast of this vision is a nondescript; for among all the
+animal creation there could not be found one that could suitably
+represent Rome.  But one was made for the purpose, combining in itself
+all that is fierce and terrible.  "And behold a fourth beast, dreadful
+and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it
+devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of
+it; and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it
+had ten horns."  Its teeth were of iron and its claws of brass.  What a
+monster!  The other beasts faithfully represented their respective
+kingdoms, and so did this.  What a record!  What a counterpart we have in
+history of this beast!  "Tell it not in Gath, publish it not in the
+streets of Askelon," lest the Pagan rejoice, and the heathen mock at us,
+and the infidel triumph over us.  Blot out from Time's record the 24th of
+August, 1572.  Let not our children learn the name of St. Bartholomew,
+for fear they should despise Christianity.  Quench the flames of
+Smithfield, destroy the Inquisition, and divorce Christianity from such a
+kingdom, from such a beast.  Thank heaven! the beast is dying; its teeth
+are worn to the very gum by the gnawings of centuries; its claws are not
+now sharp, so it cannot now crush the innocent, as in days gone by, nor
+tear with its brass claw the weak.  Though the beast is growing old and
+weaker, yet let us remember that its death struggle is yet to come.  The
+beast has been wounded, but this shall only serve to intensify its rage.
+To be forewarned is to be forearmed, if we are wise.
+
+This beast, Daniel tells us, had ten horns, and these horns are ten
+kings--that is, kingdoms--that shall arise.  Just here we may reasonably
+ask whether these ten kingdoms are yet in existence, and the answer is,
+No.  Some of them may be; of course they are in existence, as was General
+Grant before the war, but not yet distinct or assigned their special work
+and place.  The time, however, for them all to appear is near at hand.
+Of this we may rest satisfied, when once they are all in existence we
+will have no difficulty in knowing them.  Prophecy unfulfilled is always
+more difficult to interpret than when it is fulfilling or fulfilled.  We
+have no doubt but some of these horns are in existence, and from what we
+can glean from prophecy and history, some are not yet in their proper
+place.
+
+The special province of prophecy is to prepare us for what is coming.
+Searching into prophecy enables us to forecast the future with tolerable
+certainty, just as the scientists can tolerably forecast the weather by
+studying the laws, forces, and inclinations of nature.  So the Christian
+student, by studying prophecy, Providence, and history, and comparing
+them, can know much of what is coining.  On the Divine side all prophecy
+is certain, but on the human it can only be approximated.  Prophecy
+furnishes the strongest kind of evidence in favour of the existence of
+God--inspiration of the Scriptures and Providence.  The Lord Himself
+calls our attention to this kind of evidence frequently in the Bible.
+"Produce your cause, saith the Lord; bring forth your strong reasons,
+said the King of Jacob.  Let them bring them forth and show us what shall
+happen; let them show the former things what they be, that we may
+consider them, and know the latter end of them; or declare us things for
+to come" (Isa. xli. 21, 22).
+
+Prophecy does not interfere with the coming to pass of an event, or
+suppress man's freedom no more than the man at Washington, who gives us
+the weather probabilities, makes the weather or regulates nature.  Even
+when men know the sequence of a thing they oftentimes persist in doing
+it.  The soldiers who wrangled at the cross about the dividing of the
+garments of the crucified One, thought little and cared less for
+prophecy; but when they came to the Saviour's vest, they fell into the
+line of prophecy, for at once they cast lots for that, all of which had
+been fore-written for hundreds of years.  Run and tell that young man
+that the place he is entering is the way of death.  Tell him that the air
+is foul, that the furniture and painted humanity are all gotten up to
+deceive.  Tell him that in a few years he will repent ever having seen
+such a place.  And what is your reward?  It is that you are laughed at
+and esteemed as one that interferes, and told to mind your own business.
+The young man is free and self-confident.  Look in a few years for that
+same young man and you shall find him a terrible example of fulfilled
+prophecy.  Diseased, worn, weak, and weary, he cries in the anguish of
+soul for his folly.  "And thou mourn at the last, when thy flesh and thy
+body are consumed, and say, How have I hated instruction, and my heart
+despised reproof?" (Prov. v. 11, 12).
+
+The famous European Congress which met in Berlin, we foresaw would meet,
+near three years ago, and told you the conditions under which it would be
+called.  In the dark days of the past did we not repeat to you our faith,
+as fostered from prophecy, that England could not go to war?  Many of
+you, and persons in different parts of the country, advised me by letter
+when the telegraph despatches came crowding and threatening, that I had
+so said.  The intention was to break my faith, or at least to remind me
+that I had not spoken correctly.  What now? who is right?  This Congress
+completed a prophetic period.  After it was over new scenery appeared and
+a new act came upon the stage.  But more of this by-and-bye.
+
+Among the results of this Congress will be an enlargement of England's
+power over Turkey and Egypt.  For England must possess Constantinople,
+because to Israel it is promised that he shall possess the gates of his
+enemies, and this is one of the finest gates in the world.  Palestine
+will come into the hands of England, and be opened up for the return of
+the Jews, who, when the time comes will go in multitudes, and the Lost
+Tribes representatively.  "I will take you one of a city, and two of a
+family, and I will bring you to Zion" (Jer. iii. 14).  In a few years men
+will understand why, in this country, as well as in England, people are
+hunting up their genealogy, and by tradition, history, and heraldry,
+trying to ascertain of what family they are.  The re-settlement of
+Palestine by God's chosen people, the Lost Tribes, no one can deny who
+reads and believes the Bible.  Hanging upon the fulfilment of this great
+fact are many other prophecies and events, which are of great interest to
+the Church and the world.
+
+1st.  The ten-toed kingdom must be formed.  These kings are to form an
+alliance with the beast, or Church of Rome, as representative of this
+beast.  "And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have
+received no kingdom as yet, but receive power as kings one hour with the
+beast.  These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto
+the beast" (Rev. xvii. 12).  Thus strengthened, the beast will make war
+with the saints, or chosen, but it will be her final struggle, for in
+struggling she will die.  These ten kings will forsake her.
+
+2nd.  Anti-Christ has to appear after the settlement of Palestine.
+Anti-Christ is represented by the other little horn spoken of in the
+text.  This little horn is to come forth from one of the ten horns.  He,
+too, will ally with the beast.  The subject of Anti-Christ is a very
+interesting one; on it men have written and speculated much and wildly.
+In studying a subject of this kind, we should first ascertain the
+Scripture teachings on it, then look for the preparative signs in the
+Church and world, and finally, for the counterpart, which, once in
+existence, no one can fail to recognise.  The time, person, and work of
+Anti-Christ have been very clearly set forth in the Old and New
+Testaments, especially by Isaiah, in the fourteenth chapter and twelfth
+to sixteenth verses; by Daniel in the seventh and eleventh chapters,
+under the symbolism of this little horn; by Paul in second Thessalonians,
+second chapter and first to twelfth verses; also by John in Revelation,
+thirteenth chapter and nineteenth chapter and twentieth verse, besides
+many other references.
+
+Of Anti-Christ the early Christian fathers had different views.  1st.
+Some thought that he would be Satan assuming the appearance of a man.
+2nd. Some thought he would be a hybrid, the offspring of Satan by a
+harlot; of this opinion were Lactantius and Sulspitius.  3rd. Hilary,
+Jerome, and others thought he would be Satan incarnated.  4th.
+Chrysostom, Theopolact, and Theodoret thought he would be a real man
+under the influence of the devil.  This latter view we accept as being
+the nearest to the Scripture teaching.  In the Scriptures he goes by the
+names of Lucifer, man of sin, son of perdition, and that wicked one.  Now
+all these names are indicative of some special feature of his character.
+Man of sin points out the intensity of the person in wickedness.  As some
+time ago a man was called "the wickedest man in New York," so Anti-Christ
+will be called the man of sin, having been the greatest sinner of human
+kind.
+
+From the Scriptures we find that he will be characterised by some twenty
+peculiarities.  These we will just enumerate: a cunning seducer, a vile
+imposter, a bold blasphemer, a great tyrant, a wonderful organiser and
+diplomatist; hence he will readily make alliances with other kings and
+strengthen himself; a pretentious and hypocritical Communist, dividing
+his lands, money, and treasure among the people; he will be very
+ambitious and aspiring, doing or being anything so he may gain his point;
+he will be very self-willed; he will be very boastful, speaking great
+words; he will be very cruel, not heeding the plea of woman; he will be
+very sacrilegious, sitting in the temple of God--that is, the new temple,
+built by the returned Jews--and actually claim to be God; he will be a
+scientific spiritualist, able to work miracles, even to bring fire down
+from the clouds; he will be very powerful by his alliance, apparent
+generosity, and scientific deception; he will be a great liar, making
+treaties and breaking them whenever it suits him; he will be very wicked,
+guilty of all manner of crime; his reign will be short as a king, only
+about three-and-a-half years.  Before this he will have been a man of
+power and position.  He will suddenly be destroyed in the time of a
+fearful uprising of the people; he will remain unburied in the streets of
+Jerusalem for a time, then, finally, his remains will be burnt up.  These
+and many other facts inspiration furnish us beforehand of this most
+wonderful character.
+
+Against this person our Saviour warned the Jews and all the Church, but
+especially the Jews, and He did so for special reasons, which will appear
+hereafter in this discourse.  Christ said, "I am come in My Father's
+name, and ye receive Me not; if another shall come in his own name, him
+ye shall receive."  At the time of Anti-Christ's death there will be
+raging a fearful war, and coincident with this war there will be another
+Saint Bartholomew massacre in several of the ten-toed kingdoms.  The
+beast and Anti-Christ are to be destroyed about the same time.  It will
+be the last plot of the Jesuits, who are hounding to death poor Leo.
+XIII.  A glimpse of that time the Saviour showed to His disciples, when
+He said: "For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the
+beginning of the world, to this time, no, nor ever shall be; and except
+those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved; but for
+the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.  Then, if any man shall
+say unto you, Lo! here is Christ, or there, believe it not; for there
+shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall show great signs
+and wonders, insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the
+very elect.  Behold!  I have told you before" (Matt. xxiv. 21-25).
+
+What a warning the Saviour gave the Jews, but how little have they and
+the Church heeded it!  In the second century appeared the famous Bar
+Cochebas, with his thousands of followers, who in his final struggle was
+slain with some sixty thousand of his adherents.  Also, think of
+Antiochus Epiphanes and his terrible delusions, the thousands and tens of
+thousands who flocked to his standard.  So marvellous was this delusion,
+that many have actually made him out to be Anti-Christ, but those who
+thus reason take the shadow for the substance, and do violence to all
+true Scripture exegesis.  Antiochus Epiphanes could not be Anti-Christ,
+for he was out of time, and meets but few of the special conditions of
+Anti-Christ.  History records the appearance of not less than twenty-five
+Anti-Christs, or persons who have claimed to be the Messiah of the Jews.
+How unbelief exposes a man or a people!
+
+Some have laboured to make it appear that Mahommed was Anti-Christ, but
+with all his badness, he is not bad enough to be Anti-Christ.  He reviled
+not God, he never sat in His temple, he did not die in Jerusalem.  He had
+an honourable burial.
+
+Some have tried to prove that Romanism and the Pope were Anti-Christ, but
+this cannot be, you will see at a glance.  The beast has its own
+character; that was long ago written out by the prophets, and up to the
+present time it has filled in the outlines with a marvellous minuteness.
+In these things many good and wise men have erred in making prophecies
+fit certain persons, and nations, and times, instead of waiting for these
+things to fit on to prophecy.  Let us not be prophetic forgers.  Let no
+one deceive you in these matters.  Adventism, Millerism, Shakerism,
+Spiritualism, are untimely excesses.  As systems they are, as yet, out of
+place.  This subject of Anti-Christ, as to who he will be, and when he
+will appear, I shall be obliged to leave for next Sunday evening, as my
+time is up.  May the good Lord guide us into the ways of truth and peace.
+
+
+
+
+ANTI-CHRIST AND LITTLE HORN.
+DISCOURSE X.
+
+
+SECOND DISCOURSE OF THE MONSTER--WHO HE WILL BE AND HIS NAME--HOW HE WILL
+OBTAIN POWER--TROUBLE FOR GERMANY, FRANCE, AND
+RUSSIA--COMMUNISM--ROMANISM--SHAKERS--MATTHIAS, WEST--CHESTER PROPHET.
+
+    "Let no man deceive you by any means; for that day shall not come,
+    except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be
+    revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth himself
+    above all that is called God, or that is worshipped, so that he, as
+    God, sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he is
+    God."--2 Thess. ii. 3, 4.
+
+We may reasonably ask why Paul gave the Thessalonians this caution, and
+the answer will appear at once if we read his first epistle to this
+people.  There you will find Paul writing to them about the second coming
+of Christ, which writing the Thessalonians had evidently misunderstood,
+and this misunderstanding was working mischief among them.  They had
+false hopes and expectations.  Their faith, instead of exciting them to
+holy activity in Church and State, had begun to paralyse all their
+efforts.  "For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that _we_
+which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent
+them which are asleep; for the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven
+with a shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the trump of God;
+and the dead in Christ shall rise first (that is, before Christ
+descends); then _we_ which are alive and remain shall be caught up
+together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air; and so
+shall _we_ ever be with the Lord" (1 Thess. iv. 15-17).  It was the
+frequent use of the pronoun "we" that had confused them--_we_ who remain,
+_we_ who are alive.  The Thessalonians had inferred from this that the
+second coming of Christ would take place in their day.  Hence, to correct
+this impression Paul thus writes in his second epistle.  The two verses
+preceding the text show us Paul's intent.  "Now we beseech you, brethren,
+by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together
+unto Him, that ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by
+spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ
+is at hand."  Then comes in the text, "Let no man deceive you," &c.
+
+In reasoning on such important subjects as Anti-Christ, resurrection, and
+second coming of Christ, we should always be mindful of the Scriptural
+order.  When we sit down to take dinner, we follow the order that custom
+has prescribed, soup, fish, meats, and dessert.  Children, however, if
+let alone, would reverse this order by beginning with the dessert first.
+So with many Christians, they reverse the order of things as laid down in
+the Bible.  They make Christ to come before Anti-Christ, and Anti-Christ
+to come before the Jews and Ten Lost Tribes are gathered together again
+and settled after their first estate in Palestine.  The Millerites could
+neither have deceived themselves nor others had they taken knowledge of
+the relation of things.  The Jews and Lost Tribes had not been gathered
+together then, the temple had not been built in Jerusalem, as described
+in the last chapter of Ezekiel, neither had Anti-Christ appeared.  But
+such was the folly of men then, and not less now than then.  Four-fifths
+of the prophecies of the Bible refer to the history of Judah and Israel
+in their own land, their captivity and return in the latter day.  Still
+men take one-fifth and confuse themselves and everybody else.  They have
+brought the prophets and prophecy into bad repute by ignorantly or
+wilfully interpreting the same.
+
+We freely avow now that the prophecy fulfilling at present is the finding
+of the Lost Ten Tribes, then their union with the Jews, then their
+restoration to Palestine, then after being settled there for some time,
+the Jews, as Jews, having built their new temple, and having established
+the Mosaic temple service again, and the Lost Tribes as Christians, then
+and there we may look for Anti-Christ--not before.  Not for the sake of
+boasting, and yet without fear, we freely invite ministers or laymen
+anywhere to disprove these facts, and to such we will respond cheerfully
+if asked for farther proof.  The Lost Tribes, we believe, are come to
+light, and may be found in the Saxon race chiefly as represented in this
+country and Great Britain.  If this be so, then we may look for the
+preparatory signs in Providence and nations, and thank Heaven, these are
+at hand and in accord with the Divine Word.
+
+In Nebuchadnezzar's metallic image we saw Rome symbolised by the legs,
+composed of iron and clay.  We saw, also, that the little stone cut out
+of the mountain began its destructive assault on the image, by striking
+the feet; these it would first break, so Rome politically has
+disappeared.  The ten toes, however, symbolised ten kings or kingdoms
+that were to arise in the latter day, or at the time of the end.  These
+ten kingdoms are also symbolised in Daniel's dream by ten horns that came
+out of the head of the nondescript animal that stood for Rome.  It is out
+of one of these ten horns that another little horn grows, having eyes
+like a man and a mouth speaking great things--that is, Anti-Christ.  It
+is at once plain, then, that ere Anti-Christ can appear, these ten
+kingdoms must be formed.  How, when, and where will these ten kingdoms be
+formed?  The clay part of Rome is still alive, and is designated by
+Daniel, and by John in Revelation, under the name of beast; and here you
+need to be careful, for the word beast is sometimes given to Anti-Christ,
+so as not to confound it with the word beast when it stands for the
+Romish Church.  They will be formed out of Spain, Italy, France, and part
+of Austria.  Edom, Moab, and the sons of Ammon in Austria, are to be
+free--that is, the Poles, Magyars, and Hungarians.  The setting up of
+these ten kingdoms will begin in France by a revolution.
+
+By the doctrine of infallibility, these countries are claimed by Rome,
+and wedded to her, and this doctrine of infallibility makes a divorce
+impossible.  Rome waits only her time to reclaim her supposed own.  And
+this doctrine of infallibility will make it a holy war, hence good and
+true Catholics everywhere will be obliged to sustain the same by their
+money, or presence, or prayers.  This, to many of our Catholic friends,
+will sound strange.  But this they know, if such an emergency ever does
+arise--they cannot well fight against the infallible Church--between
+commands and duties, they will readily prefer the Pope and Church to king
+and country.
+
+The Jesuits are now, and have long been, preparing for such an event:
+they expect it.  By their plottings and intrigues they will again, as
+many times before, involve the Church in war.  They are busy sowing the
+seeds of discord.  In past time both the Church itself and nations have
+banished these crafty fellows from their pale and country.  The United
+States alone, of the nations of the earth, is the only one that has not
+so done.  But even among us they are plotting and manoeuvring to such an
+extent that it will not be long before America will be tested and tried
+on this same subject.
+
+Among the preparatory signs of the coming of Anti-Christ we have
+Communism, which is destined to spread.  In Europe it will unsettle every
+throne but one--that is, Israel, England.  We fear that neither the
+Church nor State comprehend the terrible power that is thus quietly
+organising in this and other lands.  It is this uprising of the
+Communists and intriguing of the Jesuits in our own land, that will call
+General Grant once more to the front, as we pointed out to you months
+ago.  The recent European Congress resulted in patching up a temporary
+peace between Russia, England, and Turkey.  A place will be provided for
+the Duke of Edinburgh, who, having married the Czar's daughter, will
+enable the two Powers to agree.  He may not be the first prince, still he
+and his seed are to find a kingdom in that place.  Russia will be willing
+for England to have Constantinople, and exercise a provisional
+protectorate over Turkey, with a view of strengthening his daughter's
+chances.  England will thus come peaceably in possession of Palestine.
+
+Germany, being tied to both the Russian and English thrones by blood and
+marriage, will also freely consent.  Besides, Germany is going to pass
+through a severe trial.  The old Emperor will soon die, and also
+Bismarck, then a new prince will advise the new king, new counsel, and
+new blood, near and on the throne.  Germany will become a prey to
+internal strife, fanned by the discontented Catholics of the Empire, that
+number some 15,000,000, and weakened by the Communistic elements.  Not
+much longer can Germany bear the strain of her immense army and enormous
+taxes in consequence.
+
+Russia also will have all she can do to stay the desire for reform, and
+the claims of the Nihilists or Communists.  Thus will Providence prepare
+His people's way back to Palestine.
+
+If God promises once He does so fifty times, that He will restore Israel
+and Judah to their own land.  To this one thing all Providence is
+concentrating, and this is the key that unseals prophecy and Providence.
+"And I will cause the captivity of Judah and the captivity of Israel to
+return, and will build them as at the first" (Jer. xxxiii. 7).  They will
+form a free province, electing their own rulers and governors.  They will
+be quite democratic, doing away with all titles, being the children of
+the Lord.  "And the nobles shall be of themselves, and their governor
+shall proceed from the midst of them" (Jer. xxx. 21); or, as stated by
+Isaiah, chap, i, verse 26, "And I will restore thy judges as at the
+first, and thy counsellors as at the beginning; afterward thou shalt be
+called, The city of righteousness, the faithful city."  Thus they will be
+a free province, managing their own affairs under the patronage and
+protection of England.  Now it is this freedom that will open the door
+and prepare the way for Anti-Christ.  He will be elected governor because
+of his supposed superiority in manners, science, and benevolence.  He
+will appear as a lamb at first, according to John, but once in power his
+true character will appear.  He will be a great scientist, and in the
+eyes and faith of the multitude He will be able to work miracles--to
+bring, scientifically, fire down from heaven.  So clever will he be that
+he will deceive some of the very elect.
+
+Before his election he will have been a man of great power and influence.
+Once in power he will contrive to centre all power and interests in
+himself.  He will pander to the Communists--to the Romish Church--to the
+scientific infidels of the day.  In this feature he will draw heavily
+upon the Germans, and create quite a sympathy in England and this
+country.  "For some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and
+to purge, and to make them white even to the time of the end" (Dan. xi.
+35).
+
+The Scriptures having pointed out the special features of his character,
+we see that many of these features are already in the world.  This is
+Anti-Christ.  This is the spirit of Anti-Christ.  And when God withdraws
+His restraining power, Anti-Christ will embody all these forces and
+characteristics in himself.  And all men having these features, will
+sympathise with him, and aid him.  God alone is now keeping back and down
+this spirit of Anti-Christ until His own chosen time.  "And now ye know
+what withholdeth, that he might be revealed in his time; for the mystery
+of iniquity doth already work, only he who now letteth will let until he
+be taken out of the way (that is, till God withdraws Himself), and then
+shall that wicked be revealed."
+
+Anti-Christ means one opposed to Christ.  Also it means one opposed to
+Christ, and yet desires to be Christ--who wishes to be received as
+Christ.  And when the time comes, he will be received by many.  The Jews
+will be looking for, and expecting the coming of, their Messiah, hence
+many of these will be deceived.  Many radical Adventists and Millenarians
+will accept him, because they are in haste in their expectations: many of
+these will follow him.  Indeed, the whole world seems ripe to furnish him
+a quota.  But who will he be?  Answer: He will be a French Jew, who will
+intermarry into the Bonaparte family.  His title will be Napoleon I. of
+Palestine.  This word Napoleon, resolved into Greek equivalents, is equal
+to Apollyon, and as a number stands for 666.  "Here is wisdom.  Let him
+that hath understanding count the number of the beast, for it is the
+number of a man; and his number is six hundred threescore and six" (Rev.
+viii. 18).
+
+Christ, when warning the Jews of Anti-Christ, said, "I am come in My
+Father's name, and ye receive Me not; if another shall come in his own
+name, him ye will receive."  Here, and in other discourses, we have to
+content ourselves at many points with mere statements, for to defend
+every point would take too long a time, and would not suit our purpose.
+It is our desire in all these discourses to incite you to study, to teach
+you to examine for yourselves; to prepare you against being unduly led
+away by Adventism, Communism, or Infidelity; to give you an interest in
+Providence and history.  Do you ask if any will be led away by such a
+false pretender?  We answer, Yes--unless humanity undergoes some radical
+change.  Take a few instances:--
+
+Our Shaker friends believed in Mother Ann Lee.  This woman in 1770, while
+living in Manchester, England, pretended to have a special revelation
+from Heaven, making known unto her that she was the female side of
+Christ--as Jesus was the revelation of the male side.  As Eve was taken
+out of Adam, the female principle separated from the male, so she was
+separated from Christ.  This, and much that is curious, do these sincere,
+honest, and industrious people believe.
+
+Take another example, nearer home, and of which some of you are
+cognizant, having known the pretender and many of his duped followers.
+We refer to Matthias, the prophet of Westchester County.  This pretended
+lord began his labours in Albany, N.Y., in 1830.  First he taught himself
+to be God's high priest, then the Saviour, then he claimed to be God.  On
+being asked where he was from, he would answer: "I am a traveller, and my
+legal residence is Zion Hill, Westchester County, New York State.  I am a
+Jewish teacher and priest of the Most High God, saying and doing all that
+I do, under oath, by virtue of my having subscribed to all the covenants
+that God hath made with man from the beginning up to this time.  I am
+chief high priest of the Jews of the Order of Melchizedec, being the last
+chosen of the twelve apostles, and the first in the resurrection which is
+at the end of 2,300 years from the birth of Mahommed, which terminates in
+1830.  I am now denouncing judgment on the Gentiles, and that judgment is
+to be executed in this age."
+
+He appeared in fine pontifical robes, with a rule six feet long in his
+right hand; with this he was to measure off God's holy city.  In his left
+hand he had a two-edged sword.  Underneath his pontifical robe he had a
+rich olive broadcloth cloak, lined and faced with silk and velvet;
+besides, he wore a brown frock coat, with several stars on each breast,
+with a splendid gold star on the left.  His belt was of white cloth,
+fastened by a golden clasp, and surmounted with an eagle.  He wore a
+cocked hat of black beaver, trimmed with green, the rear angle being
+surmounted by the golden symbol of glory.
+
+He moved from Albany to New York, and here succeeded most wonderfully,
+winning over some of the finest families of Fifth Avenue, and the richest
+and best merchants of this city.  His followers furnished him with plenty
+of money, carriages, a mansion in the city, and one in the country.
+Finally he was accused and detected of the worst crimes, and at last was
+sent to Sing Sing.  While in jail he issued the following proclamation:
+"As I live, there shall be no more sowing in the earth until I, the
+twelfth and last of the apostles, am delivered out of the house of
+bondage."  For fear of this proclamation many of the farmers refused to
+sow, and they set to work to deliver him, and succeeded.  He left the
+jail, and may be living yet to read what we now state to you.
+
+It is really wonderful how easily men are deceived in religious matters.
+Let us study the Word, ask God's guidance in knowing and doing His will.
+Time is gone.  I have said but little, much more might be said.  In my
+next discourse I will introduce you to two old men who will visit
+Anti-Christ.
+
+
+
+
+THE TWO WITNESSES.
+DISCOURSE XI.
+
+
+TROUBLOUS TIMES--APPEARANCE OF THE WITNESSES--WHO ARE THEY?--HOW THEY CAN
+BE IDENTIFIED--THEIR MISSION, WORK, AND SUFFERING--THE TIME AND
+CIRCUMSTANCES OF CHRIST'S COMING.
+
+    "And I will give power unto My two witnesses, and they shall prophesy
+    a thousand two hundred and three-score days, clothed in
+    sackcloth."--Rev. ii. 3.
+
+We will all agree that the person and work of Anti-Christ are yet in the
+future.  For while Anti-Christ is ruling in Jerusalem, and battling with
+the saints of the Most High, having conquered and plucked up by the roots
+three of the ten-horned kingdoms by his victories and cunning craft, and
+his alliance with the beast or the Church of Rome, he will become proud,
+blasphemous, and arrogant, and will at once try to force the people to
+worship the beast.  He will claim to be the promised Jewish Messiah.  He
+will enter the new Jewish Temple and actually sit enthroned as God
+incarnated, commanding the people to worship him.  He will be so received
+by the Jews, some of the Israelites and the Romish Church, by the
+Communists and scientific infidels, and by "such as do wickedly against
+the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries," men of understanding shall
+fall; indeed, Christianity will seem to be about destroyed.
+
+Russia will aid by her influence his pretensions with a secret purpose to
+take the spoils and gain her long-desired object, Jerusalem and
+Palestine.  England will stand aloof for a time, waiting an opportunity
+to interfere.  Then will be a time to try men's faith--to test the
+Church.  England and America will stand alone as representing freedom and
+religious liberty.  "And then shall many be offended and shall betray one
+another, and shall hate one another.  And many false prophets shall arise
+and deceive many; and because iniquity shall abound, the love of many
+shall wax cold; but he that shall endure unto the end shall be saved."
+This is the time when Communism, infidelity, and Romish Jesuitism will
+combine against God and liberty, and, thank heaven, this is the time
+appointed when they all will be destroyed.  Then the kingdoms of this
+world will be given to the saints of the Most High.  The struggle will be
+fierce, long, and terrible, but victory will be on the Lord's side.
+
+In the very midst of these awful times there will appear two famous
+persons as witnesses for Jesus: one who will specially appear to the
+Jews, the other to Israel, and both testify for God and Jesus.  These two
+witnesses will turn the tide of battle, confront Anti-Christ and his
+host, and give to the world new views of God and Providence.
+
+These two old men, or witnesses, will be endowed with miraculous power to
+bring fire down from heaven, or turn the water streams into blood, and
+smite the earth with all manner of plagues, as often as they will.  Their
+presence and power will cast a gloom o'er the nations of the earth, and
+Anti-Christ and his allies.  They will finally be slain in the streets of
+Jerusalem.  At the time of their death a great feast will be held to
+commemorate the victories of Anti-Christ, and to inaugurate the setting
+up of an image of him in the temple.  So in the city there will be
+peoples, kindreds, and tongues of many nations.  And they will see the
+dead bodies of the two witnesses lying exposed and unburied in the
+streets for three days and a-half, for Anti-Christ will not suffer them
+to be buried.  On the wings of the wind, by the telegraph and by signals,
+the news of their death will spread rapidly abroad to all the nations of
+the earth.  Infidelity, and Communism, and the Jesuits will be
+emboldened.  Feasting and rejoicing will be the order of the day.  "And
+they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them and make merry,
+and shall send gifts one to another, because these two prophets tormented
+them that dwelt upon the earth."  That will be the merry wake for you--a
+wake that will suddenly end, and that too, before the corpses are buried.
+The victories will be cut short and the rejoicing checked.
+
+The spirit of life from God shall enter into the two exposed and
+corrupting bodies, and they shall stand upon their feet to defy
+Anti-Christ and his host, and laugh at the pains of death.  Great fear
+will fall upon them who saw the dead so raised.  This time the telegraphs
+will be muffled, and the news is kept back from the nations as much as
+possible; but astonishment ends not here, for over the destroying and now
+idolatrous city of Jerusalem hangs a peculiar cloud, and voices peal as
+thunder through the air, to call the attention of the multitudes.  And
+when every eye is skyward, the cloud moves and opens, as a chariot of
+fire and glory, and rising in majesty and composure up above roofs,
+temples, and pinnacles, will be seen the two witnesses of Christ; they
+enter in and are borne heavenward.  "And they ascended up to heaven in a
+cloud, and their enemies beheld them."  Then, while the multitude are
+wrapt in wonder and all amazement, the pinnacles sway to and fro, the
+houses rock, the earth trembles, the walls of the city fall, and Olivet
+cleaves in twain.  Then Anti-Christ is slain with many of his followers,
+and the remnant fear unto repentance.  "And the same hour there was a
+great earthquake, and a tenth part of the city fell, and in the
+earthquake were slain of men seven thousand, and the remnant were
+affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven.  And the seventh angel
+sounded, and there were great voices in heaven, saying, the kingdoms of
+this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ, and He
+shall reign for ever and ever."
+
+These are some of the wonders yet to come.  Then how say some that
+Anti-Christ has already been?  The witnesses have not yet appeared: they
+have not yet wrought their miracles.  The Lost Ten Tribes and the
+scattered Jews have not yet been gathered from all countries whither the
+Lord God hath scattered them, and placed in their own land, to go out no
+more, to be plucked up no more.  Jerusalem is yet being trodden under
+foot, the land is comparatively desolate, no temple yet adorns the city,
+nor priest, nor Levite, attend at the altar.  Pshaw! upon the Biblical
+interpreters of this day, who wilfully or ignorantly careen through the
+line of prophecies, despising the order established by God.  They are
+like the girl with her novel, who cannot wait to read through the book,
+and take events in their order, but she turns to the last leaf to find
+the destiny of her hero.  So men, borne by passion and choice, skip by
+several of the prophecies, and harp everlastingly on the last--the coming
+of the blessed Jesus--"He whom the heavens must receive until the times
+of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all
+His holy prophets since the world began" (Acts iii. 21).  The world is
+not yet ready for Christ; it is yet too much upside down, too much
+confused.  But God is in Christ reconciling the world unto Himself.  It
+does not now look like God; so God and Christ, Providence and the Church,
+must work on till the house is in order for His return.  "_Hon dei
+ouranon men dexasthai archri chronon apokataseos panton_," whom, indeed,
+heaven must retain until the time of restoration of all things.  If
+things are not now restored or reconciled, or in order, why, then, Christ
+cannot come.  He will not come to put them in order; this He has left for
+and with the Church to do, and has promised to be with His Church to the
+end.
+
+A few Sunday evenings ago, a brother kindly asked me where the Church
+would be while Anti-Christ was reigning.  I simply said anywhere and
+everywhere, wherever it happened to be.  He thought the Church would be
+taken away by Christ; he referred me to several passages.  I said, Come
+next Sunday evening, as those passages will be partly considered in my
+next sermon.  He replied that he might be taken up by that time.  All
+right, I said, then we will excuse you.  Now, in the name of common
+sense, why have men, and why do men, down through the centuries, and now,
+entertain such views?  Because every Bible reader must see that there are
+many prophecies that must be fulfilled before Christ can come--one of
+which is the appearance of the two witnesses of the text.  They will be
+specially sent and commissioned to testify for Christ, as against
+Anti-Christ.
+
+Let us now ascertain who these two witnesses are, or are to be.  I find
+on examining the subject all manner of views set forth.  And, as is often
+the case in studying a subject of this kind, I find few that agree--so
+much so, that at last I found relief in turning from what men said and
+thought to what God in His Holy Word had written and said.
+
+First.  They are two men.  Second.  They are sent to Jerusalem which,
+because of the wickedness of the city at the time of their visit, will be
+called Sodom and Egypt; but, lest we should mistake the place from these
+names, John adds: "Where also our Lord was crucified."  So Isaiah i. 10
+says: "Hear the word of the Lord, ye rulers of Sodom; give ear unto the
+law of our God, ye people of Gomorrah."  This fixes safely the place.
+Besides, the place is pointed out from the fact that they oppose
+Anti-Christ, who at that time we know will be at Jerusalem.  Third.  They
+are sent.  You ask where they are sent from?  The answer is, From heaven,
+from standing before the God of the whole earth.  Fourth.  Who sends
+them?  We answer, Jesus--because the Book of the Revelation is "the
+Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto John."  Fifth.  What were
+they sent for?  In the first place they were to be special witnesses for
+Jesus, for He calls them His two witnesses.  In the second place, they
+were to prophesy, to be prophets in the fullest sense, to forecast the
+future, to interpret past and present; to work miracles; to assume
+control in directing State affairs.  Sixth.  It is worth your careful
+notice to note that they are not constituted witnesses by being sent;
+they are sent because they are witnesses.  They are not then to be
+endowed with miraculous power; "these have power" in the present tense.
+These facts, if nicely considered, will at once suggest the persons.
+
+Whoever they are, they must have gone from earth to heaven with their
+bodies, two persons who have escaped death, for their death takes place
+in Jerusalem.  They must have been prophets before they left earth for
+heaven the first time.  And in the third place, they must at some time
+and place have been special witnesses for Christ.  In fact, they are two
+anointed ones, or, in other words, they are two persons who have been set
+apart and prepared for the very visit spoken of in the text.
+
+Daniel, when speaking of them, and the visit spoken of in the text, calls
+one "the Ancient of Days;" the other one was "like the Son of Man."  He
+represents these two persons as sitting in judgment on Anti-Christ, and
+the seven horns, or kingdoms.  "And the ten horns that were in his head
+and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that
+horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look
+was more stout than his fellows (this is Anti-Christ).  I beheld, and the
+same horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them, until the
+Ancient of Days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the Most
+High, and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom" (Dan. vii.
+20).
+
+Many interpret "the Ancient of Days" and the "one like the Son of Man" to
+be Christ.  They stagger not at the fact that there are two persons, and
+that they are introduced one to another, and that the Ancient of Days
+seems to be the greatest.  It is nothing to such interpreters that there
+are two persons; these they make one.  The one looking like the Son of
+Man they make out to be the Son of God, although Daniel says he only
+looked like Him.  The judgment spoken of by Daniel they make out to be
+the general judgment, when, in fact, Daniel tells on what and where they
+sat in judgment--namely, at Jerusalem.  About Anti-Christ--and that
+Anti-Christ is soon destroyed after this--and "as concerning the rest of
+the beasts (that is, the seven horns), they had their dominion taken
+away; yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time."  The
+vision and scene of the whole chapter belongs to this world, and the
+kingdom of the saints here spoken of is as much material and political as
+the other.  The difference is, the rulers and people are Christians, they
+are called saints.
+
+Every throne should be double-kinged; that is God's purpose, that is
+Heaven's plan.  Christ wants no earthly throne excepting that way.  As
+the Creator is Lord of lords and King of kings, so Christ after His
+resurrection assumed His Father's place, and stands to us as God to the
+Jews of old.  All power was given to Him in heaven and in earth,
+therefore, He, Christ, has long since begun His reign, and He must
+continue to reign until He hath put all enemies under His feet.  When
+David was king over Israel and Judah, so was God.  We repeat, every
+throne should be double-kinged.
+
+To this end will come these two witnesses.  Who will they be?  We answer,
+Moses and Elijah: these are the two brave old men now living and waiting
+to fulfil their mission.  For hundreds of years they have been anointed.
+Moses is "the Ancient of Days;" the "one like the Son of Man" is Elijah
+the Tishbite.  This interpretation chimes in with the Divine Word,
+without twisting and distorting to make both ends meet.
+
+We said these two were to be human: so they are.  They being sent from
+heaven, we said they must have passed by death with their bodies; so they
+did.  They were to be prophets; so they are, two of the grandest prophets
+of all.  They were to have power over fire and water; so they had when
+they lived on earth.  The bloody stream of the Nile gives witness for
+Moses.  The parched land and time of drought speaks of Elijah in Ahab's
+time.  They both called fire down on them who sought to hurt them.  They
+were to be special witnesses of Christ; so they were on the Mount of
+Transfiguration.  These two olive trees stood one on each side of the
+golden candlestick, Jesus; Peter, James, and John, testify to having seen
+Moses and Elijah.  These two old veterans know Christ well, hence they
+will be sent to testify for Him against Anti-Christ.  Moses is a Jew.  He
+will appeal unto the Jews, who will be found in the new temple,
+performing according to the old Mosaic law.  He will change and lead his
+people from Anti-Christ to Christ.  Elijah is an Israelite.  He will
+specially bear testimony to the Israelite, his long-lost, but then
+restored, brethren.
+
+More next Sunday evening on these two Christian heroes.
+
+
+
+
+MOSES AND ELIJAH.
+DISCOURSE XII.
+
+
+MORE ABOUT THE TWO WITNESSES--MORMONISM--GOD RULING AMONG THE
+NATIONS--CAREER OF THE TWO WITNESSES--ANTI-CHRIST--THE THRONE AND HOUSE
+OF DAVID.
+
+    "And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in
+    heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of
+    our Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign for ever and
+    ever."--Rev. ii. 15.
+
+Last Sabbath evening we called your attention to two special witnesses
+who are at a given time to appear at Jerusalem for a specific purpose.
+At the time of their appearance Anti-Christ will be reigning with great
+power and pomp.  He will have succeeded in persuading the Jews and many
+others that he is the promised Jewish Messiah; this claim he will be able
+to sustain and confirm in the eyes of the multitude, from the very fact
+that he will, to all appearance, work miracles.  Nor need we query that
+such a thing can take place.  Look at some of the facts of our own day,
+and see how pliable human nature is.  There are millions of people who
+sincerely believe that Leo XIII. is God's vicegerent, and that he is
+infallible.  Take into account the Mormonism of this day, and see how
+terrible a thing in the name of Christianity can be established and
+maintained.  Aye, in the nineteenth century, and in the United States of
+America.  Or look in upon the Spiritualists and consider their claims and
+pretensions.  Thousands upon thousands of them are persuaded that they
+are _en rapport_ with heaven and in communication with spirits and
+spirit-land.  Then you will not be surprised at the pretensions, claims,
+and success of Anti-Christ.  In our calm and unprejudiced consideration
+of these organisations, we are bound to admit that they have done more,
+and owe more for their success, to deception and error, than to truth and
+openness.  Each in its turn has been caught in the act of deceiving, and
+has been frequently exposed, but of what avail?  Truly but little.  We do
+not mean that in these systems there is no good, for surely there is, but
+that the errors and deceptions are of so glaring a kind, that we wonder
+that anybody of common sense can be so easily led astray.
+
+With these facts before us, can we wonder any longer that Anti-Christ
+shall be so successful?  The very occasion and peculiar times and
+incidents of the reign of Anti-Christ will call for some special
+manifestations on the part of the Divine One that shall soberly and
+clearly confront the hollow and hypocritical pretensions of that age.
+Hence the appearance of the two witnesses--Moses the Ancient of Days, and
+Elijah the Tishbite, who will look like the Son of God.
+
+Allow us to submit further evidence in proof that the two witnesses of
+John in Rev. xi. are none other than Moses and Elijah: for many passages
+of Holy Writ are sealed to the understanding till we comprehend who the
+two witnesses are, their mission and work.  We will notice the
+attributive features of these witnesses as they are related by John in
+this chapter--that is, Rev. xi.
+
+In the first place, there are two persons or individualities; this
+appears plainly from the tenor of the whole record.  They are spoken of
+as "they, them, their mouth, their feet, as dying and being resurrected."
+But, strange to say, after all this plainness of speech, men have become
+so accustomed to spiritualise and generalise that Anti-Christ stood for
+Rome, and naturally enough, having generalised Anti-Christ, they must do
+the same with the two witnesses; hence they found them in the Churches of
+the Waldenses and Albigenses.  In such an interpretation nearly all the
+attributive features of these witnesses are ignored.  Such as that they
+had power to work miracles, to lie unburied in the streets of Jerusalem
+for three days and a half.  Some have laboured to prove that the Old and
+New Testaments were these witnesses, others that they were symbolised by
+the law and Gospel.  Again, some that the two sacraments, baptism and the
+Lord's supper, were these two witnesses, and so on almost without end.
+These instances will suffice for our present purpose; for surely any of
+you reading God's own Word need not so blunder.
+
+In the second place, Jesus calls them His two witnesses.  Now, in what
+sense were they His? for such they are now.  Not that they will be His
+when they appear, but they will appear to oppose Anti-Christ at Jerusalem
+because they are sent.  The prophets are all witnesses; for, as Peter
+says, "To Him give all the prophets witness."  The apostles were
+witnesses, and all believers are witnesses for Jesus; yet these two are
+so in a special and pre-eminent sense.  Let any one read the account of
+the transfiguration of Jesus and the circumstances attendant thereon, and
+all will be plain.  Moses and Elias (another spelling for Elijah) we find
+were present, as well as Peter, James, and John.  When Christ was
+transfigured, "Behold there appeared unto them Moses and Elias" (Matt,
+xvii. 3).  These two persons talked with Jesus, "and spake of His decease
+which He should accomplish at Jerusalem."  Thus, then, they were special
+witnesses for Christ, and so they will come again and witness for Him in
+the time appointed.
+
+The number of days we must take in a literal sense; here the 1,260 days
+and 3.5 days are the days appointed for their work and death.  It is well
+to remember that many of the prophetic numbers contain a double prophecy.
+Thus 1,260 here may be coincident with the treading down of Jerusalem by
+Mahommedanism.  But whether it is or not, does not vitiate the literal
+quantity when applied to these two witnesses.  In the third place, they
+are called two olive trees and two candlesticks standing before the God
+of the whole earth.  The figurative meaning will be found by finding some
+passage where two trees are mentioned in the interpretation given--such a
+passage by Zechariah iv.  Here the prophet saw two olive trees and asked
+of the angel the meaning; and the angel said, "Knowest thou not what
+these be?"  And I said, "No, my Lord."  Then said he, "_These are two
+anointed ones_ that stand by the Lord of the whole earth."  The simple
+meaning is, that the two olive trees mean two persons, who are in heaven
+at present, but are anointed--that is, set apart, selected for some
+distinct work for God.
+
+Moses and Elijah evidently were anointed and specially selected, for it
+is probable they both escaped death.  The wonder connected with the
+disappearance of Moses and the translation of Elijah now finds some
+measure of explanation.  None doubt the translation of Elijah.  John the
+Baptist was not Elias, except he was to go before Christ in the spirit
+and power of Elias; in this sense John stood for Elias.  John the Baptist
+prepared the way of Christ the first time, so will Elias for Christ's
+second coming.  The record of Moses's departure from this world is as
+mysterious as it is dramatic.  But, certainly, neither the mysterious nor
+the dramatic have any meaning excepting we allow something Divinely
+special.  To die as other people, would mean nothing on the line of
+specialities; but he did not so die.  He went from the people alive; no
+one saw him die or dead.  He went up into Mount Horeb and never returned.
+So, so far as the people were concerned, he was to them a dead man, for
+he went from them no more to return.  The word death in Hebrew has not
+less than six meanings, one of which is simply to disappear.  This is the
+meaning that we must attach to the death of Moses.  Neither his grave nor
+body have ever been found.
+
+There is a peculiar passage in the book of Jude where "Michael the
+archangel, when contending with the devil, he disputed about the body of
+Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The
+Lord rebuke thee."  Now, Satan then had power over death in some way
+Divinely permitted.  Paul says (Heb. ii. 14), speaking of Christ,
+"Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also
+Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might
+destroy him _that had the power of death_--that is, the devil."  When God
+was translating Moses, passing him by death, Satan fought with Michael,
+who was God's messenger, to inflict the sting of death on Moses, and
+although Michael carried Moses on by death into the presence of God,
+Satan durst not bring a railing accusation against him.
+
+Jude, in his epistle, probably quoted from one of the now lost books of
+Revelation, which was entitled, "The Ascension or Assumption of Moses the
+servant of God."  The Church father, Origen, makes mention of this work,
+but, like the book and prophecies of Enoch, from which Jude makes a
+quotation, it has been lost, they having served their purpose.  The
+fairest and most generous interpretation, then, is, that Moses did not
+die the ordinary death, but disappeared, was, in fact, translated,
+anointed, and set apart for a special work in connection with his own
+people, the Jews, in the days of the coming Anti-Christ.  Thus, without
+any trouble, he could appear with Elijah on the Mount of Transfiguration.
+And it is worthy of note that before he disappeared in Horeb--the sacred
+writer is mindful to tell us "Moses was an hundred and twenty years old
+when he died--_his eye was not dim nor his natural force abated_" (Deut.
+xxiv. 7).  But, supposing Moses died naturally, there is nothing
+unreasonable or irregular in concluding that God resurrected him as a
+mortal for future use.  True, he will die again as a witness; so there
+are in heaven now eight persons who have died twice in this
+world--namely:
+
+The child raised by Elijah (1 Kings xvii. 21).
+The child of Elisha (2 Kings iv. 35).
+The Moabite soldier who came to life on touching the bones of Elisha (2
+Kings xiii. 21).
+The daughter of Jairus (Luke viii. 55).
+The widow's son at Nain (Luke vii. 15).
+Lazarus of Bethany (John xi. 44).
+Dorcas or Tabitha by Peter (Acts ix. 40).
+Eutychus by Paul (Acts xx. 10).
+
+Anti-Christ will be a great electrician; electricity by that time will be
+a fearful power in the hands of science.  Edison with his genius and
+marvellous discoveries, and others of like gifts, will have perfected the
+use of this agent in a wonderful degree.  Anti-Christ will make use of
+this power to cower his enemies and bring them in fear-subjection.  He
+will bring fire down from heaven.  The two witnesses, however, will be
+clothed with Divine power; they will be able to bring fire by a simple
+command--this they both understood and used when on earth.
+
+Moses called fire down upon the 250 rebellious Korahthites, as we read in
+Numbers xvi.  Ahab, the King of Israel, thought to punish and compel the
+obedience of Elijah; but God gave fire from heaven in answer to the
+prophet's prayer.  So when Ahaziah sent a captain and fifty men to bring
+Elijah into the king's presence, they found him sitting on the top of a
+hill and commanded him to come down.  "And Elijah answered and said to
+the captain of fifty, If I be a man of God, then let fire come down from
+heaven, and consume thee and thy fifty.  And there came down fire from
+heaven, and consumed him and his fifty" (2 Kings i. 10).  Thus will these
+two anointed ones be able to contend with Anti-Christ and all the powers
+of scientific infidels.  "If any man hurt these two witnesses, by the
+very means used so shall they be killed."
+
+"These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their
+prophecy, and have power over waters to turn them to blood."  To whom
+would these gifts and attributes apply better than to Elijah, who in the
+days of the wicked King Ahab sealed the heavens against rain for three
+years and a half? and to Moses, who, when contending with Pharaoh, turned
+the sweet flowing Nile into a stream of blood?  What two prophets had
+such a wide range of prophetic energy and liberty as Moses and Elijah?
+None.  Well may the Revelator say, then, of them, that they can smite the
+earth with all manner of plagues as often as they will.
+
+By awful and sublime manifestations the world shall see that God rules in
+the heaven and on the earth.  They shall learn that Anti-Christ is a
+false Christ.  Then shall fear and repentance fall upon the people.  The
+Jews shall be convinced, and converted, and persuaded by the appearance
+of their beloved Moses.  They shall know of a truth that the Messiah has
+been, and is waiting to come again.  Referring to that time the prophet
+Zechariah calls it a time of trembling, the time of a terrible siege.
+But he tells us that "The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first,
+that the glory of the House of David, and the glory of the inhabitants of
+Jerusalem, do not magnify themselves against Judah."  Thus we learn that
+the Jews, who have been so long despised and bereft of a king, country,
+and government, shall see through the great mystery of Providence first.
+The House of David is found in the royal family of England.  The Jews,
+seeing this, will invite, in concert with all the inhabitants of
+Jerusalem, the English Government to take charge of their affairs.
+
+"Then shall the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered
+together and appoint themselves one _head_" (Hosea i. 2).  The Jews will
+then be Christians.  "For they shall look upon Him whom they have
+pierced, and they shall mourn for Him, as one mourneth for his only son."
+
+At this time the whole world will be amazed and confounded at the
+destruction of Anti-Christ and his host.  The Jews, the House of David,
+and the Lost Tribes, Israel, the Saxons, will hold a council in
+Jerusalem.  David's house, which God selected, and throne, both of which
+the Almighty promised perpetuity to, shall be found and recognised in the
+English throne and royal family.  The Saxon race shall distinctively
+appear as long-lost Israel.  So that the Jews, and David's House, and
+Israel, will unite and acknowledge Christ as Lord and Master.  They will
+make known to America, who stands for Manasseh, and all the colonies, the
+decision of the said council; all parties will see, and accept, and
+federate for the world's conquest and peace.
+
+This federation of the ancient people, the literal seed of Abraham, will
+cause jealousies and alliances on the part or rest of the world,
+excepting some portions of France, Austria, and Prussia.  The beast,
+dragon, and Anti-Christ's force, that will survive the shock of the two
+witnesses, will all unite for an onslaught upon England, but especially
+Palestine.  Russia, though nominally Christian, will join the beast or
+Romish Church.  The dragon means the Pagan portion of the world.  Thus
+will be inaugurated the battle of Armageddon, the issues of which we are
+permitted to know through Revelation.  Then will the kingdoms of this
+world become the kingdoms of our Lord and His Christ.
+
+With many, and to many, these things are but as dreams; they are
+chimerical.  But one thing is certain: the history of the Church and
+Providence in the future are appallingly grand.  Providence was grand in
+leading forth His people of old from Egypt.  But He will be no less grand
+when He shall set His hand a second time to recover His people as He has
+promised to do.
+
+"Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a
+righteous branch, and a king shall reign and prosper, and shall execute
+judgment and justice in the earth.  In His days Judah shall be saved, and
+Israel shall dwell safely, and this is His name whereby He shall be
+called, The Lord our Righteousness."  (That is, the ruler of God's
+choice--a king, then, in fact, by Divine right.)  "Therefore, behold, the
+days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth,
+which brought up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt; but,
+The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of the House of
+Israel out of the North country, and from all countries whither I had
+driven them, and they shall dwell in their own land" (Jer. xxiii. 68).
+
+God has now one of the seed of David on the throne, and He has a Jew
+doing her bidding, executing her decrees over and for Israel.  For though
+Israel were to be numerous and powerful, yet to David's seed belongs the
+throne.
+
+The recent Congress was but a forerunner of the one yet to come.  The
+crownless king, Disraeli, who forced the Congress, is, perhaps, an
+unconscious instrument in the hands of Providence.  But whether he be or
+not, he is hastening on the day with lightning speed.  Forth from the
+recent Congress he goes, having once again linked the destinies of
+England to the Continent, which has been so strangely severed, till
+Russia, Italy, Austria, France, and Spain might each test the other, and
+each find their appointed place.  Now, again, England pledges herself a
+Continental Power--nay, more--an Asiatic Power.  She will come forth from
+the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the owner of Palestine.
+
+
+
+
+BATTLE OF ARMAGEDDON.
+DISCOURSE XIII.
+
+
+THE COMBATANTS ON BOTH SIDES--WHO "THE KINGS OF THE EAST" ARE--THE GREAT
+NAPOLEONIC IDEA--DISRAELI, LINCOLN AND GRANT--ENGLAND'S POLICY IN
+TURKEY--FUTURE WARS AND INTRIGUES--THE GREAT BATTLE-FIELD--GATHERING OF
+THE NATIONS--EARTHQUAKES--JERUSALEM A SEAPORT.
+
+    "And He gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew
+    tongue Armageddon."--Rev. xvi. 16.
+
+Christian students and prophetic writers are generally agreed on three
+things touching this great event.  First, that there is to be such a
+decisive battle fought.  Second, that it will take place in some part of
+Palestine.  Third, that this great struggle will be final, the end of
+war, the beginning of the Millennium morn.
+
+In the Scriptures the contestants are pointed out, as they rally under
+the standards of the _dragon_, the beast, and _Anti-Christ_ on one side,
+and on the other, under the standard of David, will be the _called_, the
+_chosen_, and the _faithful_; or, in other words, the Ten Lost Tribes as
+found chiefly in the Saxon race, with all who sincerely believe on the
+Lord Jesus Christ.
+
+In another sermon we pointed out to you the plain fact of the existence
+of David's throne and David's seed as found and seen specially in the
+throne of England.  We there see how faithfully God has kept His promise
+to David and His people.  For God frequently told David that his throne
+should be established unto all generations, and of David's seed there
+should never be wanting a man to sit thereon.  It is the permanence, the
+grandeur, and progressive character of this throne and people that make
+it a fitting type of Christ and His Church.  Nay, more, it is on this
+throne that Christ now sits, so far as this world goes; and it is through
+this people that He reigns, and He will and must reign until He has
+conquered a universal peace.  It is a delusion too long entertained by
+the Church to think that David's throne and seed have not now, nor for
+centuries had, an existence.  It is a delusion that we should not
+entertain for a moment to think that the Ten Tribes of Israel are lost
+for ever, or that their work or mission is fulfilled.  As surely as the
+Two Tribes, Judah and Levi, now exist, fulfilling and filling in the
+outlines of prophetic history, so surely are Reuben, Simeon, Zebulun,
+Issachar, Dan, Gad, Asher, Naphtali, Benjamin, Ephraim, and Manasseh in
+existence, answering the purpose of an all-seeing Providence.
+
+Who are the kings of the East spoken of in the Scriptures?  We answer,
+They are the royal ones of the House of David.  The word king, both in
+Hebrew and Greek, means such.  This seed God chose, and made them royal
+by that very selection.  They have been away from their own land,
+Palestine, wandering and dwelling in the West.  But God in Providence is
+preparing a way for their return.  In connection with the pouring out of
+the sixth vial upon the great river of the Euphrates, or upon Turkey, as
+most writers agree, the waters are to dry up--that is, Turkey is to
+decay, to be absorbed.  And why?  "That the way of the kings of the East
+might be prepared" (Rev. xvi. 12).
+
+These kings have been away from the East, and their return is assured,
+and the preparation for such return is to be seen at this time and in
+connection with the decay of Turkey.  If Turkey, as symbolised by the
+river Euphrates, is drying up, then these kings must be advancing
+Eastward; and so they are.
+
+The crownless king, Disraeli, who, like many other men God has raised up,
+is for these times an index finger pointing out the way of Providence.
+He is a receptive agent of Divine force, to the intent that he may
+interpret a Divine purpose.  He may know, or he may not know, that he is
+so directed of heaven.  The prophets of old were seldom permitted to
+interpret or understand their own prophecies.  If they asked, like
+Daniel, the meaning, they were told to "go their way," for oftentimes the
+words were "closed up and sealed until the time of the end."  No wonder
+this man, against all England nearly, and to the amazement of all the
+world, proclaims the Queen of England the Empress of India, for the way
+of the kings of the East must be prepared.
+
+Napoleon Bonoparte's grand idea was to prepare the way of the kings of
+the East and make himself and his descendants these kings.  "Conquer
+England and the world is ours," he said.  But when his secret and
+well-prepared assault on England was revealed and frustrated by a chain
+of providential events, he hit upon another plan to get possession of
+Palestine.  Seventy years ago he invited all the leading Jews of the
+world to a secret council in Paris; he wished them to aid him in getting
+possession of Palestine.  He pretended to want their return.  He gave
+them certain privileges and laboured to procure more from the other
+nations; he did much for the Jews in enlarging their liberties and taking
+away from them the curse of society.  The one idea that is distinctly
+Napoleonic, is to possess Palestine.  The late Napoleon had his idea, and
+in his day this idea had become a part of France; so much so, that France
+thought herself to be then and now the real protector of Palestine.  It
+was for this idea that she allied with England and Turkey in the Crimean
+war.  It was to keep Russia back from possessing the holy places.  Not
+till France was weakened could England advance on her way East rapidly;
+so Germany was used to destroy her prestige and cause her to stand aside
+till England proceeds on her way homeward.
+
+It was a comely sight, some five years ago, to see two Jews closeted
+together making a secret bargain--one had power, the other had money.
+The man of power asked the man of money to lend him twenty million
+dollars; it was done.  At once the man of power purchases with this
+twenty millions part of his fatherland back again--the Suez Canal.  This
+very canal is on the boundary of the land of Palestine as given to
+Abraham centuries ago.  By this very route the old patriarch entered the
+Promised Land.  It was fitting, indeed, that this should be the first
+piece purchased back.  No one knew save those directly interested.
+England murmured and France protested, but the thing was done.  Poor
+France, bleeding and divided, could do but little; for Disraeli and
+Rothschild had done the work.  The way of the kings of the East must be
+prepared.  So on they go.  A man who executes a Divine purpose is always
+strong.  Abraham Lincoln, in the history of our country, was so chosen
+and led of God.  The politicians, and statesmen, and generals, and many
+of the people were against him at first; but the Lord was with him, so he
+marched on to victory, the country following in the wake.  And though
+dead, not forgotten, the country and the civilised world are marching on
+after him, and now they have nearly overtaken him.  Lincoln's ideas and
+the country's are nearly equal.  A man led of God is generally a good
+distance behind, and the people led by such a man are equally as far
+behind him as he is behind God.  But this nation and Abraham Lincoln are
+now one, and in those things in which they once were divided they are a
+unit, with more than the honoured Lincoln; for they are a unit with God
+and providence.  Thus follows the English nation in the wake of Disraeli,
+and the world is coming on behind, and the day will come when all will be
+a unit.  It does not shock our idea of human honesty much when we learn
+that this crownless king played a double game with Russia and Turkey.  It
+is intensely Jewish, but if it were only Jewish, then it would be very
+detestable; it is more, it is Divine in part.  "Had the princes of this
+world known, they would not have crucified the Prince of Glory."  Had the
+princes of the late Berlin Congress known the double game being played by
+one of the quietest of their number, they would not have done as they
+did.  Turkey in Asia was given over to England's protection, aye, yes,
+that included Palestine.  The island of Cyprus is given over
+entirely--surely the way of the kings of the East is being grandly
+prepared.
+
+Why did not the Congress hand over to England's protection Turkey in
+Europe?  For reasons good and sufficient.  Turkey in Europe will be the
+cause of much strife, of several wars, and of strange alliances; hence it
+would not have done for Israel-England to be mixed up with it.
+Constantinople alone, of European Turkey, England will keep.  Israel is
+to be much preserved from war, until the great battle of Armageddon comes
+on.  Against that time she will have to husband her strength and
+resources.  It is marvellous now to think that what the Congress settled
+as belonging to England, none dispute--all is peace.  But Russia's share
+and Austria's are in arms.  Servia, Greece, Roumania, and all the Turkish
+provinces rebel and are in a state of disquietude, that portends war and
+strife again in a few years.  But England will have nothing to do with
+it, excepting that Russia and Austria, with the consent of Germany,
+Italy, and France, are to set a precedent for England, which in a few
+years she will need.  It is plain that if Russia and Austria can force by
+arms the conditions of the Berlin Congress, England will be at liberty to
+do the same without any interference even from France.  The Congress
+handed over to England's keeping Turkey.  England, then, can make Turkey
+do her bidding by force of arms sustained by the very precedent already
+set.  Thus will Israel-England open up Palestine for Christian
+settlement.  The Mahommedans will murmur and resist to have the holy
+places taken from them, but no matter; England, when the time comes, will
+enforce it.  It is just here that Turkey and England will dispute, and in
+each dispute England will find a reason for drawing the lines a little
+tighter around poor Turkey.
+
+The contestants on one side at the great battle of Armageddon, you
+remember, are the dragon, the beast, and Anti-Christ.  Now what people is
+represented by the term dragon?  We answer, the Pagan nations and
+authorities, just as the Chinese have on their standards to-day a dragon,
+as we have the eagle.  The Mahommedans, Hindoos, Brahmins, Buddhists, and
+all Pagan idolaters, are summed up in the word dragon.  At present,
+England is tolerant with the subjects and adherents of these different
+worshippers and religions; but the time will come when she will no longer
+tolerate the same; thus will they arraign themselves against her in the
+battle of Armageddon.  This will come to pass as the gradual destruction
+of Mormonism in our country.  This system has been fortified by law; now
+laws are being arraigned against it.  It is now only tolerated, and in a
+short time it will be wiped out of existence.
+
+The final battle referred to in the text is to occur at a place called in
+the Hebrew tongue Armageddon, the literal meaning of which is at the
+mount of Megido.  In olden times there was a city called Megiddon; it
+stood in what is now called the great plain of Esdraelon--a plain that
+lies midway between the Sea of Galilee and the Mediterranean.  It was
+also called Jezreel.  The prophet Hosea speaks of this place, battle, and
+time, all by this one word.  Referring to the time when the children of
+Judah and of Israel are gathered together under one head in their own
+land, he says, "For great shall be the day of Jezreel" (Hos. i. 11).  It
+is spoken of in the Scriptures and history as the valley of Jehoshaphat,
+because here Jehoshaphat, the King of Judah, gained a great victory; for
+here the Lord fought against the enemies of Israel, as He will in the
+coming battle.  Joel iii. 12 says, referring to this coming struggle,
+"Let the heathen be waked up and come to the valley of Jehoshaphat: for
+there will I sit to judge all the heathen round about."
+
+There is one name given to this time and battle that is very significant
+and striking.  Have you ever noticed it?  If not, let me call your
+attention to it.  It is called "That great day of God Almighty," by John
+in the chapter of the text.  The day of the Lord of hosts by Isaiah.
+Ezek. xxx. 3: "Howl ye!  Woe worth the day!  For the day of the Lord is
+near: it shall be the time of the heathen."  And Joel says, "Multitudes,
+multitudes, in the valley of decision; for the day of the Lord is near in
+the valley of decision."  By the prophets Amos, Obadiah, Zephaniah,
+Zechariah, Malachi, and apostles Paul and Peter, it is called the day of
+the Lord.
+
+You ask if this battle may not have taken place.  We answer, No.  Of such
+a battle we have no record.  Again, it will be the end of the war--the
+final overthrow of Paganism, the beast, and Anti-Christ.  Malachi says,
+"Behold I will send you the prophet Elijah before the coming of that
+great and dreadful day of the Lord."  Elijah has not yet been a witness.
+At the time of this great battle nature is to take a wonderful part.  As
+when Christ was on the cross, the sun darkened, the rocks rent, the
+mountains shook, so in connection with this battle there shall be some
+strange wonders--earthquakes, thundering, lightning, hail and fire.  The
+Mount of Olives will divide; the valley of the Dead Sea will fill with
+water and join to the Mediterranean; Jerusalem will become a seaport; an
+appointed centre from which, being central to all the world, will go
+forth the ships of the Lord.  The city of Jerusalem, between this time
+and that, will be considerably enlarged, then it will divide into three
+parts.  At the time of this dividing John says, "That the cities of the
+nations are to fall"--London, Paris, Berlin, Rome, St. Petersburg, and
+many others--that all may turn to Jerusalem, the capital appointed of
+Heaven.
+
+If you wish to know more of the particulars of this day, read the
+prophets, study what John the Revelator says under the sixth vial and
+sixth seal.  With awful grandeur and with terrible majesty have the
+sacred writers set forth this day and time.
+
+That this day will come, who will deny?  Look at the world ripening for
+this day.  Here, in our own land, as well as others, the forces are
+maturing, the agents are at work.  Many of the events of the past year we
+were permitted to forecast by looking into the future through the
+prophets, and onward yet we look.  And the events coming are neither less
+in number, merit, or force, than those passed.  Keep the events of
+prophecy in their proper order lest they confuse you.  The Jews and Ten
+Lost Tribes are to be found and possess Palestine before this battle.
+Anti-Christ is to appear.  The two witnesses, Moses and Elijah, are to
+appear.  And Jesus, our beloved Master, will not come till the world is
+settled long in perpetual peace--till the house is prepared for the
+bride, then shall He come.  But with lightning speed events are crowding
+on along the ages.  The accumulative forces of centuries are pressing
+hard upon time present.  The time of the end is near--not the end of
+time, but the time appointed of God in which certain great things are to
+be accomplished.  Eighteen hundred years ago John cried out, "Loose the
+four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.  And the four
+angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a
+month, and a year" (Rev. ix. 14).
+
+The Turkish Power originated on the banks of the Euphrates.  It first was
+divided into four Sultanies--namely, Bagdad, Aleppo, Damascus and
+Cesarea.  These are typified under four angels.  Their time was to be 396
+years and a fraction--an hour, day, month, and year.  Thus, taking a day
+for a year, 365 for the year, thirty for the month, one for the day, and
+we have 396.  So from the taking of Bagdad by the Turks in 1057, which
+was the overthrow of the Saracens, until the capture of Constantinople in
+1453, which overthrew the Greek Empire, we have just 396 years.  And the
+time for the drying up of Turkey is at hand; and so it comes to pass.
+
+Dear friends, how wonderful are the dealings of our God!  Can we shut our
+eyes to His Divine revelation?  Let us be wise in the day of grace,
+taking heed to the sure Word of prophecy, as unto a light that shineth in
+a dark place.  The world indeed is dark, and all confusion.  But His Word
+shows unto us order in all this confusion, blessed be His name.  More
+next Sunday evening.
+
+
+
+
+ARMAGEDDON AND THE PYRAMID.
+DISCOURSE XIV.
+
+
+THE FORCES IN THE BATTLE--TIME OF ITS OCCURRENCE--MISTAKES OF
+ADVENTISTS--A CHURCH "STRIKE" WANTED--THE HARD TIMES AFTER 1882--HISTORY
+OF THE WORLD TILL 1935--HINE'S THEORY.
+
+    "These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome
+    them; for He is Lord of lords and King of kings; and they that are
+    with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful."--Rev. xviii. 14.
+
+Last Sunday evening we considered the subject of the great battle of
+Armageddon.  This evening we will take up the same subject for further
+consideration.  This battle, we learn, is to be very terrible, such a one
+as the world has not had.  Fearful as some of the wars of the past have
+been, this will overshadow them all in skill, fierceness, number,
+slaughter, devastation, and wide-spread ruin.  It will, in some respects,
+be like one of the wars of olden times.  For in this struggle God is
+again to take a direct part, as He did for His people Israel and Judah in
+times of old.  Again shall the forces of nature do battle for God and His
+people; again they shall be full of instinctive revenge.  Hear us, and
+believe us, Denis Kearney, Providence will then "pool the issues" of the
+_called_, the _chosen_, and the _faithful_.  The called are the Jews, the
+chosen are Israelites, and the faithful embrace all of every nation who
+believe in Christ.  Then many will wade in pools of blood and perish.
+The birds of prey are to hold high carnival on the dead bodies of the
+slain.  The spirit of Satan, that now worketh in the children of
+disobedience, will pool the issues of hell and death in the hosts of the
+_dragon_, _beast_, and _false prophet_.  For though these three powers
+are diverse in their aims, professions, and intents, yet we learn from
+many passages of the Divine Book that they will join hands and agree upon
+a common policy, federating together that they may contend with the
+called, the chosen, and the faithful.  "And I saw three unclean spirits
+like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of
+the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.  For they are the
+spirits of devils working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the
+earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great
+day of God Almighty" (Rev. xvi. 13, 14).  Here indeed will be a pooling
+of the issues, a pooling that will divide the whole world into two forces
+or parties.
+
+Now the canvass has begun, preparations are going on, party lines are
+being drawn, powers are concentrating, and men are rallying under their
+respective standards, getting the world ripe and ready for the coming
+generations, into whose hands the destinies of that day will be cast.
+Few of us now living can personally take part in that final battle,
+excepting as we do so by impressing the unborn millions with our ideas.
+Like as David prepared the material for the building of the temple, and
+his son Solomon carried forward the same, so the work of this generation
+is simply preparatory, and that of the coming will be executive.
+
+Several wars will take place before that of Armageddon, which in their
+nature will be fierce and terrible.  Still these will all be
+preparatory--leading on to the day of decision and the battle final.  On
+this point many err, and their error has a pernicious influence on the
+Church and the world.  They interpret the preparatory signs as if they
+were final; hence the end with such is too near.  A sincere anxiety takes
+possession of their soul, which utterly unfits them to judge aright the
+signs of the times and tokens of Providence.  Thus were a portion of the
+Advent Church thrown into confusion the 8th of last July because they had
+fixed upon the seventh as the time for the ending of the world.  And
+human folly and haste will repeat itself again on the 10th of April next,
+because another portion of the Advent brethren have fixed upon the 9th of
+April as the time of the end.  It is a wonder the first did not take the
+4th of July instead of the seventh, for then a stranger might think the
+end was nigh in some of our cities; or why didn't the other party select
+the 1st of April, for no doubt it would have proved a more propitious
+day?  But thus it is, and will be again before the appointed time of
+Heaven comes.  Man is a creature of haste and sudden impulse, especially
+so in his religious experience.  Kings and nations, Churches and sects,
+have laboured hard in times past to force the issues of Providence and
+give speed and certainty to times and events.
+
+The prophecies affecting our days are clear; so much so, that he who runs
+may read, if need be.  But an impatient activity urges men on, bedazzling
+their eyes, which at once unnerves and unfits them for reading or
+judging.  "In your patience possess ye your souls," said the blessed
+Master to His disciples of old, and not less through them unto us.
+
+"Order is Heaven's first law," it has been said; and surely order
+pervades the prophecies.  But the pulpits in general over-ride this
+order, and are not slow to malign such men as Edward Hine, of London,
+England, when the fact is, that his theory of the prophecies and mode of
+interpretation are vastly more natural, responsive, and reasonable than
+the ill-adjusted, unnatural, and non-responsive system of current
+theology.  A person is under obligation to use that key for the unlocking
+of prophecy which fits the best, and that responds to providential events
+the most natural, without regard to the antiquated systems and mode of
+Church, sect, or college theology.  Hine's theory, as it is called
+sometimes, is as much superior to the old system of interpretation, as
+the railway Pullman car is to the ricketty old stage coach.
+
+The Anglo-Saxon Israel theory neither destroys or introduces any new
+principle, but discovers and applies that which had been long hidden.
+The introduction of steam and electricity did not destroy or produce any
+new principle, but simply discovered and applied, in an improved form,
+that which had been in the world from Adam down till now.
+
+As men in science, mechanics, and practical life, throw overboard men and
+things of the past, so should we in theology, Church life, and
+experience, when we can do better.  Reverence for persons, and respect
+for ideas, should not enslave us.  Let us move on, doing better and
+better.  We do not care to believe all the theology of a Martin Luther.
+When we can make an advance on men, or theories, we should do so.  Bacon
+and Newton are now in part rejected, without intending, or in fact doing
+them any dishonour or disrespect.  So are Calvin and Wesley, on the same
+principle, by every good theologian.  If a theory be advanced that opens
+up the Scriptures, and especially the prophecies, better than those
+before existing, let the pulpit accept it, throwing aside its mawkishness
+and age-intrenched stupidity.  I have no hesitation to say, after over
+twenty-five years of experience with preachers and pulpit, that the
+majority of preachers are lazy and indifferent in study.  For this reason
+many of them are deterred from examining any new theory.  Many have said
+to me, and written to me, that if they accepted the Lost Tribe theory it
+would destroy nearly all their old sermons, and necessitate the making of
+new ones--a work they were not willing to undertake.  It will, therefore,
+be a long time before the pulpit is reformed.  In these days there are
+many strikes.  While in Canada, on my vacation, I agreed to lecture for a
+Church choir on the prophet Jeremiah's visit to Ireland.  But some
+preachers banded together and stopped it; and, in consequence of it, the
+choir struck and refused to sing the following Sunday.  Passing by this
+strike, I really wish the laymen would strike and call the pulpit to an
+account and rouse it from its lethargy, and demand that it should
+untrammel itself and be free and equal to the age and demand.  I have met
+with miserly persons who didn't believe in beautiful churches, or the
+missionary cause, or any cause indeed that wanted money.  They would
+argue for plainness, and so on.  The secret of their peculiar ideas on
+these matters was to be found in their stinginess and their love of
+money.  They advocated such theories because it saved them from
+contributing.  Like a man I met with on my vacation tour who said that he
+saved forty dollars a year by pretending to be angry with the minister or
+some of the deacons when they came round collecting money.  Some
+ministers, no doubt the majority of them, talk about holding on to the
+old landmarks and being orthodox for the very reason that to make a move
+implies labour, which they are not willing to give, hence they prate
+about orthodoxy and landmarks as a pretext to cover over their
+indifference.  He is the most orthodox who searches after the truth and
+keeps up with the age.  "Prove all things, hold fast that which is good,"
+says Paul.  These pretended followers of Paul say: "Prove nothing, hold
+fast what you have got."
+
+It is as plain as A, B, C, that the Bible teaches the return of the Jews
+and Ten Lost Tribes of Israel to the land of Palestine.  Also, that after
+they are settled in this land Anti-Christ appears.  The dragon and beast
+are already in existence, but Anti-Christ is not; the spirit of
+Anti-Christ is.  When Israel and Judah are settled and prosperous in the
+old fatherland, then is to come on the battle of Armageddon.  Thank
+Heaven! that though the struggle will be awful, it will be final, and
+victory will turn on the Lord's side.  Then will be set up a kingdom that
+shall endure in abiding peace and prosperity for at least a thousand
+years.  The world will nestle in regaling plenty and great assurance.
+This kingdom is to be set up in the latter days of the four kingdoms
+spoken of by Daniel.  By this we understand that these kingdoms will have
+their day, and by succession, after a time, run out.  These
+kingdoms--namely, Babylon, Persia, Greece, and Rome--are now
+disappearing.  Rome, politically, is gone, Persia will soon be absorbed,
+also Greece.  Babylon, being continued in the Empire of Russia, has yet a
+glorious future before it for the next fifty years or so, then she will
+disappear to rise no more.  The cry will go forth, "Babylon is fallen."
+In Nebuchadnezzar's image you will remember that the stone cut out of the
+mountain began to destroy the metallic image upward, hence these kingdoms
+will disappear in reverse order to their origin.  First Rome, which has
+gone; next Greece, which is nearly gone; then Persia, and then Russia.
+The new kingdom will fill the world.  Already it foreshadows the outlines
+of possession by its immense territory of to-day.  Then a scion of the
+House of David shall be enthroned in Jerusalem.  All the other great
+capitals will have been destroyed.  It is surprisingly grand to read of
+that day, king and kingdom.  Let me read to you a few verses from
+Jeremiah, chapter xxiii.: "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I
+will raise unto David a righteous branch, and a King shall reign and
+prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth.  In His
+days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely; and this is His
+name whereby He shall be called: the Lord our Righteousness.  Therefore,
+behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more say, The
+Lord liveth, which brought up the children of Israel out of the land of
+Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the seed of
+the House of Israel out of the North country, and from all countries
+whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land."  The
+words, "that day," are often used, and if we desire to know when that day
+is, we have data in the great fact that it is the other side of
+Armageddon, and Armageddon is the other side of the settlement of Israel
+and Judah in Palestine.
+
+I wish, just here, to correct many of you, as well as some of the public
+journals.  Of late I have frequently seen it stated in the papers that I
+predicted the end of the world in 1882.  And many persons have actually
+asked if I did really think so.  The truth of the matter is, in my
+sermons on the Great Pyramid I pointed out to you the remarkable fact
+that the Grand Gallery was 1,882 inches long.  Beginning with the birth
+of the Saviour, these inches stand for years.  This gallery suddenly
+ends, excepting that it is continued in a narrow passage, the narrowest
+in the whole building, for fifty-three inches.  Then comes the King's
+Chamber, which before you enter, you pass under a portcullis in the form
+of an olive leaf.  In this chamber all is equal, quiet, and central.
+Now, what I believe this pillar of witness in Egypt teaches (see Isa.
+xix. 19) is, that in 1882 the whole world will enter upon a time of great
+trouble, war, pestilence, and famine, and for fifty-three years these
+troubles will continue more or less.  Then about 1935 will occur the
+battle of Armageddon, which will be the finishing touch, the end of wars.
+I arrive at this, when I follow the teachings of the Pyramid, by adding
+1882 and 53, which gives me 1935.  Even then the world will not end, but
+only begin the millennium morn, which will last for a thousand years or
+more.
+
+Now corresponding to these facts are the events of Providence.  As when
+Spring is nigh we know by certain signs, so we know from the Scriptures,
+Providence, and Pyramidal teaching, where we stand and the season we are
+in.  "O ye hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky, but can ye not
+discern the signs of the times?" said Jesus to the proud and critical
+Pharisees and learned and doubting Sadducees.  These parties affected to
+be specially wise and discriminating in their knowledge of the times and
+seasons, and interpreting the prophets and writings of Moses.  Yet their
+conduct betrayed their ignorance, for they saw not the end of that grand
+old prophetic age, nor the fading symbolism of the temple, nor the
+departing glory and decay of their nation.  They knew not the fulness of
+the time in which they lived, though it bulged out like a mountain.  They
+did not know that _one time hath ended_, another _time begun_, for they
+still dated their documents 4032 of the world, when it was the year of
+our Lord and their Lord 32.
+
+The antediluvians stand condemned because they were willingly ignorant of
+the Providential tokens and signs of the times.  They set at naught the
+teachings and warnings of Noah, and in exulting pride they rejected the
+idea of a special Providence.  Their faith, like many in this day, was
+planted and nourished by the laws of nature, and the analogous
+continuance of the same, not accepting the doctrine of a Divine
+Providence.  They cried aloud, "Where is the promise of His coming?  For
+since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the
+beginning of the creation."
+
+Do you, like the Jews of old, demand more signs, when those given you are
+not understood, or, if understood, they are undervalued?  The prophets
+have been lavish in portraying the calamities of the _last days_, or the
+times into which we are entering.  For the words _last days_ are the few
+years preceding the battle of Armageddon.  The calamities of these days
+are of four kinds: First, social disorders; second, religious feuds and
+wars; third, wonderful political disturbances; fourth, temporal or
+physical disasters.  Of the social condition of these last days, Paul
+instructs us: "This know, also, that in the last days perilous times
+shall come."  Then he groups together nineteen immoral attributes of the
+social state of these last days: "Men shall be lovers of their own
+selves, covetous, boasters, proud blasphemers, disobedient (to parents
+especially), unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, truce
+breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce despisers, traitors, heady,
+high-minded, lovers of pleasure more than God, formal in religion" (2
+Timothy iii.).  What, we ask, will be the state of society when the
+social condition becomes such?
+
+The religious feuds and persecutions of the last days we can but faintly
+conceive.  It was terrible when the beast, two hundred years ago, held
+sway.  The Inquisition, the rack, the stake, and all the horrors of a
+wise age will be brought to bear.  For in these days to come, the beast
+will be joined by Anti-Christ, who will burn with rage, and vent his
+displeasure on Christ's followers.  Also the barbarism and savage
+disposition of the Pagans will be let loose.  Then will the dragon tear
+and destroy.  This will, indeed, be a day or time of visitation.  The
+political disturbances will be terrible.  Nation against nation plotting
+and deceiving; internal strife and outward dangers.  These are of a kind
+to appal one in reading them.  Then come the temporal or physical evils.
+These are to be a horrible train of ills in the form of pestilence,
+famine, and earthquakes.  The plague of yellow fever is as nought to some
+of the scourges that will then go forth.  Gibbon, the historian, tells of
+a plague that swept away two-thirds of Europe and Asia.  At that time the
+dead lay unburied by thousands.  In Constantinople, for three months,
+five and even ten thousand persons died daily.  The famines in India and
+China give us some idea of those yet to come.  Of the earthquakes, such
+as have been will be repeated in increasing terror, violence, and
+destruction.  To all these shall be added fire from heaven, hail,
+whirlwinds, and floods.  These are times that will try men's souls.  Read
+the prophets for yourselves, and range yourselves on the Lord's side.
+
+
+
+
+WONDERS OF THE FUTURE.
+DISCOURSE XIV.
+
+
+PURPOSE OF THE FLOOD--THE ABRAHAMIC CURRENT--RENDING MOUNT OLIVET--FORMER
+EARTHQUAKES--BOUNDARIES OF PALESTINE--DAN AND GAD TO GUARD THE
+"GATES"--GAD THE SCOTCHMAN--THE FUTURE JERUSALEM--THE DEAD SEA AND
+MEDITERRANEAN TO BE JOINED--MISTAKE OF SPIRITUALISING EVERYTHING.
+
+    "And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which
+    is before Jerusalem on the East: and the Mount of Olives shall cleave
+    in the midst thereof toward the East and toward the West, and there
+    shall be a very great valley; and half the mountain shall remove
+    toward the North, and half of it toward the South."--Zech. xiv. 4.
+
+Some four thousand years ago the earth was washed with the regenerating
+waters of a terrible flood.  Millions were suddenly cut off, with their
+handiwork and antediluvian civilisation.  The swelling floods subsided,
+and the God-avenging waters retired to their appointed place.  The earth
+again stood forth in virgin strength, lonely, bare, and citiless, but
+with a potency and promise inviting and grand.  Across these swelling
+floods one craft had been safely borne; in it was stored the seed-stock
+of a new world of man and beast.  The destruction had been complete and
+terrible.  If we credit Dr. Gurney and others who have written on this
+subject, the population far exceeded the inhabitants of to-day.  But
+whether they did or did not, we know that many must have perished, and
+civilisation must have been hurled back to a primitive beginning.  No
+doubt the present seas and oceans cover over the ruins of that age.
+Eliphaz, the Temanite, when addressing Job, said: "Hast thou marked the
+old way, which wicked men have trodden, which were cut down out of time?
+_whose foundation was overflown with a flood_?"  Now is it not reasonable
+to suppose that in this and every other great change in nature God has a
+purpose--a design agreeable with His own exalted character?  He is too
+wise to err, and too good to be unkind.  The flood came for the same
+reason that He only gave Adam one wife.  And what was that reason?  It
+was that He might fill the world with a godly seed.  "And did not He make
+one?  Yet had He the residue of the Spirit.  And wherefore one?  That He
+might seek a godly seed" (Mal. ii. 15).  The same Spirit which made one
+Eve could have made twenty, for the residue of the Spirit was with Him.
+It was in the interest of morality and godliness that the flood came.
+
+When this design began to fail of being accomplished by the increased
+wickedness of the post-diluvians, then God called Abram, and through
+Abraham and his seed designed that this purpose should flow on and be
+fulfilled.  Through this Abrahamic channel flow all the purposes of a
+Divine Providence in this world.  Through his seed all the nations of the
+earth are to be blessed.  The children of Abraham are the appointed and
+Divinely authorised agents of God.  Through them, as primary, he has, and
+is, and will evangelise the world.  Abraham stands to the generations of
+earth as the Gulf-stream to Europe and the isles of the sea.  This
+Gulf-stream is our largest river; being the longest, broadest, and
+deepest.  Its bottom and banks are cold water.  Compressed by the straits
+of Florida, it rushes forth to warm and replenish the earth and isles of
+the sea.  So the forces of a Divine Providence compressed in Abraham go
+forth to bless mankind.  The Gulf-stream is water in water, and Abraham's
+seed are men among men.  Providence is at once clear and intelligible,
+and history is at once plain, reasonable, and harmonious, when
+interpreted in harmony with the Abrahamic covenant.  The scattering and
+returning of Israel and Judah to Palestine, and the intervening history,
+from the time of dispersion to the Return, is clear as noon-day.  Their
+location, oppression, prosperity, and victories, have long been foretold
+by prophets inspired of God.
+
+Through all the changes in nature God has a design.  He prepared the
+world for Adam and his seed, and He did so by some wonderful upheaving
+and overturning; this scientists will admit.  This world, in its present
+shape and condition, indicates fierce and protracted struggles.  The
+outlines of strange and sublime revolutions are imprinted on her
+rock-ribbed bosom.  Look at her cloud-capped mountains, her snow-crowned
+peaks, her wild and rocky wastes, her barren plains and sandy deserts,
+her fruitful hills and luxuriant valleys, her mighty oceans and swelling
+seas, her inland lakes and rolling rivers; these tell us of a time long
+ago--of the time when the Mighty One went forth to work a work, to build
+a house and make a home for His creature, man.  And as it was necessary
+in the preparatory stage to tune nature to the coming man, so all along
+through the history of the centuries we find nature holding a subordinate
+relation to man.  The world is not run on one principle and man on
+another, but both are permeated by a Divine force and led on to a Divine
+end.  All things are ours, and we are Christ's, and Christ is God's; this
+is the established order of subordination.  Most certainly it cannot be
+unscientific in the Author of nature to make the same His messenger for
+good or evil.  It is not unscientific to throw a line from the shore to a
+ship in distress, even though thrown from the mouth of a cannon, nor is
+it counted unscientific to use that same cannon in war to destroy men.
+
+The earthquake spoken of in the text is, indeed, a small affair in
+comparison to some that have occurred in this world; and if the same God
+be living now as then, surely He can rend in twain the little mountain of
+Olivet.  And if we grant to the infidel scientist of to-day the fact that
+there is no God, still the thing prophesied of is neither unreasonable or
+impossible, because what has been may be again; and as the demand in this
+case is small in comparison to what has been, surely this thing may come
+to pass.  In times past Providence and the wants of the Church have been
+timely aided by convulsions in nature, and if they were only so
+accidentally, why then accidentally they may all agree again.  To the
+scientist, especially the geologist, there can be no great difficulty in
+crediting the miracles of the text when we think of the successive
+revolutions that have taken place.  Fires, and floods, and earthquakes,
+have done sublime service in the past, whether we credit the same to
+Nature or to God.  That an earthquake, or any peculiar expression of
+nature, should be timed to meet a special condition of the Church or the
+special purposes of a Providence, is not strange.  In such an event there
+really is no more wonder than that a man should set an alarm on his clock
+to go off at three minutes past four in the morning.  Some men can
+swallow big things if you will only allow them to make out the author to
+be Nature.  But whether we attribute the things past to Nature or to God,
+we know that wonderful things have happened.
+
+Seismology, the science of earthquakes, is by no means void of interest.
+The earthquake catalogue of the British Association takes notice of, and
+records the occurrence of, over 6,000 that happened between 1606 B.C. and
+1842 A.D.  Some of these have been terrible in force, destruction, and
+extent, oftentimes changing the whole face of a country, its climate, and
+river courses.  The great earthquake of 1783 in Calabria, probably caused
+the death of 100,000 people; it was felt over a great part of Europe.
+The city of Lisbon was visited on the morning of November 1st, 1755, with
+an earthquake so severe that in a few minutes 60,000 persons perished,
+and most of the city was destroyed and buried beneath the water of the
+bay some 600 feet.
+
+The country given to Abraham embraces all of what we call Syria.  It is
+central, and specially adapted for the future purposes of God through
+Abraham's seed.  Beginning with the North-west corner, the boundaries
+will be Mount Taurus, river Euphrates, Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Red
+Sea, River Nile, and Mediterranean, enclosing Syria, Arabia Deserts,
+Arabia Felix and Arabia Petroea.  Thus it will be seen that the Abrahamic
+inheritance is surrounded by water, except at two points--namely, the
+North-west land boundary, which is between the Euphrates and the
+Mediterranean Sea.  The entrance is through the mountain range of Taurus,
+and forms a natural gate or mountain pass from Europe and Asia into
+Palestine.  Here, when the Tribes are resettled in the land of Palestine,
+this gate will be in the allotment of Dan.  Our Irish brethren will again
+be in the North-west, where they will have to fight and defend the land
+and the truth, as in days of old, for their brethren.  The fact is, "Dan
+shall judge his people as one of the Tribes of Israel," said old Jacob.
+The judge in olden times sat in the gate.  So will Dan sit.  Moses said
+that Dan was a lion's whelp.  Among Israel it is customary to put lions
+as guards at gateways.  The Southwest corner, between the Mediterranean
+and the Sea of Suez, forms the other land boundary.  Through this gate
+will come the teeming millions of Africa.  At this gate will be the Tribe
+of Gad--that is, a portion of the Scotch, the lowlanders.  The Tribes
+will be hemmed in one by another so that they cannot enlarge their
+territory; but Gad can, for a vast country opens up beyond the gate.  It
+is barren; still the desert is to blossom as a rose.  Of Gad it was said
+by Moses, "Blessed be He that enlargeth Gad; he dwelleth as a lion and
+teareth the arm with the crown of the head.  And he provided the first
+part for himself, because there, in a portion of the lawgiver, was he
+seated."  You remember that Sinai is in this portion.  What sight and
+foresight Jacob and Moses had!  The land as thus bounded would be 600
+miles broad from the Red Sea to the River Euphrates, and 1,390 between
+the Red Sea and Persian Gulf, and from the Mediterranean to the Arabian
+Sea, 1,600.  These boundaries you will glean by taking note of the
+several promises to Abraham and his seed, as recorded in Gen. xv. 10, and
+Exod. xxiii. 31, and Deut. xi. 24.  The land so promised and given
+specially to Abraham and his seed, the descendants of Abraham never yet
+occupied, no, not half of it, even in the palmy days of King Solomon.
+Will it ever be?  We answer, Yes, as sure as the seasons and night and
+day.  He is faithful that has promised, and will do it.
+
+This remarkable peninsula will be the theatre of the future glory of
+Israel and Judah.  As finely described by the Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, it
+will be found to be most exactly and suitably placed to enable them to
+fulfil their high destiny to all nations, and become the centre of all
+lands, the praise and beauty of the whole earth.  This land has, in fact,
+a central position for communication, commerce, and all other advantages
+of civilisation not enjoyed by any other portion of land in the whole
+world; while the peculiar geographical formation is such that it has an
+immense seaboard, and is therefore fitted for vaster commercial and naval
+operations than have ever yet been seen, commanding, as it does, the
+three most important seas and the two largest rivers of the whole world.
+
+This land, as laid out by Ezekiel, will be divided into thirteen
+longitudinal strips, sixty miles long, and twenty broad.  In the very
+centre will be a portion, some fifty miles square, which will be divided
+and apportioned to what is called the holy oblation--namely, in the very
+middle will be the temple, a mile square, or larger than ever the whole
+city of Jerusalem has yet been.  Then the city will be ten miles square.
+On one side will be a portion for the priests; on another, a portion for
+the Levites; and on the other two sides, the prince's or king's portion.
+This portion, which will be on the East and West sides, will be sixty
+miles long by ten broad, or some 600 miles square.  But it is clear he
+will need it, for he will not be supported by taxes.  He will have to
+judge the land.  He cannot take any more land.  He will have to support
+his own family.  No public grant to his children.  He will have to be
+liberal with the temple.  He will have sixty miles of sea coast to defend
+and sixty miles of land frontier to protect, and thus cover some of the
+weaker tribes.  The city will have 720 square miles as a suburb, in which
+to raise supplies specially for itself.  It will in reality be in two
+parts--one called by the prophets the profane; here will the commercial
+business be done.  The other part will be sacred.  Into it strangers will
+not enter; it will be holy--a quiet habitation.  "There the glorious Lord
+will be unto us a place of broad rivers and streams, wherein shall go no
+gaily with oars, neither shall gallant ships pass thereby."  The city
+proper will be some thirty miles North of the present city of Jerusalem.
+
+
+
+
+NINETEEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY-SEVEN.
+DISCOURSE XVI.
+
+
+"SIGNS OF THE TIMES"--THE RETURN TO JERUSALEM--FORCES OF RUSSIA AND
+ENGLAND--PRESENT LOCALITY OF ANCIENT NATIONS--ORIGIN OF AMERICAN
+REPUBLICANISM--FEDERATION OF THE NATIONS COMING--EVOLUTION AND
+DEVOLUTION.
+
+    "Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred
+    and five and thirty days."--Daniel xii. 12.
+
+So according to the prophet Daniel there is a time to come in which it
+will be blessed to live.  The prophecies of Daniel are generally of a
+material character--that is, they have special reference to this world
+politically, and to this end he had direct and special reference to
+certain kingdoms in existence at the time of writing, as well as others
+that were to come into being.  Of all the prophets he concerns himself
+the most with positive data of the rise and fall of nations.  The figures
+of the data used, we freely confess, are difficult to understand and
+interpret.  The Church and times are greatly in need of some man
+competent on this point.  All prophetic students know the diversity and
+confusion in this department of theology.  Of all the difficult
+departments of theology none exceed the numerical.  The numerical
+symbolism of the Bible is as yet but little understood.  True, indeed, we
+are improving.  Aided by Providence, we are enabled to interpret some
+dates by data--that is, certain events occurring locate us and point out
+the prophetic period we are in.  Like the captain who is unable by his
+certain and usual modes of calculating to find his whereabouts, does so
+by currents, the Gulf-stream, islands, colour of waters, &c., did we know
+the exact quantity of Daniel's two thousand and three hundred days, his
+times, time, and half a time, his seventy weeks, his thousand two hundred
+and ninety days, and the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days,
+then we could deal with the prophecies with a definitiveness to which as
+yet we are strangers.
+
+The times, however, are peculiarly interesting from the very fact that
+the Church is waking up to the importance of prophetic study.  "Coming
+events cast their shadows before," is a trite but true saying, and here
+as true as anywhere.  Men feel in their fears and hopes the pressure of
+prophecy.  The Church is remarkably anxious and unrest.  Governments are
+suspicious and confused.  The populace are restless and threatening.
+Indeed, everything conspires in Church, State, and people, to forecast
+the future.  A thunderstorm is felt before it is seen or heard.  It
+shadows the mind, thrills the nerves, and pains the rheumatic limbs.
+Many in 1858 felt war coming in our own country.  Many were at a loss to
+interpret their fears.  Some, however, interpreted the signs of the time
+and sounded an alarm.
+
+The few years to come are pregnant with angry forces.  Men are busy in
+Russia, Germany, France, England, and America, sowing the winds, and the
+harvest will surely be whirlwinds.  But, beyond all, the sky is clear.
+War ceases, commerce revives, the nations accept a settled peace, science
+and religion join hand in hand to prepare the wastes and woes of war.
+The beast is overcome, Anti-Christ is slain, and the dragon is banished
+from the earth.  Jerusalem again rises in splendour from the grave of
+desolation.  Again Canaan will become the glory of all lands, and
+Jerusalem the glory of Canaan.  Here, again, after centuries of
+wandering, shall the throne of David find rest, and on it one of David's
+seed, chosen and anointed of God, accepted of men, and served by the
+nations.  Crowned and imperial Salem shall become the home of her
+long-captive sons and daughters.  Israel and Judah shall meet together,
+and shall be one stick, one people, having one head, one throne, one
+city, one Lord, even Jesus.  "Therefore, they shall come and sing in the
+height of Zion, and shall flow together to the goodness of the Lord, for
+wheat, and for wine, and for oil, and for the young of the flock and of
+the herd; and their soul shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not
+sorrow any more at all" (Jeremiah xxxi. 12).
+
+No one can read the prophecies that find their fulfilment after the
+battle of Armageddon--or, as the prophets have it, "after those
+days"--without being ravished with delight.  Israel in her palmy days,
+and Judah in her glory!  A nation called of God, and ruled by God through
+David or Solomon; how inviting!  When Heaven was their Defence and
+Provider; when the fidelity of men to God was enough of defence, and the
+morality of a people was a rich manure giving an abundant harvest in
+field, stall, and orchard; then we see the true position of a nation, its
+grandeur and prosperity.  I am convinced that morality has a more
+intimate relation with the forces and wealth of nature than we are in the
+habit of believing.  God can give increased measure to the harvest,
+fruitfulness to the vine, plenty in the orchard, increase in the stall,
+and addition to the household.  Time upon time are these blessings
+promised by the prophets to Israel and Judah in the latter day.
+
+Take notice of a few statements of the prophets responding to those
+times--the times that will ensue after the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel and
+the Jews are again possessed of, and settled in, Palestine.  Jeremiah, in
+the 30th chapter and 31st, refers to those times: "For lo, the days come,
+saith the Lord, that I will bring again the captivity of My people,
+Israel and Judah, saith the Lord; and I will cause them to return to the
+land that I gave to their fathers, and they shall possess it"--referring
+to this time and the battle of Armageddon, in which Israel will be tested
+as we have before shown.  "Alas! for that day is great, so that none is
+like it; it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he shall be saved
+out of it."  Now, we ask, why will it be specially a time of trouble?  We
+answer, Because of the strength of the combined forces that will be
+arrayed against Israel--that is, England.  The forces, as set forth in
+the Scriptures, are _thirteen on one side_, _led by Russia_, and _four on
+the other_, which will be _led by England_.  The _thirteen_ are: 1st,
+Gog; 2nd, Magog; 3rd, Rosh; 4th, Meshech; 5th, Tubal; 6th, Persia; 7th,
+Ethiopia; 8th, Libya; 9th, Gomer; 10th, Togarmah; 11th, the Beast; 12th,
+the Dragon; and 13th, Anti-Christ.  The _four_ are: 1st, Sheba; 2nd,
+Dedan; 3rd, Merchants of Tarshish with all their young lions; 4th, the
+Jews and Israelites settled in Palestine, that will not be led astray by
+Anti-Christ.
+
+To understand the prophets when forecasting the future, we must keep in
+mind that in speaking of a nation's destiny in the future, they would
+speak of it by the name it had at that time, if such a nation had an
+existence at that time.  But in course of time, such nations would change
+their name, and sometimes locality; in such a case they must be found.
+For instance, if one desires to know the destiny of Turkey, he will find
+it set forth by the prophets under the name of Edom and Esau.  Moab and
+Ammon are found in the Poles and Hungarians; they were the sons of Lot.
+In all parts of the world the children of Abraham have an attachment for
+each other.  Thus India was peopled at first by the descendants of
+Abraham; hence they will mix with, and accept English rule sooner than
+any other people.  "But unto the sons of the concubines which Abraham
+had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac his son, while he
+yet lived, Eastward, unto the East country" (Gen. xxv. 6).  If we trace
+back the origin of a people to their head or founder, we will better
+understand their peculiarities and national idiosyncrasies.  Study
+Ishmael to understand the Arabs, Esau to understand the Turks, Ammon and
+Moab to understand the Poles and Hungarians.  Study the character and
+condition of Manasseh in Egypt, as being brought up in a palace, and
+being the lawful heir, but deprived of his birthright by a Providence
+which he could not understand, and you have at once a key to the Pilgrim
+character, and the characteristics of a real American--why he hates
+titles, kings, and aristocracies.  But he forgets not the place of his
+youth when he had the great seal made; for on the reverse of the great
+seal of the United States you will have the figure of a Pyramid crowned
+with the All-seeing eye.  No Tribe but the Tribe of Manasseh could say,
+or did say, "We are a great people."  Yet so this Tribe said to Joshua
+(see Josh. xvii.).  So we often say, "We are a great people."
+
+Rachel and Leah, the two wives of Jacob, are the real source of the
+separation of the Ten Tribes of Israel from Judah.  Each wife sought to
+have her son as a leader.  Thus between Judah and Joseph began the spirit
+of rivalry.  Ephraim took up the cause of Rachel.  David and Saul's
+bitterness lies here.  David stood for Leah, and Saul for Rachel.  The
+descendants of the North of Ireland, being from the Tribe of Dan, have
+ever been distinct from the rest of the Irish in features, enterprise,
+spirit and religion; for the others are the Canaanites of old, the
+Philistines.
+
+Who do the thirteen enemies stand for to-day?  Let me answer you briefly.
+Gog stands for the Caucasians or mountain tribes of Caucasus.  Magog
+covers the inhabitants and country North of the Caucasian mountains, and
+they are known as Tartars.  Rosh, or Roosh, means the real Russians.
+Their ruler is called by the Prophet Ezekiel _Nasi Roosh_.  We translate
+it the chief prince of Meshech.  This portion, or people of Russia, are
+the old Babylonians, hence the hate and rivalry between England and that
+nation.  Meshech means the Muscovites, who made Moscow what it is.  Tubal
+is found in the Siberians.  Meshech and Tubal are generally mentioned
+together in the Scriptures, and, strange to say, they are found together
+in history to-day.  Moscow is the capital of Meshech, for though to the
+world St. Petersburgh seems to be, yet every imperial document is signed
+and dated Moscow.  Tobolski is the capital of Tubal or Siberia.  Persia
+still retains its ancient name, and will be easily recognised.  Also the
+same with Ethiopia.  Libya takes in a portion of the African race.  Gomer
+stands for the Germans in part, for those who descended from Gomer.  From
+this word Gomer is Gomeron, Gemren, and the country Germia, hence,
+Germany and Germans.  Togarmah includes the people of Independent
+Tartary.  The Dragon includes China.  The Beast, the Jesuits and their
+followers, which will take in France, Spain, Italy, and South America;
+and at first divide even England, especially Ireland, and the United
+States.  Anti-Christ will be chiefly sustained by the Jews, who will have
+been settled in Palestine.
+
+The four opposing forces led by England: Sheba represents India, who is
+already training for this time of battle.  Dedan embraces Arabia,
+especially that part occupied by the Sultan of Muscat.  Merchants of
+Tarshish and all the young lions, means England and her colonies, in
+which is embraced the United States.  Manasseh will have to stretch out a
+helping hand to Jacob in the time of his trouble, for she cannot allow
+liberty to be enslaved, and freedom of worship and conscience to be
+trampled under foot.  The plague will come here sooner than we think, by
+a civil and internal division among ourselves, which will force us to
+take part.  The Jews that are not carried away with Anti-Christ will join
+with their brethren of Israel.  The called, the chosen, and the faithful,
+will be one party, and they will be on the Lord's side.
+
+If during the late Turkish war we could have had our despatches agreeable
+to ancient names of people and country, they would have sounded queer.
+Instead of reading of the Russians passing the Caucasus, and moving upon
+Erzeroum by way of Kars, we should have read: Rapid advance of the
+Babylonians under the chief prince of Meshech.  Successful passage of the
+Pison.  The whole land of Havilah occupied.  The men of Togarmah rally at
+Gihon.  Fierce fighting in Eden.  The invaders defeated in the mountains
+of Ararat.  For according to ancient names of people and country, such
+was the fact.  It is comforting to all God's people to know from His Word
+that there is a time of peace; that there is a golden age in the near
+future.  Dr. McKay has the Christian idea in his poem:
+
+    "There is a good time coming, boys,
+    Wait a little longer;
+    Let us aid it all we can,
+    Every woman, every man,
+    The good time coming."
+
+When will the 1,335 days of years, spoken of in the text, end?  We
+answer, About the year 1957.  And why that year?  Because these days
+evidently date there, beginning from the time the daily sacrifice is
+taken away and the city trodden under foot.  The little goat horn of
+Daniel viii. 9 stands, we have before shown you, for Turkey.  "And out of
+one of them came forth a little horn, which waxed exceeding great toward
+the South, and toward the East, and toward the pleasant land."  It stands
+for Mahommedanism, which was to overturn Christianity for a given period,
+a time, times, and a half time, or in figures, 1260.  Now Mahommed was
+accepted and crowned at Mecca in the year 622.  If we add 1260 and 622,
+we have 1882--a time that is very plainly pointed out in the Pyramid.
+Daniel says, "Seventy weeks are determined upon Thy people and upon Thy
+holy city," Jerusalem.  These weeks put into prophetic years make 490,
+which, of course, brings us to the time when Jerusalem was destroyed by
+Titus.  Daniel asked how long the vision concerning the daily sacrifice
+and transgression of desolation to give the sanctuary and people to be
+trodden down?  The answer was, Unto 2,300 days, taking a day for a year.
+Jerusalem was destroyed in the year 70.  Take this from 490 and we have
+420.  Now these 420 years taken from 2,300 will bring 1880.  Then the
+sanctuary is to be cleansed--that is, Jerusalem will be in the possession
+of England.  She now is.
+
+From about 1880, or 1882, England will possess Jerusalem.  In the twelfth
+chapter of Daniel, eleventh verse, we find thirty days added to the
+1,200, making 1,290; these added thirty years denote the time England
+will have to contend for her right to Palestine.  It will finally be
+acknowledged, however, by all nations.  In 1935 the battle of Armageddon
+will end, but Palestine will not be fully settled down to a peaceful
+possession till 1957.  Then the government will be fully established and
+acknowledged all over the world.  The kings and Gentile nations will have
+gone up to Jerusalem and given in their adherence.  Then all the world
+will be federated to David's throne.  The year 1957 I arrive at by the
+same rule as the other--1,335 when added to 622, makes 1,957.  "Blessed,"
+says Daniel, "are they who see that time."
+
+The world is to undergo some marvellous changes these next few
+years--mechanically, politically, socially, and morally; the telephone,
+the phonograph, the microphone, the telemachole and coming improvements
+will transform our modes of labour and learning beyond our present
+conception.  God times inventions and improvements to the advancement of
+His kingdom.
+
+I do not regard inventions as mere accidents, but as the outcoming of a
+Divine intent through human agencies.  Watts and Wesley both did good
+service for the Church and the world.  Edison and others of kindred minds
+are scientific prophets.  "The earth is the Lord's and the fulness
+thereof."  All is made subservient to the progress of the kingdom of
+heaven.  The doctrine of the evolution of man as taught by Darwin is
+neither complimentary to man or God; but the doctrine of devolution is.
+Man is a developing creature; a creature who takes centuries to grow in.
+The devolution of God is through man by means of all the increasing
+facilities and agencies that make man stronger, wiser, and better.  The
+secret powers and forces of nature are revealed to man in the ratio of
+his ability to apply them, on the same scale as we instruct our children.
+
+In the latter days, or the period spoken of by Daniel, nature will be
+Divinely prompted with an impulse of generosity not now known, for then
+men will be wise enough, strong enough, and good enough, to use the same
+and not abuse.  The prophetic teachings glow with promises of regaling
+plenty, peace and good will in those days.  "I will multiply upon you man
+and beasts; and they shall increase and bring fruit; and I will settle
+you after your old estates, and will do better unto you than at your
+beginnings; and ye shall know that I am the Lord" (Ezek. xxxvi. 11).
+Again: "I will multiply the fruit of the tree, and the increase of the
+field, that ye receive no more reproach of famine, among the heathen."  I
+submit and believe that all this God will do by what men are pleased to
+call natural law.  The Divine will not rudely break in upon His own
+established laws.
+
+Sin impairs the energy and growth of man, and so infringes upon Nature.
+As man frees himself from the bondage and sequences of sin, he will rise
+higher and higher in his command and authority over Nature's forces.
+Three several times the earth has been cursed, which curse is gradually
+removed as man returns unto his God in loving and obedient service.  "And
+now art thou cursed from the earth, which hath opened her mouth to
+receive thy brother's blood from thy hand.  When thou tillest the ground,
+it shall not henceforth yield unto thee her strength" (Gen. iv. 11).  The
+secret of a world's wealth and peace lies here, and it were well if
+reformers and agitators understood this.  For they work best who work in
+harmony with God and His laws.
+
+                        [Picture: Pyramid picture]
+
+    "In that day there shall be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the
+    land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord; and it
+    shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts in the
+    land of Egypt."--Isaiah xix. 19.
+
+
+
+
+THE STONE WITNESS. {159}
+DISCOURSE XVII.
+
+
+THE GREAT PYRAMID--WHO JOB WAS--WHO BUILT THE PYRAMID--WHAT IT WAS BUILT
+FOR--AN EPITOME OF THE EARTH--THE HISTORY OF MAN CONTAINED IN IT, PAST
+AND FUTURE--SCIENCE AND THE BIBLE, ETC., ETC.
+
+The wonderful discourses of the Rev. Dr. Wild, of Brooklyn, were
+continued last Sunday evening, before a thronged congregation in Elm
+Place Church.  Under the organ gallery, behind the pulpit, was a
+representation of the Pyramid, or as the learned doctor terms it, "the
+stone Bible," its massive rectangular dark stone foundation and some of
+the most interesting of its interior passages, chambers, and mysteries.
+All eyes were fastened in scrutiny upon it, well knowing that some
+revelation of unusual Christian interest would be made by the Doctor from
+it as soon as his lecture commenced.  The preliminary exercises of
+singing by a well-trained choir and prayer were therefore impatiently
+listened to by many whose thoughts were concentrated on the wonders of
+the Pyramid and its astounding confirmation of the prophetic Scriptures.
+Dr. Wild read a lesson from Job xxxviii., remarking that the author of
+that book was also the engineering director or architectural author of
+the Pyramid and identical with Shem and Melchisedec.  The book of Job is
+the oldest book in the world by 200 or 300 years.  Shem, or Job, was
+ninety-eight years old when he entered the ark, and he lived thirty years
+after Abraham, with whom therefore he shook hands, as well as with
+Methuselah, who shook hands with Adam.  Only one man, therefore, stood
+between Adam and Shem, and only two, or not quite two, between Adam and
+Abraham.  The book of Berosus, of Babylon, is the only one that compares
+with Job in antiquity.  This was the age of tradition before Moses
+compiled the first portions of it.  In the days of Abraham, Shem was the
+patriarch, or oldest, of his family; and it was therefore to him he did
+homage, according to the patriarchal custom, under the name of
+Melchisedec, when returning from the slaughter of the kings.  Shem had
+brought with him from the days before the flood much of the knowledge and
+wisdom which had been accumulated in the earth during the 2,000 years
+previous to that event, and which was swept away when only eight persons
+were saved in the ark.  We have been told that the human race has
+gradually improved, and that our ancestors in far off ages were monkeys,
+or something of that sort, but the remains of the ruins and knowledge of
+antiquity show everything the reverse of this to be the truth.  Look at
+that Pyramid.  We could not build it to-day, with all our boasted
+science.  It will bear in every respect the closest scientific scrutiny.
+Our greatest scientists are only beginning to comprehend the depths of
+its mysteries, yet it is over 4,000 years old.  The capstone on top of it
+is a Pyramid in itself, in miniature, unlike anything of the kind or any
+other building on the earth.  The reverend gentleman then continued to
+read from Job xxxviii., and shew that the writer of it was master of
+astronomical and geographical science and the builder of the Pyramid,
+which is a miniature of the measurement of the earth and indicates the
+history of the human race.  After this preliminary dissertation he took
+for his text Isaiah xxviii. 29: "This also cometh forth from the Lord of
+hosts, which is wonderful in counsel, and excellent in working."
+
+The Bible is a growing book, being more read and better understood as the
+years pass by; and as men shall increase in knowledge and power, so the
+Bible will gain in influence and authority.  Opposition to its teaching,
+and vaunting denial of its authority, shall be made subservient to its
+interests by goading on the Church to a wiser and more noble defence and
+exposition of the same.  No theology can levy upon the well-defined facts
+of science in confirmation of the sublime teachings of inspiration.  The
+Christian student need not hold himself in timid dread for fear the
+scientist will discover aught in the realms of nature that will
+contradict the Word of God: for as sure as God is the Author of both, so
+surely shall we find an agreement between revelation and science at every
+point truly understood--increased light means increased evidence.
+Nations and men, nature and Providence, are united witnesses for God, and
+the Scriptures, and the more we know of the past, the better shall we
+understand the present and forecast the future.  Let us recognise the
+future.  Let us recognise the important difference between the Bible
+subjectively and objectively--that is, between what the Bible really is
+and what men think it is.  Let us be free enough, bold enough, and wise
+enough, to claim the Bible itself.  Let us unyoke it from tradition,
+which claims to be superior, or even equal.  Let us divorce it from
+councils, from creeds, from sects and denominations; let us lift it up
+out of the ecclesiastical rut of ages.  Let us with a commendable pride
+count ourselves worthy and able to formulate our own creeds, make our own
+prayers and confessions, accounting that the liberties of our fathers
+have been bequeathed to their children, and that the same God who gave
+them liberty and power is no less gracious to us, their offsprings.
+Traditions, councils, creeds, and degrees are worth much unto us as aids
+to a higher life, and a nobler civilisation.  The Christian fathers, the
+Luthers, Calvins, Knoxes, Wesleys, and others, were our servants, as we
+will be the servants of coming generations.  They worked grandly, they
+wrought well, they procured for us a goodly heritage; to them we are
+indebted.  Yet it was not their purpose nor the design of Providence to
+enslave us, or to stereotype the Church for the ages to come.  Increased
+light is increased evidence, enabling us the better to understand the
+Word of God.  When a publisher has stereotyped a book, he is naturally
+loath to make any change or correction; so Churches who have stereotyped
+the Bible are very unwilling to change, to receive light.  Hence, they
+are sometimes found opposing the march of a better civilisation, proving
+and sustaining all manner of institutions and tyrannies: the torturing
+and terrible Inquisition of Spain, the punishment and hanging of supposed
+witches by England and New England, the bondage and slavery of the South.
+So, to prove their creeds and systems correct, they each have a mode of
+their own, Catholic, Episcopalian, Baptist, Congregational, Methodist,
+&c.  _So also_, theologians have often been impatient to reconcile the
+Scriptures with history, even to suggest mistakes in the sacred record.
+Instance Daniel being made the THIRD RULER.  _They supposed it meant
+second_, but later researches show that Babylon had two rulers at that
+time--namely, Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar--so Daniel was made a third.
+See the remains of Borsippia, near Babylon (Dan. v. 29).  Now we know
+that both Daniel and Berosus, the old Babylonian historians, were right,
+and the Bible was right in using the word third.  God in His revelation
+has always been equal to man's need.  Tradition--Abraham saw Shem, for
+Shem lived some thirty years after Abraham's death.  Shem, and
+Melchisedek, and Job, are likely the same person.  Certainly, Shem and
+Melchisedek are the same, and by Egyptian historians called Philitis.
+This Philitis was the builder of the Great Pyramid.  Now Shem saw
+Methuselah and Methuselah Adam.  Thus, then, tradition would be
+sufficient.  As tradition failed, the written Word began.  There is
+little doubt now but that _Shem_, called also Melchisedek, was the
+builder of the Pyramid, being instructed of God, as his father Noah had
+been in building the ark, and as Moses with the tabernacle, and Solomon
+with the temple, as the prophet in the text and context shows that the
+wisdom of the man is often the gift of God.  _See Moses also_.  "And the
+Lord spake unto Moses, saying: See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the
+son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the Tribe of Judah; and I have filled him
+with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in
+knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship: to devise cunning works, to
+work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to
+set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship.
+And, behold, I have given him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the Tribe
+of Dan; and in the hearts of all that are wise-hearted I have put wisdom
+that they may make all that I have commanded thee" (Exodus xxxi. 1-6).
+
+Let us look at this building, for it is a special revelation for these
+times.  For this precise and scientific day God has provided.  Science
+and the Bible are interlocked in this building; they agree, they testify
+for the same God, yet they witness to the same Christ, the Providence and
+history of His chosen people.  This stone book could not be read till
+now; it even takes the most precise scientific men of the day to read it.
+For thousands of years there has been no one in the court of the world
+able to question and interpret this witness of the Lord in Egypt.  The
+scientists have been asking for some other revelation than the Bible, for
+the supernatural in a scientific form, for something beyond man, for
+something all could see, for something that would answer to pure science,
+for something that could be seen, handled, measured, tested, and amenable
+to mathematics; something superhuman, for something in which the human
+and the Divine blend.  Thank Heaven, all they ask is granted in this
+stone monument.  Here we have science forecast for thousands of years;
+here we have the grandest of problems in science solved, and the
+sublimest phenomena of religion and science crystalised, symbolising and
+teaching the most marvellous facts in religion, sociology, and astronomy.
+It is not a tomb, nor granary, nor temple, but a pillar and witness unto
+the Lord of hosts.  Think of a few facts.  1. Its location, the centre of
+the land surface of the whole earth.  Hence the best zero point on earth
+for meridianal and latitudinal calculations.  Central to clime--here is
+no rust, moss, nor frosts to destroy, nor earthquake--a well-chosen spot
+for such a pillar.  2. Its form and size--symbolising the earth quantity
+in its weight of five millions of tons--the freight of 1,250 of the
+largest steamers leaving New York.  Its shape, or inclination from base
+to apex, the same as from the pole to the equator.  To express this the
+builder sloped in ten feet for every nine in height.  On this building
+the sun can shine upon the whole of it twice a year without a shadow.
+This building is the most correctly orient of any structure on the earth.
+It is the highest, largest, and oldest building on earth, rising to the
+height of 486 feet and a fraction, which height if multiplied by ten nine
+times gives the distance of the earth from the sun; or pile a thousand
+million pyramids one on the other, and the last would touch the sun.  As
+it stood perfect it was the circle squared; for the height is the radius
+of a circle, whose circumference, if divided into four equal parts, each
+part would equal one of the surface sides of the base--closer in
+approximation than Walli's Indivisibles, or Newton's Fluxions, or
+Liebnitz's Calculus.  The door of entrance was some forty-nine feet from
+its base, and 300 inches East of the centre, so as at once to express the
+tilt of the earth's axis from the plane of its orbit, and by its height
+from the ground express the Precession of the Equinoxes.  What a witness
+outwardly, when complete, of polished marble, covering some thirteen and
+a half acres, within and without clean and free from idolatrous marks.
+But God foretold the place and purpose of this huge pile through the
+prophet Isaiah (xix. 19, 20): "In that day shall there be an altar to the
+Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border
+thereof to the Lord.  And it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto
+the Lord of hosts in the land of Egypt."  Here we see the _altar and
+pillar_ are _one_ and the same, and a scientific fact is expressed when
+the prophet says it shall be in the midst and on the border.  The
+position of the Pyramid is such, being at the sector point of Upper and
+Lower Egypt, thus being on the border of both, yet in the midst.  The
+sector point of the arm is where the wrist joins the hand.  The spreading
+hand represents Lower, and the arm Upper Egypt.  (See on frontispiece the
+sector plate.)
+
+May we ask what the pillar and witness--the Pyramid--has to say on the
+Jewish question, for it has not left this fact unnoticed?  At the
+junction of the first ascending passage with the Grand Gallery, on the
+left-hand side, or East, there is a horizontal passage-way leading to
+what is called the Queen's Chamber.  This chamber is on the twenty-fifth
+course of masonry.  Now, it is allowed, the Grand Gallery expresses the
+time of Christ's advent and fulness of time--enlarged liberty.  The
+ascending passage being only four feet high, men were cramped in passing
+up, but on reaching the Grand Gallery they were free, for it is
+twenty-eight feet high.
+
+The passage to the Queen's Chamber is only four feet, and is it not
+strange that it is altogether Jewish?  This low horizontal passage
+terminates in a grand Sabbatic room, which symbolises the Jewish
+Sabbath-week, feasts, and time periods.
+
+From this passage we learn that the Jews rejected Christ, and went off by
+themselves, refusing the liberty of Christ.  So as truly as the coming of
+Christ had been forecast in this Pyramid, so had His rejection by the
+Jews.
+
+The very mortar in this chamber is mixed with salt.  The chamber is
+seven-sided.  The last seventh of the passage-way sinks down, giving more
+room to move in.  Salt was an article used freely with the Jews in
+sacrificing.  Seven was a sacred number.  The sinking of the last seventh
+part of the passageway floor may mean the enlarging privilege of the Jews
+in this latter day.  Of the civilised nations, only Russia and Spain
+forbid them citizenship.  Even Turkey admits them now as citizens.
+
+The Jews have been represented as being blind in part.  The passage-way
+and chamber have been difficult to explore because of foul air, there
+being no ventilating tubes as in the King's Chamber.
+
+But, strange to say, a gentleman exploring this chamber a short time ago,
+found two tubes by an accident in striking the side wall with a hammer.
+The tubes had been left entirely closed over with a thin unbroken scale.
+These tubes extended inward through the masonry, and into the stones
+forming the walls of the room, all nicely cut, but for about one inch
+they were not cut through into the room itself.  Thus the whole was
+designed is evident.  This thin scale no doubt symbolises the condition
+of the Jew.  His eyes are now open, the time of his wandering nearly
+spent, as told by this Pyramid.
+
+The curses foretold upon the Jews have been terribly fulfilled.  So shall
+the blessings foretold now in reserve.  It was foretold that he would
+reject Christ; so he did.  But it is also foretold that he will yet look
+upon Him whom he pierced, and mourn and repent, and accept the true
+Messiah.  Lo-ruhamah represents Lost Israel; Lo-Ammi represents cursed
+Judah; Ruhamah represents Israel found; Ammi represents the curse removed
+from the Jews.  So now we must say, as the prophet Hosea long ago
+instructed us--we Saxons--"Say ye unto your brother, Ammi," and you Jews,
+"say to your sisters, Ruhamah."
+
+We have esteemed the Jews as cursed; we will soon esteem them blest.  The
+Jews have never thought we were their brethren, the descendants of
+Abraham.  But God is revealing in this latter day His own great plan; and
+Christ will be the Saviour of both.
+
+"In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely.
+Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more
+say, The Lord liveth, which brought up the children of Israel out of
+Egypt; but, The Lord liveth, which brought up, and which led the seed of
+the House of Israel out of the North country, and from all countries
+whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their own land" (Jer.
+xxiii. 6-8).
+
+Glorious times are near at hand for the Church and the world.  Great
+things hath God promised, all of which He will in His own good time bring
+to pass.
+
+The very dimensions of the doorway are of thrilling import, expressing in
+square inches the time of the Adamic world, which, when added to other
+figures, forecast the time of the end, or the 6,000 years, and point out
+the date of the beginning of the Millennium morn, or Sabbath of the
+earth--the period spoken of by Daniel when he says, "Blessed is he that
+waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty
+days."  This period we approximated in our last Discourse, and made it
+out to be about 1,957.  The door-way in square inches is 1,949; take
+these inches for years, and we have, before the building of the Pyramid,
+of years 1949 A.M., time of building 2170 B.C., and length of Grand
+Gallery, 1,882, and we get a total of 6,001.  This is indeed a close
+approximation.
+
+
+
+
+SIGNS AND WONDERS.
+DISCOURSE XVIII.
+
+
+THE STONE PROPHET IS THE WILDERNESS--NO WAR FOR FOUR YEARS--THE GREAT
+STRUGGLE TO COMMENCE IN 1882--PRUSSIA ANCIENT ASSYRIA--ENGLAND, GERMANY,
+AND EGYPT TO BE ALLIES--THE FUTURE HISTORY OF THE WORLD--THE PHILISTINES
+THE SOUTHERN IRISH--WHO THEIR GREAT ANCESTOR WAS, ETC.
+
+    "The great, the mighty God, the Lord of hosts, is His name.  Great in
+    counsel, and mighty in work; for Thine eyes are open upon all the
+    ways of the sons of men; to give every one according to his ways, and
+    according to the fruit of his doings; which has set signs and wonders
+    in the land of Egypt, even unto this day."--Jer. xxxii. 18-20.
+
+Egypt is intimately connected with Palestine in providential history,
+both past, present, and future.  No student can have a proper knowledge
+of the Jewish and Israelitish nation unless he be familiar with the early
+civilisation and power of Egypt.  From this land went forth the Caphtorim
+to settle Palestine, led forth by the great and good Melchisedek, after
+he had built the Pyramid.  Under his reign they first settled Palestine,
+built and made Jerusalem their capital.  On the death of Melchisedek they
+lost their allegiance to God, they became an idolatrous people, and were
+rejected by Jehovah as His special agents.  They are known in after
+history under the name of Philistines, which simply means the followers
+or subjects of Philitis--a name which the early historians of Egypt gave
+to the builder of the Pyramid, which was none other person than
+Melchisedek.  By the Israelites they were driven out of Palestine, and
+finally settled in the South of Ireland, as Irish historians allow.
+
+Another member of the family of Shem was called--namely, Abraham, from
+whom came God's chosen people--Israel and the Jews.  They also had to
+sojourn in Egypt, and they, too, were sent to Palestine, and graffed on
+to the purpose of God, where the Philistines had been broken off.
+
+"Have not I brought up Israel out of the land of Egypt, and the
+Philistines from Caphtor?" (Amos ix. 7).
+
+Egypt has played a noble part in the providence of God through
+Melchisedek, Abraham, Joseph, and Moses.  Even the blessed Jesus is said
+to be called from this land.  "Out of Egypt have I called My Son."  The
+Egyptians gave to the world the first translation of the Hebrew Bible,
+and it was for centuries the stronghold of Christianity after the
+destruction of Jerusalem.  The best of the Christian fathers were
+Egyptians, and in the coming struggle, the great war, which will begin
+about 1882, again Egypt will become conspicuous with England and Prussia.
+For the Prussians are the Assyrians as the English art the Lost Tribes of
+Israel.  Bismarck may manoeuvre as he please, and be as pro-Russian as
+Dr. Storrs, yet when the time comes he and his people will fall in with
+the providential purpose, and become an ally with Israel-England; and
+timid and bankrupt Egypt will then come forth to take her place once more
+among the nations of the earth as an independent Power.  Hear what the
+prophet Isaiah says in chap. xix.: "And the Lord shall smite Egypt, He
+shall smite and heal it, and they shall return even to the Lord, and He
+shall be entreated of them, and shall heal them.  In that day shall there
+be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria, and the Assyrians shall come into
+Egypt and the Egyptians into Assyria, and the Egyptians shall serve with
+the Assyrians.  In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with
+Assyria, even a blessing in the midst of the land, whom the Lord of hosts
+shall bless, saying, Blessed be Egypt My people, and Assyria the work of
+My hands, and Israel Mine inheritance."
+
+"_In that day_" refers to this day, now at hand.  To this the Great
+Pyramid is witness.  For in verses 19 and 20 of this chapter we read: "In
+_that day_ shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the land
+of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord.  And IT shall
+be for a SIGN and for a WITNESS unto the Lord of hosts in the land of
+Egypt."
+
+The word translated pillar is from the Hebrew word Matzaybhah, and means
+a large structure--some monument that is pre-eminent.  The Hebrew word
+Ammood is translated pillar also, and corresponds to the English word
+pillar much better.
+
+The word _altar_, in Hebrew, means lion, carrying with it the same
+meaning as pre-eminence.  And is not this Pyramid preeminent? and is it
+not the lion of monuments, pre-eminent as being the oldest, pre-eminent
+as being the highest, pre-eminent as being the largest, pre-eminent in
+location--being _central_ to all the land surface of the earth,
+pre-eminent in construction, unlike any other buildings, except such as
+have been modelled after it, pre-eminent in orientation--that is, being
+exactly East, North, West and South.
+
+Perfect orientation men in past ages and countries have tried to express
+in temples, churches, observatories, and monuments, yet none have
+succeeded so well as the Pyramid builders.
+
+The famous Uranibourg Observatory, built by aid of the European
+Governments, under the skilful supervision of the learned Tycho Brahe,
+was found to be five minutes of a degree askew in its orientation when
+finished.
+
+A few years ago our Government determined to have one perfect point of
+orientation, fixing upon Mount Agamenticus in the State of Maine.  They,
+at a great cost, and time, and labour, concluded their work, and found
+they were in error somewhere about the four-hundredth part of a second;
+although they tried to solve the problem by three distinct
+processes--namely, differences of zenith distance, absolute zenith
+distances, and by transits in prime vertical.
+
+How then came these ancient architects so early in the world's history
+and progress to build so skilfully?  How were they able some 4,000 years
+ago to find the poles, and determine the latitude and longitude so
+precisely?  Answer, ye godless scientists, and tell us how these
+monkey-men were so skilled.  How did they know without your instruments
+and instruction which parallel of latitude to choose so as to be on that
+line which would mark the half-way of the world's surface between the
+equator and the poles?
+
+And why did they lay bare and make smooth the lime-stone table rock on
+which they built close to its Northern edge?  Why press so closely to the
+brink of the hill on the North side when there was plenty of room on the
+South side?
+
+Truly this witness of God is against you.  In this building are "signs
+and wonders" even to this day, and as surely also are the eyes of Jehovah
+open upon all the ways of the children of men.
+
+Know ye not that the accumulated forces and results of centuries have
+been bequeathed to the present generation as a legal heritage for culture
+and profit?
+
+Happily for us God has not left Himself without witnesses.  Long before
+God made bare His arm through Moses, and wrought miracles to convince
+Pharaoh and the Egyptians, He had wrought one miracle, a miracle which
+would cover the ages; not to be seen by a few only, or last for a day,
+but to be seen by the millions and last for centuries.
+
+In this Pyramid we have a valuable inheritance.  Its finish, its beauty,
+its magnitude provokes our criticism, and yet must command our
+admiration.  This watchman on the walls of time, this sentinel in charge
+of the secrets and treasures of the sires of long ago, this prophet in
+the wilderness in rugged garb, proclaiming the will of Heaven, as then
+made known, and now manifest, this Daniel who can interpret for us the
+future, this mile-stone of the ages, we do revere.
+
+By it we are enabled to adjust our chronological dates, rectify history
+in some of its most important points, and judge more correctly of the
+attainments of our ancestors; nay, more and better, to form a truer
+estimate of ourselves and discern the finger of God in the manipulations
+of men, and an overruling Providence in the rise and fall of nations.
+
+These signs and wonders confirm God's Word, for they prove inspiration a
+fact; inspiration of a kind and in the very manner demanded by the
+unbelieving scientists.  Here is a building superhuman, and of course in
+part supernatural, like the Bible.  In this building the human and the
+Divine blend.
+
+If any deny this, it remains with them to account for it, and show how a
+people so far back in the world's history could be so wise and learned;
+how they could embody so much of the sciences.  One thing is certain, if
+the Divine had nothing to do with this building, then we are left to the
+conclusion that man was much superior to what the Darwinian theory
+admits.  If void of the Divine, then the development theory is destroyed.
+If we admit the Divine, then it follows that inspiration is a fact.
+
+The building is there, and it was there in the day of Egypt's oldest
+historians.  It has been counted as one of the seven wonders of the
+world.
+
+It did not embody the ideas of the Egyptians in science, astronomy,
+meteorology, or religion.  As their historians allow, it was built by
+foreigners which they hated.
+
+Nothing idolatrous was carved on it, within or without.  It was a witness
+pure and clean.  The Egyptians proclaimed and believed the earth to be
+square--this building proclaimed the earth round.  The builders bevelled
+the face of the rock in a ratio of eight inches to the mile--the very
+quantity that science to-day admits to be the curviture of the earth--and
+accepts in surveying.  It was their knowledge of this fact that kept the
+building sound, without the cracking of a joint, through centuries,
+though so high.  The Egyptians did not use the sacred amma, or cubit,
+which is about twenty-five of our inches.  They used a profane cubit, as
+Sir Isaac Newton shows.
+
+This sacred cubit was a well and easily established proportion of the
+earth's diameter--the very standard now used by the English Government in
+surveying.
+
+The stones of the Pyramid were twelve feet long, eight feet broad, and
+five deep, making twenty-five total.  The building itself was a
+five-faced figure.  The Egyptians hated five.  No wonder that Moses
+harnessed the Israelites in fives as they left Egypt, or that he should
+divide his book into five parts.
+
+No wonder that the Queen's Chamber should be on the twenty-fifth course
+of masonry, and the King's Chamber on the fiftieth course, which is the
+year of jubilee, or deliverance--which year, as indicated in the Pyramid,
+is the year 1935.
+
+The Egyptians calculated from the moon in their chronology.  But this
+building takes its calculations from the sun circle.  The Egyptian year
+was 354 days, with an intercalary month of thirty-three days added every
+three years.
+
+The year embodied in the Pyramid was 365 days, five hours, forty-eight
+minutes, forty-seven and seven-tenths seconds.  If a person took a rod of
+a cubit length, and measured one of the base sides of the Pyramid, he
+would find this twenty-five inch measure to be contained as often as
+there are days in the year, with the same fraction in inches as the
+hours, minutes, and seconds.
+
+Is it impious to ask how these builders knew the solar year so
+completely?  They knew the sun's circle of 448 years, which completes a
+circle of time without any excess or deficiency.  This they ran into
+weights and measures as God's religion does.
+
+The Pyramid, having four sides, would divide this circle into four parts,
+which make 112 pounds, or a hundred-weight; or, if multiplied by five,
+the faces of the Pyramid, 448 would give 2,240, or a ton.
+
+In the descending and ascending passages a person must stoop to pass
+through them, but when the Grand Gallery is reached, they can stand
+upright, for this gallery enlarges seven times the proportions of the
+others.  The first passages are only four feet high; this is
+twenty-eight.
+
+The first ascending passage is 1,542 inches in length--the time, taking
+inches for years, from the exodus of Israel from Egypt to Christ.
+
+Christ brings enlarged liberty.  He was symbolised by the ton--the end of
+weight scale.  "When the fulness of time was come, God sent forth His
+Son."
+
+Again, thirty-three inches in this gallery is an open sepulchre with
+fifty-six empty graves in miniature, carved out, telling, again, by a
+strange coincident, the life years of the Saviour and His resurrection;
+also the number of those who rose immediately after.  For "the graves
+were opened, and many bodies of the saints which slept arose and came out
+of the graves after His resurrection" (Matt. xxvii. 52).
+
+Another remarkable feature is, that at the end of this gallery, the wall
+bulges forward about four inches, as if it were going to fall in.  This
+gallery, on the floor is 1,882 inches; on the roof, 1,878 inches.  This
+explains to us our very times.  The shadow of war--Russia and England
+appearing as if they would fight every day.  But they know not the
+counsels of God, nor His sublime purpose.  Surely, as the text declares,
+"Our God is great in counsel and mighty in work; and His eyes are open
+upon all the ways of the sons of men."  More next Sunday evening, God
+willing, about His own marvellous witnesses.  Let us praise and adore
+Him.
+
+    "_And the remnant of Jacob shall be among the Gentiles_, _in the
+    midst of many people as a_ LION _among the beasts of the forest_, _as
+    a_ YOUNG LION _among the flocks of sheep_: _who_, _if he go through_,
+    _both treadeth down and teareth in pieces_, _and none can
+    deliver_."--Micah v. 7.
+
+              [Picture: Coat of Arms with Lion and Unicorn]
+
+    "_His glory is like the firstling of his bullock_, _and his horns
+    like the_ HORNS OF UNICORNS: _with them he shall push the people
+    together to the_ ENDS _of the_ EARTH."--Deut. xxxiii. 17.
+
+
+
+
+THE THRONE OF DAVID.
+DISCOURSE XIX.
+
+
+ENGLAND'S PROPHECY FULFILLED IN THE BERLIN CONGRESS--THE HARP OF TARA THE
+HARP OF ISRAEL--THE FUTURE EUROPEAN ALLIANCES--ROYAL SUCCESSION OF THE
+HOUSE OF ISRAEL.
+
+    "I will overturn, overturn, overturn it; and it shall be no more,
+    until He comes whose right it is; and I will give it Him."--Ezekiel
+    xxi. 27.
+
+The closing of the famous European Congress will now freely permit us to
+canvass the work and results of the same, and to compare the sequences
+with the teachings of the prophets and intentions of Providence.  The
+results of the Congress have taken the world by surprise.  The very fact
+that one should have been held under the enforced conditions of the
+crownless king, Disraeli, was a wonder in itself.  But the wonder is not
+confined to the meeting and work of the Congress, for outside of, and in
+spite of the Congress, a treaty has been made which converts wonder into
+amazement.  Back in the middle of last May (1878), England and Turkey
+formed an alliance, offensive and defensive.  Nay, more, for Turkey cedes
+to England the fruitful and strategic island of Cyprus.  What a triangle
+of strongholds--Cyprus, Malta, and Gibraltar!  Shades of Bonaparte!
+Where is France in these days?  She is renewing her strength, and is
+wisely standing aside so as not to oppose Providence.  In all this there
+is nothing new or strange to the prophetic student.  For long ago it was
+written of Israel that she should be a company of nations, and possess
+the gates of her enemies.
+
+It is not by might, nor power of human origin, that these events must be
+judged, or that they come to pass.  But surely by the Spirit of God.
+"There is a spirit in man, and the inspiration of the Almighty giveth it
+understanding."  Here Job gives us the key to unlock the mysteries of the
+crownless king and his success.  The apothegm of Bonaparte is as false as
+he was unsuccessful--namely, that Providence is always on the side of the
+strongest battalions.  In Israel, in time of old, this was seldom true.
+In fact, it was not true in the experience and campaigns of Bonaparte.
+The logic of such a faith has been the ruin of lovely France more than
+once, and will be again.  For it must needs be that France break her
+alliance with England, though now they are friends.  France in a few
+years will ally with the Beast, the Roman Church, in its last struggle
+for rule and supremacy; and she will join hands with Anti-Christ.  France
+will repeat the follies of '93.  She will again seek to dethrone
+Religion, and enthrone Reason.  Her Marats, Desmoulens, Herberts,
+Clootzes, and Robespierres are at hand ready to overturn.  And the Church
+of her choice is patiently waiting to re-enact the scenes of blood and
+terror of St. Bartholomew.  Her time of opportunity will appear to have
+come in a few years.  Bismarck and Kaiser William will be out of the way,
+and Germany will languish for want of two equal successors.  And France
+will not forget to pay back the debt of revenge she owes to Germany, and
+seek to reclaim her prestige in councils, and especially to restore her
+lost influence over Egypt, Turkey, and the Mediterranean.
+
+Last year it would not have been so easy to see how France and England
+were to become once again enemies.  This Cyprus wedge has cleft open a
+little farther the dark and mysterious way.
+
+Last Monday we received the astounding telegram of the treaty between
+England and Turkey.  It evidently was a surprise, we have no doubt, even
+to Rev. Dr. Storrs, and the _New York Herald_, as well as to many others
+who could see nothing but defeat and shame for Israel-England.  From Dr.
+Storrs we have not heard what he now thinks of his child of promise,
+Russia.  From the _Herald_ we did hear, for, by the way, the _Herald_ is
+one of our morning papers.  By an editorial of a column and a half the
+_Herald_ struggled nobly to wriggle out of the tight corner in which its
+sympathies for Russia had crowded it.  We like and admire the _Herald_,
+because of its tact and ingenuity in getting news first from any part of
+the world.  Still this time she was behind time.  Two years ago, from
+this pulpit, we announced the exciting facts of the past week.  Last
+Sunday evening we closed our discourse in these words: "Now, again,
+England pledges herself a Continental Power, nay, more, an Asiatic Power.
+She will come forth from the Congress the virtual ruler of Turkey, the
+owner of Palestine."
+
+If the Saxons be the Ten Lost Tribes of Israel--and most certainly they
+respond to all the features that were to distinctly mark them when found,
+as written in the Bible--then the English throne is a continuation of
+David's throne, and the seed on it must be the seed of David, and the
+inference is clear--namely, that all the blessings attaching by holy
+promise to David's throne must belong to England.  This is the key that
+unravels and makes plain the marvellous and sublime history of the
+English nation and throne.  We know many scout the idea of the Lost
+Tribes ever being found, although over thirty times God declares by the
+prophets that they must return; surely before they return they must be
+found.  God has not cast away His people for ever.  No, no.  He declares
+Israel to be His inheritance, and that this people He had formed for
+Himself.
+
+The Two Tribes forming the Jews of to-day are said by the best
+calculation to number about nine millions.  If, then, the Two Tribes
+number nine millions, how many ought we to expect the Ten Tribes to
+number?  If the Two Tribes have stood and survived the shock and
+persecution of centuries when known, and therefore open to assault, is it
+not reasonable to suppose that the Ten Tribes will be in existence, a
+numerous and powerful people, for they have been hid, and thus have they
+evaded the persecution that a knowledge of their nationality would have
+entailed upon them from the Gentile and Pagan nations?
+
+Some, indeed, persist in looking for God's chosen seed--His people, His
+inheritance--among the bushmen of Africa, the Indians of America; indeed
+wherever they can find a people mean, and few, and very low in the scale
+of civilisation.  They overlook the fact that Israel, not the Jews, were
+to be the most powerful and prolific people on the face of the earth, to
+be as sands of the sea, as the stars of heaven.  Especially were these
+promises to be true in the latter day--for then God promises to multiply
+them, men, beasts, and the fruits of the field.  This is one of the signs
+of the times, and it is a remarkable one.  See our harvest, see our
+cattle, and see the Saxon race--doubling, at least, every forty years.
+No other nation is doubling at that rate.  Germany comes the nearest, and
+both in Prussia and Austria they only double every one hundred years.  In
+one hundred years from to-day the Saxons will control the world for peace
+and Christ.
+
+To this end God is overturning, and will overturn until the whole world
+shall be federated around one throne, and that throne is David's--the
+only throne God ever directly established, and the only one He has
+promised perpetuity to.  God has a land--Palestine.  He has a
+people--Israel.  He has a throne--David's, and for that throne He has a
+seed, just as the seed of Levi was selected for Temple service.
+
+This kingdom is the fifth kingdom, to be set up in the latter days of
+those kings, says Daniel.  The kingdom was never to be left unto other
+people.  It is typified by the stone cut out of the mountain that is to
+fill the world.  Why then stand amazed at the cession of Cyprus to
+England, if she be Israel.  To her was promised the isles of the sea, the
+coasts of the earth, the waste and desolate places--the heathen and
+uttermost parts of the earth, as a possession.  Already out of the
+fifty-one million square miles which composes the earth, England,
+including the United States, now owns about fourteen millions, or say
+one-fourth.  She bears rule over one-third of the people of the earth;
+she adds a colony every four years on an average.  At the present rate it
+will not be long before the kingdoms of this world will be given to the
+saints of the Most High.  It is no marvel in the light and instruction of
+prophecy that this throne and people should be so stable and prosperous.
+
+Turn your attention to the founding of this throne of David.  You will
+find the throne and seed unconditionally federated, the place and measure
+of prosperity conditioned on the obedience of the people and throne to
+God.  "The Lord has sworn in truth unto David; He will not turn from it;
+of _the fruit of thy body_ will I set upon thy throne" (Psalm cxxxii.
+11).  Again, "I have sworn unto David, thy seed I will _establish for
+ever_, and build up thy throne to _all_ generations" (Psalm lxxxix. 3,
+4).  This promise is to all generations--not a part, nor simply for sixty
+years.  For the kingdom was rent in twain when Rehoboam, the grandson of
+David, began to reign.  The throne of David would be about the poorest
+type of Christ's throne and rule, and reign, if we can only see it in
+Palestine.  There it was soon divided, very corrupt.  "If ye can break My
+covenant of the day and night in their season, then may also My covenant
+be broken with David My servant, that he should not have a son to reign
+upon his throne . . . Thus saith the Lord: If My covenant be not with day
+and night, and if I have not appointed the ordinances of heaven and
+earth, then will I cast away the seed of Jacob and David My servant, so
+that I will not take any of _his seed_ to be rulers over the seed of
+Abraham" (Jer. xxxiii. 25, 26).  Let anybody of the same mind read the
+seventh chapter of the second book of Samuel, and they will see that God
+promised to David that his house and kingdom should be established for
+ever, and that God would set up the seed of David after him.  Well might
+David exclaim when he sat before the Lord, "Who am I, O Lord God, and
+what is my house, that Thou hast brought me hitherto?  And this was yet a
+small thing in Thy sight, O Lord God; but Thou hast spoken also of Thy
+_servant's house for a great while yet to come_."  It is a pity men will
+not take and interpret the Bible by the rules of common sense.
+
+David at this time was king over all the Tribes and was at peace, and
+settled and prospered.  But God told him that "He would appoint a place
+for _My people Israel_, and will plant them that they may dwell in a
+place of their own and move no more."  This promise was to Israel.  If
+the promises of the multitudinous seed were to be fulfilled to Israel,
+then it would be necessary to find them another place, for Palestine
+wouldn't hold them.  So God has planted them.  God never promised to find
+the Jews another country; Palestine is specially reserved for them.  They
+have been without country, king, or government.  In the year 725 B.C. the
+Jews and Israelites were separated, and since that time they have never
+been united.  But the day is coming, says the prophet, when they shall
+dwell together and appoint one head over them.  The Israelites are only
+to return to Palestine representatively (Jer. iii. 14).
+
+When Nebuchadnezzar carried the Jews captive, he took the king, Zedekiah,
+with him, and destroyed all his family, and all the real royal seed of
+David.  Zedekiah died in Babylon.  He placed upon the throne of David,
+Gedaliah.  Now Gedaliah was not of the seed royal: but God was displeased
+and permitted the crown to go to others.  Ezekiel was taken captive to
+Babylon in the reign of Jehoiachim, the father of Zedekiah.  The prophecy
+of the text was written in Babylon, and refers to Zedekiah, whom Ezekiel
+calls the "wicked prince of Israel, whose day is come, iniquity shall
+have an end.  Thus saith the Lord God, Remove the diadem and take off the
+crown, this shall not be the same; exalt him that is low, and abase him
+that is high.  I will overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it shall be no
+more until He comes whose right it is; and I will give it to Him."
+
+Now all this is plain if we keep in mind that Zedekiah was the last
+prince of the House of David that ever reigned in Palestine.  God removed
+the diadem.  But in the course of time a lawful heir of the seed of David
+shall appear, and the throne and the seed will be established again in
+Jerusalem.  It is to this end Providence is overturning Turkey to make
+way for this seed royal.  But where is this seed royal?  Answer: It is on
+the English throne.  Listen carefully to the following:
+
+Jeremiah tells us that with him he had the daughters of Zedekiah, who had
+by some means escaped the destroying edicts of Nebuchadnezzar (Jer.
+xliii. 6).  And from Jer. xliv. 14, we learn that they visited Egypt, and
+from Jer. xliv. 28, we learn that a small number escaped.  Now Jeremiah,
+being the only prophet in Judah at that time, had a right to take charge
+of the royal seed.  He could not stay in Egypt, nor in Palestine, nor
+would he go to Babylon.  Where, then, did the prophet go?  He no doubt
+took ship with the Danites, and sailed for Cornwall, in England, for this
+place was called Tarshish.  We learn from Ezekiel the ships of Dan traded
+in tin, and other things.  History and tradition both agree that there
+landed on the coast of Ireland in the North, a divine man and a princess.
+God had promised to Jeremiah his life wherever he went.  "But thy life
+will I give thee for a prey in all places whither thou goest" (Jer. xlv.
+5).
+
+                         [Picture: Jacob's Stone]
+
+The North of Ireland had been settled with the Tribe of Dan; they at once
+understood who their visitor was.  They called him Olam Folla, meaning a
+Divine man or teacher.  The princess was called Tea Tephi, the beautiful
+one from the East.  This princess was married to Heremon, of Ulster, the
+king of Lothair Croffin, for such was the name of the city of Tara.  This
+word Tara is Arat spelled backward.  The Hebrew reads from right to left;
+English left to right.  Lothair Croffin was changed into Tara at the time
+of the wedding.  Tara means law.  Thus began the seed of David to take
+root, and from there it spread over all Ireland, then to Scotland, thence
+to England, and Jacob's Stone in Westminster Abbey marks the journey of
+David's throne, and has always kept with the seed, and they have been
+always crowned on it.  Ezekiel's riddle is at once solved.  The tender
+twigs were Zedekiah's daughters.  One of these twigs was planted by the
+great waters in a land of traffic.  Our Episcopalian friends intended by
+their beautiful service to aid the members of their communion to read in
+order, and through the Bible, or a given portion of each chapter, once
+per year.  But strange to say, this 17th chapter of Ezekiel, they have
+left out both of the Old and New Lectionary.  It is itself a riddle, why
+this should so happen, that the only two chapters of the Bible left out
+or proscribed are the 17th and 21st of Ezekiel.  Surely blindness in part
+has happened to Israel, and what we esteemed as accidental in the
+increased light of Revelation, stands to view as the ordered purposes of
+an all-seeing God.
+
+The royal standard of England has nine lions on it and a unicorn.  Let
+anyone set this standard before him as a map, the right hand will
+represent East, the top North, left West, the bottom South.  The unicorn
+comes from the East, it has a chain round its neck.  So the Tribe of
+Benjamin came that way, and, as Normans, were finally attached to the
+throne.  The big lion comes from the West, so it did from Ireland to
+Scotland and London.  On the top we have a crown, and on the top of this
+we have a lion.  On the first quarter are three lions, second quarter
+one, on the third a stringed harp with an angel's head, and on the fourth
+three lions, the total of lions nine, and an unicorn.  The fact is, this
+standard, had we time, teaches a world of history, and with the Psalmist
+we may say: "Thou hast given a banner to them that fear Thee; that it may
+be displayed because of the truth" (Psalm lx. 4).  The genealogy and
+descent of Queen Victoria from Zedekiah we will furnish you.  This
+genealogy has been got up by the faithful and very persevering labours of
+Rev. F. R. A. Glover, M.A., and Rev. A. B. Grimaldi, M.A., two
+Episcopalian clergymen of England.  The chart is supposed to be as near
+perfect as any such thing can be.  If any of you find any defect be kind
+enough and let me know.  In the following genealogy those who reigned
+have K. prefixed--the dates after private names refer to their birth and
+death, those after Sovereign's names to their accession and death.
+
+
+
+ADAM TO VICTORIA.
+GENERATIONS.
+
+
+1.  Adam (B.C. 4000-3070), Eve.
+
+2.  Seth (B.C. 3873-2978).
+
+3.  Enos (B.C. 3765-2860).
+
+4.  Cainan (B.C. 3675-2765).
+
+5.  Mahalaleel (B.C. 3605-2710).
+
+6.  Jared (B.C. 3540-2578).
+
+7.  Enoch (B.C. 3378-3013).
+
+8.  Methuselah (B.C. 3313-2344).
+
+9.  Lamech (B.C. 3126-2344).
+
+10.  Noah (B.C. 2944-2006), Naamah.
+
+11.  Shem (B.C. 2442-2158).
+
+12.  Arphaxad (B.C. 2342-1904).
+
+13.  Salah (B.C. 2307-2126).
+
+14..  Heber (B.C. 2277-2187).
+
+15.  Peleg (B.C. 2243-2004).
+
+16.  Reu (B.C. 2213-2026).
+
+17.  Serug (B.C. 2181-2049).
+
+18.  Nahor (B.C. 2052-2003).
+
+19.  Terah (B.C. 2122-2083), Amtheta.
+
+20.  Abraham (B.C. 1992-1817), Sarah.
+
+21.  Isaac (B.C. 1896-1716), Rebekah.
+
+22.  Jacob (B.C. 1837-1690), Leah.
+
+23.  Judah (b. B.C. 1753), Tamar.
+
+24.  Hezron.
+
+25.  Aram.
+
+26.  Aminadab.
+
+27.  Naashon.
+
+28.  Salmon.
+
+29.  Boaz (B.C. 1312), Ruth.
+
+30.  Obed.
+
+31.  Jesse.
+
+
+
+KINGS OF ISRAEL.
+
+
+32.  K. David (B.C. 1085-1015), Bathsheba.
+
+33.  K. Solomon (B.C. 1033-975), Naamah.
+
+34.  K. Rehoboam (B.C. b. 1016, d. 958), Maacah.
+
+35.  K. Abijam (B.C. 958-955).
+
+36.  K. Asa (B.C. 955-914), Azubah.
+
+37.  K. Jehoshaphat (B.C. 914-889).
+
+38.  K. Jehoram (B.C. 889-885), Athaliah.
+
+39.  K. Ahaziah (B.C. 906-884), Zibiah.
+
+40.  K. Joash (B.C. 885-839), Jehoaddan.
+
+41.  K. Amaziah (B.C. b. 864, d. 810), Jecholiah.
+
+42.  K. Uzziah (B.C. b. 826, d. 758), Jerushah.
+
+43.  K. Jotham (B.C. b. 783, d. 742).
+
+44.  K. Ahaz (B.C. b. 787, d. 726), Abi.
+
+45.  K. Hezekiah (B.C. b. 751, d. 698), Hephzibah.
+
+46.  K. Manasseh (B.C. b. 710, d. 643), Meshullemeth.
+
+47.  K. Amon (B.C. b. 621, d. 641), Jedediah.
+
+48.  K. Josiah (B.C. b. 649, d. 610), Hamutah.
+
+49.  K. Zedekiah (B.C. 599-578).
+
+
+
+KINGS OF IRELAND.
+
+
+50.  K. Heremon fl. (B.C. 580), Q. T. Tephi.  She was Zedekiah's
+daughter.  Reigned 15 years.
+
+51.  K. Irial Faidh (reigned 10 years).
+
+52.  K. Eithriall (reigned 20 years).
+
+53.  Follian.
+
+54.  K. Tighernmas (reigned 50 years).
+
+55.  Eanbotha.
+
+56.  Smoirguil.
+
+57.  K. Fiachadh Labhriane (reigned 24 years).
+
+58.  K. Aongus Ollmuchaidh (reigned 27 years).
+
+59.  Maoin.
+
+60.  K. Rotheachta (reigned 25 years).
+
+61.  Dein.
+
+62.  K. Siorna Saoghalach (reigned 21 years).
+
+63.  Oliolla Olchaoin.
+
+64.  K. Giallchadh (reigned 9 years).
+
+65.  K. Aodhain Glas (reigned 20 years).
+
+66.  K. Simeon Breac (reigned 6 years).
+
+67.  K. Muireadach Bolgrach (reigned 4 years).
+
+68.  K. Fiachadh Tolgrach (reigned 7 years).
+
+69.  K. Duach Laidhrach (reigned 10 years).
+
+70.  Eochaidh Buaigllcry.
+
+71.  K. Ugaine More the Great (reigned 30 years).
+
+72.  R. Cobhthach Coalbreag (reigned 30 years).
+
+73.  Meilage.
+
+74.  K. Jaran Gleofathach (reigned 7 years).
+
+75.  K. Conla Cruaidh Cealgach (reigned 4 years).
+
+76.  K. Oiloilla Caisfhiaclach (reigned 25 years).
+
+77.  K. Eochaidh Foltlenthan (reigned 11 years).
+
+78.  K. Aongus Tuirmheach Teamharch (reigned 30 years).
+
+79.  K. Eana Aighneach (reigned 28 years).
+
+80.  Labhra Luirc.
+
+81.  Blathuchta.
+
+82.  Easamhuin Eamhna.
+
+83.  Roighnein Ruadh.
+
+84.  Finlogha.
+
+85.  Fian.
+
+86.  K. Eodchaidh Feidhlioch (reigned 12 years).
+
+87.  Fineamhnas.
+
+88.  K. Lughaidh Raidhdearg.
+
+89.  K. Criomhthan Niadhnar (reigned 16 years).
+
+90.  Fearaidhach Fion Feachtnuigh.
+
+91.  K. Fiachadh Fionoluidh (reigned 20 years).
+
+92.  K. Tuathal Teachtmar (reigned 30 years).
+
+93.  K. Conn Ceadchathach (reigned 20 years).
+
+94.  K. Art Aonfhir (reigned 30 years).
+
+95.  K. Cormc Usada (reigned 40 years).
+
+96.  K. Caibre Liffeachair (reigned 27 years).
+
+97.  K. Fiachadh Sreabthuine (reigned 30 years).
+
+98.  K. Muireadhach Tireach (reigned 30 years).
+
+99.  K. Eochaidh Moigmeodhin (reigned 7 years).
+
+100.  K. Nail of the Nine Hostages.
+
+101.  Eogan.
+
+102.  K. Murireadhach.
+
+103.  Earca.
+
+
+
+KINGS OF ARGYLESHIRE.
+
+
+104.  K. Feargus More Mac Earca (A.D. 487).
+
+105.  K. Dongard (d. 457).
+
+106.  K. Conrad (d. 535).
+
+107.  K. Aidan (d. 604).
+
+108.  K. Eugene IV. (d. 622).
+
+109.  K. Donald IV. (d. 650).
+
+110.  Dongard.
+
+111.  K. Eugene V. (d. A.D. 692).
+
+112.  Findan.
+
+113.  K. Eugene VII. (d. A.D. 721), Spondan.
+
+114.  K. Etfinus (d. A.D. 761), Fergina.
+
+115.  K. Achaius (d. A.D. 819), Fergusia.
+
+116.  K. Alpin (d. A.D. 834).
+
+
+
+SOVEREIGNS OF SCOTLAND.
+
+
+117.  K. Kenneth II. (d. A.D. 854).
+
+118.  K. Constantin II. (d. A.D. 774).
+
+119.  K. Donald VI. (d. A.D. 903).
+
+120.  K. Malcolm I. (d. A.D. 958).
+
+121.  K. Kenneth III. (d. A.D. 994).
+
+122.  K. Malcolm II. (d. A.D. 1003).
+
+123.  Beatrix m. Thane Albanach.
+
+124.  K. Dunkan I. (d. A.D. 1040).
+
+125.  K. Malcolm III. Canmore (A.D. 1055-1093), Margaret of England.
+
+126.  K. David I. (d. A.D. 1153), Maud of Northumberland.
+
+127.  Prince Henry (d. A.D. 1152), Adama of Surrey.
+
+128.  Earl David (d. A.D. 1219), Maud of Chester.
+
+129.  Isobel m. Robert Bruce III.
+
+130.  Robert Bruce IV. m. Isobel of Gloucester.
+
+131.  Robert Bruce V. m. Martha of Carrick.
+
+132.  King Robert I. Bruce (A.D. 1305-1329), Mary of Burke.
+
+133.  Margery Bruce m. Walter Stewart (I.).
+
+134.  K. Robert II. (d. A.D. 1390), Euphemia of Ross (d. A.D. 1376).
+
+135.  K. Robert III. (d. A.D. 1406), Arabella Drummond (d. A.D. 1401).
+
+136.  K. James I. (A.D. 1424-1437), Joan Beaufort.
+
+137.  K. James II. (d. A.D. 1360), Margaret of Gueldres (d. A.D. 1463).
+
+138.  K. James III. (d. A.D. 1488), Margaret of Denmark (d. A.D. 1484).
+
+139.  K. James IV. (d. A.D. 1543), Margaret of England (d. A.D. 1539).
+
+140.  K. James V. (d. A.D. 1542), Mary of Lorraine (d. A.D. 1560).
+
+141.  Q. Mary (d. A.D. 1587), Lord Henry Darnley.
+
+
+
+SOVEREIGNS OF GREAT BRITAIN.
+
+
+142.  K. James VI. and I. (A.D. 1603-1625), Ann of Denmark.
+
+143.  Princess Elizabeth (1596-1613), K. Frederick of Bohemia.
+
+144.  Princess Sophia m. Duke Ernest of Brunswick.
+
+145.  K. George I. (1698-1727), Sophia Dorothea Zelle (1667-1726).
+
+146.  K. George II. (1727-1760), Princess Caroline of Auspach
+(1683-1737).
+
+147.  Prince Frederick of Wales (1707-1751), Princess Augusta of
+Saxe-Gotha.
+
+148.  K. George III. (1760-1830), Princess Sophia of Mecklenburgh
+Strelitz (1744-1818).
+
+149.  Duke Edward of Kent (1767-1820), Princess Victoria of Leiningen.
+
+150.  Q. Victoria (b. 1819, cr. 1838), Prince Albert of Saxe-Coburg.
+
+Thus do we see how God has kept His word to David, and with this view,
+English and American history are at once understandable.  The future is
+assuring and grand.  God will assuredly overturn till His throne once
+more is planted in Jerusalem.
+
+
+
+
+JEREMIAH AND ST. PATRICK.
+Discourse XX.
+
+
+THE PROPHET'S COMMISSION--HIS LIFE--THE TRIBES IN HIS DAY--LANDING OF
+JEREMIAH IN IRELAND--WHAT HE BROUGHT WITH HIM--COLONISATION OF
+IRELAND--JEREMIAH THE FOUNDER OF THE ANCIENT IRISH GOVERNMENT AND
+RELIGION--TEA TEPHI AND HEREMON--THE ANCIENT IRISH FLAG--THE HARP AND
+LION--SEASON OF IRELAND'S HISTORICAL PRESTIGE--CAUSES OF HER DECLINE--ST.
+PATRICK A BENJAMITE--HOW ROME DESTROYED JEREMIAH'S MEMORY AMONG THE
+IRISH--DESTRUCTION OF TARA--ULSTER NEVER CONQUERED--IRISH
+INDEPENDENCE--ARK OF THE COVENANT--RUINS OF TARA.
+
+    "See, I have this day set thee over the nations and over the
+    kingdoms, to root out, and to pull down, and to destroy, and to throw
+    down, to build, and to plant."--Jer. i. 10.
+
+In these words we have set forth the Divine commission given to the
+prophet Jeremiah.  Never before, or since, was such a commission given to
+mortal man.  It is not that Jeremiah is constituted a prophet for his own
+people, or over his own nation, and country, but he was Divinely
+appointed and set over the nations and kingdoms of the earth, with an
+authority "to root out, pull down, destroy, and throw down."  Surely he
+was rightly named, for the word Jeremiah means the exalted, or appointed
+one of the Lord.  By common consent, the Jews gave him the first place
+and name among the prophets.  Up to the time of the Babylonian captivity
+he was second, Isaiah being first.  But after the captivity, on the
+re-arrangement of the holy canon, his name was put first, and ever after
+he was regarded and accepted as the patron saint of Judea.  He was born
+of a priestly family, about 641 B.C., in the priestly town of Anathoth,
+which was situated a few miles North of Jerusalem, in the territory of
+Benjamin.  His work and commission awaited him, because they antedated
+his birth, for he says (chap. i. 4), "Then the word of the Lord came unto
+me, saying, Before I formed thee in the belly I knew thee; and before
+thou camest forth out of the womb I sanctified thee, and I ordained thee
+a _prophet unto the nations_."  Jeremiah's life-work, extent, and
+devotion, can only find a parallel in the majesty and compass of his
+commission.  It is the extent of this commission that I wish you would
+specially notice, for it is neither tribal nor national in its
+limitations.  He was ordained a prophet unto the nations.  Hear the voice
+of his wailing (chapter xv. 10), "Woe is me, my mother, that thou hast
+borne me a man of strife and a man of contention to the _whole earth_."
+
+Consistent with the vastness of this commission is the recorded fact that
+he was forbidden to marry in his own land, for "the Word of the Lord came
+unto me, saying, Thou shalt not take thee a wife, neither shalt thou have
+sons and daughters in this place" (Jeremiah xvi. 2).  The claims of a
+wife and cares of a family could only have been harshly fitted on to such
+a work and commission.  Indeed, every peculiar fact in the life of
+Jeremiah may be best accounted for by taking into consideration the
+greatness of his commission.  To discard this is simply to invite
+confusion, and yet, strange to say, many prefer confusion rather than
+admit that he performed the _role_ assigned him of Heaven.  For this very
+reason writers, even Jewish historians, are at a loss to account for the
+latter half of the prophet's life.  They do not seem to know where he
+spent his last days; they know not the time, manner, nor place of his
+death.  And why, you ask?  We answer, Because they selfishly and
+persistently limited his life and labours to his own land.  They have not
+been willing to allow that he was set as a prophet over nations and
+kingdoms.  Then again, they have been willing to allow him to be a puller
+down and destroyer, but not a builder and planter.  To grant that he was
+a builder and planter, would have obliged them to have found the place of
+his building and the objects of his planting.  These they well knew could
+not be found in Palestine, and they were as loath as many are unwilling
+to-day to permit Jeremiah to leave his own land.  A man who would be
+equal to the Bible must be large-hearted, generous, and free, not
+fettered and bound by the errors of youthful training, the selfishness of
+sectarianism, the bigotry of orthodoxy, or the indifference of
+infidelity, but seek the truth, no matter from whence, or what it upsets
+or overturns of preconceived ideas.  The command is, "Prove all things,
+and hold fast that which is good."  To hear some people talk and lament,
+you would think that the command was, Prove nothing, but hold hard on to
+what you have got.
+
+Try now, and reasonably and patiently follow me while I trace the
+wanderings of Jeremiah to Old Ireland.  You will be surprised to find how
+intimate Irishology and theology are.
+
+Ireland and the Tribe of Dan have a peculiar history, which history only
+can be made plain by reference to the Bible.  Ireland has had much to
+undergo, yet of it God says, "To the islands He will repay recompense: so
+shall they fear the name of the Lord from the West."
+
+Ireland's first name was Scuite's Land, or the Island of the Wanderers.
+Her second name was Scotia Major, and Scotland was Scotia Minor, and
+England was Tarshish, and Dannoii and Baratamac, or Land of Tin.  Yar in
+Eirin means the land of the setting sun.  Hibernia is an Hebrew word, and
+means from beyond the river of waters.
+
+Two colonies settled in Ireland; the first, the Phoenicians, who were the
+Philistines or ancient Canaanites; the second settlers were the Tuath de
+Danan, meaning the Tribe of Dan.  The words are Hebrew, yet in Irish.
+For further information let any one read "Pinnock's Catechism on
+Ireland."  The Phoenicians were a sea-faring people; pressed by Israel,
+Egypt, and Assyria, they finally left Canaan, and settled in Ireland.  We
+find nine-tenths of Irish historians agreeing on this.  Then the
+monuments teach the same--ancient inscriptions, one of which written was,
+"We are Canaanites who have fled from Joshua, the son of Nun, the
+robber."  The people who show tourists the seven churches of
+Glendenlough, say they are Hittites and Hivites.  Again, ruins of Baal
+temples, Cromlechs, round towers, go to confirm the same.  Customs--Baal
+fires, on May eve, in Irish Ninna-baal-tinne; funeral wakes, or cup of
+consolation, forbidden to Israel when they sought to copy after the
+Philistines.  "Neither shall men give them the cup of consolation to
+drink for father or mother" (Jer. xvi. 7).  The Irish language came from
+the Phoenician, the alphabet of both being composed of sixteen letters
+originally, the only alphabet in the world so agreeing.  From the Irish
+came the Gaelic, Welsh, Cornwall, and the Manx from them all.
+
+The second settlement of Ireland is what puzzles historians of
+to-day--not the old historians, for they, nine out of ten, admit that the
+Formorians, Firbolgs, and Tuath de Danans, were one and the same people.
+They were a divine folk.  The Tribe of Dan was a sea-faring Tribe,
+trading from Tyre to Tarshish for tin, and so became acquainted with the
+British Isles, and during Ahab's persecution many of them fled; so of the
+Simeonites who settled in Wales.  This shows us why the North and South
+of Ireland should be so distinct to this day in religion, enterprise, and
+general characteristics.  When the Tribe of Dan finally left Palestine,
+they with the other Nine Tribes went North, settling in Denmark, as in
+the North of Ireland, leaving their names on rivers, hills, cities, and
+things.
+
+It is this that accounts for so many words of an Hebrew origin being
+found in the Irish language.  General Vallancy has compared thousands and
+finds them thus related to the Hebrew.  Instance: Jobhan-Moran, Chief
+Justice; Rectaire, Judge; Mur-Ollam, School of the Prophets; Ollam-Folla,
+Divine Teacher; Mergech, a Depository; Tara, Law; Tephi, Prince of the
+East; Lia-Fail, Stone of Destiny; Eden Gedoulah, Precious Stone.
+
+If to Irish history we join Bible history, all is plain.  God promised
+David repeatedly that he should always have his throne and on it his
+seed.  The permanence of David's throne makes it a fit type of Christ's.
+Now, Jeremiah took charge of Zedekiah's daughter when Nebuchadnezzar took
+the Jews captive.  He went to Egypt, then escaped, God promising to keep
+him whithersoever he went.  So he disappears.  No account of his death in
+the Bible.  He had charge of the ark of the covenant, royal seed and
+Jacob's pillow--the stone of Israel.  Irish histories, some twenty of
+which we find agree, say that about 585 B.C., a divine man landed in
+Ulster, having with him the king's daughter, stone of destiny, and ark,
+and many other wonderful things.  The people of Ulster, of Dan,
+understood the old adventurer.  Jeremiah married Tephi, Zedekiah's
+daughter, to Eoiacaid, who agreed to abandon Baal worship and build a
+school for the prophets.  So he did.  He then assumed the title of
+Heremon of Tara.  From Tara, which was changed from Lothair Croffin into
+Tara.  From Tephi comes our goddess of Liberty, on old coins, sitting on
+a lion.  Now, at Tara, Jeremiah buried the ark of the covenant, tables of
+law, &c., and instituted the nine-arch degree of Masonry, to keep in mind
+its hiding-place,--so all may understand Jer. iii. 16: "And it shall come
+to pass, when ye be multiplied and increased in the land, in those days,
+saith the Lord, they shall say no more, The ark of the covenant of the
+Lord; neither shall it come to mind; neither shall they remember it;
+neither shall they visit it; neither shall that be done any more."  This
+means that when the ark is found the ceremony will end; for the ark has
+to be found and go before the Jews when they return to their own land.
+Jeremiah was the first Grand Master.  He, too, is the real St.
+Patrick--simply the Patriarchal Saint, which became St. Patriarch, then
+St. Patrick.  The Roman Church introduced St. Patrick to offset the St.
+Patriarch.
+
+Jeremiah well knew where the Tribes of Israel were in his day.  He knew
+that Judah, Levi, and Benjamin, were in Babylon, filling in the seventy
+years of captivity, and the small remnant that Nebuchadnezzar left of
+them in Judah were scattered hither and thither.  The Nine Tribes, or
+Israel, were settled in Central Asia, and were spreading Northward and
+Westward.  This he knew, as easily as Peter did centuries after, when he
+wrote his epistle to the brethren, scattered abroad in Pontus, Galatia,
+Cappadocia, and Asia; or as James, who dedicated his epistle to the
+Twelve Tribes which were scattered abroad; or as the Blessed Master who
+commissioned and sent His disciples after the lost sheep of the House of
+Israel.  The place and locality of the Nine Tribes were known to the
+Jewish nation in the time of Josephus, the historian, for he speaks of
+them, and gives them a fraternal letter which the House of Judah sent
+unto the House of Israel.  You are to keep in mind that it is after this
+the Tribes of Israel are to be lost.  All prophecies after 700 B.C., up
+to this, our day, and till about 1882 A.D., that had reference to Israel,
+plainly mark out the dwelling-place of these Tribes, and yet these
+prophecies not being understood, till these latter days, Israel was as
+actually lost as if there had been no such prophecies.  These prophecies
+were first sent North, then West, and then to the "isles of the sea."
+The law of the Gospel of Jesus would be sent to these Tribes; till then
+the "isles had to wait for the law."  In due time this law was carried to
+them by the missionary Tribe of Benjamin.  This very thing and time the
+prophet had foretold, for he says: "Wherefore glorify ye the Lord by the
+Urim; the name of the Lord God of Israel in the islands of the Western
+sea."  How true, indeed "the isles of the sea saw it and feared."
+Jeremiah knew that the Tribe of Dan were a seafaring people, and in their
+trading they had become acquainted with Northern Europe and the British
+Isles.  During the persecutions of Ahab thousands of them had left
+Palestine, settling in Denmark--this word Denmark means the circle of
+Dan.  In course of time they crossed the sea and took possession of the
+North of Ireland, settling in the province of Ulster.  The Tribe of
+Simeon, that had ever cast its lot with Dan, left Palestine and settled
+in Wales.  Read the prophetic benedictions of the patriarch Jacob in the
+light of these historical facts, and they will stand out in sunlight
+brightness.  "Dan shall judge his people as _one_ of the Tribes of
+Israel."  In his _oneness_, all alone he shall go out first, mark out and
+prepare the way of the other Tribes; and the royal seed, the ruling
+power, shall hide itself in him.  "Dan shall be a serpent by the way; an
+adder in the path that biteth the horses' heels so that his rider shall
+fall backward."  Yes, Dan will be hid among the Gentiles.  He will bite
+them, sting them, frustrating their purposes.  Then exclaims Jacob: "I
+have waited for Thy salvation, O Lord."  Dan did wait, until the prophet
+Jeremiah landed in his midst with Tea Tephi, the daughter of Zedekiah,
+the royal seed, with the ark of the covenant, the tables of the law, the
+Urim and Thummim, which would enable Dan to judge his people, with the
+stone of Jacob, the pillar witness, which is now in the royal chair in
+Westminster Abbey; and also with the standard of Judah.  Thus the
+prophet, who was the rightful custodian of all these things, carefully
+cared for the same, leaving them in charge of Dan.  All but the stone
+have been concealed till the latter day.  For on this stone have been
+crowned all the kings and queens of David's line.
+
+Now just here we must take up history--especially Irish history--for in
+this matter and at this very point, you will find profane and sacred
+histories agreeing.  One will beautifully explain the other; nor can
+anybody understand Irish history unless they get the key from sacred
+history.  To take this key later writers have been unwilling, and,
+therefore, they have been unable to solve the problem embodied in this
+race and nation.  No people on the face of the earth have been less
+understood and more misrepresented.  The real allophyllians of
+Ireland--that is, the first native settlers--are unknown.  The present
+inhabitants are not autochthonal, no more than we are the first settlers
+of this country.  On one point all old historians are agreed--namely,
+that Ireland has been settled by two distinct colonies of people; and
+from these two colonies came the present Irish race.  These two colonies
+were distinct in features, manners, customs, enterprise, and religion,
+and after all these centuries have passed away, these differences are
+discernable in some degree, especially so in enterprise and religion.
+And though, of course, in these latter years, they have become
+considerably mixed, yet an appeal on either of these points will mark out
+the Danite from the Phoenician.  From the loud boasting of the Phoenician
+Irishman in Ireland, when speaking of America, you would think that he
+would pluck out his eyes and give them for a gift if need be.  Well, a
+few years ago, Chicago was bitterly scourged with a fire.  The need and
+distress thus caused appealed to the nations of the earth for help.  The
+response was grand and glorious.  Even hateful old John Bull did well.
+But what did Ireland do?  Take two of her leading cities as an example;
+one in the North, the other in the South.  Belfast in the North, of the
+Tribe of Dan; Dublin in the South, of the Phoenicians.  Belfast sent
+36,000 dols.; Dublin, 2,000 dols.  Why this difference?  We answer,
+Forsooth, the people of Belfast are Danites; they of Dublin are
+Phoenicians.
+
+The Phoenicians, or Philistines, were the ancient Canaanites.  They took
+early possession of Ireland.  On this point the old as well as the new
+historians generally agree.  But there was another early settlement in
+the North of Ireland whom the historians called _Tuath de Danan_, which
+simply means the folks of the Tribe of Dan.  They introduced into the
+Irish language hundreds of Hebrew words, with many customs and legends of
+the Hebrews.  They were very distinct in their enterprise and religion
+from the other settlers.  About the year 580 B.C. there appeared before
+this people a strange man, whom the historians call _Ollam-Folla_, which
+means a divine teacher; the name or title is in Hebrew.  This man,
+whoever he was, soon wielded great power in their midst.  What he
+commanded they seemed ready to do.  He very soon inaugurated wonderful
+reforms.  He gave them a parliament, made them give up their idolatrous
+customs.  He founded a college to train students to teach and preach his
+religion.  It was called _Mur-Ollam_, school of the Divine.  Here again
+the name is Hebrew, although in Irish.  This wonderful man had with him a
+fair young princess, whose name in Hebrew-Irish was _Tea Tephi_, which
+means the beautiful one from the East.  This lovely princess was married
+to the governor of Ulster, Heremon.  He resided in the City of Lothair
+Croffin.  In the agreement of the marriage, among many things, he was to
+accept her religion, give her joint authority, and build the Mur-Ollam,
+or college, and sustain it.  Also to change the name of his city from
+_Lothair Croffin_ to _Tara_, which means law; to adopt her standard or
+banner emblem, the harp and lion, and to be crowned on the wonderful
+stone called in Irish-Hebrew, _Lia-Fail_, which means stone of destiny,
+sometimes called _Eben Gedoulah_, the precious stone.  From this Tea
+Tephi we get our female goddess of liberty, who on old coins is seated
+upon a lion with the Davidian harp in her hand.
+
+Our text tells us that Jeremiah was to plant and build up.  Here he
+planted, and here he did build.  He planted and built a throne, a
+college, and a religion.  Turn to Ezekiel, chapter xvi., and read the
+famous riddle.  Tea Tephi is the tender twig that was cropped off from
+the high cedar, King Zedekiah, and planted among the merchants by great
+waters on the mountain of Israel.  She was the tender one that was to
+take root downward.  To Jeremiah, the Lord said, "Verily it shall be well
+with thy remnant."  Nay, more, He told him that He would give him his
+life for a prey whithersoever he went.  And in 2 Kings xix. 30, we read:
+"And the remnant that is escaped of the House of Judah shall yet again
+take root downward, and bear fruit upward.  For out of Jerusalem shall go
+forth a remnant and they that escape out of Mount Zion; the zeal of the
+Lord of hosts shall do this."  And Ezekiel, in his captivity, sent forth
+a prophecy referring to the wicked prince, Zedekiah, saying of his throne
+in the name of Jehovah: "I will overturn, overturn, overturn it, and it
+shall be no more until He comes whose right it is, and I will give it
+Him."  So was this throne overturned, and was never after established in
+Jerusalem.  You will notice that there are three overturnings, and as
+Scriptural language is emphatic and not superfluous or tautological,
+these overturnings mean something.  Turn to history, and you will find
+this throne has been turned over just three times--first, from Jerusalem
+to Ireland; second, through King Fergus to Scotland, and, third, through
+King James, from Scotland to England.  This throne can never be turned
+over again, for Jerusalem will be incorporated into the British Empire.
+The throne has turned over till it got home again; hence, as surely as we
+live, Palestine will go into the hands of England.  The throne, religion,
+and education established by the prophet have ever kept together.  This
+is the secret of Ireland's prestige and marvellous pre-eminence in
+centuries past.  The college of Armach could boast of 7,000 students at a
+time.  Missionaries went forth from Ireland through all Europe, teaching
+Christianity, and founding schools.  Few men can compare to Virgilus,
+Eregina, Columbanus, and Columba.  In olden times she was known as the
+"Isle of the Saints."  The day of Ireland's weakness and distress came to
+her when she permitted her religion to be corrupted and controlled by
+foreigners; and by these same Italian intriguers she is now impoverished
+and enslaved.  But for this the throne might have remained with her
+to-day, and England and Scotland have been under her.  But when a nation
+loses her religion, she loses the right arm of power, and the ability to
+preserve freedom.
+
+Jeremiah was the patron-saint for Ireland for a long time.  Simeon (the
+Welsh) had and have David; and as surely as the Welsh have kept their
+saint, so surely ought Ireland.  St. Patrick is looked upon by many as a
+mythical person.  I believe, however, that he was a veritable man.  The
+best authorities make out that he was born at Bonavena, in ancient Gaul,
+near what is now called Boulogne, some time about 387 A.D.  He is
+reported as having died March 17th, 465, in the county Down.  His
+father's name was Calpurnius.  Young Calpurnius, or St. Patrick, as he
+was afterwards called, had a hard life of it in youth.  I believe him to
+have been a Benjamite, a Christian; for the Benjamites began to fill in
+that part of France about that period.  This Tribe were by nature
+missionaries.  This prompted him to desire to redeem his brethren in
+Ireland.  In Ulster he began his labours.  From this same Tribe others
+had visited Ireland.  History mentions four who preceded St. Patrick.
+The name of St. Paul, by many, is connected with a visit to Ireland.  It
+is very easy to see how Jeremiah, the patron-saint of Judah, would be
+installed in such a relation with the Danites after his death.  He was
+the real sainted patriarch of Ireland.  And by a crafty design of Rome,
+young Calpurnius was created sainted patriarch, or St. Patrick, and by
+this means Rome linked the greater part of the Irish nation on to
+herself.  Anybody honest and familiar with history knows that St. Patrick
+was a Christian, and in no sense of the word a Roman Catholic.  The fact
+is, Rome began early to covet Ireland.  Once they got possession, it was
+necessary for them to destroy the influence of Jeremiah.  This they did,
+in part, by substituting the name of St. Patrick in the place of the
+prophet's; and more, they then set to work to destroy even the old and
+famous capital city of Tara.  In 565 St. Ruadham, along with a _posse_ of
+bishops and chiefs of the South of Ireland, cursed the city, so that
+neither King nor Queen might ever rule or reign therein again.  They
+forced the government, monarchy and people to abandon the place.  From
+thence Tara was deserted, and the harp sounded no more through Tara's
+halls.  The city thus cursed crumbled to ruins, and remains to this day
+buried, awaiting a glorious resurrection.  Rome caught her prize at last;
+but neither Rome nor any other power ever enslaved or conquered Ulster.
+Beyond the pale--that is, the dividing line, running from the Boyne to
+the Shannon--Rome never got, nor never will.  Irishmen clamour for
+independence, to be free from England, and wonder why they are not.  The
+reason is that God cannot trust liberty to them; for a people that yoke
+themselves to a foreigner, and give themselves over to be governed in
+spiritual matters, would make a poor effort if trusted with their
+temporal government.  We all know that if Ireland had been free, she
+would not long have remained so, for body, as well as soul, she would
+have committed to the Italians.  Why Irish Catholics should ask for
+freedom when they so voluntarily bind themselves to a foreigner, I fail
+to see.  As the Protestants of the North have asked, and had granted,
+spiritual freedom in the severance of Church and State, so let the men of
+the South ask and demand, and stop not short of freedom from Rome.  A
+free religion is the parent of a free State, and a free State of free
+school.  A people who are not wise enough to take care of their own
+religion, are very poorly prepared to be the guardians of liberty.  My
+belief is that Ireland ought to be free.  She ought to be an independent
+province, with responsible government, as other English provinces.  And
+once she becomes free religiously, it will not be long before she will be
+free politically.  Substitute Jeremiah for St. Patrick, and the Lord
+Jesus for the Pope, then the day of freedom will not long tarry.
+
+    LONDON: PRINTED BY ROBERT BANKS, RACQUET COURT, FLEET STREET, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+
+{23}  Essay on "Manasseh and the United States," by the author, published
+by Robert Banks, price 2d.
+
+{159}  This Discourse we give to the reader as reported.  In all the
+others we have excluded the reporter's introduction and personal
+references.
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LOST TEN TRIBES, AND 1882***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 27177.txt or 27177.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/7/1/7/27177
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
diff --git a/27177.zip b/27177.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54dbd8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27177.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a82fd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #27177 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/27177)